0% found this document useful (0 votes)
779 views535 pages

RZR XP 1000 2017

Uploaded by

AKDavis & Sons
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
0% found this document useful (0 votes)
779 views535 pages

RZR XP 1000 2017

Uploaded by

AKDavis & Sons
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
You are on page 1/ 535

2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000

Service Manual
FOREWORD
The information printed within this publication includes the latest product information at time of print. The most recent
version of this Service Manual is available in electronic format at www.polarisdealers.com.
This Service Manual is designed primarily for use by certified Polaris Master Service Dealer® technicians in a properly
equipped shop and should be kept available for reference. All references to left and right side of the vehicle are from
the operator's perspective when seated in a normal riding position.
Some procedures outlined in this manual require a sound knowledge of mechanical theory, tool use, and shop
procedures in order to perform the work safely and correctly. Technicians should read the text and be familiar with the
service procedures before starting any repair. Certain procedures require the use of special tools. Use only the proper
tools as specified. If you have any doubt as to your ability to perform any of the procedures outlined in this Service
Manual, contact an authorized dealer for service.
We value your input and appreciate any assistance you can provide in helping make these publications more useful.
Please provide any feedback you may have regarding this manual. Authorized dealers can submit feedback using 'Ask
Polaris'. Click on 'Ask Polaris', and then click on 'Service Manual / Service Literature Question'.
Consumers, please provide your feedback in writing to: Polaris Industries Inc. ATTN: Service Publications Department,
2100 Hwy 55, Medina, MN 55340.

Publication Printed February 2018 (PN 9928492 R04)

© Copyright 2017 Polaris Industries Inc. All information contained within this publication is based on the latest product information at the time of publication. Due to
constant improvements in the design and quality of production components, some minor discrepancies may result between the actual vehicle and the information
presented in this publication. Depictions and/or procedures in this publication are intended for reference use only. No liability can be accepted for omissions or
inaccuracies. Any reprinting or reuse of the depictions and/or procedures contained within, whether whole or in part, is expressly prohibited. Printed in U.S.A.
SAFETY WARNINGS
Throughout this manual, important information is brought to your attention by the following symbols:

WARNING

SAFETY ALERT WARNING indicates a potential hazard that may result in severe injury or death to the operator,
bystander or person(s) inspecting or servicing the vehicle.

CAUTION

SAFETY ALERT CAUTION indicates a potential hazard that may result in minor personal injury or damage to the
vehicle.

CAUTION

CAUTION indicates special precautions that must be taken to avoid vehicle damage or property damage.

NOTE

NOTE provides key information by clarifying instructions.

IMPORTANT

IMPORTANT provides key reminders during disassembly, assembly and inspection of components.
TRADEMARKS
POLARIS ACKNOWLEDGES THE FOLLOWING PRODUCTS MENTIONED IN THIS MANUAL:

Loctite, Registered Trademark of the Loctite Corporation

Nyogel, Trademark of Wm. F. Nye Co.

Fluke, Registered Trademark of John Fluke Mfg. Co.

Mity-Vac, Registered Trademark of Neward Enterprises, Inc.

Torx, Registered Trademark of Textron

Hilliard, Trademark of the Hilliard Corporation

Warn, Trademark of Warn Industries

FOX, Registered Trademark of FOX RACING SHOX

RydeFX, Registered Trademark of ArvinMeritor

Some Polaris factory publications can be downloaded from www.polarisindustries.com, purchased from
www.purepolaris.com or by contacting the nearest Polaris dealer.

REVISION INDEX

REV DATE CHANGES


R01 09/19/2017 Initial release
11/12/2017 Corrected oil pressure adapter for MY18
R02 Added door latch and door adjustment procedures
11/21/2017
R03 02/02/2018 Add Crankshaft PTO Seal Replacement procedure

R04 02/16/2018 Updated Radius Rod torque spec


2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000
Service Manual
Chapter Summary

CHAPTER 1: GENERAL INFORMATION


CHAPTER 2: MAINTENANCE
CHAPTER 3: ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM
CHAPTER 4: FUEL SYSTEM
CHAPTER 5: PVT SYSTEM
CHAPTER 6: TRANSMISSION
CHAPTER 7: FINAL DRIVE
CHAPTER 8: STEERING / SUSPENSION
CHAPTER 9: BRAKE SYSTEM
CHAPTER 10: BODY / FRAME
CHAPTER 11: ELECTRICAL
GENERAL INFORMATION

CHAPTER 1 1
GENERAL INFORMATION
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2
MODEL NUMBER DESIGNATION (2015 +) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN) DESIGNATION (2015+) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2
VEHICLE AND ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER LOCATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2
REFERENCE INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3
REPLACEMENT KEYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3
PUBLICATION NUMBERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3
SPECIAL TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.4
MASTER TORQUE TABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.8
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.11
2017 RZR XP 1000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.11
RZR XP 1000 CLUTCH CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.12
2017 RZR XP 4 1000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.13
RZR XP 4 1000 CLUTCH CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.14
2017 RZR XP 1000 HIGH LIFTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.15
RZR XP 1000 HIGH LIFTER CLUTCH CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.16
2017 RZR XP 4 1000 HIGH LIFTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.17
RZR XP 1000 HIGH LIFTER CLUTCH CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.18
2017 RZR XP 1000 LE MATTE GOLD METALLIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.19
RZR XP 1000 CLUTCH CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.20
2017 RZR XP 1000 LE (RIDE COMMAND) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.21
RZR XP 1000 CLUTCH CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.22
2018 RZR XP 1000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.23
RZR XP 1000 CLUTCH CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.24
2018 RZR XP 4 1000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.25
RZR XP 4 1000 CLUTCH CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.26
2018 RZR XP 1000 HIGH LIFTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.27
RZR XP 1000 HIGH LIFTER CLUTCH CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.28
2018 RZR XP 4 1000 HIGH LIFTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.29
RZR XP 1000 HIGH LIFTER CLUTCH CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.30
2018 RZR XP 1000 GOLD METALLIC LE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.31
RZR XP 1000 CLUTCH CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.32
2018 RZR XP 1000 RIDE COMMAND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.33
RZR XP 1000 CLUTCH CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.34
2018 RZR XP 4 1000 RIDE COMMAND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.35
RZR XP 4 1000 CLUTCH CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.36
MISC. SPECIFICATIONS AND CHARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.37
CONVERSION TABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.37
SAE TAP / DRILL SIZES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.38
METRIC TAP / DRILL SIZES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.38
DECIMAL EQUIVALENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.39

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 1.1
GENERAL INFORMATION

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION
MODEL NUMBER DESIGNATION (2015 +)
Example: R15RUE57AC

GROUP MODEL YEAR MAKE / CHASSIS CODE ENGINE CODE REGION OPTION
1st 2nd 3rd 4th* 5th* 6th* 7th* 8th* 9th 10th**
R 1 5 R U E 5 7 A C
* = digits that would transfer to 17 digit VIN and are used in digits 4-8 respectively
** = 10th digit will be used on color/featured versions of models (not including the base)
First 3 digits and 10th digit are used in model number only. They are not used with the 17 digit VIN.
Digits 1 through 8 determine Digital Wrench calibration.

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN) DESIGNATION (2015+)


Example: 4XARUE573FG000000

VEHICLE DESCRIPTORS VEHICLE IDENTIFIERS


ENGINE MODIFIER

MFG. LOCATION
MODEL YEAR *
CHECK DIGIT
ENGINE SIZE
DRIVELINE

MODIFIER
CHASSIS

CHASSIS

WORLD MFG. ID
INDIVIDUAL SERIAL NO.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
4 X A R U E 5 7 3 F G 0 0 0 0 0 0
* Model Year: A = 2010; B = 2011; C = 2012; D = 2013; E = 2014; F = 2015; G= 2016; H=2017; J=2018

VEHICLE AND ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER LOCATION


Whenever corresponding about a Polaris ORV, refer to the vehicle identification number (VIN) and the engine serial
number.
The VIN can be found stamped on a portion of the left rear frame upright q, behind the PVT cover.
The engine serial number can be found on a decal applied to the front of the engine crankcase w or stamped into the
crankcase on the PTO side of the engine e.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


1.2 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
GENERAL INFORMATION

REFERENCE INFORMATION
REPLACEMENT KEYS 1
Replacement keys can be made from the original key. To identify which series the key is, take the first two digits on the
original key and refer to the chart to the right for the proper part number.
(i.e. In this example, the first two digits are 31 which would use key blank PN 4110141.

SERIES# PART NUMBER


20 4010278
21 4010278
22 4010321
23 4010321
27 4010321
28 4010321
31 4110141
32 4110148
67 4010278

68 4010278

PUBLICATION NUMBERS
YEAR MODEL OWNER’S MANUAL
RZR XP 1000 9927194
RZR XP 1000 LE Gold Metallic 9927195
RZR XP 1000 High Lifter 9927193
RZR XP4 1000 9927194
2017 RZR XP4 1000 High Lifter 9927193
EU / MD
9927410
RZR XP 1000 INT’L ZUG
Tractor 9927412
RZR XP4 1000 INT’L MD 9927410
RZR XP 1000 / LE Gold Metallic / High Lifter 9928358
RZR XP4 1000 / High Lifter 9928358
2018 EU / MD /
9928403
RZR XP 1000 INT’L ZUG
Tractor 9928404
RZR XP4 1000 INT’L MD 9928403

NOTE
When ordering service parts be sure to use the correct parts manual.
Polaris factory publications can be found at www.polaris.com or purchased from www.purepolaris.com.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 1.3
GENERAL INFORMATION

SPECIAL TOOLS
Special tools may be required while servicing this vehicle. Some of the tools listed or depicted are mandatory, while
other tools may be substituted with a similar tool, if available. Polaris recommends the use of Polaris Special Tools
when servicing any Polaris product. Dealers may order special tools through Polaris’ official tool supplier.
Bosch Automotive Service Solutions:
1-800-345-2233 or http://polaris.service-solutions.com/

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


1.4 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
GENERAL INFORMATION

2200421 2460761 2870341-A 2870386 2870630


Gas Shock Hall Sensor Probe Drive Clutch Spider Piston Pin Puller Timing Light
Recharging Kit Harness Remover/Installer 1

2870910-A 2870975 2871056 2871226 2871282


Roller Pin Tool Mity-Vac Pressure Driven Clutch Puller Clutch Bushing Transmission Seal
Test Tool Replacement Tool Kit Driver (50 MM)

2871351 2871358-B 2871702 2871745 2872085


IFP Depth Tool Drive Clutch Holding Shaft Drive Static Timing Light Drive Clutch Puller
Fixture Transmission and Harness
Front Gearcase Tool
Kit

2872608 2876389 2877408 8700226 9314177-A


Roll Pin Removal Tool Combination Pliers Spanner Wrench / CV Boot Clamp Pliers Drive Clutch Holding
(27″) Clutch Spreader (ear) Tool

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 1.5
GENERAL INFORMATION

PA-48838 PA-49316 PA-50231 PS-45908 PU-43506-A


Fuel Pressure Adapter Water Pump Drive & Snorkel Driver T-Handle Tool Fuel Pressure Gauge
Rotor Removal Tool Kit

PU-45281–A PU-47471 PU-48951 PU-49466 PU-50105


Shock Body Holding Smartlink Module Kit CV Boot Clamp Pliers Relay Bypass Oil Filter Wrench
Tool (Stepless)

PU-50296 PU-50338 PU-50518–A PU-50562 PU-50563


Battery Tester Hydrometer Clutch Compressor Engine Stand Adapter Cylinder Holding &
Camshaft Timing
Plate

PU-50564 PU-52492 PU-50565 PU-50578 PU-50624


Water Pump Seal Oil Pressure Gauge Oil Pressure Gauge Clutch Spider Nut Rolling Engine Stand
Installer Adapter (M20) Adapter (1/2 NPT) Socket

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


1.6 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
GENERAL INFORMATION

PU-50625 PU-50658-A PU-50931 PU-50939 PU-51024


Engine Stand Adapter Clutch Center Shock Rod Holding Shock Seal Protector Shock Rod Holding
Sleeve (2″) Distance Tool Tool (3/4″) Sleeve (5/8″) Tool 1

PU-51039 PU-51829 PU-51830 PU-51832 PU-51837


Gas Shock Fill Tool Shock Spanner Shock Spanner Shock Spanner Shock Body Holding
Wrench 2.5–3.0 Inner Wrench 2.5 Outer Wrench 3.0 Outer Tool

PU-51838 PV-1253 PV-43513-A PV-43526 PV-43531


Shock Body Holding Valve Spring Valve Spring Connector Test Kit Oil Presure gauge
Tool Compressor Compressor Adapter

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 1.7
GENERAL INFORMATION

PV-43568 PV-43570 PV-48656 PW-47053 PW-47054


Fluke Multimeter Piston Ring Fuel Pressure Gauge Bench Mount Engine Engine Stand Adapter
Compressor Pliers Adapter Stand Sleeve (2 3/8″)

PU-50566
Transmission Nut
Socket

MASTER TORQUE TABLE


ITEM TORQUE ITEM TORQUE
A-Arm Bolt Clutch Cover (outer) Screws 50 in-lbs (5 Nm)
42 ft-lb (57 Nm)
(front) Step 1: 9 ft-lbs (12
Ball Joint Fasteners 42 ft-lbs (57 Nm) Nm)
Battery Mount Bracket Fasteners 8 ft-lbs (11 Nm) Connecting Rod Bolts Step 2: 13 ft-lb (18
Nm)
Battery Terminal Fasteners 60 in-lbs (7 Nm) Step 3: Tighten
Step 1: 24 in-lbs (3 add’n 105°
Nm) Coolant Bleed Screw 89 in-lb (10 Nm)
Beadlock Screws Step 2: 7 ft-lbs (10 Coolant Temperature Sensor 17 ft-lb (23 Nm)
Nm)
CPS Retaining Bolt 9 ft-lb (12 Nm)
Brake Disc Mounting Bolts 30 ft-lb (41 Nm)
Step 1: 9 ft-lb (12
Brake Bleed Screws 48 in-lb (5 Nm) Nm)
Brake Caliper Mounting Bolts (front) 30 ft-lb (41 Nm) Step 2: 21 ft-lb (28
Crankcase Bolts M10
Nm)
Brake Caliper Mounting Bolts (rear) 46 ft-lbs (62 Nm)
Step 3: Tighten
Brake Line Banjo Bolts 15 ft-lbs (20 Nm) add’n 90°
Brake Line Flare Fittings 15 ft-lbs (20 Nm) Crankcase Bolts M8 26 ft-lb (35 Nm)
Brake Pedal Mount Bracket Bolts 16 ft-lbs (22 Nm) Crankcase Bolts M6 9 ft-lb (12 Nm)
Brake Switch 15 ft-lbs (20 Nm) Crankcase Oil Gallery Plug 11 ft-lbs (15 Nm)
Cab Frame Bolts 40 ft-lb (54 Nm) Torque in sequence
Step 1: 9 ft-lbs (12
Cab Frame Mid Hoop Mounting 17 ft-lb (23 Nm) Nm)
Fasteners Step 2: 26 ft-lb (35
Cam Chain Tensioner 29 ft-lb (40 Nm) Cylinder Head Bolts Nm)
Camshaft Carrier Bolts 7 ft-lb (10 Nm) Step 3: Additional
180°
Camshaft Sprocket Bolts 14 ft-lb (19 Nm) Step 4: M6 bolts: 7
ft-lb (10 Nm)

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


1.8 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
GENERAL INFORMATION

ITEM TORQUE ITEM TORQUE


Differential Cover Screws (grade 8.8) 22 ft-lb (30 Nm) Hub Castle Nut 180 ft-lbs (244 Nm)
22 ft-lb (30 Nm)
1
Differential Cover Screws (grade Intake Plenum Screw
28 ft-lb (38 Nm)
10.9) Master Cylinder Mount Bolts 23 ft-lbs (31 Nm)
Door Fasteners 8 ft-lb (11 Nm) Oil Cooler Bolts 7 ft-lb (10 Nm)
Drive Clutch Retaining Bolt 96 ft-lb (130 Nm) Oil Pump Mounting Bolts 7 ft-lbs (10 Nm)
Drive Clutch Cover Plate Screw 9 ft-lb (12 Nm) Oil Pump Pickup Screws 7 ft-lb (10 Nm)
Drive Clutch Shift Weight Fasteners 20 in-lb (2 Nm) Oil Sump Cover M8 Bolts 26 ft-lb (35 Nm)
290 ft-lb (393 Nm) Oil Sump Cover M6 Bolts 106 in-lb (12 Nm)
(Apply 0.4 mL
Drive Clutch Spider Loctite® 7088 Oxygen Sensor 13 ft-lb (18 Nm)
Primer and 0.4 mL Parking Brake Caliper Assembly Bolts 37 ft-lb (50 Nm)
Loctite® 620™)
Parking Brake Disc Mounting Bolts
250 ft-lb (339 Nm) 14 ft-lb (20 Nm)
(INTL)
(Apply 0.1 mL
Drive Clutch Spider Jam Nut Loctite® 7088 Parking Brake Lever Mounting Bolts 16 ft-lb (22 Nm)
Primer and 0.1 mL Power Steering Cover Screws 8 ft-lb (11 Nm)
Loctite® 620™)
Power Steering Bracket to Frame 16 ft-lb (22 Nm)
Driven Clutch Retaining Bolt 55 ft-lb (75 Nm) Nuts
Driven Clutch Helix Retaining Screws 48 in-lb (5 Nm) Power Steering Unit to Mount Bracket 30 ft-lb (41 Nm)
ECU Mounting Screws 24 in-lb (3 Nm) Prop Shaft Support Bearing 35 ft-lb (47 Nm)
Engine Mount (front) 40 ft-lbs (54 Nm) Fasteners
PVT Inner Cover Bolts 12 ft-lb (16 Nm)
Engine Oil Plug 12 ft-lbs (16 Nm)
PVT Outer Cover Screws 48 in-lb (5 Nm)
Step 1-2: 64 ft-lb (87
Nm) M10 M10: 40 ft-lb (54 Nm)
Step 3: 5 ft-lb (7 Nm) M12 (outer): 50 ft-lb
Engine/Transmission Mounting Bolts Step 4-7: 44 ft-lb (60 M12 Outer + 90° (68 Nm + 90°)
Radius Rod Fasteners
Nm)
M12 (inner): 50 ft-lb
*see procedure for M12 Inner + 45° (68 Nm + 90°)
illustration
ETC Mounting Bolts 7 ft-lb (10 Nm) Seat Base to Seat Frame Fasteners 8 ft-lbs (11 Nm)
Exhaust Head Pipe Bolts 18 ft-lb (24 Nm) Seat Base to Frame (front) 14 ft-lb (19 Nm)

Exhaust Pipe to Muffler Fasteners 21 ft-lb (28 Nm) Seat Base to Frame (rear) 30 ft-lb (41 Nm)

Floor Screws 8 ft-lb (11 Nm) Seat Belt Mounting Fasteners 40 ft-lbs (54 Nm)
Flywheel Bolt 133 ft-lbs (180 Nm) Seat Slider Plate Screws 4 ft-lb (5 Nm)
FOX Shock Body Cap 100 ft-lb (135 Nm) Shift Bracket (Gated) 14 ft-lb (19 Nm)
FOX Shock Bearing Assembly 35 ft-lb (47 Nm) Shift Cable Bracket Bolts 17 ft-lb (23 Nm)
14 in-lb (2 Nm) Shock Guard Screws 14 in-lbs (2 Nm)
FOX Shock Bleed Screw
FOX Shock Eyelet 50 ft-lb (68 Nm) Shock Mount (front) 42 ft-lb (57 Nm)

22 ft-lb (30 Nm) Shock Mount (rear) 70 ft-lbs (95 Nm)


FOX Shock Shaft Nut
Frame Bolts (front to rear) 40 ft-lb (54 Nm) Shock Reservoir Mounting Clamps
35 in-lb (4 Nm)
(rear)
Front Bumper / Fender Screws 8 ft-ln (11 Nm)
Skid Plate Fasteners 8 ft-lbs (11 Nm)
Front Gearcase Cover Plate Screws 11 ft-lbs (15 Nm)
Spark Arrestor 8 ft-lbs (11 Nm)
Front Gearcase Drain/Fill Plugs 10 ft-lbs (14 Nm)
Spark Plug 7 ft-lbs (10 Nm)
Front Gearcase Mounting Bolts 35 ft-lbs (47 Nm)
Speed Sensor Screw 12 ft-lb (16 Nm)
Fuel Pump PFA Nut 70 ft-lbs (95 Nm)
Stabilizer Bar Linkage (rear) 40 ft-lbs (54 Nm)
Fuel Rail Mounting Screws 44 in-lb (5 Nm)
Stabilizer Bar Mounting Bracket Bolts
Fuel Tank Block-off Panel 8 ft-lbs (11 Nm) 17 ft-lb (23 Nm)
(rear)
Fuel Tank Strap Screw 8 ft-lbs (11 Nm) Stabilizer Bar Locating Clamp Bolts 10 ft-lb (14 Nm)
Hip Bolster Bolts 14 ft-lb (19 Nm) Starter Mounting Bolts 7 ft-lb (10 Nm)
Hose Clamp 35 in-lb (4 Nm) Starter One-Way Clutch Screws 9 ft-lb (12 Nm)

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 1.9
GENERAL INFORMATION

ITEM TORQUE
Stator Cover Screws 9 ft-lb (12 Nm)
Starter Solenoid Cable Fasteners 35 in-lb (4 Nm)
Steering Tilt Shock Fastener 7 ft-lb (10 Nm)
Steering Pivot Tube Fasteners 8 ft-lb (11 Nm)
Steering Rack Mounting Bolts 16 ft-lbs (22 Nm)
Steering Shaft to EPS Unit 15 ft-lbs (20 Nm)
Steering Shaft to Steering Rack 42 ft-lb (57 Nm)
Steering Wheel Nut 65 ft-lbs (88 Nm)
Thermostat Cover Bolts 7 ft-lb (10 Nm)
Throttle Pedal Fastener Nuts 8 ft-lb (11 Nm)
Tie Rod End to Knuckle 30 ft-lb (41 Nm) + 90°
Tie Rod Jam Nuts 14 ft-lbs (19 Nm)
Trailing Arm to Frame 70 ft-lb (95 Nm)
Trailing Arm to Bearing Carrier 42 ft-lb (54 Nm)
Fasteners
Trans Bell Crank Nut 18 ft-lb (24 Nm)
Trans Case Screws 20 ft-lbs (27 Nm)
Trans Drain / Fill Plugs 14 ft-lbs (19 Nm)
Trans Isolator Bolt (rear) 40 ft-lb (54 Nm)
Trans Rear Mount Bracket Fasteners 22 ft-lb (30 Nm)
Trans Joint Bracket Bolts 44 ft-lb (60 Nm)
Trans Park Flange Screws 10 ft-lb (14 Nm)
Trans Sector Gear Cover 12 ft-lb (16 Nm)
Trans Shift Fork Screws 10 ft-lb (14 Nm)
Trans Snorkel Tube Locking Screw 10 ft-lb (14 Nm)
Valve Cover Bolts 7 ft-lbs (10 Nm)
Visor Mounting Screws 8 ft-lb (11 Nm)
Voltage Regulator Fasteners 5 ft-lb (7 Nm)
7 ft-lb (10 Nm)
(Apply Loctite®
Water Pump Impeller
204™ to bolt
threads)
7 ft-lb (10 Nm)
(Apply Loctite®
Water Pump Cover Bolts
204™ to bolt
threads)
Wheel Lug Nuts 120 ft-lbs (163 Nm)

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


1.10 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
GENERAL INFORMATION

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
2017 RZR XP 1000 1
CATEGORY DIMENSION / CAPACITY
Length 119″ / 302.2 cm
Width 64″ / 162.6 cm
Height 73.75″ / 187.3 cm
Wheel Base 90″ / 228.6 cm
Ground Clearance 13.5″ / 34.3 cm
Dry Weight 1369 lbs. / 621 kg

Gross Vehicle Weight 2200 lbs. / 997.9 kg

Cargo Box Capacity 300 lbs. / 136 kg

740 lbs. / 335.6 kg


Maximum Weight Capacity
(Includes riders, cargo and
(Payload)
accessories)

Hitch Towing Capacity This vehicle is not equipped


with a hitch for towing loads.
Do not use this vehicle for
Hitch Tongue Capacity towing. Do not modify the
vehicle by adding a hitch.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 1.11
GENERAL INFORMATION

ENGINE DRIVETRAIN
Platform 4-Stroke DOHC Twin Cyl Transmission Type Polaris Automatic PVT
Engine Displacement 999cc Shift Type In Line Shift - P / R / N / L / H
Number of Cylinders 2 Demand Drive Fluid
Front Gearcase Lubricant
8.5 oz
Bore & Stroke 93 x 73.5 mm Requirement
(250 mL)
Compression Ratio 10.5:1
AGL
Engine Idle Speed 1200 +/- 100 RPM Transmission Lubricant
44 oz
Requirement
Engine Max Speed 8800 RPM (1300 mL)
Valve Clearance (Intake) 0.005-0.007″ (0.125-0.175 mm)
STEERING / SUSPENSION
Valve Clearance (Exhaust) 0.009-0.011″ (0.229-0.275 mm)
Toe Out 1/8 - 3/16″ (3.2 - 4.8 mm)
Engine Hot Light Instrument Cluster Indicator
Front Suspension Independent Dual A-arm
Lubrication Wet Sump Walker Evans™ 2″ Needle
Oil Requirements PS-4 Full Synthetic 5W-50 Shocks
2.5 qt Front Travel 16″ (40.6 cm)
Oil Capacity
(2.4 L) Rear Suspension Independent Trailing Arm
Coolant Capacity 5.36 qt (5.0 L) Walker Evans™ 2.5″ Needle
Shocks
Rear Travel 18″ (45.7 cm)
FUEL SYSTEM
Spring Adjustment Threaded Spanner Wrench
Type Bosch ME17 EFI
Adjustment
Fuel Delivery Electronic Fuel Pump (in-tank)
Fuel Pressure 58 ± 2 PSI (400 ± 14 kPa) WHEELS / BRAKES
Fuel Capacity / 9.5 gal. (36 L) Front Rim / Size Aluminum 14 x 6
Requirement 87 Octane (minimum) Rear Rim / Size Aluminum 14 x 8
Front Tire Make / Model / Maxxis Bighorn
ELECTRICAL Size 29 x 9 - 14
Alternator Max Output 560 Watts @ 3000 RPM Rear Tire Make / Model / Maxxis Bighorn
Size 29 x 11 - 14
Lights: Main Headlights Dual Beam LED cluster
Front 16 psi (110 kPa)
Taillights 0.2 Watt LED cluster Tire Air Pressure
Rear 16 psi (110 kPa)
Brake Lights 2.9 Watt LED cluster
Ignition System ME17 ECU Brake System Foot Actuated 4 Wheel
Front & Rear Hydraulic – Dual Bore Caliper
Spark Plug / Gap NGK MR7F / 0.7-0.8 mm
Brake Fluid DOT 4
Battery / Amp Hr 575 CCA / 44 Amp Hr
DC Outlet Standard 12 Volt
RZR XP 1000 CLUTCH CHART
Relays Fan, EFI, Fuel Pump, Chassis,
EPS ALTITUDE SHIFT DRIVE DRIVEN
MODEL METERS (FEET)
Circuit Breaker 25A Cooling Fan WEIGHT SPRING SPRING
0-1800 29-75,PM
Fuses 10A EFI (0-6000) (5633720) Black / Red Black
10A Unswitched XP 1000 (7044263) (7044708)
10A Key 1800-3700 29-68,PM
(6000-12000) (5139618 )
10A Term
25A EPS
10A Lights
10A Drive
10A Accessory
10A Instrument

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


1.12 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
GENERAL INFORMATION

2017 RZR XP 4 1000


CATEGORY DIMENSION / CAPACITY
1
Length 146″ / 370.8 cm
Width 64″ / 162.6 cm
Height 73.75″ / 187.3 cm
Wheel Base 117.0″ / 297.2 cm
Ground Clearance 13.5″ / 34.3 cm
Dry Weight 1565 lbs. / 709.9 kg

Gross Vehicle Weight 2590 lbs. / 1174.8 kg

Cargo Box Capacity 300 lbs. / 136 kg

900 lbs. / 408.2 kg


Maximum Weight Capacity
(Includes riders, cargo and
(Payload)
accessories)

Hitch Towing Capacity This vehicle is not equipped


with a hitch for towing loads.
Do not use this vehicle for
Hitch Tongue Capacity towing. Do not modify the
vehicle by adding a hitch.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 1.13
GENERAL INFORMATION

ENGINE DRIVETRAIN
Platform 4-Stroke DOHC Twin Cyl Transmission Type Polaris Automatic PVT
Engine Displacement 999cc Shift Type In Line Shift - P/ R / N / L / H
Number of Cylinders 2 Demand Drive Fluid
Front Gearcase Lubricant
8.5 oz
Bore & Stroke 93 x 73.5 mm Requirement
(250 mL)
Compression Ratio 10.5:1
AGL
Engine Idle Speed 1200 +/- 100 RPM Transmission Lubricant
44 oz
Requirement
Engine Max Speed 8800 RPM (1300 mL)
Valve Clearance (Intake) 0.005-0.007″ (0.125-0.175 mm)
STEERING / SUSPENSION
Valve Clearance (Exhaust) 0.009-0.011″ (0.229-0.275 mm)
Toe Out 1/8 - 3/16″ (3.2 - 4.8 mm)
Engine Hot Light Instrument Cluster Indicator
Front Suspension Independent Dual A-arm
Lubrication Wet Sump Walker Evans™ 2″ Needle
Oil Requirements PS-4 Full Synthetic 5W-50 Shocks
2.5 qt Front Travel 16″ (40.6 cm)
Oil Capacity
(2.4 L) Rear Suspension Independent Trailing Arm
Coolant Capacity 5.36 qt (5.0 L) Walker Evans™ 2.5″ Needle
Shocks
Rear Travel 18″ (45.7 cm)
FUEL SYSTEM
Spring Adjustment Threaded Spanner Wrench
Type Bosch ME17 EFI
Adjustment
Fuel Delivery Electronic Fuel Pump (in-tank)
Fuel Pressure 58 ± 2 PSI (400 ± 14 kPa) WHEELS / BRAKES
Fuel Capacity / 9.5 gal. (36 L) Front Rim / Size Aluminum 14 x 6
Requirement 87 Octane (minimum) Rear Rim / Size Aluminum 14 x 8
Front Tire Make / Model / Maxxis Bighorn
ELECTRICAL Size 29 x 9 - 14
Alternator Max Output 560 Watts @ 3000 RPM Rear Tire Make / Model / Maxxis Bighorn
Size 29 x 11 - 14
Lights: Main Headlights Dual Beam LED cluster
Front 19 psi (131 kPa)
Taillights 0.2 Watt LED cluster Tire Air Pressure
Rear 20 psi (138 kPa)
Brake Lights 2.9 Watt LED cluster
Ignition System ME17 ECU Brake System Foot Actuated 4 Wheel
Front & Rear Hydraulic – Dual Bore Caliper
Spark Plug / Gap NGK MR7F / 0.7-0.8 mm
Brake Fluid DOT 4
Battery / Amp Hr 575 CCA / 44 Amp Hr
DC Outlet Standard 12 Volt
RZR XP 4 1000 CLUTCH CHART
Relays Fan, EFI, Fuel Pump, Chassis,
EPS ALTITUDE SHIFT DRIVE DRIVEN
MODEL METERS (FEET)
Circuit Breaker 25A Cooling Fan WEIGHT SPRING SPRING
0-1800 29-75,PM
Fuses 10A EFI (0-6000) (5633720) Black / White
Black
10A Unswitched XP4 1000 lettering
(7044708)
10A Key 1800-3700 29-68,PM (7044504)
(6000-12000) (5139618 )
15A Term
25A EPS
10A Lights
10A Drive
10A Accessory
10A Instrument

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


1.14 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
GENERAL INFORMATION

2017 RZR XP 1000 HIGH LIFTER


CATEGORY DIMENSION / CAPACITY
1
Length 122″ / 309.9 cm
Width 64″ / 162.6 cm
Height 75.25″ / 191.1 cm
Wheel Base 90″ / 228.6 cm
Ground Clearance 15.0″ / 38.1 cm
Dry Weight 1530 lbs. / 694.0 kg

Gross Vehicle Weight 2200 lbs. / 997.9 kg

Cargo Box Capacity 300 lbs. / 136 kg

740 lbs. / 335.6 kg


Maximum Weight Capacity
(Includes riders, cargo and
(Payload)
accessories)

Hitch Towing Capacity This vehicle is not equipped


with a hitch for towing loads.
Do not use this vehicle for
Hitch Tongue Capacity towing. Do not modify the
vehicle by adding a hitch.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 1.15
GENERAL INFORMATION

ENGINE DRIVETRAIN
Platform 4-Stroke DOHC Twin Cyl Transmission Type Polaris Automatic PVT
Engine Displacement 999cc Shift Type In Line Shift - P/ R / N / L / H
Number of Cylinders 2 Demand Drive Fluid
Front Gearcase Lubricant
8.5 oz
Bore & Stroke 93 x 73.5 mm Requirement
(250 mL)
Compression Ratio 10.5:1
AGL
Engine Idle Speed 1200 +/- 100 RPM Transmission Lubricant
44 oz
Requirement
Engine Max Speed 8800 RPM (1300 mL)
Valve Clearance (Intake) 0.005-0.007″ (0.125-0.175 mm)
STEERING / SUSPENSION
Valve Clearance (Exhaust) 0.009-0.011″ (0.229-0.275 mm)
Toe Out 1/8 - 3/16″ (3.2 - 4.8 mm)
Engine Hot Light Instrument Cluster Indicator
Front Suspension Independent Dual A-arm
Lubrication Wet Sump Walker Evans™ 2″ Needle
Oil Requirements PS-4 Full Synthetic 5W-50 Shocks
2.5 qt Front Travel 16″ (40.6 cm)
Oil Capacity
(2.4 L) Rear Suspension Independent Trailing Arm
Coolant Capacity 5.36 qt (5.0 L) Walker Evans™ 2.5″ Needle
Shocks
Rear Travel 18″ (45.7 cm)
FUEL SYSTEM
Spring Adjustment Threaded Spanner Wrench
Type Bosch ME17 EFI
Adjustment
Fuel Delivery Electronic Fuel Pump (in-tank)
Fuel Pressure 58 ± 2 PSI (400 ± 14 kPa) WHEELS / BRAKES
Fuel Capacity / 9.5 gal. (36 L) Front Rim / Size Aluminum 14 x 6
Requirement 87 Octane (minimum) Rear Rim / Size Aluminum 14 x 8
Front Tire Make / Model / High Lifter Outlaw2
ELECTRICAL Size 29.5 x 9.5 - 14
Alternator Max Output 560 Watts @ 3000 RPM Rear Tire Make / Model / High Lifter Outlaw2
Size 29.5 x 9.5 - 14
Lights: Main Headlights Dual Beam LED cluster
Front 18 psi (124 kPa)
Taillights 0.2 Watt LED cluster Tire Air Pressure
Rear 18 psi (124 kPa)
Brake Lights 2.9 Watt LED cluster
Ignition System ME17 ECU Brake System Foot Actuated 4 Wheel
Front & Rear Hydraulic – Dual Bore Caliper
Spark Plug / Gap NGK MR7F / 0.7-0.8 mm
Brake Fluid DOT 4
Battery / Amp Hr 575 CCA / 44 Amp Hr
DC Outlet Standard 12 Volt
RZR XP 1000 HIGH LIFTER CLUTCH CHART
Relays Fan, EFI, Fuel Pump, Chassis,
EPS ALTITUDE SHIFT DRIVE DRIVEN
MODEL METERS (FEET)
Circuit Breaker 25A Cooling Fan WEIGHT SPRING SPRING
0-1800 29-70,PM
Fuses 10A EFI (0-6000) (5633321) Black / White
XP 1000 Black
10A Key High Lifter
lettering
(7044709)
10A Term 1800-3700 29-66,PM (7044465)
(6000-12000) (5633496 )
25A EPS
10A Lights
10A Drive
10A Accessory

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


1.16 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
GENERAL INFORMATION

2017 RZR XP 4 1000 HIGH LIFTER


CATEGORY DIMENSION / CAPACITY
1
Length 149″ / 378.4 cm
Width 64″ / 162.6 cm
Height 75.25″ / 191.1 cm
Wheel Base 117.0″ / 297.2 cm
Ground Clearance 15.0″ / 38.1 cm
Dry Weight 1752 lbs. / 783.3 kg

Gross Vehicle Weight 2736 lbs. / 1241 kg

Cargo Box Capacity 300 lbs. / 136 kg

900 lbs. / 408.2 kg


Maximum Weight Capacity
(Includes riders, cargo and
(Payload)
accessories)

Hitch Towing Capacity This vehicle is not equipped


with a hitch for towing loads.
Do not use this vehicle for
Hitch Tongue Capacity towing. Do not modify the
vehicle by adding a hitch.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 1.17
GENERAL INFORMATION

ENGINE DRIVETRAIN
Platform 4-Stroke DOHC Twin Cyl Transmission Type Polaris Automatic PVT
Engine Displacement 999cc Shift Type In Line Shift - P / R / N / L / H
Number of Cylinders 2 Demand Drive Fluid
Front Gearcase Lubricant
8.5 oz
Bore & Stroke 93 x 73.5 mm Requirement
(250 mL)
Compression Ratio 10.5:1
AGL
Engine Idle Speed 1200 +/- 100 RPM Transmission Lubricant
44 oz
Requirement
Engine Max Speed 8800 RPM (1300 mL)
Valve Clearance (Intake) 0.005-0.007″ (0.125-0.175 mm)
STEERING / SUSPENSION
Valve Clearance (Exhaust) 0.009-0.011″ (0.229-0.275 mm)
Toe Out 1/8 - 3/16″ (3.2 - 4.8 mm)
Engine Hot Light Instrument Cluster Indicator
Front Suspension Independent Dual A-arm
Lubrication Wet Sump Walker Evans™ 2″ Needle
Oil Requirements PS-4 Full Synthetic 5W-50 Shocks
2.5 qt Front Travel 16″ (40.6 cm)
Oil Capacity
(2.4 L) Rear Suspension Independent Trailing Arm
Coolant Capacity 5.36 qt (5.0 L) Walker Evans™ 2.5″ Needle
Shocks
Rear Travel 18″ (45.7 cm)
FUEL SYSTEM
Spring Adjustment Threaded Spanner Wrench
Type Bosch ME17 EFI
Adjustment
Fuel Delivery Electronic Fuel Pump (in-tank)
Fuel Pressure 58 ± 2 PSI (400 ± 14 kPa) WHEELS / BRAKES
Fuel Capacity / 9.5 gal. (36 L) Front Rim / Size Aluminum 14 x 6
Requirement 87 Octane (minimum) Rear Rim / Size Aluminum 14 x 8
Front Tire Make / Model / High Lifter Outlaw2
ELECTRICAL Size 29.5 x 9.5 - 14
Alternator Max Output 560 Watts @ 3000 RPM Rear Tire Make / Model / High Lifter Outlaw2
Size 29.5 x 9.5 - 14
Lights: Main Headlights Dual Beam LED cluster
Front 18 psi (124 kPa)
Taillights 0.2 Watt LED cluster Tire Air Pressure
Rear 18 psi (124 kPa)
Brake Lights 2.9 Watt LED cluster
Ignition System ME17 ECU Brake System Foot Actuated 4 Wheel
Front & Rear Hydraulic – Dual Bore Caliper
Spark Plug / Gap NGK MR7F / 0.7-0.8 mm
Brake Fluid DOT 4
Battery / Amp Hr 575 CCA / 44 Amp Hr
DC Outlet Standard 12 Volt
RZR XP 1000 HIGH LIFTER CLUTCH CHART
Relays Fan, EFI, Fuel Pump, Chassis,
EPS ALTITUDE SHIFT DRIVE DRIVEN
MODEL METERS (FEET)
Circuit Breaker 25A Cooling Fan WEIGHT SPRING SPRING
0-1800 29-70,PM
Fuses 10A EFI (0-6000) (5633321) Black / White
XP 1000 Black
10A Key High Lifter
lettering
(7044709)
10A Term 1800-3700 29-66,PM (7044465)
(6000-12000) (5633496 )
25A EPS
10A Lights
10A Drive
15A Accessory

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


1.18 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
GENERAL INFORMATION

2017 RZR XP 1000 LE MATTE GOLD METALLIC


CATEGORY DIMENSION / CAPACITY
1
Length 119″ / 302.2 cm
Width 64″ / 162.6 cm
Height 74.25″ / 188.6 cm
Wheel Base 90″ / 228.6 cm
Ground Clearance 14.0″ / 35.6 cm
Dry Weight 1567 lbs. / 711 kg

Gross Vehicle Weight 2388 lbs. / 1083 kg

Cargo Box Capacity 300 lbs. / 136 kg

740 lbs. / 335.6 kg


Maximum Weight Capacity
(Includes riders, cargo and
(Payload)
accessories)

Hitch Towing Capacity This vehicle is not equipped


with a hitch for towing loads.
Do not use this vehicle for
Hitch Tongue Capacity towing. Do not modify the
vehicle by adding a hitch.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 1.19
GENERAL INFORMATION

ENGINE DRIVETRAIN
Platform 4-Stroke DOHC Twin Cyl Transmission Type Polaris Automatic PVT
Engine Displacement 999cc Shift Type Gated Shift for Park
P/R/N/L/H
Number of Cylinders 2
Demand Drive Fluid
Bore & Stroke 93 x 73.5 mm Front Gearcase Lubricant
8.5 oz
Compression Ratio Requirement
10.5:1 (250 mL)
Engine Idle Speed 1200 +/- 100 RPM AGL
Transmission Lubricant
Engine Max Speed 44 oz
8800 RPM Requirement
(1300 mL)
Valve Clearance (Intake) 0.005-0.007″ (0.125-0.175 mm)
Valve Clearance (Exhaust) 0.009-0.011″ (0.229-0.275 mm) STEERING / SUSPENSION
Engine Hot Light Instrument Cluster Indicator Toe Out 1/8 - 3/16″ (3.2 - 4.8 mm)
Lubrication Wet Sump Front Suspension Independent Dual A-arm
Oil Requirements PS-4 Full Synthetic 5W-50 Walker Evans™ 2″ Needle
Shocks
2.5 qt Front Travel 16″ (40.6 cm)
Oil Capacity
(2.4 L)
Rear Suspension Independent Trailing Arm
Coolant Capacity 5.36 qt (5.0 L) Walker Evans™ 2.5″ Needle
Shocks
FUEL SYSTEM Rear Travel 18″ (45.7 cm)
Type Bosch ME17 EFI Spring Adjustment Threaded Spanner Wrench
Fuel Delivery Electronic Fuel Pump (in-tank) Adjustment
Fuel Pressure 58 ± 2 PSI (400 ± 14 kPa)
Fuel Capacity / 9.5 gal. (36 L)
WHEELS / BRAKES
Requirement 87 Octane (minimum) Front Rim / Size Aluminum Beadlock / 14 x 6
Rear Rim / Size Aluminum Beadlock / 14 x 8
ELECTRICAL Front Tire Make / Model / Pro Armor Crawler XG
Size 30 x 10 - 14
Alternator Max Output 560 Watts @ 3000 RPM
Rear Tire Make / Model / Pro Armor Crawler XG
Lights: Main Headlights Dual Beam LED cluster Size 30 x 10 - 14
Taillights 0.2 Watt LED cluster Front 12 psi (83 kPa)
Brake Lights 2.9 Watt LED cluster Tire Air Pressure
Rear 16 psi (110 kPa)
Ignition System ME17 ECU Brake System 4 Wheel Hydraulic Disc – Dual
Spark Plug / Gap NGK MR7F / 0.7-0.8 mm Front & Rear Bore Calipers
Battery / Amp Hr 575 CCA / 44 Amp Hr Brake Fluid DOT 4
DC Outlet Standard 12 Volt
Relays Fan, EFI, Fuel Pump, Chassis, RZR XP 1000 CLUTCH CHART
EPS
Circuit Breaker 25A Cooling Fan ALTITUDE SHIFT DRIVE DRIVEN
MODEL METERS (FEET) WEIGHT SPRING SPRING
Fuses 10A EFI 0-1800 29-75,PM
10A Unswitched (0-6000) (5633720) Black / Red Black
10A Key XP 1000 (7044263) (7044708)
1800-3700 29-68,PM
10A Term (6000-12000) (5139618 )
25A EPS
10A Lights
10A Drive
10A Accessory
10A Instrument

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


1.20 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
GENERAL INFORMATION

2017 RZR XP 1000 LE (RIDE COMMAND)

CATEGORY DIMENSION / CAPACITY


1
Length 119″ / 302.2 cm
Width 64″ / 162.6 cm
Height 73.75″ / 187.3 cm
Wheel Base 90″ / 228.6 cm
Ground Clearance 13.5″ / 34.3 cm
Dry Weight 1379 lbs. / 626 kg

Gross Vehicle Weight 2200 lbs. / 997.9 kg

Cargo Box Capacity 300 lbs. / 136 kg

740 lbs. / 335.6 kg


Maximum Weight Capacity
(Includes riders, cargo and
(Payload)
accessories)

Hitch Towing Capacity This vehicle is not equipped


with a hitch for towing loads.
Do not use this vehicle for
Hitch Tongue Capacity towing. Do not modify the
vehicle by adding a hitch.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 1.21
GENERAL INFORMATION

ENGINE DRIVETRAIN
Platform 4-Stroke DOHC Twin Cyl Transmission Type Polaris Automatic PVT
Engine Displacement 999cc Shift Type In Line Shift - P / R / N / L / H
Number of Cylinders 2 Demand Drive Fluid
Front Gearcase Lubricant
8.5 oz
Bore & Stroke 93 x 73.5 mm Requirement
(250 mL)
Compression Ratio 10.5:1
AGL
Engine Idle Speed 1200 +/- 100 RPM Transmission Lubricant
44 oz
Requirement
Engine Max Speed 8800 RPM (1300 mL)
Valve Clearance (Intake) 0.005-0.007″ (0.125-0.175 mm)
STEERING / SUSPENSION
Valve Clearance (Exhaust) 0.009-0.011″ (0.229-0.275 mm)
Toe Out 1/8 - 3/16″ (3.2 - 4.8 mm)
Engine Hot Light Instrument Cluster Indicator
Front Suspension Independent Dual A-arm
Lubrication Wet Sump Walker Evans™ 2″ Needle
Oil Requirements PS-4 Full Synthetic 5W-50 Shocks
2.5 qt Front Travel 16″ (40.6 cm)
Oil Capacity
(2.4 L) Rear Suspension Independent Trailing Arm with
Coolant Capacity 5.36 qt (5.0 L) Stabilizer Bar
Walker Evans™ 2.5″ Needle
Shocks
FUEL SYSTEM Rear Travel 18″ (45.7 cm)
Type Bosch ME17 EFI
Spring Adjustment Threaded Spanner Wrench
Fuel Delivery Electronic Fuel Pump (in-tank) Adjustment
Fuel Pressure 58 ± 2 PSI (400 ± 14 kPa)
Fuel Capacity / 9.5 gal. (36 L) WHEELS / BRAKES
Requirement 87 Octane (minimum) Front Rim / Size Aluminum 14 x 6
Rear Rim / Size Aluminum 14 x 8
ELECTRICAL Front Tire Make / Model / Maxxis Bighorn
Alternator Max Output 560 Watts @ 3000 RPM Size 29 x 9 - 14
Rear Tire Make / Model / Maxxis Bighorn
Lights: Main Headlights Dual Beam LED cluster
Size 29 x 11 - 14
Taillights 0.2 Watt LED cluster Front 16 psi (110 kPa)
Brake Lights 2.9 Watt LED cluster Tire Air Pressure
Rear 16 psi (110 kPa)
Ignition System ME17 ECU
Brake System Foot Actuated 4 Wheel
Spark Plug / Gap NGK MR7F / 0.7-0.8 mm Front & Rear Hydraulic – Dual Bore Caliper
Battery / Amp Hr 575 CCA / 44 Amp Hr Brake Fluid DOT 4
DC Outlet Standard 12 Volt
Relays Fan, EFI, Fuel Pump, Chassis, RZR XP 1000 CLUTCH CHART
EPS
Circuit Breaker 25A Cooling Fan MODEL
ALTITUDE SHIFT DRIVE DRIVEN
METERS (FEET) WEIGHT SPRING SPRING
Fuses 10A EFI
0-1800 29-75,PM
10A Unswitched (0-6000) (5633720) Black / Red Black
10A Key XP 1000 (7044263) (7044708)
10A Term 1800-3700 29-68,PM
(6000-12000) (5139618 )
25A EPS
10A Lights
10A Drive
10A Accessory
10A Instrument

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


1.22 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
GENERAL INFORMATION

2018 RZR XP 1000


CATEGORY DIMENSION / CAPACITY
1
Length 119″ / 302.2 cm
Width 64″ / 162.6 cm
Height 73.75″ / 187.3 cm
Wheel Base 90″ / 228.6 cm
Ground Clearance 13.5″ / 34.3 cm
Dry Weight 1369 lbs. / 621 kg

Gross Vehicle Weight 2200 lbs. / 997.9 kg

Cargo Box Capacity 300 lbs. / 136 kg

740 lbs. / 335.6 kg


Maximum Weight Capacity
(Includes riders, cargo and
(Payload)
accessories)

Hitch Towing Capacity This vehicle is not equipped


with a hitch for towing loads.
Do not use this vehicle for
Hitch Tongue Capacity towing. Do not modify the
vehicle by adding a hitch.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 1.23
GENERAL INFORMATION

ENGINE DRIVETRAIN
Platform 4-Stroke DOHC Twin Cyl Transmission Type Polaris Automatic PVT
Engine Displacement 999cc Shift Type In Line Shift - P / R / N / L / H
Number of Cylinders 2 Demand Drive Fluid
Front Gearcase Lubricant
8.5 oz
Bore & Stroke 93 x 73.5 mm Requirement
(250 mL)
Compression Ratio 10.5:1
AGL
Engine Idle Speed 1200 +/- 100 RPM Transmission Lubricant
44 oz
Requirement
Engine Max Speed 8800 RPM (1300 mL)
Valve Clearance (Intake) 0.005-0.007″ (0.125-0.175 mm)
STEERING / SUSPENSION
Valve Clearance (Exhaust) 0.009-0.011″ (0.229-0.275 mm)
Toe Out 1/8 - 3/16″ (3.2 - 4.8 mm)
Engine Hot Light Instrument Cluster Indicator
Front Suspension Independent Dual A-arm
Lubrication Wet Sump Walker Evans™ 2″ Needle
Oil Requirements PS-4 Full Synthetic 5W-50 Shocks
2.5 qt Front Travel 16″ (40.6 cm)
Oil Capacity
(2.4 L) Rear Suspension Independent Trailing Arm
Coolant Capacity 5.36 qt (5.0 L) Walker Evans™ 2.5″ Needle
Shocks
Rear Travel 18″ (45.7 cm)
FUEL SYSTEM
Spring Adjustment Threaded Spanner Wrench
Type Bosch ME17 EFI
Adjustment
Fuel Delivery Electronic Fuel Pump (in-tank)
Fuel Pressure 58 ± 2 PSI (400 ± 14 kPa) WHEELS / BRAKES
Fuel Capacity / 9.5 gal. (36 L) Front Rim / Size Aluminum 14 x 6
Requirement 87 Octane (minimum) Rear Rim / Size Aluminum 14 x 8
Front Tire Make / Model / Maxxis Bighorn
ELECTRICAL Size 29 x 9 - 14
Alternator Max Output 560 Watts @ 3000 RPM Rear Tire Make / Model / Maxxis Bighorn
Size 29 x 11 - 14
Lights: Main Headlights Dual Beam LED cluster
Front 16 psi (110 kPa)
Taillights 0.2 Watt LED cluster Tire Air Pressure
Rear 16 psi (110 kPa)
Brake Lights 2.9 Watt LED cluster
Ignition System ME17 ECU Brake System Foot Actuated 4 Wheel
Front & Rear Hydraulic – Dual Bore Caliper
Spark Plug / Gap NGK MR7F / 0.7-0.8 mm
Brake Fluid DOT 4
Battery / Amp Hr 575 CCA / 44 Amp Hr
DC Outlet Standard 12 Volt
RZR XP 1000 CLUTCH CHART
Relays Fan, EFI, Fuel Pump, Chassis,
EPS ALTITUDE SHIFT DRIVE DRIVEN
MODEL METERS (FEET)
Circuit Breaker 25A Cooling Fan WEIGHT SPRING SPRING
0-1800 29-75,PM
Fuses 10A EFI (0-6000) (5633720) Black / Red Black
10A Unswitched XP 1000 (7044263) (7044708)
10A Key 1800-3700 29-68,PM
(6000-12000) (5139618 )
10A Term
25A EPS
10A Lights
10A Drive
10A Accessory
10A Instrument

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


1.24 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
GENERAL INFORMATION

2018 RZR XP 4 1000


CATEGORY DIMENSION / CAPACITY
1
Length 146″ / 370.8 cm
Width 64″ / 162.6 cm
Height 73.75″ / 187.3 cm
Wheel Base 117.0″ / 297.2 cm
Ground Clearance 13.5″ / 34.3 cm
Dry Weight 1565 lbs. / 709.9 kg

Gross Vehicle Weight 2590 lbs. / 1174.8 kg

Cargo Box Capacity 300 lbs. / 136 kg

900 lbs. / 408.2 kg


Maximum Weight Capacity
(Includes riders, cargo and
(Payload)
accessories)

Hitch Towing Capacity This vehicle is not equipped


with a hitch for towing loads.
Do not use this vehicle for
Hitch Tongue Capacity towing. Do not modify the
vehicle by adding a hitch.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 1.25
GENERAL INFORMATION

ENGINE DRIVETRAIN
Platform 4-Stroke DOHC Twin Cyl Transmission Type Polaris Automatic PVT
Engine Displacement 999cc Shift Type In Line Shift - P/ R / N / L / H
Number of Cylinders 2 Demand Drive Fluid
Front Gearcase Lubricant
8.5 oz
Bore & Stroke 93 x 73.5 mm Requirement
(250 mL)
Compression Ratio 10.5:1
AGL
Engine Idle Speed 1200 +/- 100 RPM Transmission Lubricant
44 oz
Requirement
Engine Max Speed 8800 RPM (1300 mL)
Valve Clearance (Intake) 0.005-0.007″ (0.125-0.175 mm)
STEERING / SUSPENSION
Valve Clearance (Exhaust) 0.009-0.011″ (0.229-0.275 mm)
Toe Out 1/8 - 3/16″ (3.2 - 4.8 mm)
Engine Hot Light Instrument Cluster Indicator
Front Suspension Independent Dual A-arm
Lubrication Wet Sump Walker Evans™ 2″ Needle
Oil Requirements PS-4 Full Synthetic 5W-50 Shocks
2.5 qt Front Travel 16″ (40.6 cm)
Oil Capacity
(2.4 L) Rear Suspension Independent Trailing Arm
Coolant Capacity 5.36 qt (5.0 L) Walker Evans™ 2.5″ Needle
Shocks
Rear Travel 18″ (45.7 cm)
FUEL SYSTEM
Spring Adjustment Threaded Spanner Wrench
Type Bosch ME17 EFI
Adjustment
Fuel Delivery Electronic Fuel Pump (in-tank)
Fuel Pressure 58 ± 2 PSI (400 ± 14 kPa) WHEELS / BRAKES
Fuel Capacity / 9.5 gal. (36 L) Front Rim / Size Aluminum 14 x 6
Requirement 87 Octane (minimum) Rear Rim / Size Aluminum 14 x 8
Front Tire Make / Model / Maxxis Bighorn
ELECTRICAL Size 29 x 9 - 14
Alternator Max Output 560 Watts @ 3000 RPM Rear Tire Make / Model / Maxxis Bighorn
Size 29 x 11 - 14
Lights: Main Headlights Dual Beam LED cluster
Front 19 psi (131 kPa)
Taillights 0.2 Watt LED cluster Tire Air Pressure
Rear 20 psi (138 kPa)
Brake Lights 2.9 Watt LED cluster
Ignition System ME17 ECU Brake System Foot Actuated 4 Wheel
Front & Rear Hydraulic – Dual Bore Caliper
Spark Plug / Gap NGK MR7F / 0.7-0.8 mm
Brake Fluid DOT 4
Battery / Amp Hr 575 CCA / 44 Amp Hr
DC Outlet Standard 12 Volt
RZR XP 4 1000 CLUTCH CHART
Relays Fan, EFI, Fuel Pump, Chassis,
EPS ALTITUDE SHIFT DRIVE DRIVEN
MODEL METERS (FEET)
Circuit Breaker 25A Cooling Fan WEIGHT SPRING SPRING
0-1800 29-75,PM
Fuses 10A EFI (0-6000) (5633720) Black / White
Black
10A Unswitched XP4 1000 lettering
(7044708)
10A Key 1800-3700 29-68,PM (7044504)
(6000-12000) (5139618 )
15A Term
25A EPS
10A Lights
10A Drive
10A Accessory
10A Instrument

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


1.26 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
GENERAL INFORMATION

2018 RZR XP 1000 HIGH LIFTER


CATEGORY DIMENSION / CAPACITY
1
Length 122″ / 309.9 cm
Width 64″ / 162.6 cm
Height 75.25″ / 191.1 cm
Wheel Base 90″ / 228.6 cm
Ground Clearance 15.0″ / 38.1 cm
Dry Weight 1530 lbs. / 694.0 kg

Gross Vehicle Weight 2200 lbs. / 997.9 kg

Cargo Box Capacity 300 lbs. / 136 kg

740 lbs. / 335.6 kg


Maximum Weight Capacity
(Includes riders, cargo and
(Payload)
accessories)

Hitch Towing Capacity This vehicle is not equipped


with a hitch for towing loads.
Do not use this vehicle for
Hitch Tongue Capacity towing. Do not modify the
vehicle by adding a hitch.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 1.27
GENERAL INFORMATION

ENGINE DRIVETRAIN
Platform 4-Stroke DOHC Twin Cyl Transmission Type Polaris Automatic PVT
Engine Displacement 999cc Shift Type In Line Shift - P/ R / N / L / H
Number of Cylinders 2 Demand Drive Fluid
Front Gearcase Lubricant
8.5 oz
Bore & Stroke 93 x 73.5 mm Requirement
(250 mL)
Compression Ratio 10.5:1
AGL
Engine Idle Speed 1200 +/- 100 RPM Transmission Lubricant
44 oz
Requirement
Engine Max Speed 8800 RPM (1300 mL)
Valve Clearance (Intake) 0.005-0.007″ (0.125-0.175 mm)
STEERING / SUSPENSION
Valve Clearance (Exhaust) 0.009-0.011″ (0.229-0.275 mm)
Toe Out 1/8 - 3/16″ (3.2 - 4.8 mm)
Engine Hot Light Instrument Cluster Indicator
Front Suspension Independent Dual A-arm
Lubrication Wet Sump Walker Evans™ 2″ Needle
Oil Requirements PS-4 Full Synthetic 5W-50 Shocks
2.5 qt Front Travel 16″ (40.6 cm)
Oil Capacity
(2.4 L) Rear Suspension Independent Trailing Arm
Coolant Capacity 5.36 qt (5.0 L) Walker Evans™ 2.5″ Needle
Shocks
Rear Travel 18″ (45.7 cm)
FUEL SYSTEM
Spring Adjustment Threaded Spanner Wrench
Type Bosch ME17 EFI
Adjustment
Fuel Delivery Electronic Fuel Pump (in-tank)
Fuel Pressure 58 ± 2 PSI (400 ± 14 kPa) WHEELS / BRAKES
Fuel Capacity / 9.5 gal. (36 L) Front Rim / Size Aluminum 14 x 6
Requirement 87 Octane (minimum) Rear Rim / Size Aluminum 14 x 8
Front Tire Make / Model / High Lifter Outlaw2
ELECTRICAL Size 29.5 x 9.5 - 14
Alternator Max Output 560 Watts @ 3000 RPM Rear Tire Make / Model / High Lifter Outlaw2
Size 29.5 x 9.5 - 14
Lights: Main Headlights Dual Beam LED cluster
Front 18 psi (124 kPa)
Taillights 0.2 Watt LED cluster Tire Air Pressure
Rear 18 psi (124 kPa)
Brake Lights 2.9 Watt LED cluster
Ignition System ME17 ECU Brake System Foot Actuated 4 Wheel
Front & Rear Hydraulic – Dual Bore Caliper
Spark Plug / Gap NGK MR7F / 0.7-0.8 mm
Brake Fluid DOT 4
Battery / Amp Hr 575 CCA / 44 Amp Hr
DC Outlet Standard 12 Volt
RZR XP 1000 HIGH LIFTER CLUTCH CHART
Relays Fan, EFI, Fuel Pump, Chassis,
EPS ALTITUDE SHIFT DRIVE DRIVEN
MODEL METERS (FEET)
Circuit Breaker 25A Cooling Fan WEIGHT SPRING SPRING
0-1800 29-70,PM
Fuses 10A EFI (0-6000) (5633321) Black / White
XP 1000 Black
10A Key High Lifter
lettering
(7044709)
10A Term 1800-3700 29-66,PM (7044465)
(6000-12000) (5633496 )
25A EPS
10A Lights
10A Drive
10A Accessory

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


1.28 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
GENERAL INFORMATION

2018 RZR XP 4 1000 HIGH LIFTER


CATEGORY DIMENSION / CAPACITY
1
Length 149″ / 378.4 cm
Width 64″ / 162.6 cm
Height 75.25″ / 191.1 cm
Wheel Base 117.0″ / 297.2 cm
Ground Clearance 15.0″ / 38.1 cm
Dry Weight 1752 lbs. / 783.3 kg

Gross Vehicle Weight 2736 lbs. / 1241 kg

Cargo Box Capacity 300 lbs. / 136 kg

900 lbs. / 408.2 kg


Maximum Weight Capacity
(Includes riders, cargo and
(Payload)
accessories)

Hitch Towing Capacity This vehicle is not equipped


with a hitch for towing loads.
Do not use this vehicle for
Hitch Tongue Capacity towing. Do not modify the
vehicle by adding a hitch.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 1.29
GENERAL INFORMATION

ENGINE DRIVETRAIN
Platform 4-Stroke DOHC Twin Cyl Transmission Type Polaris Automatic PVT
Engine Displacement 999cc Shift Type In Line Shift - P / R / N / L / H
Number of Cylinders 2 Demand Drive Fluid
Front Gearcase Lubricant
8.5 oz
Bore & Stroke 93 x 73.5 mm Requirement
(250 mL)
Compression Ratio 10.5:1
AGL
Engine Idle Speed 1200 +/- 100 RPM Transmission Lubricant
44 oz
Requirement
Engine Max Speed 8800 RPM (1300 mL)
Valve Clearance (Intake) 0.005-0.007″ (0.125-0.175 mm)
STEERING / SUSPENSION
Valve Clearance (Exhaust) 0.009-0.011″ (0.229-0.275 mm)
Toe Out 1/8 - 3/16″ (3.2 - 4.8 mm)
Engine Hot Light Instrument Cluster Indicator
Front Suspension Independent Dual A-arm
Lubrication Wet Sump Walker Evans™ 2″ Needle
Oil Requirements PS-4 Full Synthetic 5W-50 Shocks
2.5 qt Front Travel 16″ (40.6 cm)
Oil Capacity
(2.4 L) Rear Suspension Independent Trailing Arm
Coolant Capacity 5.36 qt (5.0 L) Walker Evans™ 2.5″ Needle
Shocks
Rear Travel 18″ (45.7 cm)
FUEL SYSTEM
Spring Adjustment Threaded Spanner Wrench
Type Bosch ME17 EFI
Adjustment
Fuel Delivery Electronic Fuel Pump (in-tank)
Fuel Pressure 58 ± 2 PSI (400 ± 14 kPa) WHEELS / BRAKES
Fuel Capacity / 9.5 gal. (36 L) Front Rim / Size Aluminum 14 x 6
Requirement 87 Octane (minimum) Rear Rim / Size Aluminum 14 x 8
Front Tire Make / Model / High Lifter Outlaw2
ELECTRICAL Size 29.5 x 9.5 - 14
Alternator Max Output 560 Watts @ 3000 RPM Rear Tire Make / Model / High Lifter Outlaw2
Size 29.5 x 9.5 - 14
Lights: Main Headlights Dual Beam LED cluster
Front 18 psi (124 kPa)
Taillights 0.2 Watt LED cluster Tire Air Pressure
Rear 18 psi (124 kPa)
Brake Lights 2.9 Watt LED cluster
Ignition System ME17 ECU Brake System Foot Actuated 4 Wheel
Front & Rear Hydraulic – Dual Bore Caliper
Spark Plug / Gap NGK MR7F / 0.7-0.8 mm
Brake Fluid DOT 4
Battery / Amp Hr 575 CCA / 44 Amp Hr
DC Outlet Standard 12 Volt
RZR XP 1000 HIGH LIFTER CLUTCH CHART
Relays Fan, EFI, Fuel Pump, Chassis,
EPS ALTITUDE SHIFT DRIVE DRIVEN
MODEL METERS (FEET)
Circuit Breaker 25A Cooling Fan WEIGHT SPRING SPRING
0-1800 29-70,PM
Fuses 10A EFI (0-6000) (5633321) Black / White
XP 1000 Black
10A Key High Lifter
lettering
(7044709)
10A Term 1800-3700 29-66,PM (7044465)
(6000-12000) (5633496 )
25A EPS
10A Lights
10A Drive
15A Accessory

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


1.30 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
GENERAL INFORMATION

2018 RZR XP 1000 GOLD METALLIC LE


CATEGORY DIMENSION / CAPACITY
1
Length 119″ / 302.2 cm
Width 64″ / 162.6 cm
Height 74.25″ / 188.6 cm
Wheel Base 90″ / 228.6 cm
Ground Clearance 14.0″ / 35.6 cm
Dry Weight 1567 lbs. / 711 kg

Gross Vehicle Weight 2388 lbs. / 1083 kg

Cargo Box Capacity 300 lbs. / 136 kg

740 lbs. / 335.6 kg


Maximum Weight Capacity
(Includes riders, cargo and
(Payload)
accessories)

Hitch Towing Capacity This vehicle is not equipped


with a hitch for towing loads.
Do not use this vehicle for
Hitch Tongue Capacity towing. Do not modify the
vehicle by adding a hitch.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 1.31
GENERAL INFORMATION

ENGINE DRIVETRAIN
Platform 4-Stroke DOHC Twin Cyl Transmission Type Polaris Automatic PVT
Engine Displacement 999cc Shift Type Gated Shift for Park
P/R/N/L/H
Number of Cylinders 2
Demand Drive Fluid
Bore & Stroke 93 x 73.5 mm Front Gearcase Lubricant
8.5 oz
Compression Ratio Requirement
10.5:1 (250 mL)
Engine Idle Speed 1200 +/- 100 RPM AGL
Transmission Lubricant
Engine Max Speed 44 oz
8800 RPM Requirement
(1300 mL)
Valve Clearance (Intake) 0.005-0.007″ (0.125-0.175 mm)
Valve Clearance (Exhaust) 0.009-0.011″ (0.229-0.275 mm) STEERING / SUSPENSION
Engine Hot Light Instrument Cluster Indicator Toe Out 1/8 - 3/16″ (3.2 - 4.8 mm)
Lubrication Wet Sump Front Suspension Independent Dual A-arm
Oil Requirements PS-4 Full Synthetic 5W-50 Walker Evans™ 2″ Needle
Shocks
2.5 qt Front Travel 16″ (40.6 cm)
Oil Capacity
(2.4 L)
Rear Suspension Independent Trailing Arm
Coolant Capacity 5.36 qt (5.0 L) Walker Evans™ 2.5″ Needle
Shocks
FUEL SYSTEM Rear Travel 18″ (45.7 cm)
Type Bosch ME17 EFI Spring Adjustment Threaded Spanner Wrench
Fuel Delivery Electronic Fuel Pump (in-tank) Adjustment
Fuel Pressure 58 ± 2 PSI (400 ± 14 kPa)
Fuel Capacity / 9.5 gal. (36 L)
WHEELS / BRAKES
Requirement 87 Octane (minimum) Front Rim / Size Aluminum Beadlock / 14 x 6
Rear Rim / Size Aluminum Beadlock / 14 x 8
ELECTRICAL Front Tire Make / Model / Pro Armor Crawler XG
Size 30 x 10 - 14
Alternator Max Output 560 Watts @ 3000 RPM
Rear Tire Make / Model / Pro Armor Crawler XG
Lights: Main Headlights Dual Beam LED cluster Size 30 x 10 - 14
Taillights 0.2 Watt LED cluster Front 12 psi (83 kPa)
Brake Lights 2.9 Watt LED cluster Tire Air Pressure
Rear 16 psi (110 kPa)
Ignition System ME17 ECU Brake System 4 Wheel Hydraulic Disc – Dual
Spark Plug / Gap NGK MR7F / 0.7-0.8 mm Front & Rear Bore Calipers
Battery / Amp Hr 575 CCA / 44 Amp Hr Brake Fluid DOT 4
DC Outlet Standard 12 Volt
Relays Fan, EFI, Fuel Pump, Chassis, RZR XP 1000 CLUTCH CHART
EPS
Circuit Breaker 25A Cooling Fan ALTITUDE SHIFT DRIVE DRIVEN
MODEL METERS (FEET) WEIGHT SPRING SPRING
Fuses 10A EFI 0-1800 29-75,PM
10A Unswitched (0-6000) (5633720) Black / Red Black
10A Key XP 1000 (7044263) (7044708)
1800-3700 29-68,PM
10A Term (6000-12000) (5139618 )
25A EPS
10A Lights
10A Drive
10A Accessory
10A Instrument

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


1.32 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
GENERAL INFORMATION

2018 RZR XP 1000 RIDE COMMAND


CATEGORY DIMENSION / CAPACITY
1
Length 119″ / 302.2 cm
Width 64″ / 162.6 cm
Height 73.75″ / 187.3 cm
Wheel Base 90″ / 228.6 cm
Ground Clearance 13.5″ / 34.3 cm
Dry Weight 1379 lbs. / 626 kg

Gross Vehicle Weight 2200 lbs. / 997.9 kg

Cargo Box Capacity 300 lbs. / 136 kg

740 lbs. / 335.6 kg


Maximum Weight Capacity
(Includes riders, cargo and
(Payload)
accessories)

Hitch Towing Capacity This vehicle is not equipped


with a hitch for towing loads.
Do not use this vehicle for
Hitch Tongue Capacity towing. Do not modify the
vehicle by adding a hitch.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 1.33
GENERAL INFORMATION

ENGINE DRIVETRAIN
Platform 4-Stroke DOHC Twin Cyl Transmission Type Polaris Automatic PVT
Engine Displacement 999cc Shift Type In Line Shift - P / R / N / L / H
Number of Cylinders 2 Demand Drive Fluid
Front Gearcase Lubricant
8.5 oz
Bore & Stroke 93 x 73.5 mm Requirement
(250 mL)
Compression Ratio 10.5:1
AGL
Engine Idle Speed 1200 +/- 100 RPM Transmission Lubricant
44 oz
Requirement
Engine Max Speed 8800 RPM (1300 mL)
Valve Clearance (Intake) 0.005-0.007″ (0.125-0.175 mm)
STEERING / SUSPENSION
Valve Clearance (Exhaust) 0.009-0.011″ (0.229-0.275 mm)
Toe Out 1/8 - 3/16″ (3.2 - 4.8 mm)
Engine Hot Light Instrument Cluster Indicator
Front Suspension Independent Dual A-arm
Lubrication Wet Sump Walker Evans™ 2″ Needle
Oil Requirements PS-4 Full Synthetic 5W-50 Shocks
2.5 qt Front Travel 16″ (40.6 cm)
Oil Capacity
(2.4 L) Rear Suspension Independent Trailing Arm with
Coolant Capacity 5.36 qt (5.0 L) Stabilizer Bar
Walker Evans™ 2.5″ Needle
Shocks
FUEL SYSTEM Rear Travel 18″ (45.7 cm)
Type Bosch ME17 EFI
Spring Adjustment Threaded Spanner Wrench
Fuel Delivery Electronic Fuel Pump (in-tank) Adjustment
Fuel Pressure 58 ± 2 PSI (400 ± 14 kPa)
Fuel Capacity / 9.5 gal. (36 L) WHEELS / BRAKES
Requirement 87 Octane (minimum) Front Rim / Size Aluminum 14 x 6
Rear Rim / Size Aluminum 14 x 8
ELECTRICAL Front Tire Make / Model / Maxxis Bighorn
Alternator Max Output 560 Watts @ 3000 RPM Size 29 x 9 - 14
Rear Tire Make / Model / Maxxis Bighorn
Lights: Main Headlights Dual Beam LED cluster
Size 29 x 11 - 14
Taillights 0.2 Watt LED cluster Front 16 psi (110 kPa)
Brake Lights 2.9 Watt LED cluster Tire Air Pressure
Rear 16 psi (110 kPa)
Ignition System ME17 ECU
Brake System Foot Actuated 4 Wheel
Spark Plug / Gap NGK MR7F / 0.7-0.8 mm Front & Rear Hydraulic – Dual Bore Caliper
Battery / Amp Hr 575 CCA / 44 Amp Hr Brake Fluid DOT 4
DC Outlet Standard 12 Volt
Relays Fan, EFI, Fuel Pump, Chassis, RZR XP 1000 CLUTCH CHART
EPS
Circuit Breaker 25A Cooling Fan MODEL
ALTITUDE SHIFT DRIVE DRIVEN
METERS (FEET) WEIGHT SPRING SPRING
Fuses 10A EFI
0-1800 29-75,PM
10A Unswitched (0-6000) (5633720) Black / Red Black
10A Key XP 1000 (7044263) (7044708)
10A Term 1800-3700 29-68,PM
(6000-12000) (5139618 )
25A EPS
10A Lights
10A Drive
10A Accessory
10A Instrument

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


1.34 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
GENERAL INFORMATION

2018 RZR XP 4 1000 RIDE COMMAND


CATEGORY DIMENSION / CAPACITY
1
Length 146″ / 370.8 cm
Width 64″ / 162.6 cm
Height 73.75″ / 187.3 cm
Wheel Base 117.0″ / 297.2 cm
Ground Clearance 13.5″ / 34.3 cm
Dry Weight 1565 lbs. / 709.9 kg

Gross Vehicle Weight 2590 lbs. / 1174.8 kg

Cargo Box Capacity 300 lbs. / 136 kg

900 lbs. / 408.2 kg


Maximum Weight Capacity
(Includes riders, cargo and
(Payload)
accessories)

Hitch Towing Capacity This vehicle is not equipped


with a hitch for towing loads.
Do not use this vehicle for
Hitch Tongue Capacity towing. Do not modify the
vehicle by adding a hitch.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 1.35
GENERAL INFORMATION

ENGINE DRIVETRAIN
Platform 4-Stroke DOHC Twin Cyl Transmission Type Polaris Automatic PVT
Engine Displacement 999cc Shift Type In Line Shift - P/ R / N / L / H
Number of Cylinders 2 Demand Drive Fluid
Front Gearcase Lubricant
8.5 oz
Bore & Stroke 93 x 73.5 mm Requirement
(250 mL)
Compression Ratio 10.5:1
AGL
Engine Idle Speed 1200 +/- 100 RPM Transmission Lubricant
44 oz
Requirement
Engine Max Speed 8800 RPM (1300 mL)
Valve Clearance (Intake) 0.005-0.007″ (0.125-0.175 mm)
STEERING / SUSPENSION
Valve Clearance (Exhaust) 0.009-0.011″ (0.229-0.275 mm)
Toe Out 1/8 - 3/16″ (3.2 - 4.8 mm)
Engine Hot Light Instrument Cluster Indicator
Front Suspension Independent Dual A-arm
Lubrication Wet Sump Walker Evans™ 2″ Needle
Oil Requirements PS-4 Full Synthetic 5W-50 Shocks
2.5 qt Front Travel 16″ (40.6 cm)
Oil Capacity
(2.4 L) Rear Suspension Independent Trailing Arm
Coolant Capacity 5.36 qt (5.0 L) Walker Evans™ 2.5″ Needle
Shocks
Rear Travel 18″ (45.7 cm)
FUEL SYSTEM
Spring Adjustment Threaded Spanner Wrench
Type Bosch ME17 EFI
Adjustment
Fuel Delivery Electronic Fuel Pump (in-tank)
Fuel Pressure 58 ± 2 PSI (400 ± 14 kPa) WHEELS / BRAKES
Fuel Capacity / 9.5 gal. (36 L) Front Rim / Size Aluminum 14 x 6
Requirement 87 Octane (minimum) Rear Rim / Size Aluminum 14 x 8
Front Tire Make / Model / Maxxis Bighorn
ELECTRICAL Size 29 x 9 - 14
Alternator Max Output 560 Watts @ 3000 RPM Rear Tire Make / Model / Maxxis Bighorn
Size 29 x 11 - 14
Lights: Main Headlights Dual Beam LED cluster
Front 19 psi (131 kPa)
Taillights 0.2 Watt LED cluster Tire Air Pressure
Rear 20 psi (138 kPa)
Brake Lights 2.9 Watt LED cluster
Ignition System ME17 ECU Brake System Foot Actuated 4 Wheel
Front & Rear Hydraulic – Dual Bore Caliper
Spark Plug / Gap NGK MR7F / 0.7-0.8 mm
Brake Fluid DOT 4
Battery / Amp Hr 575 CCA / 44 Amp Hr
DC Outlet Standard 12 Volt
RZR XP 4 1000 CLUTCH CHART
Relays Fan, EFI, Fuel Pump, Chassis,
EPS ALTITUDE SHIFT DRIVE DRIVEN
MODEL METERS (FEET)
Circuit Breaker 25A Cooling Fan WEIGHT SPRING SPRING
0-1800 29-75,PM
Fuses 10A EFI (0-6000) (5633720) Black / White
Black
10A Unswitched XP4 1000 lettering
(7044708)
10A Key 1800-3700 29-68,PM (7044504)
(6000-12000) (5139618 )
15A Term
25A EPS
10A Lights
10A Drive
10A Accessory
10A Instrument

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


1.36 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
GENERAL INFORMATION

MISC. SPECIFICATIONS AND CHARTS


CONVERSION TABLE 1
UNIT OF MEASURE MULTIPLIED BY CONVERTS TO
ft-lbs x 12 = in-lbs
in-lbs x 0.0833 = ft-lbs
ft-lbs x 1.356 = Nm
in-lbs x 0.0115 = kg-m
Nm x 0.7376 = ft-lbs
kg-m x 7.233 = ft-lbs
kg-m x 86.796 = in-lbs
kg-m x 10 = Nm
inch x 25.4 = mm
mm x 0.03937 = inch
inch x 2.54 = cm
mile (mi) x 1.6 = km
km x 0.6214 = mile
ounces (oz) x 28.35 = grams (g)
fluid ounces (fl oz) x 29.57 = cubic centimeters (cc)
cubic centimeters (cc) x .03381 = fluid ounces
grams (g) x 0.035 = ounces

pounds (lb) x 0.454 = kg


kilogram (kg) x 2.2046 = lbs
cubic inches (cu in) x 16.387 = cc

cubic centimeters (cc) x 0.061 = cubic inches


US quarts x 0.946 = liters (L)
liters (L) x 1.057 = US quarts
US gallons x 3.785 = liters (L)
liters (L) x 0.264 = US gallons
PSI x 6.895 = kilopascals (kPa)
kilopascals (kPa) x 0.145 PSI
π (3.14) x Radius² x Height = = cylinder volume
°C to °F: 9/5 (°C + 32) = °F
°F to °C: 5/9 (°F − 32) = °C

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 1.37
GENERAL INFORMATION

SAE TAP / DRILL SIZES METRIC TAP / DRILL SIZES


THREAD THREAD NEAREST
SIZE DRILL SIZE SIZE DRILL SIZE TAP SIZE DRILL SIZE DECIMAL FRACTION
#0–80 3/64 1/2–13 27/64 3 x .50 #39 0.0995 3/32
#1–64 53 1/2–20 29/64 3 x .60 3/32 0.0937 3/32
#1–72 53 9/16–12 31/64 4 x .70 #30 0.1285 1/8
#2–56 51 9/16–18 33/64 4 x .75 1/8 0.125 1/8
#2–64 50 5/8–11 17/32 5 x .80 #19 0.166 11/64
#3–48 5/64 5/8–18 37/64 5 x .90 #20 0.161 5/32
#3–56 45 3/4–10 21/32 6 x 1.00 #9 0.196 13/64
#4–40 43 3/4–16 11/16 7 x 1.00 16/64 0.234 15/64
#4–48 42 7/8–9 49/64 8 x 1.00 J 0.277 9/32
#5–40 38 7/8–14 13/16 8 x 1.25 17/64 0.265 17/64
#5–44 37 1–8 7/8 9 x 1.00 5/16 0.3125 5/16
#6–32 36 1–12 59/64 9 x 1.25 5/16 0.3125 5/16
#6–40 33 1 1/8–7 63/64 10 x 1.25 11/32 0.3437 11/32
#8–32 29 1 1/8–12 1 3/64 10 x 1.50 R 0.339 11/32
#8–36 29 1 1/4–7 1 7/64 11 x 1.50 3/8 0.375 3/8
#10–24 24 1 1/4–12 1 11/64 12 x 1.50 13/32 0.406 13/32
#10–32 21 1 1/2–6 1 11/32 12 x 1.75 13/32 0.406 13/32
#12–24 17 1 1/2–12 1 27/64
#12–28 4.6 mm 1 3/4–5 1 9/16
1/4–20 7 1 3/4–12 1 43/64
1/4–28 3 2–4 1/2 1 25/32
5/16–18 F 2–12 1 59/64
5/16–24 I 2 1/4–4 1/2 2 1/32
3/8–16 O 2 1/2–4 2 1/4
3/8–24 Q 2 3/4–4 2 1/2
7/16–14 U 3–4 2 3/4
7/16–20 25/64

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


1.38 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
GENERAL INFORMATION

DECIMAL EQUIVALENTS
FRACTION DECIMAL MM TO INCHES FRACTION DECIMAL MM TO INCHES 1
1/64 0.0156″ 33/64 0.5156″
1/32 0.0312″ 1 mm = 0.0394″ 17/32 0.5313″
3/64 0.0469″ 35/64 0.5469″ 14 mm = 0.5512″
1/16 0.0625″ 9/16 0.5625″
5/64 0.0781″ 2 mm = 0.0787″ 37/64 0.5781″ 15 mm = 0.5906″
3/32 0.0938″ 19/32 0.5938″
7/64 0.1094″ 3 mm = 0.1181″ 39/64 0.6094″
1/8 0.1250″ 5/8 0.625″ 16 mm = 0.6299″
9/64 0.1406″ 41/64 0.6406″
5/32 0.1563″ 4 mm = 0.1575″ 21/32 0.6563″ 17 mm = 0.6693″
11/64 0.1719″ 43/64 0.6719″
3/16 0.1875″ 5 mm = 0.1969″ 11/16 0.6875″
13/64 0.2031″ 45/64 0.7031″ 18 mm = 0.7087″
7/32 0.2188″ 23/32 0.7188″
15/64 0.2344″ 6 mm = 0.2362″ 47/64 0.7344″ 19 mm = 0.7480″
1/4 0.25″ 3/4 0.750″
17/64 0.2656″ 7 mm = 0.2756″ 49/64 0.7656″
9/32 0.2813″ 25/32 0.7813″ 20 mm = 0.7874″
19/64 0.2969″ 51/64 0.7969″
5/16 0.3125″ 8 mm = 0.3150″ 13/16 0.8125″ 21 mm = 0.8268″
21/64 0.3281″ 53/64 0.8281″
11/32 0.3438″ 9 mm = 0.3543″ 27/32 0.8438″
23/64 0.3594″ 55/64 0.8594″ 22 mm = 0.8661″
3/8 0.375″ 7/8 0.875″
25/64 0.3906″ 10 mm = 0.3937″ 57/64 0.8906″ 23 mm = 0.9055″
13/32 0.4063″ 29/32 0.9063″
27/64 0.4219″ 11 mm = 0.4331″ 59/64 0.9219″
7/16 0.4375″ 15/16 0.9375″ 24 mm = 0.9449″
29/64 0.4531″ 61/64 0.9531″
15/32 0.4688″ 12 mm = 0.4724″ 31/32 0.9688″ 25 mm = 0.9843″
31/64 0.4844″ 63/64 0.9844″
1/2 0.500″ 13 mm = 0.5118″ 1 1.000″

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 1.39
GENERAL INFORMATION

NOTES

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


1.40 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
MAINTENANCE

CHAPTER 2
MAINTENANCE
2
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3
PRE-RIDE INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE OVERVIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.4
BREAK-IN PERIOD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.4
MAINTENANCE INTERVALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5
MAINTENANCE QUICK REFERENCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.25
GREASE LUBRICATION POINTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.27
LUBRICANTS / SERVICE PRODUCTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.28
LUBRICATION SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.28
ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.29
ENGINE OIL LEVEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.29
ENGINE OIL AND FILTER CHANGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.30
ENGINE CRANKCASE BREATHER HOSE INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.31
ENGINE CYLINDER LEAKDOWN TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.32
VALVE CLEARANCE INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.32
CAM CHAIN TENSIONER INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.34
HEAT SHIELD INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.35
COOLING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.36
COOLING SYSTEM OVERVIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.36
COOLANT STRENGTH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.36
COOLANT LEVEL INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.36
COOLING SYSTEM PRESSURE TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.37
COOLING SYSTEM HOSES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.37
RADIATOR INSPECTION / CLEANING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.38
COOLANT DRAIN / FILL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.39
FUEL SYSTEM AND AIR INTAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.40
FUEL SYSTEM WARNING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.40
FUEL TANK VENT LINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.40
VENT LINE TERMINATION FITTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.40
FUEL PUMP / FUEL FILTERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.40
FUEL LINES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.41
THROTTLE PEDAL INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.42
ENGINE INTAKE PRE-FILTER SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.42
AIR FILTER SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.42
INTAKE DUCT DRAIN INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.43
PVT / FINAL DRIVE / WHEEL AND TIRE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.44
BELT INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.44
PVT INTAKE PRE-FILTER SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.44
PVT DRYING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.44
DRIVE SHAFT BOOT INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.45
WHEEL AND HUB TORQUE TABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.45

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 2.1
MAINTENANCE

WHEEL REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.45


WHEEL INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.45
TIRE INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.46
TIRE PRESSURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.46
BEADLOCK RIMS (IF EQUIPPED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.46
TRANSMISSION AND FRONT GEARCASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.48
SPECIFICATION CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.48
TRANSMISSION LUBRICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.48
FRONT GEARCASE LUBRICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.49
SHIFT CABLE INSPECTION / ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.50
TRANSMISSION VENT LINE ROUTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.51
FRONT GEARCASE VENT LINE ROUTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.51
STEERING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.52
STEERING INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.52
STEERING WHEEL FREE-PLAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.52
TIE ROD END / WHEEL HUB INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.53
WHEEL TOE ALIGNMENT INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.53
WHEEL TOE ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.54
SUSPENSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.55
SPRING ADJUSTMENT (WALKER EVANS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.55
SHOCK COMPRESSION ADJUSTMENT (WALKER EVANS™). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.55
BRAKE SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.57
BRAKE HOSE AND FITTING INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.57
BRAKE FLUID INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.57
BRAKE PAD / DISC INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.57
ELECTRICAL AND IGNITION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.58
BATTERY MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.58
BATTERY CHARGING / OFF SEASON STORAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.58
BATTERY REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.58
BATTERY INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.59
ENGINE / CHASSIS ELECTRICAL GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.59
SPARK PLUG SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.60

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


2.2 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
MAINTENANCE

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE CHART


PRE-RIDE INSPECTION
The following items should be inspected pre-ride:

ITEM INSPECTION / CHECK


2
• Air Filter / Air box is clean
Air Filter • Filter is properly installed
• Air Box cover is secured and fastened

• Check for proper EPS operation


Steering System • Check for tightness/play in the steering wheel when
turned lock to lock

• Inspect bushings
Front / Rear Suspension • Check for damaged to the control arms / trailing arms
• Check for leaking shocks

• Check for proper air pressure in all tires


Tires • Inspect for tire damage / nails in tire
• Verify there is adequate tread depth

Wheels / Lug Nuts • Ensure rim is not cracked / bent


• Verify proper lug nut torque

Headlights / Taillights • Ensure all lights are operational


• Adjust headlight aim as required

• Check brake fluid level is between MIN and MAX


Brake System • Check brake pedal is not soft when pushed
• Verify brakes stop and hold the vehicle
• Inspect for leaks

Frame / Body Fasteners Check for loose body / frame fasteners


Engine Oil Level Verify oil level is in the SAFE range on the dipstick

Intake Drain Inspect / drain intake as needed

• Verify coolant level is filled to the FULL COLD mark on


Coolant Level coolant reservoir (if engine is cold)
• Inspect hoses and radiator for leaks

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 2.3
MAINTENANCE

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE OVERVIEW


Inspection, adjustment and lubrication of important
components are explained in the periodic maintenance
chart.
Inspect, clean, lubricate, adjust and replace parts as
necessary. When inspection reveals the need for
replacement parts, use genuine Pure Polaris parts
available from your Polaris dealer.

NOTE
Service and adjustments are critical. If you’re not
familiar with safe service and adjustment procedures,
have a qualified dealer perform these operations.

Maintenance intervals in the following chart are based


upon average riding conditions and an average vehicle
speed of approximately 10 miles per hour. Vehicles
subjected to severe use must be inspected and serviced
more frequently.
Severe Use Definition
• Frequent immersion in mud, water or sand
• Racing or race-style high RPM use
• Prolonged low speed, heavy load operation
• Extended idle
• Short trip cold weather operation
Pay special attention to the oil level. A rise in oil level
during cold weather can indicate contaminants collecting
in the oil sump or crankcase. Change oil immediately if
the oil level begins to rise. Monitor the oil level, and if it
continues to rise, discontinue use and determine the
cause or see your dealer.

BREAK-IN PERIOD
The break-in period consists of the first 25 hours of
operation. Careful treatment of a new engine and drive
components will result in more efficient performance and
longer life for these components.
• Drive vehicle slowly at first while varying the throttle
position. Do not operate at sustained idle.
• Perform regular checks on fluid levels and other areas
outlined on the daily pre-ride inspection checklist.
• Change both the engine oil and filter after 25 hours or
one month.
• See “Owner’s Manual” for additional break-in
information.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


2.4 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
MAINTENANCE

MAINTENANCE INTERVALS
The maintenance interval charts outline required maintenance and inspection based on vehicle hours / miles. Each
table states the number of hours / miles that service is required on the vehicle. Some items or components may need
to be serviced more often due to severe use, such as operation in water or under severe loads. When the vehicle goes
beyond 500 hours / 5000 miles, return to the 25 hours / 250 mile chart and start the interval process over.

25 Hour / 250 mile (400 km) Service 2


COMPONENT REMARKS
XU / D Brake Pads / Parking Brake Pads (INT’L) Inspect pad wear

Fuel System Turn key on to pressurize fuel pump; check lines / fittings for leaks and
abrasion
XU / D Parking Brake Cable Adjustment (INT’L) Inspect; adjust tension after first 25 hours
XU Engine Breather Inspect; clean
Battery Check terminals; clean; test
Perform a break-in oil and filter change at 25 hours or one month; perform
XU Engine Oil & Filter Change (Break-In)
every 50 hours or 6 months thereafter
XU Front Gearcase Lubricant Initial fluid level inspection; add lubricant if needed
XU Transmission Lubricant (AGL) Initial fluid level inspection; add lubricant if needed

XU - Perform these procedures more often for vehicles subjected to severe use.
D - Have an authorized Polaris dealer or other qualified person perform these services.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 2.5
MAINTENANCE

50 Hour / 500 mile (800 km) Service


ITEM REMARKS
XU / D Brake Pads / Parking Brake Pads (INT’L) Inspect pad wear; replace if worn beyond service limit
Fuel System Turn key on to pressurize fuel pump; check lines / fittings for leaks and
abrasion
XU / D Parking Brake Cable Adjustment (INT’L) Inspect; adjust tension after first 25 hours
XU Engine Breather Inspect; clean
Battery Check terminals; clean; test
XU Front Gearcase Lubricant Inspect / add lubricant if needed
XU Transmission Lubricant (AGL) Inspect / add lubricant if needed
XU General Lubrication Lubricate all fittings, pivots, cables, etc.
D Throttle Pedal Inspect; replace if it sticks
Throttle Body Intake Ducts/Flange Inspect ducts for proper sealing / air leaks
Shift Cable / Linkage Inspect; adjust as needed
D Steering Lubricate (if applicable)
XU Front / Rear Suspension Lubricate (if applicable)
D Cooling System Inspect coolant strength seasonally; pressure test system yearly
D Drive Belt Inspect; replace as needed
D Clutches (Drive and Driven) Inspect; clean; replace worn parts
XU Engine Oil Lines/Fasteners Inspect for leaks and loose fittings

XU - Perform these procedures more often for vehicles subjected to severe use.
D - Have an authorized Polaris dealer or other qualified person perform these services.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


2.6 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
MAINTENANCE

75 Hour / 750 mile (1200 km)Service


COMPONENT REMARKS
XU / D Brake Pads / Parking Brake Pads (INT’L) Inspect pad wear; replace if worn beyond service limit
Fuel System Turn key on to pressurize fuel pump; check lines / fittings for leaks and
abrasion
XU / D Parking Brake Cable Adjustment (INT’L) Inspect; adjust tension after first 25 hours 2
XU Engine Breather Inspect; clean
Battery Check terminals; clean; test
XU Engine Oil & Filter Change Change oil and filter, inspect used oil for contaminants
XU Front Gearcase Lubricant Inspect / add lubricant if needed
XU Transmission Lubricant (AGL) Inspect / add lubricant if needed

XU - Perform these procedures more often for vehicles subjected to severe use.
D - Have an authorized Polaris dealer or other qualified person perform these services.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 2.7
MAINTENANCE

100 Hour / 1000 mile (1600 km) Service


ITEM REMARKS
XU / D Brake Pads / Parking Brake Pads (INT’L) Inspect pad wear; replace if worn beyond service limit
Fuel System Turn key on to pressurize fuel pump; check lines / fittings for leaks and
abrasion
XU / D Parking Brake Cable Adjustment (INT’L) Inspect; adjust tension after first 25 hours
XU Engine Breather Inspect; clean
Battery Check terminals; clean; test
XU General Lubrication Lubricate all fittings, pivots, cables, etc.
D Throttle Pedal Inspect; replace if it sticks
Throttle Body Intake Ducts/Flange Inspect ducts for proper sealing / air leaks
Shift Cable / Linkage Inspect; adjust as needed
D Steering Lubricate (if applicable)
XU Front / Rear Suspension Lubricate (if applicable)
D Cooling System Inspect coolant strength seasonally; pressure test system yearly
D Drive Belt Inspect; replace as needed
XU Engine Oil Lines/Fasteners Inspect for leaks and loose fittings
XU / D Parking Brake Cable Adjustment (INT’L) Inspect; adjust tension as needed
XU Front Gearcase Lubricant Change lubricant
XU Transmission Lubricant (AGL) Change lubricant
D Fuel System Check for leaks at fill cap, fuel line / rail, and fuel pump.
D Spark Plug Inspection Inspect; replace as needed; torque to specification
XU Radiator Inspect; clean external surfaces
XU Cooling Hoses Inspect for leaks; pressure test system
XU Engine Mounts Inspect, torque to specification
Exhaust Silencer / Pipe Inspect
Inspect for wear, routing, security; inspect connectors subjected to water,
XU Wiring
mud, etc.
D Clutches (Drive and Driven) Inspect; clean; replace worn parts
D Front Wheel Bearings Inspect; replace as needed
XU Shocks Visually inspect shock seals; change oil and seals if leaking
Cam Chain Tensioner Inspect/clean; replace as needed

XU - Perform these procedures more often for vehicles subjected to severe use.
D - Have an authorized Polaris dealer or other qualified person perform these services.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


2.8 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
MAINTENANCE

125 Hour / 1250 mile (2000 km) Service


COMPONENT REMARKS
XU / D Brake Pads / Parking Brake Pads (INT’L) Inspect pad wear; replace if worn beyond service limit
Fuel System Turn key on to pressurize fuel pump; check lines / fittings for leaks and
abrasion
XU / D Parking Brake Cable Adjustment (INT’L) Inspect; adjust tension after first 25 hours 2
XU Engine Breather Inspect; clean
Battery Check terminals; clean; test
XU Engine Oil & Filter Change Change oil and filter, inspect used oil for contaminants
XU Front Gearcase Lubricant Inspect / add lubricant if needed
XU Transmission Lubricant (AGL) Inspect / add lubricant if needed

XU - Perform these procedures more often for vehicles subjected to severe use.
D - Have an authorized Polaris dealer or other qualified person perform these services.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 2.9
MAINTENANCE

150 Hour / 1500 mile (2400 km) Service


ITEM REMARKS
XU / D Brake Pads / Parking Brake Pads (INT’L) Inspect pad wear; replace if worn beyond service limit
Fuel System Turn key on to pressurize fuel pump; check lines / fittings for leaks and
abrasion
XU / D Parking Brake Cable Adjustment (INT’L) Inspect; adjust tension after first 25 hours
XU Engine Breather Inspect; clean
Battery Check terminals; clean; test
XU Front Gearcase Lubricant Inspect / add lubricant if needed
XU Transmission Lubricant (AGL) Inspect / add lubricant if needed
XU General Lubrication Lubricate all fittings, pivots, cables, etc.
D Throttle Pedal Inspect; replace if it sticks
Throttle Body Intake Ducts/Flange Inspect ducts for proper sealing / air leaks
Shift Cable / Linkage Inspect; adjust as needed
D Steering Lubricate (if applicable)
XU Front / Rear Suspension Lubricate (if applicable)
D Cooling System Inspect coolant strength seasonally; pressure test system yearly
D Drive Belt Inspect; replace as needed
D Clutches (Drive and Driven) Inspect; clean; replace worn parts
XU Engine Oil Lines/Fasteners Inspect for leaks and loose fittings

XU - Perform these procedures more often for vehicles subjected to severe use.
D - Have an authorized Polaris dealer or other qualified person perform these services.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


2.10 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
MAINTENANCE

175 Hour / 1750 mile (2800 km) Service


COMPONENT REMARKS
XU / D Brake Pads / Parking Brake Pads (INT’L) Inspect pad wear; replace if worn beyond service limit
Fuel System Turn key on to pressurize fuel pump; check lines / fittings for leaks and
abrasion
XU / D Parking Brake Cable Adjustment (INT’L) Inspect; adjust tension after first 25 hours 2
XU Engine Breather Inspect; clean
Battery Check terminals; clean; test
XU Engine Oil & Filter Change Change oil and filter, inspect used oil for contaminants
XU Front Gearcase Lubricant Inspect / add lubricant if needed
XU Transmission Lubricant (AGL) Inspect / add lubricant if needed

XU - Perform these procedures more often for vehicles subjected to severe use.
D - Have an authorized Polaris dealer or other qualified person perform these services.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 2.11
MAINTENANCE

200 Hour / 2000 mile (3200 km) Service


ITEM REMARKS
XU / D Brake Pads / Parking Brake Pads (INT’L) Inspect pad wear; replace if worn beyond service limit
Fuel System Turn key on to pressurize fuel pump; check lines / fittings for leaks and
abrasion
XU / D Parking Brake Cable Adjustment (INT’L) Inspect; adjust tension after first 25 hours
XU Engine Breather Inspect; clean
Battery Check terminals; clean; test
XU General Lubrication Lubricate all fittings, pivots, cables, etc.
D Throttle Pedal Inspect; replace if it sticks
Throttle Body Intake Ducts/Flange Inspect ducts for proper sealing / air leaks
Shift Cable / Linkage Inspect; adjust as needed
D Steering Lubricate (if applicable)
XU Front / Rear Suspension Lubricate (if applicable)
D Cooling System Inspect coolant strength seasonally; pressure test system yearly
D Drive Belt Inspect; replace as needed
D Clutches (Drive and Driven) Inspect; clean; replace worn parts
XU Engine Oil Lines/Fasteners Inspect for leaks and loose fittings
XU / D Parking Brake Cable Adjustment (INT’L) Inspect; adjust tension as needed
XU Front Gearcase Lubricant Change lubricant
XU Transmission Lubricant (AGL) Change lubricant
D Fuel System Check for leaks at fill cap, fuel line / rail, and fuel pump.
D Spark Plug Inspection Inspect; replace as needed; torque to specification
XU Radiator Inspect; clean external surfaces
XU Cooling Hoses Inspect for leaks; pressure test system
XU Engine Mounts Inspect, torque to specification
Exhaust Silencer / Pipe Inspect
XU Wiring Inspect routing and for wear; inspect connectors subjected to water/mud.
D Front Wheel Bearings Inspect; replace as needed
XU / D Shocks Change shock oil and inspect seals
D Brake Fluid Change every two years (DOT 4)
Clean daily if driven in mud / water; replace a damaged arrestor before
Spark Arrestor
operating
Cam Chain Tensioner Inspect/clean; replace as needed
D Valve Clearance Inspect; adjust as needed

XU - Perform these procedures more often for vehicles subjected to severe use.
D - Have an authorized Polaris dealer or other qualified person perform these services.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


2.12 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
MAINTENANCE

225 Hour / 2250 mile (3600 km) Service


COMPONENT REMARKS
XU / D Brake Pads / Parking Brake Pads (INT’L) Inspect pad wear; replace if worn beyond service limit
Fuel System Turn key on to pressurize fuel pump; check lines / fittings for leaks and
abrasion
XU / D Parking Brake Cable Adjustment (INT’L) Inspect; adjust tension after first 25 hours 2
XU Engine Breather Inspect; clean
Battery Check terminals; clean; test
XU Engine Oil & Filter Change Change oil and filter, inspect used oil for contaminants
XU Front Gearcase Lubricant Inspect / add lubricant if needed
XU Transmission Lubricant (AGL) Inspect / add lubricant if needed

XU - Perform these procedures more often for vehicles subjected to severe use.
D - Have an authorized Polaris dealer or other qualified person perform these services.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 2.13
MAINTENANCE

250 Hour / 2500 mile (4000 km) Service


ITEM REMARKS
XU / D Brake Pads / Parking Brake Pads (INT’L) Inspect pad wear; replace if worn beyond service limit
Fuel System Turn key on to pressurize fuel pump; check lines / fittings for leaks and
abrasion
XU / D Parking Brake Cable Adjustment (INT’L) Inspect; adjust tension after first 25 hours
XU Engine Breather Inspect; clean
Battery Check terminals; clean; test
XU Front Gearcase Lubricant Inspect / add lubricant if needed
XU Transmission Lubricant (AGL) Inspect / add lubricant if needed
XU General Lubrication Lubricate all fittings, pivots, cables, etc.
D Throttle Pedal Inspect; replace if it sticks
Throttle Body Intake Ducts/Flange Inspect ducts for proper sealing / air leaks
Shift Cable / Linkage Inspect; adjust as needed
D Steering Lubricate (if applicable)
XU Front / Rear Suspension Lubricate (if applicable)
D Cooling System Inspect coolant strength seasonally; pressure test system yearly
D Drive Belt Inspect; replace as needed
D Clutches (Drive and Driven) Inspect; clean; replace worn parts
XU Engine Oil Lines/Fasteners Inspect for leaks and loose fittings

XU - Perform these procedures more often for vehicles subjected to severe use.
D - Have an authorized Polaris dealer or other qualified person perform these services.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


2.14 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
MAINTENANCE

275 Hour / 2750 mile (4400 km) Service


COMPONENT REMARKS
XU / D Brake Pads / Parking Brake Pads (INT’L) Inspect pad wear; replace if worn beyond service limit
Fuel System Turn key on to pressurize fuel pump; check lines / fittings for leaks and
abrasion
XU / D Parking Brake Cable Adjustment (INT’L) Inspect; adjust tension after first 25 hours 2
XU Engine Breather Inspect; clean
Battery Check terminals; clean; test
XU Engine Oil & Filter Change Change oil and filter, inspect used oil for contaminants
XU Front Gearcase Lubricant Inspect / add lubricant if needed
XU Transmission Lubricant (AGL) Inspect / add lubricant if needed

XU - Perform these procedures more often for vehicles subjected to severe use.
D - Have an authorized Polaris dealer or other qualified person perform these services.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 2.15
MAINTENANCE

300 Hour / 3000 mile (4800 km) Service


ITEM REMARKS
XU / D Brake Pads / Parking Brake Pads (INT’L) Inspect pad wear; replace if worn beyond service limit
Fuel System Turn key on to pressurize fuel pump; check lines / fittings for leaks and
abrasion
XU / D Parking Brake Cable Adjustment (INT’L) Inspect; adjust tension after first 25 hours
XU Engine Breather Inspect; clean
Battery Check terminals; clean; test
XU General Lubrication Lubricate all fittings, pivots, cables, etc.
D Throttle Pedal Inspect; replace if it sticks
Throttle Body Intake Ducts/Flange Inspect ducts for proper sealing / air leaks
Shift Cable / Linkage Inspect; adjust as needed
D Steering Lubricate (if applicable)
XU Front / Rear Suspension Lubricate (if applicable)
D Cooling System Inspect coolant strength seasonally; pressure test system yearly
D Drive Belt Inspect; replace as needed
D Clutches (Drive and Driven) Inspect; clean; replace worn parts
XU Engine Oil Lines/Fasteners Inspect for leaks and loose fittings
XU / D Parking Brake Cable Adjustment (INT’L) Inspect; adjust tension as needed
XU Front Gearcase Lubricant Change lubricant
XU Transmission Lubricant (AGL) Change lubricant
D Fuel System Check for leaks at fill cap, fuel line / rail, and fuel pump.
D Spark Plug Inspection Inspect; replace as needed; torque to specification
XU Radiator Inspect; clean external surfaces
XU Cooling Hoses Inspect for leaks; pressure test system
XU Engine Mounts Inspect, torque to specification
Exhaust Silencer / Pipe Inspect
Inspect for wear, routing, security; inspect connectors subjected to water,
XU Wiring
mud, etc.
D Front Wheel Bearings Inspect; replace as needed
XU Shocks Visually inspect shock seals; change oil and seals if leaking
Cam Chain Tensioner Inspect/clean; replace as needed

XU - Perform these procedures more often for vehicles subjected to severe use.
D - Have an authorized Polaris dealer or other qualified person perform these services.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


2.16 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
MAINTENANCE

325 Hour / 3250 mile (5200 km) Service


COMPONENT REMARKS
XU / D Brake Pads / Parking Brake Pads (INT’L) Inspect pad wear; replace if worn beyond service limit
Fuel System Turn key on to pressurize fuel pump; check lines / fittings for leaks and
abrasion
XU / D Parking Brake Cable Adjustment (INT’L) Inspect; adjust tension after first 25 hours 2
XU Engine Breather Inspect; clean
Battery Check terminals; clean; test
XU Engine Oil & Filter Change Change oil and filter, inspect used oil for contaminants
XU Front Gearcase Lubricant Inspect / add lubricant if needed
XU Transmission Lubricant (AGL) Inspect / add lubricant if needed

XU - Perform these procedures more often for vehicles subjected to severe use.
D - Have an authorized Polaris dealer or other qualified person perform these services.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 2.17
MAINTENANCE

350 Hour / 3500 mile (5600 km) Service


ITEM REMARKS
XU / D Brake Pads / Parking Brake Pads (INT’L) Inspect pad wear; replace if worn beyond service limit
Fuel System Turn key on to pressurize fuel pump; check lines / fittings for leaks and
abrasion
XU / D Parking Brake Cable Adjustment (INT’L) Inspect; adjust tension after first 25 hours
XU Engine Breather Inspect; clean
Battery Check terminals; clean; test
XU Front Gearcase Lubricant Inspect / add lubricant if needed
XU Transmission Lubricant (AGL) Inspect / add lubricant if needed
XU General Lubrication Lubricate all fittings, pivots, cables, etc.
D Throttle Pedal Inspect; replace if it sticks
Throttle Body Intake Ducts/Flange Inspect ducts for proper sealing / air leaks
Shift Cable / Linkage Inspect; adjust as needed
D Steering Lubricate (if applicable)
XU Front / Rear Suspension Lubricate (if applicable)
D Cooling System Inspect coolant strength seasonally; pressure test system yearly
D Drive Belt Inspect; replace as needed
D Clutches (Drive and Driven) Inspect; clean; replace worn parts
XU Engine Oil Lines/Fasteners Inspect for leaks and loose fittings

XU - Perform these procedures more often for vehicles subjected to severe use.
D - Have an authorized Polaris dealer or other qualified person perform these services.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


2.18 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
MAINTENANCE

375 Hour / 3750 mile (6000 km) Service


COMPONENT REMARKS
XU / D Brake Pads / Parking Brake Pads (INT’L) Inspect pad wear; replace if worn beyond service limit
Fuel System Turn key on to pressurize fuel pump; check lines / fittings for leaks and
abrasion
XU / D Parking Brake Cable Adjustment (INT’L) Inspect; adjust tension after first 25 hours 2
XU Engine Breather Inspect; clean
Battery Check terminals; clean; test
XU Engine Oil & Filter Change Change oil and filter, inspect used oil for contaminants
XU Front Gearcase Lubricant Inspect / add lubricant if needed
XU Transmission Lubricant (AGL) Inspect / add lubricant if needed

XU - Perform these procedures more often for vehicles subjected to severe use.
D - Have an authorized Polaris dealer or other qualified person perform these services.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 2.19
MAINTENANCE

400 Hour / 4000 mile (6400 km) Service


ITEM REMARKS
XU / D Brake Pads / Parking Brake Pads (INT’L) Inspect pad wear; replace if worn beyond service limit
Fuel System Turn key on to pressurize fuel pump; check lines / fittings for leaks and
abrasion
XU / D Parking Brake Cable Adjustment (INT’L) Inspect; adjust tension after first 25 hours
XU Engine Breather Inspect; clean
Battery Check terminals; clean; test
XU General Lubrication Lubricate all fittings, pivots, cables, etc.
D Throttle Pedal Inspect; replace if it sticks
Throttle Body Intake Ducts/Flange Inspect ducts for proper sealing / air leaks
Shift Cable / Linkage Inspect; adjust as needed
D Steering Lubricate (if applicable)
XU Front / Rear Suspension Lubricate (if applicable)
D Cooling System Inspect coolant strength seasonally; pressure test system yearly
D Drive Belt Inspect; replace as needed
D Clutches (Drive and Driven) Inspect; clean; replace worn parts
XU Engine Oil Lines/Fasteners Inspect for leaks and loose fittings
XU / D Parking Brake Cable Adjustment (INT’L) Inspect; adjust tension as needed
XU Front Gearcase Lubricant Change lubricant
XU Transmission Lubricant (AGL) Change lubricant
D Fuel System Check for leaks at fill cap, fuel line / rail, and fuel pump.
D Spark Plug Inspection Inspect; replace as needed; torque to specification
XU Radiator Inspect; clean external surfaces
XU Cooling Hoses Inspect for leaks; pressure test system
XU Engine Mounts Inspect, torque to specification
Exhaust Silencer / Pipe Inspect
Inspect for wear, routing, security; inspect connectors subjected to water,
XU Wiring
mud, etc.
D Front Wheel Bearings Inspect; replace as needed
XU / D Shocks Change shock oil and inspect seals
D Brake Fluid Change every two years (DOT 4)
Clean daily if driven in mud / water; replace a damaged arrestor before
Spark Arrestor
operating
Cam Chain Tensioner Inspect/clean; replace as needed
D Valve Clearance Inspect; adjust as needed

XU - Perform these procedures more often for vehicles subjected to severe use.
D - Have an authorized Polaris dealer or other qualified person perform these services.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


2.20 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
MAINTENANCE

425 Hour / 4250 mile (6800 km) Service


COMPONENT REMARKS
XU / D Brake Pads / Parking Brake Pads (INT’L) Inspect pad wear; replace if worn beyond service limit
Fuel System Turn key on to pressurize fuel pump; check lines / fittings for leaks and
abrasion
XU / D Parking Brake Cable Adjustment (INT’L) Inspect; adjust tension after first 25 hours 2
XU Engine Breather Inspect; clean
Battery Check terminals; clean; test
XU Engine Oil & Filter Change Change oil and filter, inspect used oil for contaminants
XU Front Gearcase Lubricant Inspect / add lubricant if needed
XU Transmission Lubricant (AGL) Inspect / add lubricant if needed

XU - Perform these procedures more often for vehicles subjected to severe use.
D - Have an authorized Polaris dealer or other qualified person perform these services.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 2.21
MAINTENANCE

450 Hour / 4500 mile (7200 km) Service


ITEM REMARKS
XU / D Brake Pads / Parking Brake Pads (INT’L) Inspect pad wear; replace if worn beyond service limit
Fuel System Turn key on to pressurize fuel pump; check lines / fittings for leaks and
abrasion
XU / D Parking Brake Cable Adjustment (INT’L) Inspect; adjust tension after first 25 hours
XU Engine Breather Inspect; clean
Battery Check terminals; clean; test
XU Front Gearcase Lubricant Inspect / add lubricant if needed
XU Transmission Lubricant (AGL) Inspect / add lubricant if needed
XU General Lubrication Lubricate all fittings, pivots, cables, etc.
D Throttle Pedal Inspect; replace if it sticks
E Throttle Body Intake Ducts/Flange Inspect ducts for proper sealing / air leaks
Shift Cable / Linkage Inspect; adjust as needed
D Steering Lubricate (if applicable)
XU Front / Rear Suspension Lubricate (if applicable)
D Cooling System Inspect coolant strength seasonally; pressure test system yearly
D Drive Belt Inspect; replace as needed
D Clutches (Drive and Driven) Inspect; clean; replace worn parts
XU Engine Oil Lines/Fasteners Inspect for leaks and loose fittings

XU - Perform these procedures more often for vehicles subjected to severe use.
D - Have an authorized Polaris dealer or other qualified person perform these services.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


2.22 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
MAINTENANCE

475 Hour / 4750 mile (7600 km) Service


COMPONENT REMARKS
XU / D Brake Pads / Parking Brake Pads (INT’L) Inspect pad wear; replace if worn beyond service limit
Fuel System Turn key on to pressurize fuel pump; check lines / fittings for leaks and
abrasion
XU / D Parking Brake Cable Adjustment (INT’L) Inspect; adjust tension after first 25 hours 2
XU Engine Breather Inspect; clean
Battery Check terminals; clean; test
XU Engine Oil & Filter Change Change oil and filter, inspect used oil for contaminants
XU Front Gearcase Lubricant Inspect / add lubricant if needed
XU Transmission Lubricant (AGL) Inspect / add lubricant if needed

XU - Perform these procedures more often for vehicles subjected to severe use.
D - Have an authorized Polaris dealer or other qualified person perform these services.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 2.23
MAINTENANCE

500 Hour / 5000 mile (8000 km) Service


ITEM REMARKS
XU / D Brake Pads / Parking Brake Pads (INT’L) Inspect pad wear; replace if worn beyond service limit
Fuel System Turn key on to pressurize fuel pump; check lines / fittings for leaks and
abrasion
XU / D Parking Brake Cable Adjustment (INT’L) Inspect; adjust tension after first 25 hours
XU Engine Breather Inspect; clean
Battery Check terminals; clean; test
XU General Lubrication Lubricate all fittings, pivots, cables, etc.
D Throttle Pedal Inspect; replace if it sticks
Throttle Body Intake Ducts/Flange Inspect ducts for proper sealing / air leaks
Shift Cable / Linkage Inspect; adjust as needed
D Steering Lubricate (if applicable)
XU Front / Rear Suspension Lubricate (if applicable)
D Cooling System Inspect coolant strength seasonally; pressure test system yearly
D Drive Belt Inspect; replace as needed
XU Engine Oil Lines/Fasteners Inspect for leaks and loose fittings
XU / D Parking Brake Cable Adjustment (INT’L) Inspect; adjust tension as needed
XU Front Gearcase Lubricant Change lubricant
XU Transmission Lubricant (AGL) Change lubricant
D Fuel System Check for leaks at fill cap, fuel line / rail, and fuel pump.
D Spark Plug Inspection Inspect; replace as needed; torque to specification
XU Radiator Inspect; clean external surfaces
XU Cooling Hoses Inspect for leaks; pressure test system
XU Engine Mounts Inspect, torque to specification
Exhaust Silencer / Pipe Inspect
Inspect for wear, routing, security; inspect connectors subjected to water,
XU Wiring
mud, etc.
D Clutches (Drive and Driven) Inspect; clean; replace worn parts
D Front Wheel Bearings Inspect; replace as needed
XU / D Shocks Change shock oil and inspect seals
D Brake Fluid Change every two years (DOT 4)
Clean daily if driven in mud / water; replace a damaged arrestor before
Spark Arrestor
operating
D Valve Clearance Inspect; adjust as needed
D Spark Plug Replacement Replace; torque to specification
XU Coolant Replace coolant
D Toe Adjustment Inspect periodically; adjust when parts are replaced
Cam Chain Tensioner Inspect/clean; replace as needed

XU - Perform these procedures more often for vehicles subjected to severe use.
D - Have an authorized Polaris dealer or other qualified person perform these services.

When the vehicle goes beyond 500 hours / 5000 miles, return to the 25 hours / 250 mile chart and start the interval
process over.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


2.24 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
MAINTENANCE

MAINTENANCE QUICK REFERENCE


ITEM LUBE REC. METHOD FREQUENCY*
Oil Cap q : Polaris PS-4 or Perform a break-in oil and
- Under Cargo Box Access Panel Add oil to proper level filter change at 25 hrs or
Polaris PS-4
Oil Filter w / Dipstick e : Extreme Duty
on dipstick one month; perform every 2
- Behind Engine Access Panel 50 hrs thereafter
Polaris 50/50 Maintain coolant level Check level daily; change
Engine Coolant
Extended Life in coolant reservoir coolant every two years
- Under Front Hood / Access Panel
Coolant bottle r.

* More often under severe use, such as operation in water or under severe loads.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 2.25
MAINTENANCE

ITEM LUBE REC. METHOD FREQUENCY*


Maintain fluid level between
Polaris DOT 4 Brake Check level during pre-ride inspection;
Brake Fluid “MAX and “MIN” lines on the
Fluid change fluid every two years
master cylinder reservoir q
Add lubricant until it is visible at
Polaris Demand the fill hole threads w ~8.5 oz. Initial level check at 25 hours or 1
Front Gearcase
Drive (250 mL) month; Change lubricant at 100 hours
or every 12 months, whichever comes
Add lubricant until it is visible at first
Transmission Polaris AGL
the fill hole threads e

* More often under severe use, such as operation in water or under severe loads.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


2.26 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
MAINTENANCE

GREASE LUBRICATION POINTS


There are grease fittings at each front A-arm pivot point, each rear torsion bar bushing and on the front propshaft
yokes. Apply grease until all traces of water have been purged out at each of these areas.

ITEM METHOD RECOMMENDED LUBE FREQUENCY


Front Stabilizer
Bar Bushings
Grease the fitting on each side
of the vehicle w
Polaris All Season Grease 2
Grease fittings every 500
miles (800 km); Grease
Rear Stabilizer Bar Grease 2 fittings through the before long periods of
Bushings skid plate access holes on Polaris All Season Grease storage, and after
each side of the vehicle e thoroughly washing or
Grease middle and rear submerging the vehicle
Prop Shaft Yokes Polaris Premium U-Joint Grease
fittings r

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 2.27
MAINTENANCE

LUBRICANTS / SERVICE PRODUCTS


LUBRICATION SPECIFICATIONS
SYSTEM CAPACITY FLUID TYPE PART NUMBER
PS-4 Full Synthetic 5W- 2876244 (quart)
2.5 qt 50 2876245 (gallon)
Engine Oil
(2.4 L) PS-4 Extreme Duty Full 2878920 (quart)
Synthetic 10W-50 2878919 (gallon)
XP: 5.36 qt (5.0 L) 2880514 (quart)
Engine Coolant Polaris 50/50 Extended
XP4: 6.08 qt (5.75 L) Life Anti-freeze 2880513 (gallon)

8.5 oz 2877922 (quart)


Front Gearcase (250 mL) Demand Drive Fluid
2877923 (2.5 gallon)
2878068
44 oz (quart) (12 count)
(1300 mL)
2878069
Transmission AGL (gallon) (4 count)
INT’L 40.5 oz
(1200 mL) 2878070
(2.5 gallon) (2 count)
Brakes – DOT 4 2872189 (12 count)
2871322
Premium All Season 3 oz cartridge (24 count)
Grease Fittings –
Grease 2871423
14 oz cartridge (10 count)
2871515
3 oz cartridge (24 count)
U-Joint Lube – Premium U-Joint Lube
2871551
14 oz cartridge (10 count)

NOTE
Each item can be purchased separately at your local Polaris dealer.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION


Additives / Sealants / Thread Locking Agents / Misc.
2871950 Loctite® Threadlock 242 (6 ml.) (12 count)
Premium Carbon Clean
2871326 (12 oz.) (12 count)
2870652 Fuel Stabilizer (16 oz.) (12 count)
2872189 DOT 4 Brake Fluid (12 count)
2871557 Crankcase Sealant, 3-Bond 1215 (5 oz.)

NOTE
The number count indicated by each part number in the table above indicates the number of units that are shipped
with each order.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


2.28 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
MAINTENANCE

ENGINE
ENGINE OIL LEVEL 6. Add the recommended oil as necessary to bring the
This engine has a wet-sump design, meaning the engine oil level within the SAFE range on dipstick. Do not
oil is contained in the bottom of the crankcase. To check overfill (see NOTE below).
the oil level, follow the procedure listed below:
Access the oil dipstick through the opening in front of the 2
passenger rear tire.
Access the oil fill cap through the cargo box access
panel.
Polaris recommends the use of PS-4 Synthetic or PS-4
Extreme Duty Synthetic 4-Cycle Engine Oil.

FLUID CAPACITY
Recommended Engine Oil:
Capacity: 2.5 qt (2.4 L)
PS-4 Full Synthetic 5W-50 NOTE
Ambient Temp Range: -35° F to 100° F A rising oil level between checks during cold weather
operation can indicate contaminants such as gas or
PS-4 Extreme Duty moisture collecting in the crankcase. If the oil level is
Ambient Temp Range: 0° F to 120° F over the upper mark, change the oil immediately.

1. Position vehicle on a level surface and place the 7. Add engine oil through the oil fill cap w located on
transmission in PARK. top of the valve cover, under the cargo box access
2. Stop the engine and allow it to cool down before panel.
removing the dipstick.
3. Unlock the dipstick lever q. Remove the dipstick and
wipe it dry with a clean cloth.

8. When finished, reinstall dipstick and lock the lever.

4. Reinstall the dipstick and push it into place. Do not


lock the dipstick

NOTE
Make certain the dipstick is inserted all the way into the
dipstick tube to keep the depth of the dipstick
consistent.

5. Remove the dipstick and check the oil level.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 2.29
MAINTENANCE

ENGINE OIL AND FILTER CHANGE 6. Using the Oil Filter Wrench (PU-50105), turn the oil
Always change engine oil and filter at the intervals filter w counter-clockwise to remove it.
outlined in the Periodic Maintenance Chart. Always
change the oil filter whenever changing the engine oil.
The engine oil dipstick is located on the front side of the
engine. Access the dipstick through the engine service
panel.
The engine oil fill cap is located on top of the valve cover.
Access the oil fill cap through the cargo box access
panel.
The crankcase drain plug is located on the bottom of the
crankcase. Access the drain plug through the skid plate
access hole located directly under the crankcase.
1. Position vehicle on a level surface and place the
transmission in PARK.
2. Stop the engine and allow it to cool down.
Oil Filter Wrench:
3. Clean the area around the crankcase drain plug. PU-50105: 2.5″ (64 mm)

CAUTION 7. Using a clean dry cloth, clean the filter sealing


Do not allow hot engine oil to come into contact with surface on the engine crankcase.
skin, as serious burns may result. 8. Lubricate the O-ring on the new oil filter with a film of
fresh engine oil. Check to make sure the O-ring is in
4. Place a drain pan under the engine crankcase and good condition. Install the filter by hand and torque to
remove the drain plug q. Allow the oil to drain specification.
completely.
TORQUE
Oil Filter Torque:
Turn by hand until filter O-ring contacts sealing surface,
then turn an additional 3/4 turn

9. Replace the sealing washer on drain plug.

NOTE
The sealing surface on the drain plug should be clean
and free of burrs, nicks or scratches.

10. Reinstall the engine crankcase drain plug. Torque


drain plug to specification.

TORQUE
5. Remove the seats and engine service panel to
access the oil filter. Engine Oil Drain Plug:
12 ft-lbs (16 Nm)

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


2.30 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
MAINTENANCE

11. Remove oil fill cap (see Chapter 2 – Engine Oil ENGINE CRANKCASE BREATHER HOSE
Level, page 2.29). Add the recommended oil as INSPECTION
necessary to bring the oil level to the full mark
(approx 2.5 quarts / 2.4 L). Do NOT overfill! The engine crankcase is equipped with a breather hose.
Inspect the breather hose for possible kinks or wear. The
FLUID CAPACITY hose is form fitted for proper fit.
Recommended Engine Oil: Follow the breather hose q from the crankcase fitting w
to the airbox e.
2
Capacity:
Approx. 2.5 qt (2.4 L)
PS-4 Full Synthetic 5W-50
Ambient Temp Range: -35° F to 100° F

PS-4 Extreme Duty


Ambient Temp Range: 0° F to 120° F

12. Verify the transmission is still in PARK.


13. Start the engine and allow it to idle for 30 seconds.
14. Stop the engine and inspect for oil leaks. Wait at
least 15 seconds before removing the dipstick.
15. Unlock the dipstick lever. Remove the dipstick and
wipe it dry with a clean cloth (see Chapter 2 – Engine
NOTE
Oil Level, page 2.29).
Make sure hoses are not kinked or pinched.
16. Reinstall the dipstick and push it into place. Do not
lock the dipstick
NOTE
Make certain the dipstick is inserted all the way into the
dipstick tube to keep the depth of the dipstick
consistent.

17. Remove the dipstick and check the oil level.


18. Add the recommended oil as necessary to bring the
oil level within the SAFE range on dipstick. Do not
overfill.

19. When finished, reinstall the oil fill cap, oil dipstick and
lock the lever.
20. Reinstall the cargo box access panel, engine service
panel and seats.
21. Dispose of used oil and filter properly.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 2.31
MAINTENANCE

ENGINE CYLINDER LEAKDOWN TEST VALVE CLEARANCE INSPECTION


A cylinder leak-down test is the best indication of engine
condition. Follow tester manufacturer’s instructions to NOTE
perform a cylinder leak-down test. Never use high Valve clearance inspection should be performed on a
pressure leakage testers as crankshaft seals may cold engine, at room temperature.
dislodge and leak.
1. Remove the driver’s seat. Disconnect the negative
Cylinder Leakage Service Limit: 15% (-) battery cable.
If leakage exceeds service limit, inspect the engine for
the cause. 2. Remove the engine access panel.
3. Remove eight screws retaining the outer clutch
NOTE cover.
A brand new or rebuilt engine will have higher leakdown 4. Maneuver the outer clutch cover to allow access to
than an engine with 5 hours of runtime. Leakdown the drive clutch, in order to rotate the engine.
should decrease once the rings are broken in.

NOTE
Removal of left rear wheel or left rear shock is NOT
necessary to perform this procedure.

5. Remove the spark plug wires to gain access to valve


cover as shown below.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


2.32 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
MAINTENANCE

6. Remove the four T40 bolts retaining the valve cover. 9. Measure the valve clearance using a feeler gauge.

7. The engine will need to be rotated four times to 10. If the valve clearance is out of specification, see
inspect all eight valve clearances f. Two valves can Chapter 3 – Valve Clearance Adjustment, page 3.81.
be measured at each camshaft lobe position.
MEASUREMENT
Intake Valve Clearance (cold):
.006 ± .002″ (0.15 ± 0.05 mm)

Exhaust Valve Clearance (cold):


.010 ± .002″ (0.25 ± 0.05 mm)

11. Repeat steps 18-20 until all eight valves have been
inspected.
12. If previously removed, apply anti-seize compound to
the spark plug threads and reinstall the spark plugs.
Torque spark plugs to specification.

TORQUE
Spark Plug Torque:
NOTE
7 ft-lbs (10 Nm)
Remove spark plugs to aid engine rotation.
13. Inspect the valve cover seal and replace if
8. Rotate the drive clutch counter-clockwise until the necessary.
cam lobes g above the valves you are inspecting
are facing up. 14. Install NEW isolators on the valve cover bolts. Install
the valve cover and the four T40 bolts. Torque bolts
to specification.
TORQUE
Valve Cover Bolts:
7 ft-lbs (10 Nm)

15. Install the spark plug wires back into their correct
location.
16. Install the push rivet that retains the heat shield to
the frame cross member.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 2.33
MAINTENANCE

17. Install the spark plug wires. Ensure wires are 4. Push on the tensioner lock e and manually move the
installed on their proper cylinder spark plug and plunger in and out. It should move freely. If it does not
pushed down all the way so they engage onto the move freely, replace the tensioner assembly.
spark plugs.

NOTE
The engine will misfire if the spark plug wires are
installed incorrectly. The spark plug wires are marked
with PTO and MAG and should be installed to the
corresponding cylinder.

18. Install outer clutch cover and eight retaining screws.


Torque screws to specification.
TORQUE
Outer Clutch Cover Screws:
50 in-lbs (5 Nm)

19. Connect the negative (-) battery cable to the battery 5. Retract the plunger all the way in and install into the
and install the seat. cylinder.
20. Start the engine to ensure proper operation.
21. Install the engine access panel.

CAM CHAIN TENSIONER INSPECTION


1. Locate the cam chain tensioner on the MAG side of
the engine near the starter.
2. Remove the plunger bolt q and the spring.

6. Install the two mounting bolts. Torque fasteners to


specification.

TORQUE
Tensioner Mounting Bolts:
7 ft-lb (10 Nm)

7. Install the plunger bolt. Torque fastener to


specification.
3. Remove the two tensioner mounting bolts w.
TORQUE
Plunger Bolt:
15 ft-lb (20 Nm)

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


2.34 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
MAINTENANCE

HEAT SHIELD INSPECTION


Inspect all heat shields to make sure they are not damaged or missing. Replace any damaged or missing heat shields.

q Front Box Shield r Rear Box Shield


w Access Panel Shield t Silencer Shield
e Side Box Foil Shield y Head Pipe Shield

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 2.35
MAINTENANCE

COOLING SYSTEM
COOLING SYSTEM OVERVIEW COOLANT LEVEL INSPECTION
The engine coolant level is controlled, or maintained, by The pressure cap q and recovery bottle w are located
the recovery system. The recovery system components under the front hood of the vehicle. The coolant level
are the recovery bottle, radiator filler neck, radiator must be maintained between the minimum and
pressure cap and connecting hose. maximum levels indicated on the recovery bottle.
As coolant operating temperature increases, the
expanding (heated) excess coolant is forced out of the
radiator past the pressure cap and into the recovery
bottle. As engine coolant temperature decreases the
contracting (cooled) coolant is drawn back up from the
tank past the pressure cap and into the radiator.

NOTE
Some coolant level drop on new machines is normal as
the system is purging itself of trapped air. Observe
coolant levels often during break-in period.
Overheating of engine could occur if air is not fully
purged from system.
Polaris Premium 50/50 Antifreeze is premixed and
ready to use. Do not dilute with water.
With the engine at operating temperature, the coolant
level should be between the upper and lower marks on
the coolant recovery bottle. If not, perform the following
COOLANT STRENGTH procedure:
Test the strength of the coolant using an antifreeze 1. Position the vehicle on a level surface.
hydrometer. 2. Remove the front hood.
3. View the coolant level in the recovery bottle.
4. If the coolant level is below the MIN line, inspect the
coolant level in the radiator.
NOTE
If overheating is evident, allow system to cool
completely and check coolant level in the radiator and
inspect for signs of trapped air in system.

WARNING
Never remove the pressure cap when the engine is
warm or hot. Escaping steam can cause severe burns.
The engine must be cool before removing the pressure
• A 50/50 mixture of antifreeze and distilled water will cap.
provide the optimum cooling, corrosion protection, and
antifreeze protection. 5. Remove the pressure cap. Using a funnel, add
• Do not use tap water, straight antifreeze or straight coolant to the top of the filler neck.
water in the system. Tap water contains minerals and
6. Reinstall the pressure cap.
impurities which build up in the system.
• Straight water or antifreeze may cause the system to NOTE
freeze, corrode, or overheat.
Use of a non-standard pressure cap will not allow the
Recommended Coolant: recovery system to function properly.
Polaris 50/50 Extended Life Anti-freeze
2880514 (quart) 7. Remove recovery bottle cap and add coolant using a
2880513 (gallon) funnel.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


2.36 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
MAINTENANCE

8. Fill recovery bottle to MAX level with recommended COOLING SYSTEM HOSES
coolant or 50/50 or 60/40 mixture of antifreeze and 1. Inspect all vehicle hoses for cracks, deterioration,
distilled water as required for freeze protection in abrasion or leaks. Replace if necessary.
your area.
Recommended Coolant:
Polaris 50/50 Extended Life Anti-freeze
2880514 (quart)
2
2880513 (gallon)

9. Reinstall the recovery bottle cap.


10. If coolant was required, start engine and check for
leaks. Make sure radiator fins are clean to prevent
overheating.

COOLING SYSTEM PRESSURE TEST


1. Remove the hood from the front cab.

WARNING
Never remove pressure cap when engine is warm or
hot. The cooling system is under pressure and serious
burns may result. Allow the engine to cool before
servicing.

2. Remove pressure cap and pressure test the cooling


system using a commercially available pressure
tester. q Recovery Bottle
w Engine Hoses
e Radiator Hoses
r To Thermostat Housing
t To Water Pump
y To Radiator

3. The system must maintain 10 psi for five minutes or


longer. If pressure loss is evident within five minutes,
check the filler neck, radiator, hoses, clamps and
water pump weep hole for leakage.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 2.37
MAINTENANCE

2. Inspect all engine hoses for cracks, deterioration, RADIATOR INSPECTION / CLEANING
abrasion or leaks. Replace if necessary. 1. Check radiator air passages for restrictions or
damage.

u Bypass Hose
i Water Pump Outlet Hose q Radiator
o Oil Cooler Inlet Hose w Shroud
a Oil Cooler Outlet Hose e Fan
3. Check tightness and condition of all hose spring 2. Carefully straighten any bent radiator fins.
clamps. Replace if necessary. 3. Remove any obstructions with low pressure
compressed air or low pressure water.
CAUTION
Washing the vehicle with a high-pressure washer could
damage the radiator fins and impair the radiators
effectiveness. Use of a high-pressure washer is not
recommended.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


2.38 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
MAINTENANCE

COOLANT DRAIN / FILL


1. Remove the front hood.

WARNING
Never drain the coolant when the engine and radiator
are warm or hot. Hot coolant can cause severe burns.
Allow engine and radiator to cool. 2
2. Slowly remove the pressure cap to relieve any
cooling system pressure.
3. Place a suitable drain pan underneath the radiator
fitting on the front right side of the vehicle.
4. Drain the coolant from the radiator by removing the
lower coolant hose from the radiator as shown q.

5. Allow coolant to drain completely. Properly dispose


of the used coolant.
6. Reinstall coolant hose and reposition the spring
clamp.
7. Remove the pressure cap. Using a funnel, add the
recommended coolant to the top of the filler neck and
fill the recovery bottle to the MAX level.
8. Refer to Cooling System Bleeding Procedure, page
3.15.
Recommended Coolant:
Polaris 50/50 Extended Life Anti-freeze
2880514 (quart)
2880513 (gallon)

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 2.39
MAINTENANCE

FUEL SYSTEM AND AIR INTAKE


FUEL SYSTEM WARNING 3. Be sure the vent line is routed properly and secured
with cable tie(s).
WARNING NOTE
Gasoline is extremely flammable and explosive under
Make sure vent line is not kinked or pinched.
certain conditions.
Always stop the engine and refuel outdoors or in a well
ventilated area.
Do not smoke or allow open flames or sparks in or near VENT LINE TERMINATION FITTING
the area where refueling is performed or where This fitting should be inspected and tested using a Mity
gasoline is stored. Vac™ to ensure proper venting. Connect the Mity Vac to
Do not overfill the tank. Do not fill the tank neck. the fitting and give it 5 pumps. The gauge should return
If you get gasoline in your eyes or if you swallow to 0 immediately or there is an obstruction.
gasoline, seek medical attention immediately.
If you spill gasoline on your skin or clothing,
immediately wash it off with soap and water and
change clothing.
Never start the engine or let it run in an enclosed area.
Engine exhaust fumes are poisonous and can result in
loss of consciousness or death in a short time.
Never drain the fuel when the engine is hot. Severe
burns may result.

FUEL TANK VENT LINE


NOTE
If the vent line fitting is removed from the fuel tank, it
must be replaced. The fitting will not hold properly once
NOTE
it is removed.
If the vent line fitting is removed from the frame, it must
Symptoms of a restricted fuel tank vent include the be replaced. The ears on the clip (arrows) will not hold
following: collapsing fuel tank, engine miss or hesitation, properly once it is removed.
loss of engine performance or high exhaust
temperatures.
1. Remove the seats and the engine service panel. FUEL PUMP / FUEL FILTERS
2. Check the fuel tank vent line q for signs of wear, The fuel pump assembly q is located in the fuel tank
deterioration or damage. Replace vent line if under the passenger seat.
necessary. This engine uses a serviceable, high-volume, high-
pressure, fuel pump that includes a preliminary filter w
and an internal fine filter e located before the pump
regulator.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


2.40 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
MAINTENANCE

FUEL LINES
1. Check the quick-connect fuel line q at the fuel tank
for signs of wear, deterioration, damage or leakage.
Replace line(s) if necessary.

2. Locate the fuel supply fitting w through the right rear


wheel well on the upper right side of the engine.
Check the line and quick-connect fitting for signs of
wear, deterioration, damage or leakage. Replace line
if necessary.

Cycle the ignition key to pressurize the fuel pump in


accordance with the periodic maintenance chart. Inspect
pump for damage or leaks.

NOTE
Neither filter is serviceable individually. Must replace
the fuel pump as an assembly.
Refer to Chapter 4 for fuel pump replacement and all
other information related to the EFI System.
3. Be sure fuel lines are routed and retained properly.

NOTE
Make sure lines are not kinked or pinched.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 2.41
MAINTENANCE

THROTTLE PEDAL INSPECTION AIR FILTER SERVICE


This vehicle is equipped with Pedal Position Sensor q Inspect the air filter at the intervals outlined in the
used to detect when the throttle pedal w is pushed or Periodic Maintenance Chart. In extremely dusty
released. conditions, air filter replacement will be required more
often.
1. Remove the cargo box access panel q.

The throttle pedal should move freely and always return


back to its idle position when released. 2. Disengage the four cover latches w.
Check throttle pedal periodically.

ENGINE INTAKE PRE-FILTER SERVICE


It is recommended that the engine intake pre-filter be
inspected daily. The filter should be inspected using the
following procedure:
1. The engine intake pre-filter is located just above the
right rear wheel fender.
2. Loosen the knob on top of the assembly and lift up to
disengage the tab from the cargo box.

3. Pull cover rearward far enough to remove air filter e.

3. Inspect the pre-filter. If necessary, clean with soapy


water and dry with low pressure compressed air.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


2.42 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
MAINTENANCE

4. Inspect the air box for oil or water deposits. Wipe


away any deposits with a clean shop towel.

NOTE
If the filter has been soaked with fuel or oil it must be
replaced.
2
5. Inspect the air filter and replace if necessary.

NOTE
DO NOT attempt to clean the air filter.

6. Place the air filter into the air box and reinstall the air
box cover.
NOTE
Be sure the lower tabs on the air box cover are properly
engaged into the airbox.

7. Engage the cover latches.


8. Reinstall the cargo box access panel.

INTAKE DUCT DRAIN INSPECTION


It is recommended that the intake drain be inspected
daily.
1. Access the intake baffle box drain q through the left
rear wheel well.

2. Check the drain to ensure it is not plugged with


debris so it can drain properly. If needed, remove the
drain from the baffle box during inspection.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 2.43
MAINTENANCE

PVT / FINAL DRIVE / WHEEL AND TIRE


BELT INSPECTION PVT DRYING
1. Inspect belt for hour glassing (extreme circular wear
in at least one spot and on both sides of the belt). NOTE
Hour glassing occurs when the drive train does not After operating in water, the vehicle’s PVT system
move and the drive clutch engages the belt. should be checked immediately. Use the following
2. Inspect belt for loose cords, missing cogs, cracks, instructions to dry it out before operating.
abrasions, thin spots, or excessive wear. Compare
belt measurements with a new drive belt. Replace if The PVT drain plug is located at the bottom of the outer
necessary. clutch cover. Access the drain plug through the left rear
wheel well.
3. Belts with thin spots, burn marks, etc., should be
replaced to eliminate noise, vibration, or erratic PVT 1. Using a flat blade screwdriver, remove the PVT drain
operation. See the Troubleshooting Chart at the end plug q and O-ring from the outer clutch cover.
of this chapter for possible causes.
PVT INTAKE PRE-FILTER SERVICE
It is recommended that the PVT intake pre-filter be
inspected daily. The filter should be inspected using the
following procedure:
1. The PVT intake pre-filter is located just above the left
rear wheel fender.
2. Loosen the knob on top of the assembly and lift up to
disengage the tab from the cargo box.

2. Allow the water to drain out completely.


3. Reinstall the drain plug and O-ring.
4. Place the transmission in PARK, apply the brake and
start the engine.
5. Apply varying throttle for 10-15 seconds to expel the
moisture and air-dry the belt and clutches.

NOTE
Do not hold the throttle pedal wide open for more than 5
3. Inspect the pre-filter. If necessary, clean with soapy seconds.
water and dry with low pressure compressed air.
6. Allow the engine RPM to return to idle, then shift the
transmission into low gear.
7. Test the PVT system for belt slippage. If the belt
slips, repeat the process or remove the outer clutch
cover to inspect the PVT system (see Chapter 4 –
PVT SYSTEM SERVICE, page for service and
removal procedures).

NOTE
If the vehicle has ingested a large amount of water into
the PVT system and has not been operated for a period
of time, be sure to check the PVT system components
for water damage.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


2.44 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
MAINTENANCE

DRIVE SHAFT BOOT INSPECTION WHEEL INSTALLATION


Inspect the front and rear drive shaft boots q for 1. Verify the transmission is still in PARK.
damage, tears, wear or leaking grease. If the boots
2. Place the wheel in the correct position on the wheel
exhibit any of these symptoms, they should be replaced.
hub t. Be sure the valve stem w is toward the
Check to see the boot clamps w are properly positioned.
outside and rotation arrows on the tire point toward
Refer to Drive Shaft CV Joint / Boot Replacement for
drive shaft boot replacement.
forward rotation. 2
3. Attach the wheel nuts q and finger tighten them.
4. Carefully lower the vehicle to the ground.
5. Torque the wheel nuts and/or hub nut e to the
proper torque specification.

TORQUE
Wheel Lug Nuts:
120 ft-lbs (163 Nm)

Hub Castle Nuts:


180 ft-lbs (244 Nm)

6. If hub nut was removed, install a new cotter pin r


after the hub nut has been tightened. If the holes do
not line up, turn the hub nut counter-clockwise until
WHEEL AND HUB TORQUE TABLE the cotter pin can be installed.

ITEM SPECIFICATION
Wheel Nuts
120 ft-lbs (163 Nm)
(Cast Aluminum Wheels)
Hub Retaining Nuts
180 ft-lbs (244 Nm)
(Front and Rear)
Step 1: 24 in-lbs (3 Nm)
Beadlock Screws Step 2: 7 ft-lbs (10 Nm)

NOTE
Do not lubricate the stud or the lug nut.

WHEEL REMOVAL CAUTION


1. Position the vehicle on a level surface. If wheels are improperly installed it could affect vehicle
handling and tire wear.
2. Place the transmission in PARK and stop the engine.
3. Loosen the wheel nuts slightly. If wheel hub removal
is required, remove the wheel cap, cotter pin and
loosen the hub nut slightly.
4. Elevate the appropriate side of the vehicle by placing
a suitable stand under the frame.
5. Remove the wheel nuts and remove the wheel.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 2.45
MAINTENANCE

TIRE INSPECTION TIRE PRESSURE INSPECTION (COLD)


• Improper tire inflation may affect vehicle High Lifter (XP
maneuverability. 18 psi (124 kPa) 18 psi (124 kPa)
and XP 4)
• When replacing a tire always use original equipment
size and type. LE Matte Gold 12 psi (83 kPa) 16 psi (110 kPa)
• The use of non-standard size or type tires may affect Metallic
vehicle handling.

BEADLOCK RIMS (IF EQUIPPED)


Some RZR XP 1000 LE models comes with Walker
Evans™ beadlock rims. The beadlock does not come set
up from factory, but may be changed to use the beadlock
feature.

To make the beadlock rim functional:


1. Deflate the tire.
2. Remove the beadlock screws and beadlock ring.

MEASUREMENT
Tire Lug Service Limit:
Replace if 1/8″ (3 mm) or less.

WARNING
Operating with worn tires will increase the possibility of
the vehicle skidding easily with possible loss of control.
Worn tires can cause an accident. Always replace tires 3. Dismount the tire on the side with the beadlock holes.
when the usable tread depth has worn out. 4. Place the beadlock ring so the tire is sandwiched
between the rim and the ring making sure the valve
stem is aligned with the slot in the ring.
TIRE PRESSURE 5. Install bolts and thread them to 24 in-lbs (3 Nm).
6. Tighten in a criss-cross pattern to 7 ft-lbs (10 Nm).
Remove the valve stem cap and check tire pressure
using the tire pressure gauge included in the vehicle’s
tool kit.

CAUTION
Maintain proper tire pressure. Refer to the warning tire
pressure decal applied to the vehicle.

TIRE PRESSURE INSPECTION (COLD)


Model Front Rear
XP 16 psi (110 kPa) 16 psi (110 kPa)

XP4 19 psi (131 kPa) 20 psi (138 kPa)

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


2.46 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
MAINTENANCE

TORQUE
Beadlock Screws:
Step 1: 24 in-lbs (3 Nm)Step 2: 7 ft-lbs (10 Nm)

NOTE
Beadlock bolts should be checked and torqued every
2
300 miles (450 km).

7. Seat bead and inflate to 16 psi.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 2.47
MAINTENANCE

TRANSMISSION AND FRONT GEARCASE


SPECIFICATION CHART
GEARCASE LUBRICANT CAPACITY FILL / DRAIN PLUG TORQUE
without turf mode:
44 oz
(1300 mL)
Transmission AGL with turf mode 14 ft-lbs (19 Nm)
(INT’L):
40.5 oz
(1200 mL)
8.5 oz
Front Gearcase Demand Drive Fluid 10 ft-lbs (14 Nm)
(250 mL)

TRANSMISSION LUBRICATION 3. If lubricant level is not even with bottom threads w,


add recommended lubricant as needed. Do not
NOTE overfill.
It is important to follow the transmission maintenance 4. Reinstall the fill plug and torque to specification.
intervals described in the Periodic Maintenance Chart.
Regular lubricant level inspections should be performed TORQUE
as well. Transmission Fill / Drain Plug Torque:
14 ft-lbs (19 Nm)
The transmission lubricant level should be checked and
changed in accordance with the maintenance schedule.
Transmission Lubricant Change
• Be sure vehicle is positioned on a level surface when
checking or changing the lubricant. The drain plug is located on the bottom of the
• Check vent hose to be sure it is routed properly and transmission gearcase. Access the drain plug
unobstructed. through the drain hole in the skid plate.
5. Remove the fill plug (see Chapter 2 – Transmission
Transmission Lubricant Level Check Lubrication, page 2.48).
The fill plug is located on the rear portion of the 6. Place a drain pan under the transmission drain plug.
transmission gearcase. Access the fill plug at the rear of
the vehicle. Maintain lubricant level even with the bottom 7. Remove drain plug e and allow lubricant to drain
of the fill plug hole. completely.
1. Position vehicle on a level surface.
2. Remove the fill plug q and check the lubricant level.

8. Clean the drain plug magnetic surface.


9. Reinstall the drain plug and torque to specification.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


2.48 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
MAINTENANCE

10. Add the recommended amount of lubricant through FRONT GEARCASE LUBRICATION
the fill plug hole. Maintain the lubricant level at the
bottom of the fill plug hole when filling the NOTE
transmission. Do not overfill.
It is important to follow the front gearcase maintenance
FLUID CAPACITY intervals described in the Periodic Maintenance Chart.
Regular fluid level inspections should be performed as
Recommended Transmission Lubricant:
AGL
well. 2
Capacity: 44 oz (1300 mL) The front gearcase fluid level should be checked and
Capacity (INT’L): changed in accordance with the maintenance schedule.
40.5 oz (1200 mL)
• Be sure vehicle is positioned on a level surface when
checking or changing the fluid.
11. Reinstall the fill plug and torque to specification. • Check vent hose to be sure it is routed properly and
TORQUE unobstructed.

Transmission Fill / Drain Plug Torque: Front Gearcase Fluid Level Check
14 ft-lbs (19 Nm) The fill plug is located on the bottom right side of the front
gearcase. Access the fill plug through the right front
12. Check for leaks. Dispose of used lubricant properly. wheel well. Maintain fluid level even with the bottom of
the fill plug hole.
1. Position vehicle on a level surface.
2. Remove the fill plug q and check the fluid level.

3. If fluid level is not even with the bottom threads, add


the recommended fluid as needed. Do not overfill.
4. Reinstall the fill plug and torque to specification.

TORQUE
Front Gearcase Fill / Drain Plug Torque:
10 ft-lbs (14 Nm)

Front Gearcase Fluid Change:


The drain plug is located on the bottom of the front
gearcase. Access the drain plug through the access
hole in the frame underneath the front gearcase.
5. Remove the fill plug (see Chapter 2 – Front
Gearcase Lubrication, page 2.49).
6. Place a drain pan under the front gearcase drain
plug.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 2.49
MAINTENANCE

7. Remove the drain plug w and allow fluid to drain 2. Inspect shift cable, clevis pin, pivot bushings r, and
completely. dust boot e. Replace if worn or damaged.

8. Clean the drain plug magnetic surface. 3. If adjustment is required, loosen the lower jam nut y
and pull the cable out of the mount w to move the
9. Reinstall the drain plug and torque to specification. upper jam nut t.
10. Add the recommended amount of fluid through the fill
hole. Maintain the fluid level even with the bottom
threads of the fill plug hole.

FLUID CAPACITY
Recommended Front Gearcase Fluid:
Demand Drive Fluid 2877922 (quart)
Capacity: approx. 8.5 oz (250 mL)

11. Reinstall the fill plug and torque to specification.

TORQUE
Front Gearcase Fill / Drain Plug Torque:
10 ft-lbs (14 Nm)
4. Adjust the shift cable so there is the same amount of
12. Check for leaks. Dispose of used fluid properly. cable travel when shifting slightly past HIGH gear
and PARK.
SHIFT CABLE INSPECTION / ADJUSTMENT 5. Thread the upper or lower jam nut as required to
Shift cable adjustment may be necessary if symptoms obtain proper cable adjustment.
include:
NOTE
• No gear position or AWD display on instrument cluster
• Ratcheting noise on deceleration This procedure may require a few attempts to obtain
• Inability to engage into a gear the proper adjustment.
• Excessive gear lash (noise)
• Gear selector moving out of desired range 6. Once the proper adjustment is obtained, place the
1. Locate the shift cable q attached to the transmission shift cable and upper jam nut into the mount. Tighten
case in the right rear wheel well area. the lower jam nut against the mount.
7. Start engine and shift through all gears to ensure the
shift cable is properly adjusted. If transmission still
ratchets after cable adjustment, the transmission will
require service.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


2.50 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
MAINTENANCE

TRANSMISSION VENT LINE ROUTING FRONT GEARCASE VENT LINE ROUTING


The transmission vent line connects to a nipple q on the The front gearcase vent line starts at the front gearcase
side of the transmission near the transmission switch. q and routes up the right side. The vent line is secured
The vent line routes up through the gap between the by one retaining clip w and is routed through a hole in
MAG and PTO intake runners and is retained by a clip w the frame support e behind the radiator.
mounted to the cargo box rear bracket.
2

The line runs parallel with the fuel supply line and is
retained by a zip tie e attached to the cargo box front
bracket. The line terminates to open air (does not
terminate to a fitting or hole in the frame).

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 2.51
MAINTENANCE

STEERING
STEERING INSPECTION STEERING WHEEL FREE-PLAY
The steering components should be checked periodically Check steering wheel for specified free-play and
for loose fasteners, worn tie rod ends, ball joints and operation.
damage. Also check to make sure all cotter pins are in
1. Position the vehicle on level ground.
place. If cotter pins are removed, they must be replaced.
Replace any worn or damaged steering components. 2. Lightly turn the steering wheel left and right.
Steering should move freely through the entire range of 3. There should be about 0.8-1.0″ (20-25 mm) of free-
travel without binding. Check routing of all cables, hoses, play.
and wiring to be sure the steering mechanism is not
restricted or limited. 4. If there is excessive free-play or the steering feels
rough, inspect the following components.
NOTE • Tie Rod Ends q
Check front end alignment whenever steering • Steering Shaft U-Joints w
components are replaced. • Steering Gearbox e

WARNING
Due to the critical nature of the procedures outlined in
this chapter, Polaris recommends steering component
repair and adjustment be performed by an authorized
Polaris MSD certified technician.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


2.52 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
MAINTENANCE

TIE ROD END / WHEEL HUB INSPECTION WHEEL TOE ALIGNMENT INSPECTION
• To check for play in the tie rod end, grasp the steering 1. Place machine on a smooth level surface and set
tie rod, pull in all directions feeling for movement. steering wheel in a straight ahead position. Secure
the steering wheel in this position.
2. Place a chalk mark on the center line of the front tires
approximately 10″ (25.4 cm) from the floor or as
close to the hub/axle center line as possible q.
2

• Replace any worn steering components. Steering


should move freely through entire range of travel
without binding.
• Elevate front end of machine so front wheels are off
the ground. Check for any looseness in front wheel/
hub assembly by grasping the tire firmly at top and NOTE
bottom first, and then at front and rear. Try to move the It is important the height of both marks be equally
wheel and hub by pushing inward and pulling outward. positioned to get an accurate measurement.

3. Measure the distance between the marks and record


the measurement. Call this measurement w.

• If abnormal movement is detected, inspect the hub and


wheel assembly to determine the cause (loose wheel
nuts or loose front hub nut).
• Refer to Chapter 7 Front Bearing Carrier Inspection / 4. Rotate the tires 180° by moving the vehicle forward.
Removal, page 7.3 and Rear Bearing Carrier Position chalk marks facing rearward, even with the
Inspection / Removal, page 7.6 for wheel bearing hub/axle center line.
service procedures.
5. Measure the distance between the marks and
record. Call this measurement e. Subtract
measurement e from measurement w, this is the
vehicle toe. Toe-out means the measurement at the
front of the tire w is wider than the measurement at
the rear e.
MEASUREMENT
Wheel Toe-Out:
1/8" to 3/16″ (3.2 to 4.8 mm)

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 2.53
MAINTENANCE

WHEEL TOE ADJUSTMENT • Vehicles equipped with Dynamix suspension having a


If toe alignment is incorrect, repeat steps 3-5 of “Wheel steering shaft, EPS unit, steering rack, or tie rod
Toe Alignment Inspection”, but instead measure the removed/adjusted/disconnected MUST have Steering
distance between each wheel and the vehicle center. Angle Sensor Centering procedure performed once
This will tell you which tie rod needs adjusting. everything is reinstalled. Refer to Steering Angle
Sensor Centering (Dynamix), page .

NOTE
Be sure steering wheel is straight ahead before
determining which tie rod needs adjustment.

CAUTION
During tie rod adjustment, it is very important that the
following precautions be taken when tightening tie rod
end jam nuts.
If the rod end is positioned incorrectly it will not pivot,
and may break.

To adjust toe alignment:


• Hold tie rod end to keep it from rotating.
• Loosen jam nuts at both end of the tie rod.
• Shorten or lengthen the tie rod until alignment is as
required to achieve the proper toe setting as specified.

MEASUREMENT
Wheel Toe-Out:
1/8" to 3/16″ (3.2 to 4.8 mm)

• After alignment is complete, torque jam nuts to


specification.

TORQUE
Tie Rod Jam Nut:
14 ft-lbs (19 Nm)

CAUTION
When tightening the tie rod end jam nuts, the rod ends
must be held parallel to prevent rod end damage and
premature wear. Damage may not be immediately
apparent if done incorrectly.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


2.54 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
MAINTENANCE

SUSPENSION
SPRING ADJUSTMENT (WALKER EVANS) Shock Spanner / Clutch Spreader Tool:
The front and rear shocks have a ride height adjustment. 2878925
Suspension springs may be adjusted to suit different
riding conditions or vehicle payloads.
NOTE
2
WARNING Polaris does not recommend increasing the spring
adjustment by more than one inch (25.4 mm) over the
Uneven adjustment may cause poor handling of the factory setting r as it may negatively impact vehicle
vehicle, which could result in serious injury or death. stability. Always return the spring preload to the factory
Always adjust both the left and right spring equally. setting after the load is removed from the vehicle.

The factory setting is appropriate for nearly all riding


conditions. If desired, the spring setting may be adjusted
to maintain vehicle clearance height when carrying
loads.
1. Raise and safely support front or rear of the vehicle
off the ground to allow the suspension to fully extend.
2. Using the shock spanner/spreader tool included in
the vehicle’s tool kit, turn the adjustment collar q to
increase w or decrease e ride height.

Spring Adjustment - Factory Setting (approx.)


MODEL FRONT REAR
RZR XP 1000 0.80″ 7.97″
RZR XP 4 1000 2.04″ 5.13″
RZR XP 1000 LE Matte Gold Metallic 1.30″ 8.17″
RZR XP 1000 High Lifter 1.46″ 6.32″
RZR XP 4 1000 High Lifter 2.19″ 8.05″
SHOCK COMPRESSION ADJUSTMENT Turn the adjuster knob clockwise w to increase
(WALKER EVANS™) compression damping. Turn the adjuster knob counter-
clockwise e to decrease compression damping.
The compression damping adjustment is located on the
shock ‘Piggyback’ reservoir of each shock. Damping NOTE
adjustments can be made without using any tools.
The recommended factory setting for the front and rear
NOTE shocks are provided in the following compression
adjustment tables.
When the adjuster knob is turned counter-clockwise
until it stops, the damping is in the fully open position
(softest).

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 2.55
MAINTENANCE

Walker Evans™ 2.0" Front Shock:


Compression Adjustment Table
SETTING COMPRESSION DAMPING
Softest Full counter-clockwise position
Factory 6 clicks from softest position

Firmest Full clockwise position

Walker Evans™ 2.5" Rear Shock:


Compression Adjustment Table
SETTING COMPRESSION DAMPING
Softest Full counter-clockwise position
Factory 7 clicks from softest position

Firmest Full clockwise position

The rear shock adjuster can be found on the remote


reservoir. Clockwise will increase damping and counter-
clockwise will decrease damping.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


2.56 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
MAINTENANCE

BRAKE SYSTEM
BRAKE HOSE AND FITTING INSPECTION BRAKE PAD / DISC INSPECTION
Check brake system hoses and fittings for cracks, 1. Check the brake pads for wear, damage, or
deterioration, abrasion, and leaks. Tighten any loose looseness.
fittings and replace any worn or damaged parts.
2. Inspect the brake pad surface for excessive wear.
2
BRAKE FLUID INSPECTION 3. Pads should be changed when the friction material
Always check the brake pedal travel and inspect the
q is worn below the service limit.
brake fluid reservoir level before each operation. If the
fluid level is low, add DOT 4 brake fluid only.
Brake fluid should be changed every two years. The fluid
should also be changed anytime the fluid becomes
contaminated, the fluid level is below the minimum level,
or if the type and brand of the fluid in the reservoir is
unknown.
The brake fluid master cylinder reservoir can be
accessed through the left front wheel well.
1. Position the vehicle on a level surface.
2. Place the transmission in PARK.
3. View the brake fluid level in the reservoir q. The
level should be between the MAX and MIN level
lines.
MEASUREMENT
Brake Pad / Backing Plate Thickness
Service Limit: .180″ (4.6 mm)

4. Check surface condition of the brake discs.


5. Measure the thickness of the front and rear brake
discs.
6. The disc(s) should be replaced if thickness is below
the service limit.

4. If the fluid level is lower than the MIN level line, add
brake fluid until it reaches the MAX level line.
5. Install the reservoir cap and apply the brake pedal
forcefully for a few seconds and check for fluid
leakage around the master cylinder fittings and the
brake caliper fittings.

MEASUREMENT
Brake Disc Thickness
Service Limit: .170″ (4.32 mm)

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 2.57
MAINTENANCE

ELECTRICAL AND IGNITION SYSTEM


BATTERY MAINTENANCE BATTERY CHARGING / OFF SEASON
Keep battery terminals and connections free of STORAGE
corrosion. If cleaning is necessary, remove the corrosion Refer to Charging Procedure , page 11.48 and Battery
with a stiff wire brush. Wash with a solution of one Off Season Storage, page 11.47 in the electrical chapter.
tablespoon baking soda and one cup water. Rinse well
with tap water and dry off with clean shop towels. Coat
the terminals with dielectric grease or petroleum jelly. BATTERY REMOVAL
1. Remove the driver’s seat to access the battery q.
WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING:
Batteries, battery posts, terminals and related
accessories contain lead and lead compounds, and
other chemicals known to the State of California to
cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive
harm.
WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING.

WARNING
Battery electrolyte is poisonous. It contains sulfuric
acid. Serious burns can result from contact with skin,
eyes or clothing. Antidote:
• External: Flush with water.
2. Disconnect the black (negative) battery cable(s).
• Internal: Drink large quantities of water or milk.
Follow with milk of magnesia, beaten egg, or 3. Disconnect the red (positive) battery cable(s).
vegetable oil. Call physician immediately.
• Eyes: Flush with water for 15 minutes and get CAUTION
prompt medical attention. To reduce the chance of sparks: Whenever removing
Batteries produce explosive gases. the battery, disconnect the black (negative) cable first.
Keep sparks, flame, cigarettes, etc. away. Ventilate When reinstalling the battery, install the black (negative)
when charging or using in an enclosed space. Always cable last.
shield eyes when working near batteries.
KEEP OUT OF REACH OF CHILDREN. 4. Remove the battery hold-down bracket w.

NOTE
Batteries must be fully charged before use or battery
life will be reduced by 10-30% of full potential. Charge
battery according to “Charging Procedure”, page 11.48.
Do not use the vehicle’s stator/alternator to charge a
new battery.

5. Lift the battery out of the vehicle.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


2.58 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
MAINTENANCE

BATTERY INSTALLATION ENGINE / CHASSIS ELECTRICAL GROUND


Inspect the ground cable connections. Remove ground
CAUTION terminals and clean if necessary.
Using a new battery that has not been fully charged can 1. Located below the start solenoid q, the chassis
damage the battery, result in a shorter life and hinder ground connection w can be accessed through the
vehicle performance. left rear wheel area. 2
1. Ensure the battery is fully charged.
2. Place the battery in the battery holder and secure
with hold-down strap.
3. Coat the terminals with dielectric grease or
petroleum jelly.
4. Connect and tighten the red (positive) cable(s) first.
5. Connect and tighten the black (negative) cable (s)
last. Torque terminal fasteners to specification.

2. Inspect the chassis ground terminals. Be sure the


grounds are clean and tight.

TORQUE
Battery Terminal Fasteners:
60 in-lbs (7 Nm)

6. Verify that cables are properly routed and reinstall


the driver’s seat.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 2.59
MAINTENANCE

SPARK PLUG SERVICE 6. Inspect electrodes for wear and carbon buildup. Look
Inspect and replace the spark plugs at the intervals for a sharp outer edge with no rounding or erosion of
outlined in the Period Maintenance Chart. the electrodes.

1. Remove the cargo box access panel q.

7. Clean with electrical contact cleaner or a glass bead


spark plug cleaner only.
WARNING
CAUTION
A hot engine can cause serious burns. Allow engine to
A wire brush or coated abrasive should not be used.
cool or wear protective gloves when removing the spark
plugs.
8. Measure gap with a wire gauge. Adjust gap if
necessary by carefully bending the side electrode.
2. Remove both spark plug caps w. 9. If necessary, replace spark plug with proper type.

CAUTION
Severe engine damage may occur if the incorrect spark
plug is used.

Recommended Spark Plug:


NGK MR7F / 0.7-0.8 mm

10. Install spark plugs and torque to specification.

TORQUE
Spark Plug Torque:
7 ft-lbs (10 Nm)

NOTE 11. Install the plug caps to the appropriate cylinder by


referencing the MAG and PTO spark plug wire
Note MAG and PTO reference decals on spark plug
decals. Ensure wires are pushed down all the way so
wires for reassembly.
they engage onto the spark plugs.
12. Reinstall the cargo box access panel.
3. Clean out plug wells with compressed air to remove
any loose dirt or debris.
4. Rinse plug wells with water and dry with compressed
air.
NOTE
Spark plug wells have drain holes built into the cylinder
head to allow water to drain out.

5. Remove spark plugs using a 5/8” spark plug socket


with an extension.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


2.60 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

CHAPTER 3
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM
GENERAL INFORMATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3
SPECIAL TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3
ENGINE LUBRICATION SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3 3
OIL PRESSURE TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4
ENGINE OIL FLOW CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5
ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS (1000) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.6
INTAKE / EXHAUST SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8
AIR BOX / AIR FILTER ASSEMBLY VIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8
EXHAUST SYSTEM ASSEMBLY VIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.9
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.10
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.10
COOLING SYSTEM PRESSURE TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.10
COOLING SYSTEM PRESSURE CAP TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.11
RADIATOR REMOVAL / INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.11
THERMOSTAT REPLACEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.12
COOLING SYSTEM ASSEMBLY VIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.14
COOLING SYSTEM BLEEDING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.15
WATER PUMP REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.16
WATER PUMP INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.16
WATER PUMP SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.18
ENGINE SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.21
ACCESSIBLE ENGINE COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.21
TOP-END SERVICE (ENGINE IN CHASSIS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.21
CRANKSHAFT PTO SEAL REPLACEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.22
ENGINE REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.24
ENGINE INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.27
ENGINE MOUNTING AND TORQUE VALUES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.30
ENGINE BREAK-IN PERIOD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.30
ENGINE LUBRICATION SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.31
ENGINE DISASSEMBLY / INSPECTION - TOP END . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.32
VALVE COVER REMOVAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.32
CAMSHAFT REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.32
CAMSHAFT SPROCKET INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.34
CAMSHAFT / CAMSHAFT BORE INSPECTION (1000) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.35
CYLINDER HEAD REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.36
CYLINDER HEAD WARP INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.37
CYLINDER HEAD DISASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.37
VALVE INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.38
COMBUSTION CHAMBER CLEANING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.39
VALVE SEALING TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.40
VALVE SEAT RECONDITIONING (1000) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.40

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 3.1
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

ENGINE DISASSEMBLY / INSPECTION - BOTTOM END . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.43


STATOR COVER REMOVAL / INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.43
WATER PUMP HOUSING REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.44
FLYWHEEL REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.45
STARTER ONE-WAY CLUTCH DISASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.46
CRANKCASE DISASSEMBLY / INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.47
BALANCE SHAFT REMOVAL / INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.49
CRANKSHAFT REMOVAL / INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.50
CRANKCASE INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.52
CYLINDER INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.53
CYLINDER / PISTON REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.54
PISTON DISASSEMBLY / INSPECTION (1000) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.55
PISTON RING REMOVAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.56
PISTON RING TO GROOVE CLEARANCE INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.56
PISTON RING INSTALLED GAP (1000) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.57
PISTON-TO-CYLINDER CLEARANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.57
CONNECTING ROD INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.57
ENGINE ASSEMBLY - BOTTOM END . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.59
BEARING SELECTION IDENTIFICATION LETTERS AND NUMBERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.59
CONNECTING ROD BEARING SELECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.60
CRANKSHAFT MAIN BEARING SELECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.60
UPPER CRANKCASE PREPARATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.61
PISTON RING INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.61
PISTON / CONNECTING ROD ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.63
CYLINDER / PISTON INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.64
CRANKSHAFT INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.65
BALANCE SHAFT INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.67
LOWER CRANKCASE PREPARATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.67
CRANKCASE ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.68
STARTER ONE-WAY CLUTCH ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.72
FLYWHEEL INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.72
STATOR COVER INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.73
ENGINE ASSEMBLY - TOP END . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.74
CYLINDER HEAD ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.74
CYLINDER HEAD INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.75
CAMSHAFT INSTALLATION / TIMING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.76
CAMSHAFT TIMING - QUICK REFERENCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.80
VALVE CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.81
VALVE LASH - TAPPET SELECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.83
VALVE COVER INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.84
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.85
ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.85
COOLING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.86

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


3.2 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

GENERAL INFORMATION
SPECIAL TOOLS ENGINE LUBRICATION SPECIFICATIONS
TOOL DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER FLUID CAPACITY
Bench Mount Engine Stand Oil Capacity *
Adapter PW-47053 2.5 qt (2.4 L)

Clutch Center Distance Tool PU-50658-A Oil Type


Cylinder Holding & Camshaft PS-4 Full Synthetic 5W-50
PU-50563
Timing Plate 2876244 (quart)
2876245 (gallon)
3
Engine Stand (2″ Bore) PU-50624 (-35° F to 100° F)
Engine Stand Adapter (Mounts
PU-50562 PS-4 Extreme Duty
To The Engine)
2878920 (quart)
Engine Stand Sleeve Adapter 2878919 (gallon)
(Use With 2” Bore Stand) PU-50625
Oil Filter Wrench
Engine Stand Sleeve Adapter PU-50105 or 2.5″ (64 mm)
(Use With 2.375” Bore Stand) PW-47054

Flywheel Puller PA-49316 Oil Filter


PN 2540086
Mity Vac™ Pressure Test Tool 2870975
Oil Pressure Minimum Specification (using Polaris
Oil Filter Wrench PU-50105 engine oil at operating temperature)
Oil Pressure Gauge PV-43531 10 PSI @ 1200 RPM
40 PSI @ 7000 RPM
Oil Pressure Gauge Adapter PU-50565
Piston Ring Compressor Pliers *Additional oil may be required after complete
PV-43570-1
engine disassembly. Check level after filling and add
PV-1253 or PV-4019 oil as needed.
Valve Spring Compressor
(Quick Release)
Valve Spring Compressor
Adapter PV-43513-A

Water Pump Mechanical Seal


PU-50564
Installer

Bosch Automotive Service Solutions: 1-800-345-2233


or http://polaris.service-solutions.com/

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 3.3
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

OIL PRESSURE TEST TORQUE


1. Depending on the Oil Gallery Plug type, attach either PU-50565: 16 ft-lbs (22 Nm)
the Oil Pressure Gauge Adapter (PU-50565) or (PU- PU-52492: 22 ft-lbs (30 Nm)
52492) to the Oil Pressure Gauge (PV-43531).
Oil Pressure Gauge: PV-43531 5. Start engine and allow it to reach operating
temperature, monitoring gauge indication.
Oil Pressure Gauge Adapter: PU-50565 or PU-52492
NOTE
2. Remove the seats, engine service panel, and divider
Test results are based on the use of the recommended
panel heat shield.
engine oil (Polaris PS-4 or PS-4 Extreme Duty) at
3. Clean the area around the main oil gallery plug q,
operating temperature, and may vary considerably if
located in the upper crankcase on the MAG side of
any other oil is used or if engine is not up to
the engine.
temperature.

Oil Pressure Specification (Engine Hot):


Minimum @ 1200 RPM: 10 PSI
Minimum @ 7000 RPM: 40 PSI

6. Upon assembly, torque the crankcase gallery plug to


specification.

TORQUE
Crankcase Oil Gallery Plug (M20):
22 ft-lbs (30 Nm)

4. Remove the plug and insert the oil pressure adapter.


Torque the adapter to specification.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


3.4 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

TORQUE 16 ft-lbs (22 Nm)


Crankcase Oil Gallery Plug (1/2 NPT):

ENGINE OIL FLOW CHART

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 3.5
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS (1000)

CAMSHAFT / CYLINDER HEAD / CYLINDER


ITEM STANDARD SERVICE LIMIT
Cam Lobe Height - Intake 1.5390 - 1.5429" (39.09 - 39.19 mm) 1.5370" (39.04 mm)

Cam Lobe Height - Exhaust 1.5142 - 1.5181" (38.46 - 38.56 mm) 1.5122" (38.41 mm)

Camshaft Journal O.D. - All .9036 - .9055" (22.954 - 22.999 mm) .9033" (22.944 mm)
Camshaft
Camshaft Carrier Bore I.D. - All .9055 - .9063" (23.000 - 23.021 mm) .9072" (23.044 mm)

Camshaft Oil Clearance .0000 - .0026" (0.001 - 0.067 mm) .0039" (0.1 mm)

Camshaft End Play .0040 - .0100" (0.101 - 0.254 mm) .0157" (0.4 mm)

Cylinder - Surface Warp Limit (cylinder head


- .002″ (0.05 mm)
surface)

Cylinder Bore - Standard 3.6614 ± .0003" (93 mm ± 0.008 mm) -


Cylinder
Cylinder Out of Round Limit - .001″ (0.025 mm)

Cylinder Taper Limit - .001″ (0.025 mm)

Cylinder to Piston Clearance .0009 - .0019" (0.025 - 0.050 mm) -

Cylinder Head - Surface Warp Limit - .0039″ (0.1 mm)


Cylinder
Head Cylinder Head - Standard Height 4.717 ± .0019" (119.82 ± 0.05 mm) -

Valve Lash (Cold) - Intake .006 ± .002" (0.15 ± 0.05 mm) -

Valve Lash (Cold) - Exhaust .010 ± .002" (0.25 ± 0.05 mm) -

Valve Stem Diameter - Intake .2155 - .2161" (5.475 - 5.490 mm) -

Valve Stem Diameter - Exhaust .2147 - .2153" (5.455 - 5.470 mm) -


Valve
Valve Stem Oil Clearance - Intake .0003 - .0015" (0.010 - 0.040 mm) -

Valve Stem Oil Clearance - Exhaust .0011 - .0023" (0.030 - 0.060 mm) -

Valve Stem Overall Length - Intake 3.7704" (95.77 mm) -

Valve Stem Overall Length - Exhaust 3.8023" (96.58 mm) -

Valve .2165 - .2171" (5.500 - 5.515 mm) -


Valve Guide Inner Diameter
Guide
Valve Seat - Contacting Width - Intake .0393 ± .0039" (1.0 ± 0.10 mm) .0551" (1.4 mm)

Valve Seat - Contacting Width - Exhaust .0590 ± .0039" (1.5 ± 0.10 mm) .0748" (1.9 mm)
Valve Seat
30.0° ± 1.5°
Valve Seat Angles 45.0° ± 0.5° -
60.0° ± 1.5°

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


3.6 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

PISTON / RINGS / CONNECTING ROD / CRANKSHAFT / BALANCE SHAFT


ITEM STANDARD SERVICE LIMIT
Standard O.D. - Measured 90° to pin, 0.39
3.6597 ± .0003" (92.959 ± 0.008 mm) -
in. (10 mm) up from piston skirt
Piston Piston Pin Bore I.D. (Standard) .7877 - .7881" (20.009 - 20.018 mm) .7893" (20.05 mm)

Piston Pin O.D. .7873 - .7875" (20.000 - 20.005 mm) .7866" (19.98 mm)

Top Ring .010 - .014" (0.25 - 0.35 mm) .0196" (0.5 mm)
Installed
Gap
Second Ring .015 - .025" (0.37 - 0.63 mm) .028" (0.70 mm) 3
Piston Ring Oil Control Rails .008 - .028" (0.20 - 0.70 mm) .0354" (0.9 mm)

Ring to Top Ring


Groove .0007 - .0023" (0.020 - 0.060 mm) .0047" (0.12 mm)
Clearance Second Ring

Connecting Rod Small End I.D. .7879 - .7885" (20.015 - 20.030 mm) .7897" (20.06 mm)

1 - Marking Conn. Rod Big End Bore I.D. 1.7318 - 1.7321" (43.989 - 43.996 mm) -
Connecting
Rod 2 - Marking Conn. Rod Big End Bore I.D. 1.7321 - 1.7323" (43.996 - 44.003 mm) -

3 - Marking Conn. Rod Big End Bore I.D. 1.7323 - 1.7326" (44.003 - 44.010 mm) -

B - Marking Main Journal O.D. 1.6140 - 1.6143" (40.996 - 41.004 mm) 1.6129" (40.970 mm)

G-
Main Journal O.D. 1.6137 - 1.6140" (40.988 - 40.995 mm) 1.6129" (40.970 mm)
Marking

Y - Marking Main Journal O.D. 1.6134 - 1.6137" (40.980 - 40.987 mm) 1.6129" (40.970 mm)

B - Marking Rod Journal O.D. 1.6118 - 1.6122" (40.942 - 40.950 mm) 1.6104" (40.906 mm)
Crankshaft
G-
Rod Journal O.D. 1.6115 - 1.6118" (40.934 - 40.941 mm) 1.6104" (40.906 mm)
Marking

Y - Marking Rod Journal O.D. 1.6112 - 1.6115" (40.926 - 40.933 mm) 1.6104" (40.906 mm)

Less than .001″


Crankshaft Runout Limit (PTO and MAG) -
(0.025 mm)

Balance Bearing Journal O.D. (Standard) 1.4939 - 1.4946" (37.946 - 37.962 mm) 1.4921" (37.900 mm)
Shaft

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 3.7
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

INTAKE / EXHAUST SYSTEM


AIR BOX / AIR FILTER ASSEMBLY VIEW

q Intake Airbox Hose y Airbox Clip (4)


w Drain Cap u Vent Hose
e Airbox i Intake Tubes
r Air Filter o Engine Intake Housing
t Airbox Cover

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


3.8 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

EXHAUST SYSTEM ASSEMBLY VIEW

q Spark Arrestor Fastener u Exhaust Spherical Gasket


8 ft-lbs (11 Nm)

w Spark Arrestor i Exhaust Stud w/Spring


21 ft-lb (28 Nm)

e Exhaust Springs o Exhaust Pipe


r Muffler / Silencer a Head Pipe Gasket
s Head Pipe Bolts
t Muffler Isolator Mounts 18 ft-lb (24 Nm)

y Oxygen Sensor13 ft-lb (18 Nm)

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 3.9
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM


ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM COOLING SYSTEM PRESSURE TEST
SPECIFICATIONS 1. Remove the hood from the front cab.
Cooling System Specifications
WARNING
CONDITION COOLANT TEMP °F (°C) Never remove pressure cap when engine is warm or
hot. The cooling system is under pressure and serious
Room Temperature 68° F (20° C) burns may result. Allow the engine to cool before
Thermostat Open 180° F (82° C) servicing.

Fan Off 192° F (89° C) 2. Remove pressure cap and pressure test the cooling
system using a commercially available pressure
Fan On 198° F (92° C) tester.
Thermostat Full Open 203° F (95° C)
Engine Temperature 233° F (112° C)
Overheat Indicator
Engine Protection
236° F (113° C)
Ignition Misfire
Engine Protection 257° F (125° C)
Shutdown

ITEM SPECIFICATION
Cooling System Capacity 5.36 qt (5.0 L)
Pressure Cap Relief 13 PSI
3. The system must maintain 10 psi for five minutes or
Polaris 50/50 Extended Life Anti-freeze longer. If pressure loss is evident within five minutes,
2880514 (quart) check the filler neck, radiator, hoses, clamps and
2880513 (gallon) water pump weep hole for leakage.

Recommended Coolant
Use only high quality antifreeze/coolant mixed with
distilled water in a 50/50 or 60/40 ratio, depending on
freeze protection required in your area.

CAUTION
Using tap water in the cooling system will lead to a
buildup of deposits which may restrict coolant flow and
reduce heat dissipation, resulting in possible engine
damage. Polaris Premium 60/40 Antifreeze/Coolant is
recommended for use in all cooling systems and comes
pre-mixed, ready to use.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


3.10 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

COOLING SYSTEM PRESSURE CAP TEST RADIATOR REMOVAL / INSTALLATION


1. Remove the hood from the front cab. 1. Remove the hood and front bumper (See Chapter 10
– Hood and Front Body Work, page 10.21and Front
WARNING Bumper, page 10.20).
Never remove pressure cap when engine is warm or 2. Remove the four fasteners that secure the front
hot. The cooling system is under pressure and serious bumper support to the main frame.
burns may result. Allow the engine to cool before
servicing.

2. Remove pressure cap q and test using a pressure


cap tester (commercially available). 3

3. Drain radiator by removing lower radiator hose q.


Be sure to catch and dispose of coolant properly.

3. The pressure cap relief pressure is 13 psi. Replace


cap if it does not meet this specification.

WARNING
The cooling system is under pressure and serious
burns may result.
Allow the engine to cool before servicing.

4. Disconnect cooling fan electrical connector.


5. Remove the upper radiator hose from the radiator.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 3.11
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

6. Remove the four upper radiator support fasteners w THERMOSTAT REPLACEMENT


and disconnect the small radiator bypass hose e. 1. Remove the hood from the front cab.

WARNING
The cooling system is under pressure and serious
burns may result.
Allow the engine to cool before servicing.

2. Remove the pressure cap to relieve any system


pressure (see Chapter 3 – Cooling System Pressure
Cap Test, page 3.11).
3. Drain coolant to a level below the thermostat
housing.
4. Remove upper coolant hose from thermostat
housing q.
7. Lift radiator up to disengage it from its lower
mounting points. Tilt top of radiator outward and
remove the radiator from the vehicle.
8. Separate the fan motor assembly from the radiator.
Inspect fan blades for damage.
9. Reverse this procedure for installation. Be sure to
properly fill and bleed cooling system as outlined in
this chapter.

5. Remove the rear bolt w retaining the thermostat


cover.
6. Remove the cargo box access panel.
7. Using an 8 mm swivel socket and long extension,
remove the front bolt e retaining the thermostat
cover.

e Upper Radiator Hose y To Radiator Fitting


r Lower Radiator Hose u Fan Motor Assembly
t Recovery Bottle i Radiator

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


3.12 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

8. Lift the cover from the housing and remove the


thermostat.
NOTE
Thermostat has a pop-off relief to allow the bypass
system to operate until thermostat opens.

9. Install a new thermostat with the bleed hole r


positioned closest to the engine.

NOTE
Image shown above is with engine removed for clarity.

10. Reverse this procedure for installation. Torque


thermostat cover bolts to specification.

TORQUE
Thermostat Cover Bolts:
7 ft-lb (10 Nm)

11. Be sure to properly fill and bleed cooling system as


outlined in this chapter.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 3.13
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

COOLING SYSTEM ASSEMBLY VIEW

q Thermostat housing y Filler Neck s Oil Cooler Inlet Hose


w Water Pump u Radiator d Oil Cooler Outlet Hose
e Engine Hoses i Pressure Cap f Bypass Hose
r Lower Radiator Hose o Upper Radiator Hose g Water Pump Outlet Hose
t Fan Assembly a Recovery Bottle

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


3.14 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

COOLING SYSTEM BLEEDING 6. Open the bleed screw e to allow any trapped air to
PROCEDURE escape. Close the bleed screw once a steady stream
of coolant begins to drain out.
WARNING
Always wear safety glasses and proper shop clothing
when performing the procedures in this manual. Failing
to do so may lead to possible injury or death.

CAUTION
Use caution when performing these procedures. 3
Coolant may be hot and may cause severe injury or
burns.

NOTE
If the coolant level is LOW in the radiator, or if there are
leaks in the system, the coolant system will not draw
coolant from the reservoir tank. 7. Tighten the bleed screw to specification, top off
coolant and properly install the pressure cap.
1. Allow engine and cooling system to cool down.
TORQUE
CAUTION Coolant Bleed Screw:
Be sure the engine has cooled and no pressure is built 89 in-lb (10 Nm)
up in the cooling system before removing the pressure
cap. The coolant may be hot and could cause severe 8. Start the engine and allow it to idle until the coolant
injury or burns. fan has cycled two times.
9. Allow engine and cooling system to completely cool
2. Remove the hood. down (see CAUTION).
3. Remove the recovery bottle cap q and fill the bottle 10. Remove the pressure cap. Add the necessary
to the MAX line. amount of Polaris Premium Antifreeze to the radiator
filler neck.
11. Open the bleed screw to allow any trapped air to
escape. Close the bleed screw once a steady stream
of coolant begins to drain out.
12. Tighten the bleed screw to specification, top off
coolant and properly install the pressure cap.

TORQUE
Coolant Bleed Screw:
89 in-lb (10 Nm)

13. Fill the recovery bottle to the MAX line.


14. Reinstall the hood.
4. Remove the pressure cap w and add the necessary 15. Reinstall the seats and engine service panel.
amount of Polaris Premium Antifreeze to the radiator
filler neck.
5. Remove the seats, engine service panel and divider
panel heat shield to access the coolant bleed screw.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 3.15
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

WATER PUMP REMOVAL WATER PUMP INSTALLATION


1. Allow engine and cooling system to cool down. 1. Replace the two sealing O-rings on the water pump
housing.
CAUTION
Be sure the engine has cooled and no pressure is built NOTE
up in the cooling system before removing the pressure Do not reuse the water pump O-rings. Always use NEW
cap. The coolant may be hot and could cause severe O-rings each time the water pump is removed.
injury or burns.
2. Lubricate new O-rings q with fresh engine oil.
2. Remove driver’s seat.
3. Disconnect the (-) negative battery cable.
4. Remove all debris and thoroughly clean water pump
area and RH side of engine block.
5. Remove the hood.
6. Remove the pressure cap from the filler neck.
7. Drain cooling system as outlined in this chapter.
8. Elevate the rear of the vehicle off the ground using a
suitable ATV lift and remove the right rear wheel.
9. Remove the right rear shock lower mounting bolt.
Discard the nut. Swing and support right rear shock
rearward to gain access to water pump area.
3. Remove the shop towel from the water pump drive
10. Remove the five coolant hoses that are attached to access hole in the engine block.
the water pump. Note location and routing for
installation. Be sure to catch and dispose of coolant 4. Clean the O-ring sealing surface w in the engine
properly. block using a clean shop towel.

11. Remove the three bolts q & w retaining water pump


to engine block. Note different bolt lengths for
installation.

5. Use a shop light to illuminate the water pump drive


access hole in engine crankcase and note
orientation of the water pump drive slot e.
12. Remove water pump from engine by gently twisting
and rocking the water pump housing while pulling
outward.
13. Maneuver water pump downward and remove it
through the access hole in the skid plate.
14. Plug the water pump drive access hole in the engine
block with a clean shop towel.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


3.16 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

6. Rotate water pump drive tab r so it matches the 11. Install the four coolant hoses u – a that attach to
angle of the drive slot in the engine. the water pump. Be sure orientation and routing are
correct.

CAUTION 12. Install the right rear lower shock bolt and new nut.
The water pump drive tab and slot must be aligned Torque mounting bolt to specification.
properly during installation. Severe engine or water
pump damage will occur if the tab and slot are not in TORQUE
alignment during water pump installation. Rear Shock Mounting Bolt:
70 ft-lbs (95 Nm)
7. Maneuver water pump up through the access hole in
the skid plate on the RH side of the vehicle. 13. Install the right rear wheel. Torque wheel nuts to
specification.
8. Slide water pump into engine crankcase.
9. Be sure water pump is fully seated and the drive tab TORQUE
and slot are properly engaged. Wheel Nuts:
10. Install the three water pump mounting bolts t & y 120 ft-lbs (163 Nm)
and torque to specification.
14. Connect the (-) negative battery cable.
15. Fill and bleed cooling system as outlined in this
chapter.
16. Install the hood, engine service panel and seats.

NOTE
Install different bolt lengths as shown.

TORQUE
Water Pump Mounting Bolts:
7 ft-lb (10 Nm)(Apply Loctite® 204™ to bolt threads)

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 3.17
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

WATER PUMP SERVICE 6. Using an appropriate arbor press, properly support


the water pump housing and press out the water
NOTE pump shaft from the impeller side.
The water pump cover gasket can be replaced while 7. Extract the mechanical seal and the oil seal from the
the water pump housing is still installed in the engine. water pump housing.

1. Remove water pump assembly as outlined in this NOTE


chapter (Engine Disassembly/Inspection - Bottom A 5/32" (4 mm) diameter punch y will fit in the
End — Water Pump Housing Removal). lubrication slot to aid in the removal of the oil seal. Be
2. Remove the three bolts retaining water pump cover sure not to damage the water pump shaft bearing
surface.
q to water pump housing w. Discard cover gasket
e.

8. Inspect the water pump shaft bore for excessive


3. Place the water pump drive tab r vertically into a wear or damage. Replace water pump housing
soft jaw vice. assembly if necessary.
4. Remove the bolt and washer retaining the water 9. Clean and inspect water pump shaft for excessive
pump impeller to the shaft. Inspect the impeller veins wear or damage. Replace water pump housing
and water pump housing for damage. Replace if assembly if necessary, as shaft can not be
needed. purchased separately.
NOTE 10. Thoroughly clean mechanical seal and oil seal bores.
The water pump impeller bolt t is left hand thread 11. Install a NEW oil seal into the water pump housing
(reverse thread). until fully seated.
12. Fully install the water pump shaft and two washers
into the housing.
13. Place water pump drive tab vertically into soft jaw
vice as previously shown in this procedure.

5. Remove impeller from water pump shaft.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


3.18 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

14. Install a NEW mechanical seal into the water pump 20. Install the water pump cover and three retaining bolts
housing using special tool (PU-50564) u. Press the i. Torque bolts in sequence to specification.
new mechanical seal in until it is flush with the water
pump housing.

TORQUE
15. Rotate water pump shaft after seal installation to Water Pump Cover Bolts:
verify free movement. 7 ft-lb (10 Nm)(Apply Loctite® 204™ to bolt threads)
16. Place impeller onto the water pump shaft.
21. Install two new water pump (O-rings) and lubricate
17. Apply Loctite® 204™ to the threads of the impeller them with fresh engine oil.
bolt. Install washer and impeller bolt and torque to
specification.
TORQUE
Water Pump Impeller Bolt:
7 ft-lb (10 Nm)(Apply Loctite® 204™ to bolt threads)

18. Clean cover q and housing gasket surfaces w.


19. Install a new water pump cover gasket e.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 3.19
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

22. Install water pump assembly into engine.


Water Pump Assembly View

o Bolt f Washers k Oil Seal


a Loctite 204 g Drive Tab l Impeller
s Mechanical Seal h Water Pump Shaft 1( Washer
d O-Rings j Water Pump Housing

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


3.20 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

ENGINE SERVICE
ACCESSIBLE ENGINE COMPONENTS TOP-END SERVICE (ENGINE IN CHASSIS)
The following components can be serviced or removed Some top-end engine components can be serviced while
with the engine installed: the engine is mounted in the chassis.
• Camshaft(s) To service the top-end of the engine refer to Valve
• Camshaft Sprocket(s) Clearance Inspection, page 2.32, which provides
• Cylinder Head detailed steps to access the valve cover.
• Flywheel
• Oil Cooler


Starter Motor / Idler Gear Asm
Stator (Alternator)
3
• Thermostat
• Valve Cover
• Water Pump
The following components require engine removal for
service:
• Camshaft Timing Chain
• Connecting Rod(s)
• Counterbalance Shaft / Bearings
• Crankcase
• Crankshaft / Main Bearings
• Crankshaft Seal (PTO)
• Cylinder
• Oil Pump / Oil Pump Sprocket or Chain
• Piston / Rings

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 3.21
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

CRANKSHAFT PTO SEAL REPLACEMENT CRANKSHAFT PTO SEAL REMOVAL


Special Tool PU-52493 allows the replacement of the 1. Remove the Inner PVT Cover. Refer to PVT
engine crankshaft PTO seal without splitting the engine disassembly to access the crankcase seal.
case. 2. Using a commercially available seal puller tool,
remove crankcase seal from crankcase.

IMPORTANT
PU-52493 is specifically designed for 2018 engines and
IMPORTANT
does NOT work with 2017 and older models. Use care not to scratch the crankcase while removing
seal.

3. Inspect the crankcase and crankshaft surfaces for


any burrs or scratches that could damage the new
seal or prevent it from sealing properly.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


3.22 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

CRANKSHAFT PTO SEAL INSTALLATION 2. Tighten the drive bolt e until the cylinder r bottoms
out against the crankcase.
1. Install new seal w into crankcase. Thread the drive
bolt of special tool PU-52493 q into the crankshaft.

3. Once the seal is properly installed, loosen the drive


bolt e and remove special tool PU-52493 from the
IMPORTANT crankshaft.
4. Refer to Inner PVT Cover installation.
The orientation of the seal is critical. Install the seal with
5. Field test the vehicle before putting back into service.
the flat side of the seal facing out as shown.
Inspect for any leaks.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 3.23
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

ENGINE REMOVAL 10. Remove the outer clutch cover screws w and
remove the cover from the vehicle.
NOTE
Some engine repair procedures can be performed
without removing the engine assembly from the vehicle.
Refer to Accessible Engine Components, page 3.21 for
further information.
The use of an overhead or portable engine hoist is the
only recommended method for removing and installing
the engine.
Have an assistant help guide the engine in and out of
the vehicle while using an engine hoist to prevent
personal injury or damage to vehicle components.

WARNING
Always wear safety glasses and proper shop clothing 11. Remove drive belt, drive clutch, driven clutch, inner
when performing the procedures in this Service clutch cover and clutch outlet duct (see Chapter 5 –
Manual. Failing to do so may lead to possible injury. PVT Disassembly, page 5.9).

1. If vehicle was recently operated, allow it to cool down CAUTION


before attempting to perform any work.
Correct Drive Clutch Puller P/N 2872085
2. Thoroughly clean the engine and chassis.
3. Drain the engine oil and coolant prior to engine
removal (See Chapter 2 – Coolant Drain / Fill, page
2.39).
4. Remove the seats.
5. Disconnect the (-) negative battery cable from the
battery.
6. Remove the rear bumper and cargo box (see
Chapter 10 – Cargo Box Assembly Removal, page
10.23).
7. Remove the air box assembly.
8. Elevate the rear of the vehicle off the ground using a
suitable lift and remove the left rear wheel.

WARNING
Use care when supporting vehicle so that it does not tip NOTE
or fall. Serious injury may occur if vehicle tips or falls.
Be sure to use the correct Drive Clutch Puller (PN
2872085) to prevent damage to crankshaft.
9. Remove lower mounting bolt q from the left rear
shock and discard the nut. Install a new nut upon
assembly.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


3.24 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

12. Disconnect the TMAP sensor e, fuel injector 19. Remove the six fasteners that attach the exhaust
harness leads r, CPS t, ECT sensor y, and head pipe to the engine. Remove the two exhaust
ignition coil harness lead. Remove wire ties retaining springs i that attach the head pipe o to the muffler.
harness to the fuel rail and rear cross member. Remove exhaust head pipe towards the front of the
vehicle. Discard exhaust gaskets a.

13. Disconnect the stator harness.


20. Remove the four fasteners retaining the box support
14. Remove (+) positive cable from the starter motor. s and the two fasteners retaining the box support
15. Remove (-) negative cable from the starter mounting bracket d. Remove the push rivet that attaches the
bolt. heat shield f to the rear cross member.

16. Disconnect fuel lines and remove throttle body


assembly (See Chapter 4 – Fuel Line Removal /
Installation, page 4.24 Fuel Line Removal /
Installation, page 4.24Throttle Body Removal, page
4.40). Make note of line routing for installation.
17. Remove spark plug wires from the engine.

NOTE
The spark plug wires are marked with MAG and PTO.
Note during installation procedure.

18. Remove the breather hose u from the crankcase.

21. Place a suitable drain pan under the vehicle and


remove the thermostat housing coolant hose g and
the water pump coolant hose h from the engine.
Dispose of engine coolant properly.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 3.25
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

22. Use an overhead or portable engine hoist and 26. Remove the starter motor bolts 2) and starter motor
suitable engine straps to secure engine in its current from the engine.
position.
23. Remove the four rear mounting bolts j that attach
the rear of the engine to the transmission.

27. Remove the six transmission joint bracket bolts 2!


and transmission joint bracket 2@ from the engine.
28. Install the engine stand adapter (PU-50562) onto the
engine where the starter motor was located.
NOTE
29. Select the proper engine stand sleeve adapter and
It is not necessary to remove the bolts that retain the
install it onto the engine stand adapter.
bracket k to the transmission.
• Sleeve adapter for a 2″ bore engine stand:
24. Remove the four front engine mounting bolts l and • (PU-50625)
nuts 1(. • Sleeve adapter for a 2.375″ bore engine stand:
• (PW-47054)
30. Place engine onto the engine stand (PU- 50624) for
service.

25. With the help of an assistant and the engine hoist,


raise the engine vertically out of the vehicle frame.

NOTE
Have an assistant help guide the engine in and out of
the vehicle while using an engine hoist to prevent
personal injury or damage to vehicle components.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


3.26 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

ENGINE INSTALLATION 5. Align both the front and rear engine mounting
locations. Install and hand tighten the four front
1. Attach engine with suitable lifting straps to an engine mounting nuts q and bolts w.
overhead or portable engine hoist.
2. Remove the engine stand adapter plate and install
the starter motor back onto engine. Torque starter
motor bolts to specification.
3. Install transmission joint bracket onto engine and
torque fasteners to specification in sequence.

NOTE
DO NOT torque fasteners at this time.

6. Align transmission joint mounting holes with the


transmission front mounting holes.
7. Install the Clutch Center Distance Tool onto
transmission input shaft and install the drive clutch
bolt e to properly position the clutch center distance.
The pictures below show the tool properly installed
r.
Clutch Center Distance Tool:
PU-50658-A

TORQUE
Starter Motor Bolts:
7 ft-lb (10 Nm)

Trans Joint Bracket Bolts:


44 ft-lb (60 Nm)

4. Use the overhead or portable engine hoist and


suitable engine straps to lower the engine into the
vehicle frame.
PU-50658–A
HOLE YEAR VEHICLE DESCRIPTION
NOTE
1 2012 RZR 570
Have an assistant help guide the engine in and out of
2011-14 RZR 900
the vehicle while using an engine hoist to prevent
personal injury or damage to vehicle components. 2 2014-15 RZR XP 1000
2013 RANGER 900
3 2014-16 ACE

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 3.27
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

HOLE YEAR VEHICLE DESCRIPTION 11. Install the two longer bolts into left side mounting
2015-18 ACE 570 holes. Torque left side mounting bolts to specification
2015-16 RGR ETX using the numbered sequence shown.
2013–18 RZR 570
2014–18 RANGER 500/570
2015-18 RANGER 570 Full-Size
2014-18 RANGER 900/1000
2015-18 RZR 900
4
2016-18 RZR 1000
2016–18 ACE 900
5 2015-18 RANGER Diesel

12. Torque right side mounting bolts to specification using


the numbered sequence shown.

i.e. 2015 RZR 900 uses the holes marked with a 4


8. Loosen the two bolts t retaining transmission joint
bracket to the transmission on the right side.

TORQUE
Engine / Transmission Mounting Bolts:
Step 1-2: 64 ft-lb (87 Nm) Step 3: 5 ft-lb (7 Nm) Step
4-7: 44 ft-lb (60 Nm)

13. Remove the clutch center distance tool.


14. Torque the four front engine mount fasteners to
specification.

9. Align the front transmission mounting holes with TORQUE


transmission joint bracket mounting holes on engine. Front Engine Mount Fasteners:
10. Install the two bolts y retaining the transmission joint 40 ft-lbs (54 Nm)
bracket to the engine on the right side. Hand tighten
the bolts so they remain loose at this time.
15. Remove the lifting straps and overhead or portable
NOTE engine hoist.
16. Install the two coolant hoses onto the engine.
DO NOT torque fasteners at this time.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


3.28 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

17. Install front support bracket u and rear support i 28. Properly route and connect the harness leads for the
onto the vehicle frame. Torque fasteners to stator, CPS, TMAP sensor, ECT sensor, fuel injectors
specification. and ignition coil.
29. Install the air box assembly as outlined in the EFI
Chapter (See Chapter 4 – ETC Replacement, page
4.41).
30. Install the inner clutch cover, drive clutch, driven
clutch, drive belt, outer clutch cover and clutch outlet
duct (see Chapter 6 – PVT Assembly, page 5.11).
31. Install the left rear shock lower mounting bolt and new
nut. Torque to specification.

TORQUE
3
Rear Shock Mounting Bolt:
70 ft-lbs (95 Nm)

32. Install the left rear wheel and torque wheel nuts to
specification.
18. Install push rivet through heat shield o into rear TORQUE
cross member.
19. Install the exhaust heat shield and push rivets. Wheel Nuts:
20. Replace exhaust gaskets (seals). Install exhaust 120 ft-lbs (163 Nm)
head pipe. Install the six fasteners that attach the
exhaust head pipe to the engine and torque to 33. Install the rear bumper and cargo box as an
specification. assembly.

TORQUE NOTE
Exhaust Head Pipe Bolts: Be sure to connect the engine intake hose and clutch
18 ft-lb (24 Nm) air intake hose to the rear cargo box asm upon
installation.
21. Install the two exhaust springs that attach the head
pipe to the muffler. 34. Connect the (-) negative battery cable.
22. Install the breather hose to the crankcase. 35. Remove the pressure cap and fill the cooling system
23. Install the spark plug wires to the appropriate cylinder through the filler neck with properly mixed anti-freeze
by referencing the MAG and PTO spark plug wire / coolant.
decals. 36. Install a new oil filter. Lubricate the seal with engine
oil prior to installation (see Chapter 2 – Engine Oil
NOTE and Filter Change, page 2.30).
Ensure plug wires caps are pushed down all the way so 37. Add approximately 2.5 quarts (3.3 L) of Polaris PS-4
they engage onto the spark plugs. or PS-4 Extreme Duty Synthetic Engine Oil to the
engine. Additional oil may be required after complete
engine disassembly. Check level after filling and add
24. Install the throttle body assembly and connect fuel oil as needed.
lines. Install throttle cable retaining clip. 38. Follow the Cooling System Bleeding Procedure, page
25. Secure wire harness in the routing clip on the rear 3.15 as outlined in this chapter.
cross member. 39. Install the seats.
26. Install (+) positive cable to the starter motor. 40. Start engine and check for any oil or coolant leaks.
27. Install (-) negative cable to the starter motor mounting 41. Turn the key OFF and check the engine oil level.
bolt. 42. Refer customer to “Engine Break-In Period” upon
returning vehicle to customer.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 3.29
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

ENGINE MOUNTING AND TORQUE VALUES

ENGINE BREAK-IN PERIOD 6. Change oil and oil filter after 25 hour break-in period.
The break-in period consists of the first 25 hours of
operation, or the time it takes to use 15 gallons (57 liters)
of fuel. Careful treatment of a new engine and drive
components will result in more efficient performance and
longer life for these components.

CAUTION
Use only Polaris PS-4 or PS-4 Extreme Duty Synthetic
4-Cycle Engine Oil.Never substitute or mix oil brands.
Serious engine damage and voiding of warranty can
result.Do not operate at full throttle or high speeds for
extended periods during the first three hours of use.
Excessive heat can build up and cause damage to
close fitted engine parts.

1. Fill fuel tank with unleaded fuel which has a minimum


pump octane number of 87 = (R + M)/2.
2. Refer to “Engine Oil Level”. Check oil level indicated
on dipstick. Add oil if necessary.
3. Drive slowly at first to gradually bring engine up to
operating temperature.
4. Vary throttle positions. Do not operate at sustained
idle or sustained high speed.
5. Perform regular checks on fluid levels, controls and
all important bolt torques.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


3.30 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

ENGINE LUBRICATION SPECIFICATIONS


FLUID CAPACITY
Oil Capacity *
2.5 qt (2.4 L)

Oil Type
PS-4 Full Synthetic 5W-50
2876244 (quart)
2876245 (gallon)
(-35° F to 100° F) 3
PS-4 Extreme Duty
2878920 (quart)
2878919 (gallon)

Oil Filter Wrench


PU-50105 or 2.5″ (64 mm)

Oil Filter
PN 2540086

Oil Pressure Minimum Specification (using Polaris


engine oil at operating temperature)
10 PSI @ 1200 RPM
40 PSI @ 7000 RPM

*Additional oil may be required after complete


engine disassembly. Check level after filling and add
oil as needed.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 3.31
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

ENGINE DISASSEMBLY / INSPECTION - TOP END


VALVE COVER REMOVAL CAMSHAFT REMOVAL
NOTE NOTE
The valve cover can be removed with the engine The camshafts can be removed with the engine
installed in the chassis. installed in the chassis.

1. Remove the four valve cover shoulder bolts q and 1. Rotate the engine so the PTO cylinder is at Top
isolators w using a T40 driver. Dead Center (TDC) to relieve most of the valve
spring pressure. The camshaft lobes should face out
q and the slots on the end of the camshafts should
line up.

2. Replace isolators w when they are removed and


replace valve cover seal e if oil leaks are evident.
3. Remove the spark plugs r. Stuff spark plug holes
with shop towels to prevent anything from falling into
the combustion chamber.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


3.32 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

2. Remove the cam chain tensioner w from the 4. Remove the remaining two bolts that retain the front
cylinder. Replace the sealing washer or gaskete camshaft carrier t and carefully lift the carrier off the
upon reassembly. camshafts.

NOTE
The engine may have a hydraulic (first image) or
mechanical (second image) cam chain tensioner.

5. Hold camshafts y with an open-end wrench, and


remove the top bolt u from the camshaft sprockets
i.

6. Rotate the engine using the flywheel and remove the


remaining bolt from each camshaft sprocket.
3. Remove the two bolts retaining the fixed cam chain 7. Lift the chain and sprockets off the camshafts to
guide r and remove the assembly from the engine. allow each sprocket to be removed.
8. Using a paperclip or other tool, hold cam chain up to
keep it from falling down into the crankcase.

NOTE
The crankcase has a built-in lower guide to prevent the
chain from falling off the crankshaft.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 3.33
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

9. Evenly loosen the four bolts retaining each rear CAMSHAFT SPROCKET INSPECTION
camshaft carrier a and carefully lift the carriers off Inspect cam sprocket teeth q for wear or damage.
the camshafts. Replace timing chain and sprockets if worn or damaged.

10. Mark the intake s and exhaust d camshafts to


ensure proper assembly.
11. Carefully remove camshafts from the cylinder head.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


3.34 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

CAMSHAFT / CAMSHAFT BORE 4. Measure the diameter of the camshaft journals using
INSPECTION (1000) a micrometer. Compare to specification.
Inspect all main journals and cam lobes as described
below and compare to specifications. Replace camshaft
(s) or cylinder head if worn beyond service limit or if any
surface is pitted or damaged.
1. Visually inspect each cam lobe for wear or damage.
2. Measure the height of each cam lobe from the base
circle to highest point on the lobe using a
micrometer. Compare to specification. 3

NOTE
Replace camshafts if damaged or if any part is worn
past the service limit.

MEASUREMENT
Camshaft Journal O.D.:
.9036 - .9055" (22.954 - 22.999 mm)

NOTE Service Limit:


Replace camshafts if damaged or if any part is worn .9033" (22.944 mm)
past the service limit.
5. Temporarily install the camshaft carriers to measure
the camshaft bore. Torque bolts in sequence to
MEASUREMENT specification. Replace cylinder head if worn.
Camshaft Lobe Height:
Intake:
1.5390 - 1.5429" (39.09 - 39.19 mm)

Service Limit:
1.5370" (39.04 mm)

Exhaust:
1.5142 - 1.5181" (38.46 - 38.56 mm)

Service Limit:
1.5122" (38.41 mm)

3. Visually inspect each camshaft journal for scoring,


wear or damage.
TORQUE
Camshaft Carrier Bolts:
7 ft-lb (10 Nm)

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 3.35
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

6. Measure camshaft bore and compare to CYLINDER HEAD REMOVAL


specifications.
NOTE
The cylinder head can be serviced with the engine
installed in the chassis.

1. Remove the two outer M6 bolts q that retain the


cylinder head w to the cylinder.

NOTE
Replace cylinder head if camshaft journal bores are
damaged or if worn past the service limit.

MEASUREMENT
2. Loosen the six cylinder head bolts e evenly 1/8 turn
Camshaft Carrier Bore I.D.: at a time until all are loose.
.9055 - .9063" (23.000 - 23.021 mm)
3. Remove and discard the cylinder head bolts.
Service Limit: 4. Tap cylinder head lightly with a soft faced hammer
.9072" (23.044 mm) until loose.
5. Tap only in reinforced areas or on thick parts of the
7. Calculate oil clearance by subtracting camshaft cylinder head casting.
journal O. D. s from camshaft carrier bore I. D. s.
Compare to specification. 6. Remove the cylinder head and head gasket r.

MEASUREMENT NOTE
Calculated Camshaft Oil Clearance: Once the cylinder head is removed, nothing retains the
.0000 - .0026" (0.001 - 0.067 mm) cylinder to the engine. DO NOT rotate the engine
without using the Cylinder Holding & Camshaft Timing
Service Limit: Plate (PU-50563). Refer to Cylinder / Piston Removal,
.0039" (0.1 mm) page 3.54.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


3.36 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

CYLINDER HEAD WARP INSPECTION CYLINDER HEAD DISASSEMBLY


Thoroughly clean cylinder head surface to remove all
traces of gasket material and carbon. WARNING
Wear eye protection during cylinder head disassembly
CAUTION and reassembly or when working with the valve springs.
Use care not to damage gasket sealing surface. All
gasket surfaces must be clean, dry and free of any oil
or grease upon assembly. Clean sealing surfaces with NOTE
rubbing alcohol or electrical contact cleaner. Do not Keep mated parts together and in order with respect to
touch sealing surfaces of the new head gasket. their location in the cylinder head for assembly
purposes. It is important to install cylinder head 3
1. Lay a straight edge q across the surface of the components back in the same location. Mark each
cylinder head at several different points and measure component or place them in an organized rack as you
warp by inserting a feeler gauge between the straight remove them.
edge and the cylinder head surface. If warp exceeds
the service limit, replace the cylinder head. 1. Remove the valve tappet q from the cylinder head.
Note the tappet size w engraved on the underside of
the bucket.

MEASUREMENT
Cylinder Head Warp Limit:
.0039″ (0.1 mm)

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 3.37
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

2. Compress the valve spring by hand using valve VALVE INSPECTION


spring compressor adapter (PV-43513-A). Valve 1. Remove all carbon from valves with a soft wire wheel
spring compressor (PV-1253 or PV-4019 (Quick or brush.
Release)) can be used if desired to aid in removal.
2. Check valve face for runout, pitting, and burnt spots.
To check for bent valve stems, mount valve in a drill
or use “V” blocks and a dial indicator.

3. Push down on spring and remove split keepers e.

3. Check the end of the valve stem for flaring, pitting,


wear or damage.

4. Slowly release valve spring pressure and remove the


compressor adapter.
5. Remove the valve retainer r, valve spring t, valve
stem seal y and valve spring seat u. Discard the
valve seal. 4. Inspect split keeper groove for wear or flaring in the
NOTE keeper seat area.

Replace valve seals whenever cylinder head is NOTE


disassembled. Hardened, cracked or worn seals will The valves can be re-faced or end ground, if necessary.
cause excessive oil consumption. They must be replaced if extensively worn, burnt, bent
or damaged.
6. Lift up the cylinder head and push the valve i out,
keeping it in order for reassembly in the same valve
guide.
7. Repeat the previous steps to remove the remaining
valves.
8. Clean the combustion chamber and head gasket
surface.
9. Check the condition of each valve spring. Replace if
wear or cracking is present on the spring.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


3.38 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

5. Measure diameter of valve stem with a micrometer in COMBUSTION CHAMBER CLEANING


three places, then rotate 90° and measure again
(take six measurements total). Compare to WARNING
specifications.
Wear eye protection during combustion chamber
cleaning.

1. Clean all accumulated carbon deposits from


combustion chambers and valve seat area q.

MEASUREMENT
Valve Stem Diameter:
Intake:
.2155 - .2161" (5.475 - 5.490 mm)
NOTE
Exhaust: Carbon Clean Fuel Treatment (2871326) can be used
.2147 - .2153" (5.455 - 5.470 mm) to help remove carbon deposits.
Do not use a metal scraper, a coarse wire brush or
6. Measure valve guide inside diameter at the top, abrasive cleaners to clean the cylinder head. Damage
middle and end of the guide using a small hole may result.
gauge and a micrometer. Measure in two directions.
2. Visually inspect cylinder head gasket surface and
combustion chamber for cracks or damage. Pay
close attention to areas around spark plug and valve
seats.

MEASUREMENT
Valve Guide I.D.:
.2165 - .2171" (5.500 - 5.515 mm)

7. Be sure to measure each guide and valve


combination individually.

NOTE
The valve guides cannot be replaced.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 3.39
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

VALVE SEALING TEST VALVE SEAT RECONDITIONING (1000)


1. Clean and dry the combustion chamber area q. Valve seat reconditioning should be performed by a
technician proficient in cylinder head reconditioning
2. Pour a small amount of clean solvent into each
techniques. Reconditioning techniques vary, so follow
intake port w and check for leakage around the
the instructions provided by the valve reconditioning
valves. The valve seats should hold fluid with no
equipment manufacturer. Do not grind seats more than
seepage.
necessary to provide proper seat surface, width, and
contact point on valve face.

WARNING
Wear eye protection or a face shield during cylinder
head disassembly and reassembly.

Valve Seat Inspection


Inspect valve seat in cylinder head for pitting, burnt
spots, roughness, and uneven surface. If any of the
above conditions exist, the valve seat must be
reconditioned. If the valve seat is cracked the cylinder
head must be replaced.
Valve seat width and point of contact on the valve face is
very important for proper sealing. The valve must contact
3. Repeat for exhaust valves by pouring fluid into each the valve seat over the entire circumference of the seat,
exhaust port e. and the seat must be the proper width all the way
around. If seat is uneven, compression leakage will
result. If seat is too wide, seat pressure is reduced,
causing carbon accumulation and possible compression
loss. If seat is too narrow, heat transfer from valve to seat
is reduced. The valve may overheat and warp, resulting
in burnt valves.

Renewing Valve Seats


1. Install pilot into valve guide.
2. Apply cutting oil to valve seat and cutter.
3. Place 46° cutter on the pilot and make a light cut.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


3.40 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

4. Inspect the cut area of the seat: 7. Remove valve and check where the Prussian Blue™
* If the contact area is less than 75% of the indicates seat contact on the valve face. The valve
circumference of the seat, rotate the pilot 180° and seat should contact the middle of the valve face or
make another light cut. slightly above, and must be the proper width.
* If the indicated seat contact is at the top edge of the
* If the cutter now contacts the uncut portion of the
valve face and contacts the margin area w it is too
seat, check the pilot. Look for burrs, nicks, or runout.
high on the valve face. Use the 30° cutter to lower
If the pilot is bent it must be replaced.
the valve seat.
* If the contact area of the cutter is in the same place,
* If too low, use the 60° cutter to raise the seat. When
the valve guide is distorted from improper
contact area is centered on the valve face, measure
installation.
* If the contact area of the initial cut is greater than
seat width. 3
* If the seat is too wide or uneven, use both top and
75%, continue to cut the seat until all pits are
removed and a new seat surface is evident. bottom cutters to narrow the seat.
* If the seat is too narrow, widen using the 45° cutter
NOTE and re-check contact point on the valve face and
Remove only the amount of material necessary to seat width after each cut.
repair the seat surface.
NOTE
5. To check contact area of the seat on the valve face, When using an interference angle, the seat contact
apply a thin coating of Prussian Blue™ paste to the point on the valve will be very narrow, and is a normal
valve seat. If using an interference angle (46°) apply condition. Look for an even and continuous contact
black permanent marker to the entire valve face q. point all the way around the valve face e.

6. Insert valve into guide and tap valve lightly into place
a few times.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 3.41
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

Intake Seat Cutter Diameter: 1.567″ (39.80 mm) MEASUREMENT


Valve Seat Width:
Intake:
.0393 ± .0039" (1.0 ± 0.10 mm)

Service Limit:
.0551" (1.4 mm)

Exhaust:
.0590 ± .0039" (1.5 ± 0.10 mm)

Service Limit:
.0748" (1.9 mm)

8. Clean all filings from the area with hot soapy water.
Rinse and dry with compressed air.
9. Lubricate valve guides with clean engine oil and
apply oil or water based lapping compound to the
face of the valve.
NOTE
Exhaust Seat Cutter Diameter: 1.364″ (34.65 mm)
Lapping is not required if an interference angle
reconditioning method is used.

10. Insert the valve into its respective guide and lap
using a lapping tool or a section of fuel line
connected to the valve stem.
11. Rotate the valve rapidly back and forth until the cut
sounds smooth. Lift the valve slightly off of the seat,
rotate 1/4 turn, and repeat the lapping process. Do
this four to five times until the valve is fully seated,
and repeat process for the other valve(s).
12. Thoroughly clean cylinder head and valves.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


3.42 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

ENGINE DISASSEMBLY / INSPECTION - BOTTOM END


STATOR COVER REMOVAL / INSPECTION 2. Carefully pry the stator cover off the engine using the
two pry areas as shown.
NOTE
The stator cover can be removed with the engine
installed in the chassis.

1. Remove the thirteen screws retaining the stator


cover.
3

CAUTION
The flywheel contains powerful magnets. Use caution
when removing and installing the stator cover. DO NOT
place fingers between cover and crankcase at any time
during the removal / installation process or injury could
result.

3. Inspect the condition of the stator windings q and


output wires w. If replacement is required, refer to
the Electrical chapter.

4. Inspect the ball bearing e that supports the starter


motor shaft.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 3.43
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

5. If bearing replacement is required, remove the 3. Remove the water pump assembly from the engine
retaining ring and heat the stator cover around the by using a twisting motion as you pull out on the
bearing evenly with a heat gun. Tap cover on a soft housing.
work surface to remove the bearing from the
housing. A blind bearing puller can also be used.
Replace bearing if removed.

WATER PUMP HOUSING REMOVAL


NOTE
The water pump housing can be serviced with the
engine installed in the chassis (see Chapter 3 – Water
Pump Removal, page 3.16).

1. Remove the coolant lines from the thermostat


housing, cylinder inlet and oil cooler. Leave them all
attached to the water pump housing.
4. If water pump service is required (impeller or
mechanical seal), refer to Water Pump Service, page
3.18.

2. Remove the three long gold colored bolts q


retaining the water pump housing to the engine.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


3.44 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

FLYWHEEL REMOVAL 6. Hold puller body and tighten the center bolt to
remove the flywheel.
NOTE
The flywheel can be serviced with the engine installed
in the chassis.

1. Remove the stator cover assembly.


2. Remove the starter torque limit gear q as an
assembly.

Starter One-Way Clutch Inspection

NOTE
The starter one-way clutch can be serviced with the
engine installed in the chassis.

7. Remove the stator cover and flywheel (see Chapter


3. Inspect gear teeth for damage. Inspect fit of shaft 3 – Stator Cover Removal / Inspection, page 3.43).
inside gear and replace gear assembly is clearance 8. Place flywheel on a work bench with the one-way
is excessive. Inspect the shaft and bearing surfaces clutch facing up. Grasp clutch gear and rotate
in the crankcase and stator cover for excessive wear. clockwise. It should turn smoothly without binding.
4. Using a commercially available strap wrench, hold 9. Rotate one-way gear counterclockwise. The gear
the flywheel and remove the flywheel retaining bolt should immediately lock in position and not slip.
w.
10. Inspect the one-way gear bushing r for wear or
galling. If service is required, see chapter 3 – Starter
One-Way Clutch Disassembly, page 3.46.

5. Fully install Flywheel Puller (PA-49316) e on the


threads of the flywheel (left hand thread - turn
flywheel puller counterclockwise to install).

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 3.45
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

STARTER ONE-WAY CLUTCH 4. Inspect drive surface of starter gear e and bushing
DISASSEMBLY r for wear, damage or uneven surface. If any starter
1. Lift up to remove starter one-way gear. one-way clutch component is worn or damaged,
replace the clutch and starter gear as an assembly.

2. Remove the three one-way clutch retaining screws.

3. Remove the one-way clutch and inspect both sides


of drive rollers q. Inspect the roller contact surface
w inside the hub for wear, damage or uneven
surface.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


3.46 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

CRANKCASE DISASSEMBLY / INSPECTION 6. Remove the thirteen M6 t and three M8 bolts y


1. Remove the four screws retaining the oil cooler q to retaining the sump cover r to the crankcase.
the crankcase.

7. Remove the sump cover u from the crankcase.


2. Remove the crankcase drain plug w. Drain any oil
remaining in the engine. Reinstall the plug.

8. Remove and clean oil pump pick-up i.


9. Remove the three bolts o that retain the oil pump a
3. Remove the oil filter. to the crankcase.
4. Install the Cylinder Holding & Camshaft Timing Plate
(PU-50563) e onto the cylinder. The cylinder holding
tool retains the cylinder and pistons when the engine
is rotated.

5. Rotate engine to access the crankcase sump cover.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 3.47
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

10. Use one of the oil pump retaining bolts or a pen 12. Visually inspect the oil pump and drive sprocket d
magnet to extract the dowel pins s from the oil for wear or damage. Replace oil pump drive chain
pump. Doing so allows for oil pump removal without and sprocket if worn or damaged. If any part of the oil
having to remove the pump drive sprocket. pump is damaged, the entire assembly must be
replaced. Replace the oil pump seal f during
crankcase assembly.

NOTE
If unable to extract the dowel pins from the oil pump,
the oil pump sprocket must be removed. Access the NOTE
sprocket bolt by removing the case plug. Oil pump assembly is non-serviceable

11. Lift the oil pump drive chain and remove the oil 13. Rotate the engine so the cylinder is facing up.
pump.
14. Remove the eleven M6 g and two M8 h upper
crankcase bolts.

15. Rotate the engine so the cylinder is facing down.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


3.48 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

16. Remove the eight M10 k, two M8 l and one M6 j BALANCE SHAFT REMOVAL / INSPECTION
lower crankcase bolts. Discard the eight M10 bolts. 1. Perform Crankcase Disassembly / Inspection, page
3.47 procedure.
2. Note timing marks on balance shaft and crankshaft
drive gears. Shafts must be properly timed upon
assembly.

17. Tap on the lower crankcase in reinforced areas with


a soft faced hammer to loosen. Carefully lift up and
remove the lower crankcase half.

3. Carefully rotate the balance shaft w and remove it


from the crankcase.

4. Inspect the balance shaft gear teeth for damage.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 3.49
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

5. Measure each bearing journal in two locations, 90 CRANKSHAFT REMOVAL / INSPECTION


degrees apart. Replace balance shaft if either journal 1. Perform Crankcase Disassembly / Inspection, page
is worn below the service limit specification. If worn 3.47 procedure.
past the service limit, replace the balance shaft
assembly. 2. Perform Balance Shaft Removal / Inspection, page
3.49 procedure.
3. For ease of assembly, mark each connecting rod and
end cap.
4. Loosen, remove and discard the four connecting rod
bolts q. Remove the end caps from the crankshaft.

MEASUREMENT
Balance Shaft Diameter (MAG & PTO):
1.4939 - 1.4946" (37.946 - 37.962 mm)
Service Limit:
1.4921" (37.900 mm)
5. Carefully lift the crankshaft w out of the crankcase.

6. Remove the cam chain e, oil pump drive chain t


and PTO main seal r from the crankshaft.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


3.50 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

7. Inspect the crankshaft gear u and auxiliary sprocket 11. Measure each main journal and connecting rod
y for broken or worn teeth. journal in two locations, 90 degrees apart. Replace
crankshaft if any journal is worn below the service
limit specification.

8. If the crankshaft gear or sprocket is damaged, the


crankshaft assembly must be replaced.
9. Support crankshaft on V-blocks or on-centers in a i MAG End d Journal 4 (Rod
crankshaft stand or lathe. Measure crankshaft run- Bearing)
out and replace if run-out exceeds maximum listed
below. o Journal 1 (Main f Journal 5 (Main
Bearing) Bearing)

a Journal 2 (Rod g Journal 6 (Main


Bearing) Bearing)

s Journal 3 (Main h PTO End


Bearing)

12. Refer to the six letters stamped onto the PTO end of
the crankshaft.

MEASUREMENT
Crankshaft Maximum Runout:
Less than .001″ (0.025 mm)

10. Visually inspect surface of crankshaft main and


connecting rod journals. Replace crankshaft if any
journal is scratched or pitted.
13. Use the table below to see if the crankshaft bearing
journals are within specification. If worn past the
service limit, replace the crankshaft assembly.

CRANKSHAFT BEARING JOURNAL


DIAMETERS
B
1.6140 - 1.6143"
Main
Standard (40.996 - 41.004
Bearing
mm)

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 3.51
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

CRANKSHAFT BEARING JOURNAL CRANKCASE INSPECTION


DIAMETERS 1. Remove the oil drain diverter q from the upper
1.6129" (40.970 crankcase.
Service Limit mm)
1.6118 - 1.6122"
Standard (40.942 - 40.950
Conn Rod mm)
Bearing
1.6104" (40.906
Service Limit mm)
G
1.6137 - 1.6140"
Standard (40.988 - 40.995
Main mm)
Bearing
1.6129" (40.970
Service Limit mm) 2. Remove all traces of crankcase sealer from the
crankcase mating surfaces. Inspect the surfaces
1.6115 - 1.6118" closely for nicks, burrs or damage.
Standard (40.934 - 40.941
Conn Rod mm) 3. Be sure alignment pins are in place where used.
Bearing
1.6104" (40.906 4. Be sure oil passages are clean and free of any
Service Limit mm) cleaning solvent (see Chapter 3 – Engine Oil Flow
Chart, page 3.5).
Y
5. Remove and discard the plain bearings located in
1.6134 - 1.6137" the upper crankcase w , lower crankcase e and
Standard (40.980 - 40.987 connecting rods r. Replace the crankcase
Main mm) assembly if a bearing bore is galled or if bearing
Bearing inserts have rotated in the case. Refer to bearing
1.6129" (40.970 selection procedures upon assembly.
Service Limit mm)
1.6112 - 1.6115"
Standard (40.926 - 40.933
Conn Rod mm)
Bearing
1.6104" (40.906
Service Limit mm)

14. Whether installing a new crankshaft or re-installing


the original, refer to the bearing selection chart
provided in the Crankshaft Main Bearing Selection,
page 3.60 and Connecting Rod Bearing Selection,
page 3.60 procedures.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


3.52 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

3. Inspect cylinder for taper and out of round with a dial


bore gauge. Measure in two different directions (front
to back and side to side), on three levels (0.59″ down
from top, the middle, and 1.54″ up from bottom).
Record measurements. If cylinder is tapered or out
of round beyond 0.001", the cylinder must be
replaced.

NOTE
Always replace plain bearings when the crankcase or
connecting rods have been disassembled. Refer to
Bearing Selection Identification Letters and Numbers,
page 3.59.

CYLINDER INSPECTION
1. Lay a straight edge q across the top surface of the
cylinder at several different points and measure warp
by inserting a feeler gauge between the straight
edge and the cylinder surface. If warp exceeds the
service limit, replace the cylinder.

MEASUREMENT
Cylinder Taper:
.001″ (0.025 mm)

Cylinder Out of Round:


.001″ (0.025 mm)

MEASUREMENT
Standard Bore Size:
3.6614 ± .0003" (93 mm ± 0.008 mm)

MEASUREMENT
Cylinder Warp Limit:
.002″ (0.05 mm)

2. Inspect cylinder for wear, scratches, or damage.

NOTE
DO NOT hone the cylinders or attempt to repair a
damaged cylinder by honing.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 3.53
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

CYLINDER / PISTON REMOVAL 5. Remove the piston / connecting rod assemblies from
the cylinder.
CAUTION
Pistons must be removed from the cylinders with the
connecting rods attached.
DO NOT attempt to service the cylinder or pistons
without disassembling the crankcase. Although you can
remove the cylinder and pistons without disassembly,
you will not be able to reassemble the engine because
of the unique cylinder skirt and crankcase design.

1. Perform ENGINE DISASSEMBLY / INSPECTION -


TOP END, page 3.32 and ENGINE DISASSEMBLY
/ INSPECTION - BOTTOM END, page 3.43 and the
procedures.
2. Rotate the engine so the cylinder is facing up.
3. Remove the Cylinder Holding & Camshaft Timing NOTE
Plate (PU-50563) q from the cylinder.
If the pistons are to be reused, mark the pistons so they
are reassembled in the same cylinder bore and
direction from which they were removed (MAG / PTO).

4. Carefully lift the cylinder and pistons from the upper


crankcase.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


3.54 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

PISTON DISASSEMBLY / INSPECTION 3. Measure piston pin bore I. D. in two directions (90°
(1000) apart). Replace piston and piston pin if out of
specification.
NOTE
New pistons are directional (intake vs. exhaust), but
can be placed in either cylinder.

1. Note location of the piston circlip gap q at the top


(12:00 position) or bottom (6:00 position).

MEASUREMENT
Piston Pin Bore I.D.:
.7877 - .7881" (20.009 - 20.018 mm)
Service Limit:
.7893" (20.05 mm)
2. Remove piston circlip and push piston pin out of
piston. If necessary, heat the crown of the piston 4. Measure piston pin O.D. in two directions (90° apart)
slightly with a heat gun if pin cannot be removed by at three locations on the length. Replace piston and
hand. Discard circlips. piston pin if out of specification.

CAUTION
DO NOT apply heat to piston rings or a loss of radial MEASUREMENT
tension could result. Piston Pin O.D.:
.7873 - .7875" (20.000 - 20.005 mm)
Service Limit:
.7866" (19.98 mm)

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 3.55
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

PISTON RING REMOVAL PISTON RING TO GROOVE CLEARANCE


1. Carefully remove top compression ring q by hand or INSPECTION
using a ring removal pliers. 1. Measure piston ring to groove clearance q by
placing the ring in the ring land and measuring with a
CAUTION thickness (feeler) gauge. Replace piston and rings if
DO NOT expand the ring more than necessary to ring-to-groove clearance exceeds service limits.
remove it from the piston or the ring may break or lose
radial tension.

• Piston ring pliers: Carefully expand ring and lift it off


the piston.
• By hand: Placing both thumbs on the ring ends,
spread the ring open and push up on opposite side. Do
not scratch ring lands.

MEASUREMENT
Piston Ring to Groove Clearance:
Top / Second Ring:
.0007 - .0023" (0.020 - 0.060 mm)
Service Limit:
.0047" (0.12 mm)

2. Repeat procedure for second compression ring w.


3. The oil control ring e is a three piece design
consisting of a top and bottom steel rail and a center
expander section. Remove top rail first, then bottom
rail, then the expander.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


3.56 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

PISTON RING INSTALLED GAP (1000) PISTON-TO-CYLINDER CLEARANCE


1. Place each piston ring q inside the cylinder w. Use Measure piston outside diameter at a point 10 mm q up
the piston to push the ring squarely into cylinder, as from the bottom of the piston, at a right angle to piston
shown below. pin bore.
2. Measure installed gap with a feeler gauge e at both Subtract measurement from maximum measurement
the top and bottom of the cylinder. obtained in Step 4 of Cylinder Inspection, page
3.53“Cylinder Inspection” procedure.
NOTE
A difference between top and bottom end gap
measurements is a general indication of cylinder taper
(wear). The cylinder should be measured for taper and 3
out of round.

MEASUREMENT
Piston O.D. (Standard):
3.6597 ± .0003" (92.959 ± 0.008 mm)

Piston to Cylinder Clearance:


3. If the installed gap measurement exceeds the .0009 - .0019" (0.025 - 0.050 mm)
service limit, replace the rings.

MEASUREMENT
Piston Ring Installed Gap: CONNECTING ROD INSPECTION
Top Ring: .010 - .014" (0.25 - 0.35 mm) 1. The 3 digit numbers stamped onto the intake side of
Service Limit: 1.6118 - 1.6122" (40.942 - 40.950 mm) the connecting rod are serial numbers used to match
the rod cap w with the rod stem e.
Second Ring: 1.6118 - 1.6122" (40.942 - 40.950 mm)
Service Limit: .028" (0.70 mm)

Oil Control Rails: .008 - .028" (0.20 - 0.70 mm)


Service Limit: .0354" (0.9 mm)

NOTE
Always check piston ring installed gap when installing
new rings and/or a new cylinder.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 3.57
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

2. The number r and letter t stamped onto the 7. Using a dial bore gauge, measure big end I.D. in two
exhaust side of the connecting rod represent the directions shown. Record measurements and
bore diameter and weight grading of the connecting compare to specifications.
rod.

8. Refer to the number stamped onto the exhaust side


3. Inspect the small end and big end of connecting rod of the connecting rod. This number represents the
(and matching rod cap) for damage, galling of bore diameter.
surface or pitting.
9. The table below lists the big end bore diameter
4. Measure small end I. D. in two directions as shown. specifications.
Record measurements and compare to
specifications. Replace connecting rod if worn past Bearing Selection Chart — Rod Bearings
the service limit specification.
CONNECTING ROD BIG END BORE
DIAMETERS
1 2 3
1.7318 - 1.7321 - 1.7323 -
1.7321" 1.7323" 1.7326"
(43.989 - (43.996 - (44.003 -
43.996 mm) 44.003 mm) 44.010 mm)

10. Whether using new connecting rods or re-installing


the original ones, refer to the bearing selection chart
provided in the Connecting Rod Bearing Selection,
page 3.60 procedure.

MEASUREMENT
Connecting Rod Small End I.D.:
.7879 - .7885" (20.015 - 20.030 mm)
Service Limit:
.7897" (20.06 mm)

5. Install matching rod cap on connecting rod (without


bearings) and install the bolts.
6. Tighten bolts snug, then torque to 13 ft-lbs (18 Nm).

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


3.58 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

ENGINE ASSEMBLY - BOTTOM END


BEARING SELECTION IDENTIFICATION LETTERS AND NUMBERS

q Connecting Rod Bearing w Crankcase Bearing Identification e Crankshaft Bearing Identification


Identification Number ( one number) Number (six numbers) Letters (six letters)
*Some engines may only have 4
digits. The extra two digits will refer
to the balance shaft bearings which
should now all be standard.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 3.59
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

CONNECTING ROD BEARING SELECTION CRANKSHAFT MAIN BEARING SELECTION


In order to select the proper bearing for the connecting In order to select the proper main bearings for the
rods, you must reference the number on each connecting crankshaft, you must reference the six numbers on the
rod u & i and match that up with the rod journal letters crankcase i and match that up with the main journal
on the crankshaft o. letters on the crankshaft u.

In this example, you would use the number 2 as the In this example, you would use the number 2 as the
connecting rod code. You would use letters G and G as crankcase codes (case journals 1, 2, 3, 4). You would
the crankshaft codes (crank journals 2 and 4). Based off use letters G, Y, G, Y as the crankshaft codes (crank
the bearing selection chart, you would use a Green journals 1, 3, 5 and 6). Based off the bearing selection
bearing for each connecting rod chart, you would use:
Green bearing for Main #1
Bearing Selection Chart — Rod
Yellow bearing for Main #2
Crankshaft Green bearing for Main #3
Code B G Y Yellow bearing for Main #4
1 Blue Blue Green
Rod Bearing Selection Chart — Main Bearings
2 Blue Green Yellow
Crankshaft
3 Green Yellow Yellow
Code B G Y
1 Blue Blue Green
Case
2 Blue Green Yellow
3 Green Yellow Yellow

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


3.60 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

UPPER CRANKCASE PREPARATION PISTON RING INSTALLATION


NOTE NOTE
Always replace plain bearings when the crankcase or Apply clean engine oil to all ring surfaces and ring lands
connecting rods have been disassembled. Refer to upon installation. Always check piston ring installed gap
bearing selection procedures. before rings are installed on piston (see Piston Ring
Installed Gap (1000), page 3.57). Clean accumulated
1. Remove all traces of crankcase sealer from the carbon from piston ring grooves and oil ring lube holes
crankcase mating surfaces. Inspect the surfaces if piston has been in service.
closely for nicks, burrs or damage.
2. Clean bolt hole threads to remove any oil or 3
crankcase sealant.
3. Inspect crankcase bearing bores. Replace the
crankcase assembly if a bearing bore is galled or if
bearing inserts have rotated in the case.
4. Be sure alignment pins are in place where used.
5. Refer to Engine Oil Flow Chart, page 3.5 at the
beginning of this chapter and trace the oil paths
through the crankcase and cylinder.
6. Flush all oil passages with solvent and then warm
soapy water. Rinse with clear, warm water and dry
with compressed air.
7. Be sure passages are clean and dry before
assembling the upper crankcase. q Top Ring r Spring Expander
w Second Ring t Lower Rail
e Upper Rail
1. Place oil control ring expander in oil ring groove.
Rotate expander in groove until butt ends are on
PTO side of piston (see illustration below).

NOTE
Ends must butt squarely together and must not overlap.

2. Install lower rail with end gap positioned on the


intake side of piston.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 3.61
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

3. Install upper rail with end gap positioned on the 5. Install top ring with mark facing top of piston. Rotate
exhaust side of piston. ring to position the end gap toward exhaust side of
piston as shown below.

6. Be sure top and second rings rotate freely in their


grooves and do not bind when compressed by hand.

4. Install second ring with marking facing top of piston.


Rotate ring to position the end gap toward intake
side of piston as shown below.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


3.62 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

PISTON / CONNECTING ROD ASSEMBLY 3. Place piston q on connecting rod w. Push piston pin
1. Lubricate connecting rod small end, piston pin bore e through rod and piston until it seats against the
and piston pin with engine oil. installed circlip.

CAUTION
Do not re-use circlips. Circlips become deformed during
the removal process.
Do not compress the new clip more than necessary to
prevent loss of radial tension. Severe engine damage
may result if circlips are re-used or deformed during
installation. 3
2. Install a new circlip on one side of piston with gap at
the top (12:00 position) or bottom (6:00 position).

NOTE
Do not tap on pin or cause any sideways force to
connecting rod. Warm piston crown with a heat gun if
pin cannot be installed by hand, or use a piston pin
installation tool.

CAUTION
DO NOT apply heat to piston rings or a loss of radial
tension could result.

NOTE 4. Install the remaining circlip r with gap at the top


Never re-use a piston pin circlip. (12:00 position) or bottom (6:00 position). Push the
piston pin in both directions to make sure the clips
If reinstalling the original connecting rods, orientate the
are properly seated in the groove.
rods the same as when removed. If new connecting
rods are being installed, they can be installed either
way (there is no piston pin offset in the rod), however it
is recommended they be installed with rods facing the
same direction.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 3.63
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

CYLINDER / PISTON INSTALLATION 4. Carefully compress the piston rings with your fingers
and install the piston assemblies into the cylinder
CAUTION from the bottom side. Use piston ring compressor
Pistons must be installed into the cylinders with the pliers (PV-43570-1) to aid in assembly, if necessary.
connecting rods attached.DO NOT attempt to service
the cylinder or pistons without disassembling the
crankcase. Although you can remove the cylinder and
pistons without disassembly, you will not be able to
reassemble the engine because of the unique cylinder
skirt and crankcase design.

NOTE
If the pistons are being reused, reassemble in the same
cylinder bore and direction from which they were
removed (MAG / PTO).
New pistons are directional (intake vs. exhaust), but
can be placed in either cylinder.

1. Apply clean engine oil to each piston assembly, NOTE


cylinder bore and bottom tapered portion of each Use a slight front to back rocking motion until all rings
cylinder sleeve. are captive in cylinder and past the cylinder sleeve
2. Verify that all ring end gaps are correctly located on opening q.
each piston (see Chapter 3 – Piston Ring
Installation, page 3.61). 5. Rotate the engine so the crankcase to cylinder
mounting surface is facing up.
3. Note the piston orientation mark (arrow) located on
top of the piston. Arrow should point toward the 6. Clean base gasket sealing surface on cylinder and
exhaust side. crankcase to remove all oil and grease.

NOTE
Base gasket and surfaces must be DRY and oil free.
Use care upon assembly to keep oil away.

7. Reinstall dowel pins in crankcase if removed.


8. Install a new cylinder base gasket.
9. Verify piston orientation (arrow pointing toward
exhaust) one last time prior to installation.

NOTE
Orientation arrow is also located on the bottom side of
piston as an additional reference.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


3.64 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

10. Carefully place the cylinder and pistons into the CRANKSHAFT INSTALLATION
upper crankcase.
NOTE
Whether installing a new crankshaft or re-installing the
original, refer to the bearing selection charts (see
Chapter 3 – Crankshaft Main Bearing Selection, page
3.60 and Connecting Rod Bearing Selection, page 3.60
).

1. Rotate the engine so the cylinder is facing down.


2. Clean the bearing bore surfaces of upper crankcase 3
(main bearings), connecting rods and connecting rod
caps.
3. Align tab of new main bearing q with the slot in main
bearing bore of crankcase. Press bearing insert
firmly into place. Repeat for all main bearings.
11. Install the Cylinder Holding & Camshaft Timing Plate
w (PU-50563) onto the cylinder. The cylinder holding 4. Align tab of new connecting rod bearings w with the
tool retains the cylinder and pistons when the engine slot in the connecting rod stem and connecting rod
is rotated. end cap. Press bearing insert firmly into place.
Repeat for the other connecting rod.

5. Install oil drain diverter e into the upper crankcase.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 3.65
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

6. Apply Polaris PS-4 engine oil to each rod bearing 11. Clean bolt hole threads in connecting rod to remove
journal r and main bearing journal t of crankshaft. all oil.
12. Install matching rod cap on connecting rod with 3
digit serial number stampings aligned w & e.

7. Loop cam chain y and oil pump drive chain i over


crankshaft sprockets.
8. Apply Polaris PS-4 engine oil to the new crankshaft
oil seal u and install the seal on the PTO end of the 13. Install new bolts s and tighten evenly until snug.
crankshaft.

14. Torque connecting rod bolts to specification.


9. Carefully lower the crankshaft into upper crankcase.
Guide connecting rods onto the rod journals of TORQUE
crankshaft as necessary. Connecting Rod Bolts:
Step 1: 9 ft-lbs (12 Nm)
Step 2: 13 ft-lb (18 Nm)
Step 3: Tighten add’n 105°

10. Adjust the PTO crankshaft seal so it rests properly in


the upper crankcase.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


3.66 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

BALANCE SHAFT INSTALLATION LOWER CRANKCASE PREPARATION


1. Clean the upper crankcase balance shaft bearing
bore surfaces. NOTE
Always replace plain bearings when the crankcase or
2. Align tab of new balance shaft bearings q with the
connecting rods have been disassembled. Refer to
slot in each bearing bore of crankcase. Press
bearing selection procedures.
bearing insert firmly into place.
1. Remove all traces of crankcase sealant from the
crankcase mating surfaces. Inspect the surfaces
closely for nicks, burrs or damage.
2. Clean bolt hole threads to remove any oil or 3
crankcase sealant.
3. Inspect crankcase bearing bores. Replace the
crankcase assembly if a bearing bore is galled or if
bearing inserts have rotated in the case.
4. Be sure alignment pins are in place where used.
5. Refer to Engine Oil Flow Chart, page 3.5 at the
beginning of this chapter and trace the oil paths
through the crankcase and cylinder.
3. Apply Polaris PS-4 engine oil to both balance shaft 6. Flush all oil passages with solvent and then warm
journals w. soapy water. Rinse with clear, warm water and dry
with compressed air.
7. Be sure passages are clean and dry before
assembling the crankcase.

4. Rotate the crankshaft until the alignment dot e on


the crankshaft MAG end gear is visible.
5. Install the balance shaft, placing the tooth with the
alignment dot r in-line with the dot on the crankshaft
gear (see reference images below).

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 3.67
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

CRANKCASE ASSEMBLY 6. Carefully place lower crankcase on upper case,


1. Check to be sure the PTO crankshaft seal is resting making sure the oil pump drive chain is fed through
properly in the upper crankcase. the lower crankcase.

2. Align tab of new main bearings q and new balance


shaft bearings w with the slot in each bearing bore
of the lower crankcase. Press bearing inserts firmly
into place.

7. Tap lower crankcase with a rubber hammer to seat


the case halves together.
8. Inspect crankcase mating surfaces to be sure they
are joined properly. Investigate the cause of any
gaps.
3. Apply Polaris PS-4 engine oil to the new bearings
installed in the lower crankcase half. 9. Install the eight M10 t, two M8 u and one M6 y
lower crankcase bolts. Tighten all bolts lightly by
4. Clean crankcase mating surfaces to remove any oil.
hand.
5. Apply a thin, continuous film of Crankcase Sealant
(PN 2871557) to upper crankcase mating surface e
as shown. Do not allow sealant to dry before
assembly.

NOTE
Install new M10 lower crankcase bolts.

NOTE
DO NOT block oil passages r with crankcase sealant.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


3.68 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

10. Torque lower crankcase bolts in sequence to 13. Torque the upper crankcase bolts in sequence to
specification. Repeat sequence to verify final torque. specification (start with #12). Repeat the sequence
to verify final torque.

TORQUE
Lower Crankcase Bolts:
TORQUE
M10 Bolts: Upper Crankcase Bolts:
Step 1: 9 ft-lb (12 Nm) M8 Bolts: 26 ft-lb (35 Nm)
Step 2: 21 ft-lb (28 Nm)
M6 Bolts: 9 ft-lb (12 Nm)
Step 3: Tighten add’n 90°
14. Rotate the engine so the cylinder is facing down.
M8 Bolts:
15. Install a new seal on the oil pump.
26 ft-lb (35 Nm)
16. Lift the oil pump drive chain and install the oil pump.
M6 Bolts:
9 ft-lb (12 Nm)

11. Rotate the engine so the cylinder is facing up.


12. Install the eleven M6 o and two M8 i upper
crankcase bolts. Tighten all bolts lightly by hand.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 3.69
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

17. Install dowel pins a into oil pump mounting holes. 21. Apply a thin, continuous film of Crankcase Sealant
(PN 2871557) to sump cover mating surface g as
shown. Do not allow sealant to dry before assembly.

18. Install the three bolts f that retain oil pump d to the
crankcase. Torque mounting bolts to specification.
22. Install the oil sump cover h onto the crankcase.

TORQUE 23. Install the thirteen M6 j and three M8 bolts that


Oil Pump Mounting Bolts: retain the oil sump cover k to the crankcase.
7 ft-lbs (10 Nm)

19. Reinstall oil pump pick-up s. Torque mounting


screws to specification.
TORQUE
Oil Pump Pick-Up Retaining Screws:
7 ft-lb (10 Nm)

20. Clean the gasket sealing surfaces on oil sump cover


and crankcase to remove old gasket material and
any oil.

NOTE
Gasket surfaces must be DRY and oil free. Use care
upon assembly to keep oil away.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


3.70 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

24. Torque the oil sump cover bolts in sequence to


specification. Repeat the sequence to verify final
torque.

TORQUE
Oil Sump Cover Bolts:
M8 Bolts: 26 ft-lb (35 Nm)

M6 Bolts: 106 in-lb (12 Nm)

25. Install the crankcase drain plug if previously


removed. Torque drain plug to specification.

TORQUE
Crankcase Drain Plug:
12 ft-lbs (16 Nm)

26. Install the oil cooler l. Use new O-rings 1 ( upon


installation. Torque fasteners to specification

TORQUE
Oil Cooler bolts:
7 ft-lbs (10 Nm)

27. Proceed to Flywheel Installation, page 3.72 and then


Cylinder Head Installation, page 3.75.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 3.71
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

STARTER ONE-WAY CLUTCH ASSEMBLY FLYWHEEL INSTALLATION


1. Install one-way clutch in clutch hub with flange of 1. If previously removed, reinstall the flywheel key.
clutch q engaged in recess.
2. Inspect and clean crankshaft and flywheel taper with
isopropyl alcohol or similar cleaning solution.
Replace crankshaft if surface damage is present.
Clean taper of crankshaft to remove all oil or grease.
3. Using an applicator, apply a 360 degree bead of
Loctite 641 (Yellow) to the internal taper surface on
the flywheel. Apply Loctite bead 5-6 mm from the
center of the taper, offset to the larger diameter of
the taper on the flywheel.
4. Using an applicator, apply a 360 degree bead of
Loctite 641 (Yellow) to the external taper surface on
the crankshaft. Apply Loctite bead 5-6 mm from the
center of the taper and offset to the smaller end on
the crankshaft. Be careful to not apply any Loctite to
the starter gear bearing.
2. Clean screw threads in flywheel to remove all oil or
grease. 5. Align flywheel key-way with key and install the
flywheel, seating it fully on taper.
3. Place one-way clutch on flywheel and install the
three screws. Torque screws to specification. 6. Install flywheel retaining bolt q. Using a
commercially available strap wrench , hold flywheel
TORQUE w and torque the retaining bolt to specification.
One-Way Clutch Retaining Screws:
9 ft-lb (12 Nm)

4. Reassemble starter one-way clutch and gear using


the following illustration.

NOTE
If the Cylinder Holding & Camshaft Timing Plate (PU-
50563) is installed, remove it before tightening the
flywheel.

q Torque Limit Gear Pin t Flywheel


TORQUE
w Starter Gear y Screws 9 ft-lb (12 Nm)
Flywheel Retaining Bolt:
e One Way Clutch Asm. u Torque Limit Gear Asm. 133 ft-lbs (180 Nm)
r Bolt 133 ft-lbs (180 Nm)
7. Wipe off excess Loctite and let stand for 1 hour
5. If starter gear was replaced, inspect the torque limit before starting engine.
gear.
NOTE
6. After assembly, be sure the starter gear rotates in the
clockwise direction only. Loctite cures with time, the longer the unit is let stand
before engine starting the better the joint will be.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


3.72 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

8. Install the starter torque limit gear as an assembly.

STATOR COVER INSTALLATION


1. Apply gasket tack adhesive to help hold gasket in
place during assembly.
2. Install a new stator cover gasket over alignment pins.

CAUTION
The flywheel contains powerful magnets. Use caution
when removing and installing the stator cover. DO NOT
place fingers between cover and crankcase at any time
during the removal / installation process or injury could
result.

3. Install stator cover and thirteen screws. Torque


screws in sequence to specification.

TORQUE
Stator Cover Screws:
9 ft-lb (12 Nm)

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 3.73
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

ENGINE ASSEMBLY - TOP END


CYLINDER HEAD ASSEMBLY 6. Install the valve spring with widely spaced coils y on
the top and tightly spaced coils u facing down
NOTE toward the cylinder head.
Assemble the valves one at a time to maintain proper
order.

WARNING
Wear eye protection during cylinder head disassembly
and reassembly or when working with the valve springs.

1. Apply engine oil to valve guides and seats.


2. Coat valve stem with Premium Starter Grease (PN
2871460).
3. Install the valve q in the cylinder head, through the
guide.

NOTE
Valve springs to be installed with paint mark facing up
i.
7. Place the valve retainer on the spring.
8. Compress the valve spring by hand using valve
spring compressor adapter (PV-43513-A). Compress
spring only enough to allow split keeper installation.
Valve spring compressor (PV-1253 or PV-4019
(Quick Release)) can be used if desired to aid in
installation.

4. Dip the new valve seat/seal w in clean engine oil


and carefully install the valve seat/seal on the valve
guide with a rotating motion. Push firmly until seated
in retaining groove and square with the guide

NOTE
Valve seals should be installed AFTER the valves are in
the head to avoid valve seal damage.

5. Dip the valve spring e and retainer r in clean


engine oil.

NOTE
To prevent damage to the valve seals, do not compress
the valve spring more than necessary to install the
keepers.

9. Install split keepers t with gap even on both sides.


10. Repeat this procedure for remaining valves.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


3.74 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

11. Install the valve adjustment tappet i for each valve CYLINDER HEAD INSTALLATION
in the order they were removed. 1. Rotate the engine so the cylinder is facing up.
2. Remove the Cylinder Holding & Camshaft Timing
Plate (PU-50563) q from the cylinder.

NOTE
Refer to Valve Clearance Adjustment, page 3.81
procedure for proper tappet selection.
NOTE
Once the cylinder head is removed, nothing retains the
NOTE cylinder to the engine. DO NOT rotate the engine
If any valve train components were replaced, refer to without using the Cylinder Holding & Camshaft Timing
“Valve Clearance Adjustment”, page 3.81 procedure Plate (PU-50563).
prior to Camshaft Installation / Timing, page 3.76
procedure. 3. Prepare cylinder head gasket sealing surfaces by
cleaning thoroughly to remove all residue. The head
gasket must be installed clean and dry, free from oil
or grease.

NOTE
Do not touch sealing surfaces of gasket.

4. Guide cam chain w through a new head gasket e


and install the gasket on the cylinder, locating it on
the alignment pins.

5. Carefully set the cylinder head r in place on


alignment pins.
6. Install new bolts and finger tighten the six cylinder
head bolts t evenly.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 3.75
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

7. Install and finger tighten the two outer M6 bolts y CAMSHAFT INSTALLATION / TIMING
evenly.
NOTE
NOTE
If any valve train components were replaced, refer to
Install new cylinder head bolts. Valve Clearance Adjustment, page 3.81 procedure.

8. Torque cylinder head bolts in sequence to 1. Rotate the engine until the flywheel Top Dead Center
specification. (TDC) mark q is aligned or centered in the
Crankshaft Position Sensor (CPS) mounting hole w.
This places the PTO cylinder at TDC for camshaft
installation.

TORQUE
Cylinder Head Torque Procedure:
Torque in sequenceStep 1: 13 ft-lbs (18 Nm)Step 2: NOTE
26 ft-lb (35 Nm)Step 3: Additional 180°Step 4: M6 DO NOT use the “V” mark located on the flywheel
bolts: 7 ft-lb (10 Nm) opposite of the “I” mark. Only the “I” mark should be
used as a TDC reference.

2. Reference the intake and exhaust markings made


during disassembly. If installing new camshafts or if
camshafts were not marked, you can reference the
part number stamped on the end of the shafts and
compare to the electronic parts catalog.
3. Lubricate all camshaft lobes and bearing journal
surfaces with Polaris PS-4 engine oil prior to
installation.
4. Carefully install the camshafts into the cylinder head.
The PTO camshaft lobes t should face out as
shown.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


3.76 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

5. Carefully install the rear camshaft carriers onto the 12. Use new camshaft sprocket retaining bolts upon
camshafts. Carrier openings should face each other assembly. Install the top bolt i in each camshaft
when installed properly. sprocket u. Do not torque the bolts at this time.
6. Install the four bolts that retain each rear camshaft
carrier y and tighten the bolts evenly until snug.

NOTE
Use new sprocket retaining bolts upon assembly.
7. Install the Cylinder Holding & Camshaft Timing Plate
(PU-50563) into the end of camshafts as shown. Use
a 13/16” open-end wrench to rotate camshafts
slightly if needed.

8. Verify the TDC mark on the flywheel is still properly


aligned (see Step 1).
9. Pull cam chain upward, making sure it is engaged
with the drive sprocket on the crankshaft.
10. While lifting the cam chain up, engage the cam
sprockets into the chain with the “I” and “E” marks
facing out.
11. Install the sprockets onto the camshafts and align
the sprocket marks with the valve cover gasket
surface (see Chapter 3 – Camshaft Timing - Quick
Reference, page 3.80).

NOTE
Intake cam sprocket should have “I” marks aligned with
gasket surface and the exhaust cam sprocket should
have “E” marks aligned with gasket surface.
Install the exhaust cam sprocket first (opposite the cam
chain tensioner) to ensure proper cam timing.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 3.77
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

13. Verify cam timing is correct. Flywheel TDC mark 14. If timing marks are not aligned, remove sprockets
should still be aligned (see Step 1) and cam sprocket and correct alignment.
markings should line up as shown.
15. Remove the Cylinder Holding & Camshaft Timing
Plate (PU-50563) from the end of the camshafts.
16. Rotate the engine using the flywheel and install the
remaining bolt in each camshaft sprocket. Torque the
sprocket bolts to specification.

TORQUE
Camshaft Sprocket Bolts:
14 ft-lb (19 Nm)

17. Rotate the engine using the flywheel and torque the
remaining sprocket bolts to specification.
18. Install the front camshaft carrier o and two outer
retaining bolts.

19. Install the fixed cam chain guide a and two retaining
bolts.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


3.78 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

20. Torque the camshaft carriers bolts in sequence to 23. MECHANICAL TENSIONER ONLY:
specification. • Retract the plunger all the way in and install into the
cylinder.

TORQUE
Camshaft Carrier Bolts: • Install the two mounting bolts. Torque fasteners to
7 ft-lb (10 Nm) specification.
TORQUE
21. Apply Polaris PS-4 engine oil to the cam chain
tensioner bore prior to assembly. Use a new Tensioner Mounting Bolts:
tensioner sealing washer d. 7 ft-lb (10 Nm)
22. HYDRAULIC TENSIONER ONLY: Install the cam
chain tensioner s into the cylinder and torque to • Install the plunger bolt. Torque fastener to
specification. specification.
TORQUE
Plunger Bolt:
15 ft-lb (20 Nm)

24. Rotate crankshaft through two revolutions and verify


camshaft timing is correct.

TORQUE
Hydraulic Cam Chain Tensioner:
29 ft-lb (40 Nm)

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 3.79
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

CAMSHAFT TIMING - QUICK REFERENCE

q Intake Cam r Align marks with surface


w Exhaust Cam t CPS Mounting Hole
e Align marks with surface y Align Flywheel Mark in Mounting Hole

IMPORTANT
DO NOT use the “V” mark located on the flywheel opposite of the “I” mark. Only the “I” mark should be used as a TDC
reference

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


3.80 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

VALVE CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT 6. Rotate the camshaft until the cam lobes above the
valves you are inspecting are facing up y.
NOTE
Always inspect valve clearance prior to camshaft
installation or final engine assembly.

1. Reference the camshaft intake and exhaust


markings made during disassembly. If installing new
camshafts or if camshafts were not marked, you can
reference the part number stamped on the end of the
shafts and compare to the electronic parts catalog. 3
2. Lubricate the camshaft bearing journal surfaces with
Polaris PS-4 engine oil prior to installation.
3. Carefully install the camshafts into the cylinder head.
The PTO camshaft lobes e should face out as
shown.
7. Measure the valve clearance u using a thickness
(feeler) gauge. Record the measurement if clearance
is out of specification.
8. Repeat steps 6 and 7 until all eight valves have been
inspected.

MEASUREMENT
Intake Valve Clearance (cold):
.006 ± .002" (0.15 ± 0.05 mm)

Exhaust Valve Clearance (cold):


.010 ± .002" (0.25 ± 0.05 mm)

9. If any of the valve clearance measurements are out


4. Carefully install the rear camshaft carriers onto the of specification, remove the camshaft carriers and
camshafts. Carrier openings should face each other camshafts and proceed with this procedure.
when installed properly. NOTE
5. Install the four bolts r that retain each rear camshaft If all valve clearance measurements are within
carrier t and tighten the bolts evenly to specification, remove the camshaft carriers and
specification. proceed to Camshaft Installation / Timing, page 3.76.

TORQUE
Camshaft Carrier Bolts:
7 ft-lb (10 Nm)

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 3.81
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

10. Remove the valve tappet from a valve that was out of 16. Reinstall the camshafts and camshaft carriers and
specification. tighten the bolts evenly to specification.

TORQUE
Camshaft Carrier Bolts:
7 ft-lb (10 Nm)

17. Measure and confirm that valve clearance is now


within specification for each valve.
18. If valve clearance is not within specification, repeat
this procedure.
19. If all valve clearance measurements are now within
specification, remove the camshaft carriers and
proceed to Camshaft Installation / Timing, page 3.76.

NOTE
Keep mated parts together and in order with respect to
their location in the cylinder head for assembly
purposes. Mark each component or place them in an
organized rack as you remove them.

11. Record the 3 digit number on the bottom of the


tappet. i.

12. Reference the valve clearance measurement


recorded for that valve, along with the 3-digit tappet
number.
13. Refer to the appropriate tappet selection matrix
(Intake or Exhaust) on the following pages and select
the proper tappet.
14. Install the proper tappet.
NOTE
Lubricate the outer portion of the valve tappet upon
installation.

15. Repeat steps 10-14 until all necessary valves have


been adjusted.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


3.82 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

VALVE LASH - TAPPET SELECTION


A 440 tappet means the thickness of the tappet is 4.40 mm. Part Number: 5138477-XXX (X’s represent 3 digit tappet
size)
An Engine Valve Lash Adjustment calculator has been created and is located under Service and Warranty – News,
Forms and Links. Click or go to
https://www.polarisdealers.com/files/ServWarr/English/Engine%20Valve%20Adjustment%20Calculator.pdf

The proper valve tappet may also be obtained by completing these steps:

IMPORTANT
The Valve Lash Specification and Measured Valve lash must be calculated in millimeters (mm) 3
1. Subtract the actual valve lash on the engine from the valve lash specification (i.e. 0.29 mm – 0.20 mm) = 0.09 mm.
2. Divide the 3 digit tappet number by 100 (i.e. 450 / 100) = 4.5 mm.
3. Add the results of step 1 and step 2 (i.e. 0.09 mm + 4.5 mm) = 4.59 mm.
4. Multiply that answer by 100 to obtain the correct new tappet (i.e. 4.59 mm x 100 = 459).
5. Refer to the table below to find the closest available tappet size to the result from step 4 (i. e. 459 should be
rounded to 460 since there is a 460 tappet).
Available Tappets
440 450 460 470 480 490 500 510 520 530 540
442 452 462 472 482 492 502 512 522 532 542
445 455 465 475 485 495 505 515 525 535 545
448 458 468 478 488 498 508 518 528 538

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 3.83
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

VALVE COVER INSTALLATION


1. Apply anti-seize compound to spark plug threads.
2. Install spark plugs q and torque to specification.
3. Prepare valve cover sealing surfaces by cleaning
thoroughly to remove all residue.
4. Install valve cover seal w.
5. Install the four valve cover shoulder bolts e and new
isolators r using a T40 driver.

6. Torque valve cover bolts to specification.

TORQUE
Spark Plugs:
7 ft-lbs (10 Nm)

Valve Cover Bolts:


7 ft-lbs (10 Nm)

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


3.84 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

TROUBLESHOOTING
ENGINE • Lack of lubrication
Spark Plug Fouling • Dirt entering engine through cracks in air filter or ducts
• Engine oil dirty or contaminated
• Spark plug cap loose or faulty
• Incorrect spark plug heat range or gap Excessive Smoke and Carbon Buildup
• PVT system calibrated incorrectly/ components worn • Excessive piston-to-cylinder clearance
or mis-adjusted • Wet sumping
• Fuel quality poor (old) or octane too high • Worn rings, piston, or cylinder
• Low compression • Worn valve guides or seals
• Restricted exhaust
• Weak ignition (loose coil ground, faulty coil, or stator)
• Restricted breather 3
• Air filter dirty or contaminated
• Restricted air filter (main or pre-cleaner) or breather
system Piston Failure - Scoring
• Improperly assembled air intake system
• Restricted engine breather system • Lack of lubrication
• Oil contaminated with fuel • Dirt entering engine through cracks in air filter or ducts
• Engine oil dirty or contaminated
Engine Turns Over But Fails To Start
Excessive Smoke and Carbon Buildup
• No fuel
• Dirt in fuel line or filter • Excessive piston-to-cylinder clearance
• Fuel will not pass through fuel valve • Wet sumping due to over-full crankcase
• Fuel pump inoperative/restricted • Worn rings, piston, or cylinder
• Tank vent plugged or pinched • Worn valve guides or seals
• Engine flooded • Restricted breather
• Low compression (high cylinder leakage) • Air filter dirty or contaminated
• No spark (Spark plug fouled) ignition component
failure Low Compression
• Cylinder head gasket leak
Engine Does Not Turn Over • No valve clearance (cam wear)
• Dead battery • Cylinder or piston worn
• Starter motor does not turn • Piston rings worn, leaking, broken, or sticking
• Engine seized, rusted, or mechanical failure • Bent valve or stuck valve
• Valve spring broken or weak
Engine Runs But Will Not Idle • Valve not seating properly (bent or carbon
accumulated on sealing surface)
• Restricted fuel supply • Rocker arm sticking
• Low compression
• Crankcase breather restricted Backfiring
Engine Idles But Will Not Accelerate • Fouled spark plug or incorrect plug or plug gap
• Intake system air leaks
• Spark plug fouled/weak spark • Exhaust system air leaks
• Broken throttle cable • Valve sticking
• Obstruction in air intake • Ignition system faulty:
• Air box removed (reinstall all intake components) • Spark plug cap cracked / broken
• Incorrect ignition timing • Ignition coil faulty
• Restricted exhaust system • Ignition or kill switch circuit faulty
• Cam worn excessively • Poor connections in ignition system
Engine Has Low Power • Ignition timing incorrect
• Sheared flywheel key
• Spark plug fouled
• Cylinder, piston, ring, or valve wear or damage (check
compression)
• PVT not operating properly
• Restricted exhaust muffler
• Cam worn excessively

Piston Failure - Scoring

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 3.85
ENGINE / COOLING SYSTEM

COOLING SYSTEM
Overheating
• Low coolant level
• Air in cooling system
• Wrong type/mix of coolant
• Faulty pressure cap or system leaks
• Restricted system (mud or debris in radiator fins
causing restriction to air flow, passages blocked in
radiator, lines, pump, or water jacket, accident
damage)
• Lean mixture (vents, fuel pump or fuel valve)
• Fuel pump output weak
• Electrical malfunction
• Water pump failure/ Loose impeller
• Thermistor failure
• Cooling fan inoperative or turning too slowly (perform
current draw test)
• Low oil level
• Spark plug incorrect heat range
• Faulty hot light circuit
• Thermostat stuck closed or not opening completely
• Radiator is missing its internal diverter plate not
allowing coolant to flow through entire radiator
Temperature Too Low
• Thermostat stuck open
Leak at Water Pump Weep Hole
• Faulty water pump mechanical seal (coolant leak)
• Faulty pump shaft oil seal (oil leak)

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


3.86 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
FUEL SYSTEM

CHAPTER 4
FUEL SYSTEM
GENERAL INFORMATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3
SPECIAL TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3
EFI OVERVIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.4
EFI SERVICE NOTES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.4
EFI SYSTEM ASSEMBLY VIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5
EFI SYSTEM COMPONENT LOCATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6
PRINCIPAL COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.7 4
EFI OPERATION OVERVIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.7
INITIAL PRIMING / STARTING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.8
EVAP SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.9
EVAP SYSTEM OVERVIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.9
EVAP CONDITIONS AND SYMPTOMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.10
ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNIT (ECU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.11
OPERATION OVERVIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.11
ECU SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.11
ECU REPLACEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.11
ETC LEARN PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.12
FUEL INJECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.13
OPERATION OVERVIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.13
FUEL INJECTOR O-RINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.13
FUEL INJECTOR TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.14
FUEL INJECTOR TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.14
FUEL INJECTOR REPLACEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.15
FUEL LINES / TANK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.18
ASSEMBLY VIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.18
FUEL VENT LINE ROUTING (NON HIGHLIFTER) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.19
FUEL VENT LINE ROUTING (HIGH LIFTER) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.21
VENT LINE TERMINATION FITTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.22
FUEL LINE QUICK CONNECT REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.22
FUEL LINE REMOVAL / INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.24
FUEL TANK REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.25
FUEL TANK INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.27
FUEL TANK REMOVAL RZR XP 4 1000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.28
FUEL TANK INSTALLATION RZR XP 4 1000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.29
FUEL PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.31
OPERATION OVERVIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.31
FUEL SENDER TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.31
FUEL PUMP TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.32
FUEL PUMP REPLACEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.32
TEMPERATURE AND MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR (T-MAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.36
OPERATION OVERVIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.36

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 4.1
FUEL SYSTEM

T-MAP TEST / REPLACEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.36


CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (CPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.37
OPERATION OVERVIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.37
CPS TEST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.37
CPS REPLACEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.38
ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL (ETC) / THROTTLE BODY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.39
OPERATION OVERVIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.39
THROTTLE BODY SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.39
THROTTLE BODY REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.40
ETC TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.41
ETC REPLACEMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.41
ETC LEARN PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.41
PEDAL POSITION SENSOR (PPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.42
OPERATION OVERVIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.42
LOCATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.42
PPS TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.42
PPS REPLACEMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.42
OXYGEN SENSOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.44
OXYGEN SENSOR INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.44
OXYGEN SENSOR REPLACEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.44
EFI DIAGNOSTICS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.46
TROUBLE CODE DISPLAY (DTC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.46
CYLINDER MISFIRE DETECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.53
EFI TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.54
POLARIS DIGITAL WRENCH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.55
DIGITAL WRENCH® DIAGNOSTIC SOFTWARE OVERVIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.55
SPECIAL TOOLS (DIGITAL WRENCH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.55
DIGITAL WRENCH SOFTWARE VERSION AND UPDATE ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.56
DIGITAL WRENCH® UPDATES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.56
DIGITAL WRENCH® COMMUNICATION ERRORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.57
DIGITAL WRENCH® - DIAGNOSTIC CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.58
GUIDED DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.59
DIGITAL WRENCH® SERIAL NUMBER LOCATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.59
DIGITAL WRENCH® FEATURE MAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.60
ECU REPLACEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.61
ETC LEARN PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.61
ECU REPROGRAMMING (REFLASH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.61
POLARIS MOBILE DIGITAL WRENCH (PMDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.64
POLARIS MOBILE DIGITAL WRENCH (PMDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.64

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


4.2 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
FUEL SYSTEM

GENERAL INFORMATION
SPECIAL TOOLS Fuel Pressure Gauge Adapter - PV-48656

PART
TOOL DESCRIPTION
NUMBER
PU-43506-A Fuel Pressure Gauge Kit

PV-48656 Fuel Pressure Gauge Adapter


Digital Wrench® Diagnostic Software
(Includes most recent version of
PU-47063-B software w/serial number, standard
interface cable, USB-Serial Adaptor
cable and SmartLink Module Kit)

PU-47471
Digital Wrench® SmartLink Module Kit 4
(PU-47470, PU-47469, PU-47468)
Digital Wrench®
PU-47470
PC Interface Cable
Digital Wrench® Digital Wrench® Diagnostic Software - PU-47063-B
PU-47469
Vehicle Interface Cable This dealer-only software installs on laptop computers
Digital Wrench® equipped with a CD drive and is designed to replace
PU-47468 multiple shop tools often used to test EFI components. It
SmartLink Module
also includes step-by-step diagnostic procedures to aid
Bosch Automotive Service Solutions: 1-800-345-2233 technician repair and troubleshooting.
or http://polaris.service-solutions.com/
NOTE
Fuel Pressure Gauge Kit - PU-43506-A
If the PC you are using is not equipped with a 9-pin
serial port, a USB to serial port adapter will be
necessary and may be purchased through Bosch
Service Solutions (PU-50621) or DSA at www.diagsys.
com

Digital Wrench® SmartLink Module Kit - PU-47471


This module kit contains the necessary cables and
hardware to communicate between the vehicle ECU and
the Digital Wrench® diagnostic software. This module kit
is used on all 8 pin connector-based Polaris EFI
systems.

NOTE
The EFI fuel system remains under high pressure, even
when the engine is not running. Before attempting to
service any part of the fuel system, pressure should be
relieved. The Fuel Pressure Gauge Kit has an
integrated pressure relief valve that can be used to
bleed off pressure.

Digital Wrench® - Diagnostic Connector

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 4.3
FUEL SYSTEM

Located under the hood connected to a sealed plug.


EFI OVERVIEW
EFI SERVICE NOTES
• For more convenient and accurate testing of EFI components, it is recommended dealers utilize the Digital Wrench®
Diagnostic Software (dealer only). Some testing may be done manually using the procedures provided in this
chapter.
• 80% of all EFI problems are caused by wiring harness connections.
• For the purpose of troubleshooting difficult running issues, a known-good ECU from another RZR of the same
model and year may be used without damaging system or engine components.
• Never attempt to service any fuel system component while engine is running or ignition switch is "on."
• Cleanliness is essential and must be maintained at all times when servicing or working on the EFI system. Dirt, even
in small quantities, can cause significant problems.
• Do not use compressed air if the system is open. Cover any parts removed and wrap any open joints with plastic if
they will remain open for any length of time. New parts should be removed from their protective packaging just prior
to installation.
• Clean any connector before opening to prevent dirt from entering the system.
• Although every precaution has been taken to prevent water intrusion failure, avoid direct water or spray contact with
system components.
• Do not disconnect or reconnect the wiring harness connector to the control unit or any individual components with
the ignition "on." This can send a damaging voltage spike through the ECU.
• Do not allow the battery cables to touch opposing terminals. When connecting battery cables attach the positive
(red) cable to positive (+) battery terminal first, followed by negative (black) cable to negative (-) battery terminal.
• Never start the engine when the cables are loose or poorly connected to the battery terminals.
• Never disconnect battery while engine is running.
• Never use a battery boost-pack to start the engine.
• Do not charge battery with key switch "on."
• Always disconnect negative (-) battery cable lead before charging battery.
• Always unplug ECU from the wire harness before performing any welding on the unit.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


4.4 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
FUEL SYSTEM

EFI SYSTEM ASSEMBLY VIEW

q Electronic Control Unit (ECU) u Fuel Pump / Regulator


w Crankshaft Position Sensor (CPS) i Fuel Level Sender
e Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor (ECT) o Fuel Filter
r Dual Throttle Body Assembly a Fuel Supply Line
t Fuel Injectors s T-MAP Sensor
y Fuel Rail / Regulator d Electronic Throttle Control

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 4.5
FUEL SYSTEM

EFI SYSTEM COMPONENT LOCATIONS • Temperature and Manifold Absolute Pressure


(TMAP) Sensor r
• Electronic Control Unit (ECU) q
Located on the Mag side of the throttle body.
Behind driver’s seat. Behind LR seat on RZR XP 4 • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor (ECT) t
1000.
Located on the left side of the thermostat housing. The
sensor can be accessed with the air box assembly
removed.

• Electronic Throttle Control (ETC) w


Located on the PTO side of the throttle body assembly. • Dual Throttle Body Assembly y
Located between the air box assembly and rubber
cylinder head adapters.

• Crankshaft Position Sensor (CPS) e


Located on top of the stator cover.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


4.6 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
FUEL SYSTEM

• Fuel Injectors u • Fuel Pump / Regulator / Fuel Sender Assembly a


Located on the top of the throttle body in the intake Under the passenger seat.
track, retained on top by the fuel rail.

• Fuel Rail / Regulator i


Located on the throttle body, on top of the fuel PRINCIPAL COMPONENTS
injectors.
The Electronic Fuel Injection (EFI) system is a complete
engine fuel and ignition management design. This
system includes the following principal components:
• Check Engine Light
• Crankshaft Position Sensor (CPS)
• Dual Throttle Body / lntake Adapter
• Engine Control Unit (ECU)
• Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor (ECT)
• Fuel Filter(s)
• Fuel Injectors
• Fuel Pressure Regulators
• Fuel Pump
• Fuel Rail
• Fuel Supply/Return Lines
• Idle Air Control Valve (IAC)
• Ignition Coil
• Ignition Coil / High Tension Leads o • Temperature and Manifold Pressure Sensor (TMAP)
• Wire Harness Assembly
Located behind the engine service panel on the
driver’s side of the vehicle.
EFI OPERATION OVERVIEW
The EFI system is designed to provide peak engine
performance with optimum fuel efficiency and lowest
possible emissions. The ignition and injection functions
are electronically controlled, monitored and continually
corrected during operation to maintain peak
performance.
The central component of the system is the Bosch ME17
Electronic Control Unit (ECU) which manages system
operation, determining the best combination of fuel
mixture and ignition timing for the current operating
conditions.
An electric fuel pump is used to move fuel from the tank,
through the fuel supply line, to the fuel rail. Fuel pressure
regulators located in the tank and on the end of the fuel

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 4.7
FUEL SYSTEM

rail, maintain system operating pressure and return INITIAL PRIMING / STARTING PROCEDURE
excess fuel back into the fuel tank. At the engine, fuel fed
through the fuel rail supplies fuel to the injectors, which NOTE
inject into the intake ports. The ECU controls the amount
The injection system must be purged of all air prior to
of fuel by varying the length of time that the injectors are
the initial start up, and / or any time the system has
"on." This range can vary depending on fuel
been disassembled.
requirements. The controlled injection of the fuel occurs
every other crankshaft revolution, or once for each 4-
If the EFI system is completely empty of fuel or has been
stroke cycle. When the intake valve opens, the fuel/air
disassembled and repaired:
mixture is drawn into the combustion chamber, ignited
and burned. 1. Cycle the key switch from “OFF” to “ON” 6 times,
The ECU controls the amount of fuel being injected and waiting for approximately 3 seconds at each “ON”
the ignition timing by monitoring the primary sensor cycle to allow the fuel pump to cycle and shut down.
signals for intake air temperature, manifold absolute 2. Once step 1 is completed, turn the key switch to
pressure (load), engine temperature, engine speed “START” until the engine starts or 5 seconds has
(RPM) and throttle position. These primary signals are passed.
compared to the programming in the ECU computer chip,
and the ECU adjusts the fuel delivery and ignition timing 3. If the engine failed to start, repeat step 1 for 2 more
based on these values. cycles and attempt to start the engine.
If the engine fails to start, a problem may still exist,
During operation, the ECU has the ability to re-adjust
and should be diagnosed.
temporarily; providing compensation for changes in
overall engine condition and operating environment, so it
will be able to maintain the ideal air/fuel ratio.
NOTE
Accurate testing of EFI components is recommended
During certain operating periods such as cold starts,
utilizing the Digital Wrench® Diagnostic Software
warm up, acceleration, etc., a richer air / fuel ratio is
(dealer only).
automatically calculated by the ECU.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


4.8 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
FUEL SYSTEM

EVAP SYSTEM
EVAP SYSTEM OVERVIEW
An evaporative emission control system is a system that captures fuel tank vapors that would otherwise be vented to
the atmosphere. The EVAP system components consist of:

q Charcoal Canister: The charcoal canister is mounted near the fuel tank. Fuel vapors from the tank are routed to
and adsorbed by the canister’s charcoal granules. When the vehicle is running, vapors are drawn into the engine by
intake vacuum. The purge valve controls the movement of the vapors from the canister to the throttle body.
w Purge Valve: The purge valve is located near the throttle body and is controlled by the ECU. There are two hose
assemblies that connect the two purge ports to the expansion chamber. Each hose assembly has a check valve.
The check valve controls the flow of vapor so that it can only flow in one direction, toward the throttle bodies. The
purge valve must be installed with the arrow pointing rearward (the direction the air flows toward the engine during a
purge event).
e Fuel Cap: On EVAP equipped vehicles, the fuel cap will have a ratcheting style fuel cap with a tether. It is
important to note that Polaris does not use an enhanced EVAP control system. This means the system does not
detect a gross leak, or restrictions in the EVAP system such as a missing or loose fuel cap. No check engine light will
illuminate.
r Fuel Tank: The fuel tank has a built in rollover valve to prevent liquid fuel from entering the EVAP system in case
of an incident such as the vehicle being upside-down.
t Air Filter and Lines: Before incoming air can enter the charcoal canister, it needs to be filtered. This air filter is
located near the fuel tank. The vent line for the air filter is connected to a plastic fitting. The fitting is pressed into the
frame tube in the left rear fender well. It is important to note that the air filter is directional. If replacement is required,
be sure to follow the directional markings on the filter. The arrow marking on the air filter must point in the direction of
air flow during a purge event. There are two additional markings on the air filter: CAN (canister) and ATM
(atmosphere). The CAN side of the filter is closest to the charcoal canister, and the ATM side is the end where air
enters first. If the air filter becomes plugged or restricted, fuel vapors will not properly flow through the air filter to the
charcoal canister and purge valve. The EVAP lines are multi-layer formed lines that have low permeability. If a line
needs replacement, be sure to replace the line with its direct replacement. It is critical that all lines follow their
original routing and fastening points when replaced.
y Expansion Chamber: The expansion chamber equipped on some EVAP vehicles, helps smooth out purged
vapor/air mixture coming from the charcoal canister via the purge valve.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 4.9
FUEL SYSTEM

EVAP CONDITIONS AND SYMPTOMS


The following conditions and symptoms should be taken into consideration when working on a vehicle with an EVAP
System:
• If the system is purging at idle, it will cause a rough idle.
• Cracks in an EVAP hose or canister may cause
– Fuel odor
– Trouble codes being set
• A loose fuel cap will NOT trigger a trouble code but may cause a fuel odor

Excessive hydrocarbon emissions may be caused by any of the following:


• An ignition misfire
• Improper ignition timing
• Excessively lean or rich air/fuel mixture
• Low Compression
• Worn valves or guides
• Worn cylinder or piston rings
• Vacuum leaks
• Dirty fuel injector
• Defective sensor or damaged sensor wiring

Excessive carbon monoxide emissions may be caused by any of the following:


• Rich air/fuel mixture
• Dirty air filter
• Leaking fuel injectors
• Fuel pressure too high/bad regulator

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


4.10 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
FUEL SYSTEM

ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNIT (ECU)


OPERATION OVERVIEW ECU SERVICE
The ECU q is the brain or central processing computer Never attempt to disassemble the ECU. It is sealed to
of the entire EFI fuel/ignition management system. prevent damage to internal components. Warranty is void
During operation, sensors continuously gather data if the case is opened or tampered with in any way.
which is relayed through the wiring harness to input All operating and control functions within the ECU are
circuits within the ECU. Signals to the ECU include:
pre-set. No internal servicing or readjustment may be
ignition power (on/off), intake air temperature, manifold
performed. If a problem is encountered, and you
absolute pressure (load), engine coolant temperature,
determine the ECU to be faulty, contact the Polaris
crankshaft position and engine speed (RPM), throttle
Service Department for specific handling instructions. Do
position and battery voltage. The ECU compares the
not replace the ECU without factory authorization.
input signals to the programmed maps in its memory and
determines the appropriate fuel and ignition For the purpose of troubleshooting, a known-good ECU
requirements for the immediate operating conditions. from another Polaris RZR of the same model may be
The ECU then sends output signals to set injector
duration and ignition timing.
used without system or engine component damage. 4
ECU REPLACEMENT
Although the need for ECU replacement is unlikely, a
specific replacement procedure is required to ensure that
all essential data contained within the original ECU is
transferred to the replacement ECU.

NOTE
Refer to this procedure and carefully follow all
instructions provided in Digital Wrench®.

1. Carefully follow the ECU replacement instructions


provided in Digital Wrench® to ensure that all
essential data contained within the original ECU is
transferred to the replacement ECU.
2. Remove the black plastic cover by lifting up on the
During operation, the ECU continually performs a tab.
diagnostic check of itself, each of the sensors, and
system performance. If a fault is detected, the ECU turns 3. Remove the screws w that attach the ECU to the
on the “Check Engine” light on the instrument cluster and driver’s rear fender well.
stores the fault code in its fault memory. Depending on
the significance or severity of the fault, normal operation
may continue, or "Fail-Safe" operation (slowed speed,
richer running) may be initiated. A technician can
determine the cause of the “Check Engine” light by
referencing the “Instrument Cluster Trouble Code
Display” and “Diagnostic Trouble Code Table” or by using
Digital Wrench®. The ECU requires a minimum of 7.0
volts to operate. The memory in the ECU is operational
the moment the battery cables are connected.
To prevent engine over-speed and possible failure, an
RPM limiting feature is programmed into the ECU. If the
maximum RPM limit is exceeded, the ECU suppresses
the injection signals, cutting off the fuel flow and retards
the ignition timing. This process repeats it self in rapid
succession, limiting operation to the preset maximum.

RPM Limit:
RZR 900: 8300
RZR 1000: 8800

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 4.11
FUEL SYSTEM

4. With the ignition turned off, disconnect the wire TORQUE


harness from the ECU. Lift the connector locking
lever and rotate it up until the connector is free from ECU Retaining Screws:
the ECU. 24 in-lb (3 Nm)

ETC LEARN PROCEDURE


IMPORTANT
This procedure MUST be performed on the vehicle
whenever the ECU is replaced or reflashed or the
throttle body is replaced.

1. After the reflash / ECU replacement / throttle body


change, leave the key on (engine not running) for 60
seconds. Do NOT crank the engine during this time.
2. Turn the key off and wait 3 minutes. During this time,
the ECU will write values into memory and then
completely shut down.
NOTE 3. Turn key back on and start the vehicle. The vehicle
should operate normally.
Upon removing the ECU connector, you should hear a 4. If the procedure was interrupted at any time, start
“click” when the connector is fully open. back at step 1.

5. To install, reverse the procedure and tighten the


mounting screws to specification.

NOTE
Upon installing the ECU connector, you should hear a
“click” when the connector is fully closed.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


4.12 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
FUEL SYSTEM

FUEL INJECTORS
OPERATION OVERVIEW FUEL INJECTOR O-RINGS
The fuel rail q, located on the intake manifold, retains 1. Any time an injector is removed, you must replace the
the fuel injectors w to the intake assembly. O-rings on upper and lower O-rings.
both ends of the injectors prevent external fuel leaks and 2. Always lubricate NEW injector o-rings with clean,
also insulate the injectors from heat and vibration. silicone-free motor oil.
NOTE
Apply oil sparingly and avoid contaminating the pintle
valve / jet surface and upper inlet port.

3. Install NEW o-rings onto top and bottom of injector

When the key switch is on, the fuel rail is pressurized,


and the EFI relay provides voltage to the injectors.
During engine operation, the ECU completes the ground
circuit, energizing the injectors. The valve needle in each
injector is opened electromagnetically, and the pressure
in the fuel rail forces fuel down through the inside. The
“director plate” at the tip of the injector contains a series
of calibrated openings which directs the fuel into the ITEM PART COLOR POSITION
intake port in a cone-shaped spray pattern. NUMBER
TOP OF
The amount of fuel injected is controlled by the ECU and q 1500198 Blue
INJECTOR
determined by the length of time the valve needle is held
open, also referred to as the “injection duration” or “pulse Green or BOTTOM OF
w 5415066
Brown INJECTOR
width”. It may vary in length depending on the speed and
load requirements of the engine.
NOTE
The ECU gathers fuel injection timing information from
the Crankshaft Position Sensor (CPS) and the Pedal The lower injector o-ring may be brown or green in
Position Sensor (PPS) to allow for sequential fuel color.
injection.
IMPORTANT
Always install NEW o-rings when removing the fuel rail
or injectors.

IMPORTANT
Verify that the new top and bottom o-rings are installed
in the correct position and are lubricated with clean,
silicone-free oil.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 4.13
FUEL SYSTEM

FUEL INJECTOR TROUBLESHOOTING FUEL INJECTOR TEST


Injector problems typically fall into three general
categories- electrical, dirty / clogged, or leakage. An NOTE
electrical problem usually causes one or both of the Take note of PTO and MAG fuel injector harness
injectors to stop functioning. Several methods may be connectors before disconnecting them. The harness
used to check if the injectors are operating. leads are marked with PTO and MAG identifiers.
• With the engine running at idle, feel for operational
vibration, indicating that they are opening and closing.
• When temperatures prohibit touching, listen for a
buzzing or clicking sound with a screwdriver or
mechanic's stethoscope.
• Disconnect the electrical connector from an injector
and listen for a change in idle performance (only
running on one cylinder) or a change in injector noise
or vibration.
NOTE
Do not apply voltage directly to the fuel injector(s).
Excessive voltage will burn out the injector(s). Do not
ground the injector(s) with the ignition on. lnjector(s) will
open/turn on if relay is energized.

The fuel injectors are non-serviceable. If diagnosis


If an injector is not operating, it can indicate either a bad indicates a problem with either injector, test the
injector, or a wiring/electrical connection problem. Check resistance of the fuel injector (s) by measuring between
as follows: the two pin terminals w:
Injector leakage is very unlikely, but in rare instances it
can be internal (past the tip of the valve needle), or
external (weeping around the injector body). The loss of
system pressure from the leakage can cause hot restart
problems and longer cranking times.
Injector problems due to dirt or clogging are unlikely due
to the design of the injectors, the high fuel pressure, the
use of filters and the detergent additives in the gasoline.
Symptoms that could be caused by dirty/clogged
injectors include rough idle, hesitation/stumble during
acceleration, or triggering of fault codes related to fuel
delivery. Injector clogging is usually caused by a buildup
of deposits on the director plate, restricting the flow of
fuel, resulting in a poor spray pattern. Some contributing
factors to injector clogging include; dirty air filters, higher
than normal operating temperatures, short operating
intervals and dirty, incorrect, or poor quality fuel. Fuel Injector Resistance Specification:
Cleaning of clogged injectors is not recommended; they 11.4 - 12.6 Ω
should be replaced. Additives and higher grades of fuel
can be used as a preventative measure if clogging has
been a problem. NOTE
Be sure to connect the PTO harness lead to the PTO
injector and the MAG harness lead to the MAG injector
to ensure proper engine operation.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


4.14 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
FUEL SYSTEM

FUEL INJECTOR REPLACEMENT 6. Disconnect the fuel injector harness leads r.


1. Remove the cargo box assembly (see Chapter 10 –
Cargo Box Assembly Removal, page 10.23).
2. Be sure the engine has cooled enough to work on.
3. Loosen the hose clamps q retaining the intake
plenum w to the throttle body.

4
7. Hold a shop towel over the fuel line fitting and
remove the fuel supply line t from the fuel rail.

4. Remove the two screws e retaining the intake


plenum.

8. Remove tie strap retaining the injector harness leads


to the fuel rail. Remove the two screws y that mount
the fuel rail to the throttle body using a 5 mm Allen
wrench.

5. Remove the driver’s seat and disconnect the


negative battery cable.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 4.15
FUEL SYSTEM

9. Carefully pull up on the fuel rail u and injectors and 12. Install the new injector (s) into the fuel rail and
remove them from the throttle body as an assembly. reinstall the retaining clip.
Take care not to damage the fuel injector ends during
removal.

10. Pull out on the fuel injector retaining clip and pull the NOTE
injector out of the fuel rail. Repeat on the other Be sure the retaining clip is positioned on the injector
injector if removal is necessary. and fuel rail as shown above.

13. Thoroughly clean the area around the fuel injector


ports on the throttle body.
14. Lightly lubricate the injector O-rings and reinstall the
fuel rail / injector assembly into the throttle body.
15. Install the fuel rail mounting screws and torque to
specification.
TORQUE
Fuel Rail Mounting Screws:
44 in-lb (5 Nm)

16. Reinstall the fuel line to the fuel rail.


17. Connect the harness leads to the fuel injectors.
11. Upon installation of the new fuel injectors, lightly NOTE
lubricate the injector O-rings to aid installation.
Be sure to connect the PTO harness lead to the PTO
injector and the MAG harness lead to the MAG injector
to ensure proper engine operation.

18. Use a tie strap to retain the harness leads to the fuel
rail.
19. Reconnect the negative battery cable and reinstall
the driver’s seat.
20. Turn key on to allow the fuel system to prime and
inspect the fuel rail and injectors for fuel leaks.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


4.16 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
FUEL SYSTEM

21. Reinstall the intake plenum assembly and fasten the TORQUE
lower mount to the transmission mount bracket.
Hose Clamps:
• Be sure the lower air box post is placed properly into 35 in-lb (4 Nm)
the rubber grommet h.
Intake Manifold Mount Screw:
22 ft-lb (30 Nm)

22. Reinstall the breather into the air box and tighten the
hose clamps retaining the air box to the throttle body
assembly.
23. Reinstall the two screws retaining the air box
assembly.
24. Position the intake hose onto the air box and tighten
the hose clamp.
4
25. Reinstall the cargo box access panel.

• Be sure the air box boots fully seat onto the dual
throttle body before tightening the hose clamps j.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 4.17
FUEL SYSTEM

FUEL LINES / TANK


ASSEMBLY VIEW

q PFA Nut t Preliminary Filter


w Fuel Sender Float Arm y Fuel Tank Vent
e PFA Gasket (replace if removed) u Fuel Tank Assembly
r Fuel Pump / Regulator

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


4.18 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
FUEL SYSTEM

FUEL VENT LINE ROUTING (NON HIGHLIFTER)

q Fuel Vent Line (180 cm) e Hinge Clip


w Panduit Strap r Vent Line Fitting
1. Secure fuel vent line and fuel line together behind the 3. Route the fuel vent line over the electrical harness
gas tank with a Panduit strap w. and retain fuel vent line to the electrical harness with
2. Retain the fuel vent line to the frame with a hinge clip a Panduit strap w.
e and Panduit strap w.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 4.19
FUEL SYSTEM

4. Route the fuel vent line up behind the frame and 5. Route the fuel vent line through the shock mount and
secure vent line to the frame with two hinge clips e. attach the vent line to the fitting in the frame r.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


4.20 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
FUEL SYSTEM

FUEL VENT LINE ROUTING (HIGH LIFTER)

q Fuel Vent Line (274 cm) e Hinge Clip


w Panduit Strap
1. Secure fuel vent line and fuel line together behind the 3. Route the fuel vent line over the electrical harness
gas tank with a Panduit strap w. and retain fuel vent line to the electrical harness with
2. Retain the fuel vent line to the frame with a hinge clip a Panduit strap w.
e and Panduit strap w.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 4.21
FUEL SYSTEM

4. Route the fuel vent line up along the frame and VENT LINE TERMINATION FITTING
secure vent line to the frame with three hinge clips e. This fitting should be inspected and tested using a Mity
Vac™ to ensure proper venting. Connect the Mity Vac to
the fitting and give it 5 pumps. The gauge should return
to 0 immediately or there is an obstruction.

5. Route the fuel vent line between the airbox and shock
mount.
6. Route the fuel vent line along the bottom of the
support tube.
7. Route the fuel vent line up along the outside of the NOTE
support tube and into the rear ROPS tube r.
If the vent line fitting is removed from the frame, it must
be replaced. The ears on the clip (arrows) will not hold
properly once it is removed.

FUEL LINE QUICK CONNECT REMOVAL


When properly used, fuel line quick connects can be
disconnected and reconnected multiple times for vehicle
service needs. If the quick connect is damaged, it is not
designed to be serviceable and the fuel line assembly
will require replacement.
There are two methods of disconnecting Fuel line quick
connects, the preferred method is by using a small
straight blade screwdriver.
Screwdriver Method:

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


4.22 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
FUEL SYSTEM

1. Insert a #1 flat blade screw driver into the pry slot on 4. Gently pull outward on retaining tabs to unlock
the top of the retaining clip. retaining clip.

4
IMPORTANT CAUTION
To prevent damage to the retaining clip, be sure to use Do not over-pry or excessively bend the retaining tabs.
a flat blade screwdriver that fits into the pry slot. This can damage the retaining clip, and require
replacement of the fuel line assembly.
2. Gently pry the retaining clip upwards into the open
position. 5. Push retaining clip upward into the open position.

3. Remove quick connect from the fuel fitting. 6. Remove quick connect from the fuel fitting.

Hand Method: Replacement Needs:

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 4.23
FUEL SYSTEM

Indicators that the quick connect is damaged, and FUEL LINE REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
assembly replacement is needed:
1. The retaining clip can be closed without the insertion
of a hard line end. The retaining clip is designed to
lock only when a hard line end has been fully
inserted.
2. Retaining tabs are deformed and no longer lock into
the body of the quick connect.

1. Place a shop towel around the fuel line to catch any


dripping fuel.
2. If removing either end of supply line w, release the
locking mechanism on the fitting and pull the supply
line off. Refer to Fuel Line Quick Connect Removal,
page 4.22.

3. Broken retaining tabs, or any sign of cracks in the


retaining clip. The retaining clip is responsible for
holding the quick connect on the line when under fuel
pressure.
4. Quick connect has been twisted from its original
inserted position, or the connector has been
damaged.

3. Pull on the fuel line for removal.


4. To install the line, verify the connections are clean
and free of debris.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


4.24 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
FUEL SYSTEM

5. Place the fuel line back over the fitting and slide the 3. While holding a shop towel over the fuel line
green connector locking mechanism back into place. connectors, disconnect the fuel supply line q from
Verify the connector tabs snap back into place. the pump (see Chapter 2 – Fuel Lines, page 2.41 for
specific removal procedure).
6. Be sure fuel line is routed and retained properly.

e Retaining Clip r Zip Tie NOTE


A small amount of fuel may come out of the fuel lines or
pump fitting. Properly drain fuel into a suitable
FUEL TANK REMOVAL container.

NOTE 4. Disconnect the fuel pump electrical harness w.


Syphon as much fuel from the tank as possible before 5. Remove the push rivets and Torx screws retaining
attempting to remove it from the vehicle. the right-hand rocker panel using the multi-function
pliers and a T40 Torx driver. Remove the rocker
panel r from the vehicle.
WARNING
Always wear safety goggles when working with high
pressure or flammable fluids. Failure to do so could
result in serious injury or complications.

1. Remove the driver and passenger seats.


2. Disconnect the negative and positive battery cables
from the battery, located under the driver’s seat.
Remove the bolt retaining the battery bracket and
remove the battery from the vehicle.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 4.25
FUEL SYSTEM

6. Remove the fastener t retaining the seat belt 9. Remove the two bolts u and two T40 Torx screws o
mechanism to the frame near the right rear portion of retaining the front of the seat base frame and two
the fuel tank. Once removed, place the mechanism rear bolts i. Remove the rear seat base assembly
in the rear cargo box to keep it out of the way. from the vehicle.

7. Remove the shift knob y using a flat blade 10. Remove the T-40 Torx screw a retaining the fuel
screwdriver and T25 Torx driver. Remove the Torx tank strap to the seat base frame. Remove the strap
screws retaining the center console. Remove the from the other side of the seat base frame as well.
console from the vehicle.

11. Remove the Torx screws s and plastic rivets d


8. Remove the shift linkage from the shifter. retaining the block-off panel using a T40 Torx driver.
Remove the panel from the vehicle.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


4.26 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
FUEL SYSTEM

12. Remove the nuts f retaining the regulator and Torx 2. Reinstall the fuel tank bracket and fasteners.
screws g retaining the fuse box.
3. Install the vent line.
4. Reinstall block-off panel. Secure with plastic rivets
and torque screws to specification.

TORQUE
Block-off Panel Screws
8 ft-lbs (11 Nm)

5. Reinstall the seat base frame and torque fasteners to


specification.
TORQUE
Seat Base Frame fasteners
8 ft-lbs (11 Nm) 4
13. Remove the fuel tank vent line from the tank fitting. 6. Install regulator and fuse box to the block-off panel.
Torque fasteners to specification.

TORQUE
Regulator/Fuse Box fasteners
5 ft-lb (7 Nm)

7. Install fuel tank strap screw. Torque screw to


specification.
TORQUE
Fuel Tank Strap Screw
8 ft-lbs (11 Nm)

8. Reinstall center console, shift knob and screws.


9. Reinstall seat belt mechanism. Torque bolt to
14. Lift the rear of the fuel tank up first. Carefully pull the specification.
fuel tank out of the vehicle.
TORQUE
Seat Belt Mechanism Bolt:
40 ft-lbs (54 Nm)

10. Reinstall right rocker panel and all previously


removed fasteners.
11. Reconnect the fuel line and fuel pump electrical
harness. Verify connections are secure.
12. Reinstall the battery and battery bracket. Torque
fastener to specification.
TORQUE
Battery Bracket:
8 ft-lbs (11 Nm)

FUEL TANK INSTALLATION 13. Install both seats and test the fuel pump by turning
1. Carefully reinstall the fuel tank assembly. Install the the ignition key on and listening for the pump to
inner tank bracket with the fuel tank to ensure the activate. Check the fuel line fittings for leaks.
bracket is inserted properly into the lower fuel tank
mount.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 4.27
FUEL SYSTEM

FUEL TANK REMOVAL RZR XP 4 1000

WARNING
Always wear safety goggles when working with high
pressure or flammable fluids. Failure to do so could
result in serious injury or complications.

NOTE
Syphon as much fuel from the tank as possible before
attempting to remove it from the vehicle.

1. Remove the front and rear seats.


2. Disconnect the negative and positive battery cables
from the battery, located under the left rear seat.
Remove the bolt retaining the battery bracket and 7. Remove the front and rear console assembly (see
remove the battery from the vehicle. Chapter 10 – Rocker Panels, Console and Floor XP,
3. While holding a shop towel over the fuel line page 10.24).
connectors, disconnect the fuel supply line q from 8. Remove the two M10x1.5x55 bolts r and two
the pump (see Chapter 2 – Fuel Lines, page 2.41 for M8x1.25x20 bolts t retaining the front of the rear
specific removal procedure). seat base frame. Remove the rear seat base
assembly from the vehicle.

NOTE
9. Remove the T-40 Torx screw y retaining the fuel tank
A small amount of fuel may come out of the fuel lines or strap to the seat base frame. Remove the strap from
pump fitting. Properly drain fuel into a suitable the other side of the seat base frame as well.
container.

4. Disconnect the fuel pump electrical harness w.


5. Remove the right-hand rocker panel (see Chapter
10).
6. Remove the fastener e retaining the seat belt
mechanism to the frame near the right rear portion of
the fuel tank. Once removed, place the mechanism in
the rear cargo box to keep it out of the way.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


4.28 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
FUEL SYSTEM

10. Remove the Torx screws u and push rivets i


retaining the lower rear close-off panel using a T40
Torx driver. Remove the panel from the vehicle.

4
FUEL TANK INSTALLATION RZR XP 4 1000
1. Carefully reinstall the fuel tank assembly. Install the
11. Remove the nuts o retaining the regulator and bolts
inner tank bracket with the fuel tank to ensure the
a retaining the fuse box. bracket is inserted properly into the lower fuel tank
mount.
2. Reinstall the fuel tank bracket and fasteners.
3. Install the vent line.
4. Reinstall lower rear close-off panel. Secure with
plastic rivets and torque screws to specification.
TORQUE
Block-off Panel Screws
8 ft-lbs (11 Nm)

5. Reinstall the seat base frame and torque fasteners to


specification.
TORQUE
Seat Base Frame fasteners
8 ft-lbs (11 Nm)
12. Remove the fuel tank vent line s from the tank fitting.
6. Install regulator and fuse box to the block-off panel.
Torque fasteners to specification.
TORQUE
Regulator/Fuse Box fasteners
5 ft-lb (7 Nm)

7. Install fuel tank strap screw. Torque screw to


specification.
TORQUE
Fuel Tank Strap Screw
8 ft-lbs (11 Nm)

8. Reinstall rear and front center console, shift knob and


13. Lift the rear of the fuel tank up first. Carefully pull the screws.
fuel tank out of the vehicle. 9. Reinstall seat belt mechanism. Torque bolt to
specification.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 4.29
FUEL SYSTEM

TORQUE TORQUE
Seat Belt Mechanism Bolt: Battery Bracket:
40 ft-lbs (54 Nm) 8 ft-lbs (11 Nm)

10. Reinstall right rocker panel and all previously 13. Install seats and test the fuel pump by turning the
removed fasteners. ignition key on and listening for the pump to activate.
11. Reconnect the fuel line and fuel pump electrical Check the fuel line fittings for leaks.
harness. Verify connections are secure.
12. Reinstall the battery and battery bracket. Torque
fastener to specification.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


4.30 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
FUEL SYSTEM

FUEL PUMP
OPERATION OVERVIEW • If the engine fails to start.
An electric fuel pump assembly is used to transfer fuel to • If the engine is stopped with the key switch "on" (as in
the EFI system from inside the fuel tank. This assembly the case of an accident).
includes the fuel pump, fuel filters, regulator and fuel
In these situations, the “check engine” light will go on, but
gauge sender. The pump is rated for a minimum output
will turn off after 4 cranking revolutions if system function
of 25 liters per hour at 58 ± 2 psi (400 ± 14 kPa) and has
is OK. Once the engine is running, the fuel pump remains
two non-serviceable fuel filters.
on.

FUEL SENDER TEST


1. Remove the fuel pump assembly from the fuel tank.
Refer to Fuel Pump Replacement procedure.
2. Using an Ohm meter, measure the resistance of the
fuel sender as shown below. 4

# POSITION READING

q EMPTY position 450 Ω ± 10%

w FULL position 100 Ω ± 10%


Measure between
e —
the two pins

3. Allow the sender float to sit in the EMPTY position


q Fuel Line Connection r Pump / Sending Unit and compare to specification.
Electrical Connection
4. Slowly move the sender float to the FULL position
w Fuel Pump t Regulator and compare to specification.
5. If the readings are out of specification, or if the
e Fuel Pick-up Filter reading is erratic or LCD display “sticks”, check the
following before replacing the fuel pump assembly:
When the key switch is turned to "ON", the ECU • Loose float
activates the fuel pump, which pressurizes the system for • Float contact with tank
start-up. • Bent float rod
6. If none of the conditions exist, the fuel sender
The ECU switches off the pump preventing the continued assembly is faulty. Replace the fuel pump assembly.
delivery of fuel in these instances: Refer to Fuel Pump Replacement procedure.
• If the key switch is not promptly turned to the "start"
position.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 4.31
FUEL SYSTEM

FUEL PUMP TEST 7. If the reading is between 7 and 14 volts, turn key
If a fuel delivery problem is suspected, make certain the switch off and connect an ohmmeter between
fuel pump filters are not plugged, that the pump is being terminals “3” and “4”' at the white fuel pump
activated through the ECU, all electrical connections are connector to check for continuity within the fuel
properly secured, the fuses are good, and a minimum of pump.
7.0 volts is being supplied. If during starting the battery
NOTE
voltage drops below 7.0 volts, the ECU will fail to operate
the system. If there was no continuity between the pump terminals,
replace the fuel pump assembly.
NOTE
A minimum of 10 volts is needed to properly run the fuel 8. If voltage at the plug was within the specified range,
pump. and there was continuity across the pump terminals,
reconnect the plug to the fuel pump, making sure you
have a clean connection. Turn on the key switch and
WARNING listen for the pump to activate.
Fuel is extremely flammable and may cause severe NOTE
burns, injury, or death. Do not use any device that
If the pump starts, repeat steps 3, 4 and 5 to verify
produces a flame or electrical devices that may spark
correct pressure.
around fuel or fuel vapors.
9. If the pump still does not operate, check for correct
1. Remove the passenger seat from the vehicle.
ECU operation by plugging in a known-good ECU of
2. Cover the fuel line connection at the fuel tank with a the same model.
shop towel and disconnect the line from the fuel
pump outlet. NOTE
If the pump still does not operate, replace the fuel pump
3. Install the Fuel Pressure Gauge Adapter (PV-48656)
assembly.
in-line between the fuel pump outlet and fuel line.
4. Connect the hose from the Fuel Pressure Gauge Kit
(PU-43506-A) to the test valve on the Fuel Pressure
Gauge Adapter (PV-48656). Route clear hose into a
FUEL PUMP REPLACEMENT
portable gasoline container or the vehicle’s fuel tank. 1. Move the vehicle to a well ventilated area. Shift the
transmission into Park and turn the ignition key off.
5. Turn on key switch to activate the pump and check
the system pressure on the gauge. If system 2. Remove the passenger seat to access the fuel
pressure is within specifications, the ignition switch, pump.
ECU, fuel pump, and pressure regulator are working
properly. Turn the key switch off and depress the WARNING
valve button on the tester to relieve the system Always wear safety goggles when working with high
pressure. pressure or flammable fluids. Failure to do so could
Fuel Pressure: result in serious injury or complications.
58 ± 2 psi (400 ± 14 kPa)

NOTE
If the fuel pressure is out of specification, replace the
fuel pump assembly.

6. If the pump did not activate (Step 5), disconnect the


harness connector from the fuel pump. Connect a
DC voltmeter across terminals “3” (Red/Blue) and “4”
(Brown) in the plug on the vehicle fuel pump
harness. Turn on the key switch and observe voltage
to ensure a minimum of 7 volts is present.
NOTE
If the voltage was below 7 VDC, test the battery, ignition
switch, relay(s), wiring harness and ECU.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


4.32 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
FUEL SYSTEM

3. Be sure the top of the fuel tank is clean q. If it 6. Disconnect the fuel pump electrical harness e.
requires cleaning, hand wash the top of the tank to
ensure no debris will enter the fuel system when the
fuel pump is removed.

4
7. Place the Fuel Pump Service Tool (PU-50326) over
the fuel pump PFA nut r. Using a 1/2” drive ratchet
or breaker bar, loosen and remove the PFA nut.
Discard the PFA nut.
WARNING
Failure to clean area around fuel pump may lead to
debris entering the fuel tank during service. Excessive
debris in fuel tank may cause premature wear of fuel
pump and/or clogging of internal fuel filters.

4. Ensure that static has been discharged by touching a


ground source such as the engine or frame.
5. While holding a shop towel over the fuel line
connectors, disconnect the fuel supply line w from
the pump and the fuel return line (B) from the tank
(see Chapter 2 – Fuel Lines, page 2.41 for specific
removal procedures).

CAUTION
It is possible for pressurized fuel to be present when NOTE
disconnecting the fuel line.It is recommended to allow
the vehicle to sit for a period of one hour after shutting Apply downward force on the fuel pump flange while
off the engine before servicing the fuel pump. This removing the fuel pump PFA nut.
allows the exhaust to cool and fuel pressure to drop.

NOTE
A small amount of fuel may come out of the fuel lines or
pump fitting. Properly drain fuel into a suitable
container.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 4.33
FUEL SYSTEM

8. Carefully lift the fuel pump out of the fuel tank. As the 11. Remove new fuel pump assembly t , gasket y and
fuel pump assembly is being removed, be aware of PFA nut u from packaging. Use care not to bend
float arm and pump pre-filter. Hold the float arm to float arm i during un-packaging. Do not lift or carry
the pump body as you lift and tilt the pump to ensure fuel pump assembly by the float arm.
that the float arm is not bent when removed from the
tank.

9. Transfer old fuel pump to a suitable container


capable of safely holding fuel. The fuel pump will
retain some fuel.
10. Inspect the inside of the fuel tank for debris (may
require flashlight and mirror). If debris like mud or
sand is present, fuel tank should be flushed and
12. Use cleaning wipes provided to clean fuel tank
cleaned out prior to installation of new fuel pump
surface and threads o. Remove all debris, grease
assembly.
and oil. Allow surfaces to dry completely.
NOTE 13. Install new PFA gasket onto fuel pump assembly
It is recommended to remove the fuel tank from the using care not to damage gasket or bend float arm.
vehicle and rinse it with a small amount of clean fuel. 14. Install fuel pump into fuel tank, hold float arm to the
Do not use water or any other chemicals to remove pump body and tilt assembly to ensure float arm
debris. does not get caught or bent during installation.
15. Gently push down on fuel pump flange ensuring
flange is centered.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


4.34 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
FUEL SYSTEM

16. Roughly align orientation mark on fuel pump 18. Torque PFA nut to specification using the Fuel Pump
between the orientation marks on fuel tank to ensure Service Tool (PU-50326) and a calibrated torque
float arm does not get bent or snagged. wrench.
TORQUE
Fuel Pump PFA Nut:
70 ft-lbs (95 Nm)

19. Verify alignment of fuel pump and tank orientation


marks.
20. Connect the fuel supply line to the pump (see
Chapter 2 – Fuel Lines, page 2.41 for specific
installation procedures).

NOTE
Be sure to engage the retainers on each fuel line until 4
each snaps into place. Pull on fuel lines lightly to
confirm connection.

WARNING 21. Install the fuel tank vent line onto the tank fitting.
Failure to align the orientation marks may lead to 22. Connect the fuel pump electrical harness.
interferences with the fuel level float armand cause
incorrect function. 23. Test the fuel pump by turning on the key and
listening for the pump to activate. Cycle the key
17. While maintaining downward pressure, thread new several times to prime the system.
PFA nut onto fuel tank and hand tighten. Use care 24. Install the passenger seat / storage box.
when starting PFA nut, ensuring threads are properly
aligned. Verify orientation marks are still aligned
between fuel pump and fuel tank.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 4.35
FUEL SYSTEM

TEMPERATURE AND MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR (T-MAP)


OPERATION OVERVIEW T-MAP TEST / REPLACEMENT
Mounted on the end of the intake, the T-MAP q performs The T-MAP is a non-serviceable item and can only be
two functions in one unit. The T-MAP detects intake air tested using Digital Wrench®. If the sensor is faulty, it
temperature as well as manifold absolute pressure. must be replaced.

NOTE
This sensor should only be tested using Digital
Wrench® Diagnostic Software (dealer only).

These sensor signals, comprised of separate intake air


temperature and manifold absolute pressure readings
are processed by the ECU and compared to its
programming for determining the fuel and ignition
requirements during engine operation. The T-MAP
provides the ECU with engine load data.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


4.36 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
FUEL SYSTEM

CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (CPS)


OPERATION OVERVIEW CPS TEST
Mounted on top of the stator cover, the crankshaft The CPS is a sealed, non-serviceable assembly. If fault
position sensor q is essential to engine operation, code diagnosis indicates a problem with this sensor, test
constantly monitoring the rotational speed (RPM) and as follows:
position of the crankshaft.
1. Locate the CPS harness connector above the
transmission on the RH side of the vehicle and
disconnect the harness.
2. Pin q is for the shield circuit and it should be OL to
pins w & e. A resistance reading would indicate a
shorted sensor.

A ferromagnetic 35-tooth encoder ring with a missing


tooth is built onto the flywheel. The inductive speed
sensor is mounted 1.0 ± 0.26 mm (0.059 ± 0.010 in.)
away from the encoder ring. During rotation, an AC pulse
is created within the sensor for each passing tooth. The
ECU calculates engine speed from the time interval
3. Connect an ohmmeter between CPS pin terminals w
between the consecutive pulses.
& e. A resistance value of 1000Ω ± 10% at room
The encoder ring missing tooth creates an “interrupt” temperature should be obtained.
input signal, corresponding to specific crankshaft
position. This signal serves as a reference for the control CPS Resistance Specification:
of ignition timing by the ECU. Synchronization of the 1000Ω ± 10%
CPS and crankshaft position takes place during the first
two revolutions each time the engine is started. This 4. If the resistance is correct:
sensor must be properly connected at all times. If the • Test the main harness circuit between the sensor
sensor fails or becomes disconnected for any reason, the connector terminals and the corresponding pin
engine will stop running. terminals at the ECU (see wiring diagram).
• Check the sensor mounting, air gap, flywheel encoder
ring for damage or runout, and flywheel key. Follow the
CPS Replacement procedure to inspect CPS and
flywheel encoder ring for damage.
5. If the resistance is incorrect, follow the CPS
Replacement, page 4.38 procedure.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 4.37
FUEL SYSTEM

CPS REPLACEMENT 3. Unclip the wire harness retainer e and remove the
1. If not done already; disconnect the CPS harness CPS harness from the retainer to allow replacement.
connector (see Chapter 4 – CPS Test, page 4.37). 4. Install new sensor using a light coating of oil on the
2. Using an 8mm socket, remove the CPS retaining bolt O-ring to aid installation.
q and remove the sensor w from the stator cover. 5. Torque the CPS retaining bolt to specification.

TORQUE
CPS Retaining Bolt:
9 ft-lb (12 Nm)

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


4.38 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
FUEL SYSTEM

ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL (ETC) / THROTTLE BODY


OPERATION OVERVIEW Mounted to the intake plenum, the ETC acts as an
Mounted to the cylinder head, the dual throttle body q electronically controlled throttle body. The ETC controls
assembly provides the proper air/fuel ratio needed for engine throttle operation to provide the proper air/fuel
engine operation. ratio needed for engine operation at all RPM ranges. The
ETC controls engine RPM based off input provided by
the Pedal Position Sensor (PPS) and Electronic Control
Unit (ECU).

THROTTLE BODY SERVICE


The throttle body assembly is a non-serviceable
component. However, the fuel rail, fuel injectors, and the
Temperature and Manifold Pressure Sensor (TMAP) can
be serviced separately (see Chapter 4 – FUEL
INJECTORS, page and Temperature / Manifold 4
Absolute Pressure (T-MAP) Sensor, page ).

The throttle body assembly also includes the Electronic


Throttle Control and Idle Air Control.

NOTE
DO NOT attempt to service the ETC q. The ETC is a
non-serviceable component and can only be tested
using Digital Wrench®. If the ETC is faulty, the entire
assembly must be replaced.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 4.39
FUEL SYSTEM

THROTTLE BODY REMOVAL 6. Disconnect the wire harness from the ETC r and
1. Remove the cargo box assembly (See Chapter 10 – the TMAP t located on the ends of the throttle body
Cargo Box Assembly Removal, page 10.23). assembly.

2. Be sure the engine has cooled enough to work on.


3. Loosen the hose clamps q retaining the intake
plenum w to the throttle body.

7. Loosen the two hose clamps y that retain the dual


throttle body assembly u to the intake adapters.
Carefully lift the throttle body assembly out of the
intake adapters.
4. Remove the two screws e retaining the intake
plenum.

8. Remove the two screw retaining the fuel rail to the


throttle body. Lift the fuel rail and injectors out of the
throttle body assembly taking care not to damage the
5. Remove the driver’s seat and disconnect the
fuel injector ends.
negative battery cable.
NOTE
It is not necessary to disconnect fuel lines or the injector
harnesses to perform this procedure.

9. Reverse the previous steps to reinstall the throttle


body.
10. Upon installation of the fuel rail and injectors, lightly
lubricate injector O-rings to aid installation. Torque
the fuel rail mounting screws to specification.

TORQUE
Fuel Rail Mounting Screws:
44 in-lb (5 Nm)

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


4.40 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
FUEL SYSTEM

ETC TEST 3. Remove the four bolts retaining the ETC housing to
Never attempt to disassemble the ETC assembly. intake plenum.
Warranty is void if the end cover is opened or tampered 4. Remove the ETC housing and gasket from intake
with in any way. plenum.
All operating and control functions within the ETC are 5. Reverse these steps for installation. Torque the ETC
pre-set. No internal servicing or adjustments may be housing retaining bolts and intake boot clamp to
performed. If a problem is encountered, and you specification.
determine the ETC to be faulty, contact the Polaris
Service Department for specific handling instructions. Do TORQUE
not replace the ETC without factory authorization.
ETC Housing Retaining Bolts:
Use Digital Wrench® to perform all troubleshooting of 7 ft-lb (10 Nm)
this component. Use a Volt Ohm meter to test the vehicle
harness continuity between the ETC connector and ECU Intake Boot Clamp:
connector. Refer to the wire diagram for pin-out details. If 35 in-lb (4 Nm)
the ETC is faulty, the entire ETC assembly must be
replaced (see ETC / Throttle Body Replacement, page
4
).
ETC LEARN PROCEDURE
If code P1227 is being set, verify the following:
1. Check power supply voltage on pin for Pedal IMPORTANT
2. Verify voltage at pedal for supply line. Troubleshoot
wiring This procedure MUST be performed on the vehicle
3. Check the pedal for sensor/physical damage (circuit whenever the ECU is replaced or reflashed or the
fault). Troubleshoot pedal 1 and 2 vs each other throttle body is replaced.
(depending on faults)
1. After the reflash / ECU replacement / throttle body
ETC REPLACEMENT change, leave the key on (engine not running) for 60
seconds. Do NOT crank the engine during this time.
1. Remove the cargo box access panel. 2. Turn the key off and wait 3 minutes. During this time,
2. Remove wire harness from the ETC q. the ECU will write values into memory and then
completely shut down.
3. Turn key back on and start the vehicle. The vehicle
should operate normally.
4. If the procedure was interrupted at any time, start
back at step 1.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 4.41
FUEL SYSTEM

PEDAL POSITION SENSOR (PPS)


OPERATION OVERVIEW PPS TEST
The PPS can be tested utilizing Digital Wrench® by
NOTE verifying that throttle position readout varies as the pedal
DO NOT attempt to service the PPS. The PPS is a non- is pressed. There should not be any dead spots in the
serviceable component and can only be tested using reading if using the graph mode in Digital Wrench.
Digital Wrench®. If the PPS is faulty, the entire throttle Reference the Data Display section and be sure Throttle
pedal assembly must be replaced. Position is displayed. With the ignition key on for at least
15 seconds and engine not running, the Throttle Position
Mounted to the throttle pedal assembly, the PPS acts as will read approximately 13% when the pedal is released.
a pedal position sensor. The PPS provides accelerator With the pedal fully depressed, the Throttle Position will
pedal position to the Electronic Control Unit (ECU) to vary depending on what gear you have selected.
increase or decrease engine RPM using the Electronic • High ≈ 60%.
Throttle Control (ETC). The PPS is the primary input • Low ≈ 39%.
used to control engine speed during vehicle operation. • Neutral / Reverse / Park ≈ 19%

LOCATION The Pedal Position Sensor is calibrated to the throttle


pedal. If the PPS is faulty, the throttle pedal assembly
The Pedal Position Sensor q is located in the drivers must be replaced (see Chapter 4 – PPS Replacement,
foot control area, mounted on the top of the throttle pedal page 4.42).
assembly.
PPS REPLACEMENT
NOTE
The PPS is calibrated to the throttle pedal. If the PPS is
faulty, the throttle pedal assembly must be replaced.

1. Remove the drivers seat and disconnect the


negative (-) battery cable.
2. Disconnect the PPS harness connection w located
on the throttle pedal.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


4.42 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
FUEL SYSTEM

3. Remove the three fasteners e retaining the throttle 5. Remove the pedal assembly from the vehicle.
pedal assembly to the frame support. PPS Installation
6. Place the throttle pedal assembly and protective
shield on the mounting studs and loosely install the
three fasteners.
7. Torque the three mounting bolts to specification and
connect the PPS harness connection.
TORQUE
Throttle Pedal Mounting fasteners:
18 ft-lb (24 Nm)

8. Manually cycle the throttle pedal to verify the throttle


pedal moves freely.
9. Connect the negative (-) battery cable and install the 4
drivers seat.
4. Remove the protective shield r.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 4.43
FUEL SYSTEM

OXYGEN SENSOR
OXYGEN SENSOR INFORMATION 2017+
The oxygen sensor, located on the exhaust pipe before CONNECTOR WIRE PIN AND WIRE
the muffler, uses a 4 wire heated element. PIN COLOR CONNECTION
A Gray Sensor Ground
2015–2016
B Black Sensor Output
CONNECTOR WIRE PIN AND WIRE C White Heater Power
PIN COLOR CONNECTION
D White Heater Ground
A Purple Heater Power
B White Heater Ground
C Gray Sensor Output
D Black Sensor Ground

The sensor element in the oxygen sensor cannot be


tested effectively with static tests. The heater circuit
element in the sensor however, can be tested with an
ohmmeter.
MEASUREMENT
Oxygen Sensor Heater Element Resistance
15.8–18.6 Ohms

NOTE
This test MUST be performed with the sensor at room
temperature.

First, verify if there are any stored codes for the oxygen
sensor.
NOTE
The ECU must first run though the O2 sensor time
delay before a trouble code will be set. This may take
several minutes at idle to occur.

Short drive cycles and cold temperatures will both affect


the delay time of the O2 sensor (increases the delay).
The delay time ensures the oxygen sensor heater has
run long enough to provide accurate data.

OXYGEN SENSOR REPLACEMENT


1. Disconnect the harness going to the oxygen sensor.
2. Remove the oxygen sensor from the exhaust pipe.
3. Install new oxygen sensor. Torque sensor to
specification.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


4.44 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
FUEL SYSTEM

TORQUE 4. Connect the harness going to the oxygen sensor.


Oxygen Sensor:
13 ft-lb (18 Nm)

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 4.45
FUEL SYSTEM

EFI DIAGNOSTICS
TROUBLE CODE DISPLAY (DTC) 3. A set of three numbers will appear in the information
area.
NOTE • The first number (located far left) can range from 0 to
The diagnostic mode is accessible only when the check 9. This number represents the total number of trouble
engine MIL has been activated. code present (example: 2 means there are 3 codes
present).
• The second number (located top right) can be 2 to 6
Use the following procedure to display diagnostic trouble
digits in length. This number equates to the suspected
codes that were activated during current ignition cycle
area of fault (SPN).
causing the MIL to illuminate. Diagnostic trouble codes
• The third number (located bottom right) can be 1 to 2
will remain stored in the gauge (even if MIL turns off) until
digits in length. This number equates to the fault mode
the key is turned off.
(FMI).
NOTE
If there is a diagnostic problem with the power steering
system, the power steering MIL will illuminate and blink
in place of the check engine MIL.

1. If the trouble code (s) are not displayed, use the


MODE button to toggle until “CK ENG” displays on
the information display area.

4. If more than one code exists, press the MODE button


to advance to the next trouble code.
5. To exit the diagnostic mode, press and hold the
MODE button or turn the ignition key OFF once the
codes are recorded.
2. Press and hold the MODE button to enter the
diagnostics code menu.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


4.46 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
FUEL SYSTEM

DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE TABLE


COMPONENT CONDITION SPN FMI P-CODE
Not Plausible 2 P1225
Accelerator Position 2 Voltage Too High 29 3 P1228
Voltage Too Low 4 P1227
Valid But Above Normal 0 P1123
Valid But Below Normal 1 P1122
Data Erratic or Intermittent 2 P0121
Throttle Position Sensor 1 Voltage Too High 51 3 P0123
Voltage Too Low 4 P0122
Abnormal Rate of Change 10 P0120
Out of Calibration 13 P1120
P0500 4
Valid But Above Normal 0 C1057
C1704
Valid But Below Normal 1 P0502
Data Erratic or Intermittent (or P0503
missing) 2
C1058
Voltage Above Normal 3 P1507
Voltage Below Normal 4 P1506
Vehicle Speed Signal 84
Abnormal Frequency or Pulse
8 P0501
Width
Abnormal Update Rate 9 P160A
Abnormal Rate of Change C1068
10
C1705
Bad Intelligent Device 12 P3503
Received Vehicle Speed Has Error P106B
19
C1069
Not Plausible 2 P0225
Accelerator Position 1 Voltage Too High 91 3 P0228
Voltage Too Low 4 P0227
Voltage Above Normal 3
Fuel Level Signal 96
Voltage Below Normal 4
Data Erratic or intermittent 2 P0106
Voltage Too High 3 P0108
Manifold Absolute Pressure Voltage Too Low 4 P0107
Sensor (T-MAP) 102
Mechanical System Not
Responding 7 P1106
Abnormal Rate of Change 10 P0109
Valid But Above Normal 0
Data Erratic or Intermittent 2 P0111
Voltage Too High 3 P0113
Intake Air Temperature (T-
Voltage Too Low 105 4 P0112
MAP)
Abnormal rate of Change 10 P0114
Valid But Above Normal
(least severe) 15 P0127
Engine Temperature Sensor
Engine Overheat Shutdown 110 0 P1217
(ECT)

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 4.47
FUEL SYSTEM

COMPONENT CONDITION SPN FMI P-CODE


Data Erratic or Intermittent 2 P0116
Voltage Too High 3 P0118
Voltage Too Low 4 P0117
Abnormal Rate of Change 10 P0119
Valid But Above Normal
(least severe) 15 P1116
Temperature Too High 16 P0217
Valid But Below Normal 17 P0128
Valid But Above Normal 0 P1562
Valid But Below Normal 1 P1563
P0563
Voltage Too High 3
C1063
System Power
(Battery Potential / Power Voltage Too Low P0562
168 4
Input) C1064
Valid But Above Normal
(least severe) 16 P1564
Valid But Below Normal
(least severe) 18 P1565
P0219
Valid But Above Normal 0
C1059
Valid But Below Normal 1 C1060
Engine Speed (This is Data Erratic or Intermittent 2 C1061
applicable when the EPS Mechanical System Not
module gets the engine speed Responding 190 7 P1219
from the ECM)
Received Engine Speed Has Error 19 C1066
Error in Engine Speed
Computation 31 P121C
Error in Engine Speed
Engine Speed 400 31 P121D
Computation
Date Erratic or Intermittent 2 P0914
Voltage Above Normal 3 P0917
Gear Sensor Signal 523
Voltage Too Low 4 P0916
Abnormal Rate of Change 9 P1914
P1602
EEPROM: Read/Write Failure 12
C1073
ECU Memory 628
P0601
Out of Calibration 13
C1601
Calibration Checksum/CRC Error 630 13 C1074
Plausibility Fault 2 P0335
Crankshaft Position Sensor
(CPS) Abnormal Frequency or Pulse 636
8 P0336
Width
Camshaft Phase Sensor Circuit Fault 637 8 P0340
Driver Circuit Short to B+ 3 P0262
Injector 1 (MAG) Driver Circuit Grounded 651 4 P1262
Driver Circuit Open 5 P0261
Driver Circuit Short to B+ 3 P0265
Injector 2 (PTO) Driver Circuit Grounded 652 4 P1265
Driver Circuit Open 5 P0264

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


4.48 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
FUEL SYSTEM

COMPONENT CONDITION SPN FMI P-CODE


Driver Circuit Short to B+ 3 P1692
Rear Differential Output Driver Circuit Grounded 746 4 P1693
Driver Circuit Open 5 P1691
Driver Circuit Short to B+ 3 P1482
Fan Relay Driver Circuit Driver Circuit Grounded 1071 4 P1483
Driver Circuit Open 5 P1481
Driver Circuit Short to B+ 3 P1353
Ignition Coil Primary Driver 1
Driver Circuit Grounded 1268 4 P1361
(MAG)
Driver Circuit Open 5 P1351
Driver Circuit Short to B+ 3 P1354
Ignition Coil Primary Driver 2
Driver Circuit Grounded 1269 4 P1362
(PTO)
Driver Circuit Open 5 P1352
Driver Circuit Short to B+ 3 P0232
4
Fuel Pump Driver Circuit Driver Circuit Grounded 1347 4 P0231
Driver Circuit Open / Grounded 5 P0230
Data Erratic, Intermittent or
2 P0130
Incorrect
Voltage Above Normal or Shorted
to High Source 3 P0132
Oxygen Sensor 1 3056
Voltage Below Normal or Shorted
4 P0131
to Low Source
Bad Intelligent Device 12 P113A
Valid But Above Normal 0 P16A3
Valid But Below Normal 1 P16A6
Voltage Too High 3 P16A2
Voltage Too Low 4 P16A1
ECU Output Supply Voltage 1 3597
Valid But Above Normal
(least severe) 16 P16A5
Valid But Below Normal
(least severe) 18 P16A7
Valid But Above Normal 0 P16AA
Valid But Below Normal 1 P16AC
Voltage Too High 3 P16A9
Voltage Too Low 4 P16A8
ECU Output Supply Voltage 2 3598
Valid But Above Normal
(least severe) 16 P16AB
Valid But Below Normal
(least severe) 18 P16AD
Valid But Above Normal 0 P17AC
Valid But Below Normal 1 P17AE
Voltage Too High 3 P17AA
Voltage Too Low 4 P17AB
ECU Output Supply Voltage 3 3599
Valid But Above Normal
(least severe) 16 P17AD
Valid But Below Normal
(least severe) 18 P17AF

Misfire Detected Cylinder Not Identified 65590 7 P0314

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 4.49
FUEL SYSTEM

COMPONENT CONDITION SPN FMI P-CODE


Cylinder 1 65591 7 P0301
Cylinder 2 65592 7 P0302
ETC Accelerator Position
Sensor Outputs 1 & 2 Correlation Fault 65613 2 P1135
Correlation
Valid But Above Normal 0 P1223
Valid But Below Normal 1 P1222
Date Erratic or Intermittent 2 P0221
Throttle Position Sensor 2 Voltage Too High 520198 3 P0223
Voltage Too Low 4 P0222
Abnormal Rate of Change 10 P0220
Out of Calibration 13 P1220
Driver Circuit Short to B+ 3 P1835
All Wheel Drive Control Circuit
Driver Circuit Grounded 520207 4 P1834
(AWD)
Driver Circuit Open / Grounded 5 P1836
Voltage Above Normal 3 P1614
Chassis Relay Voltage Below Normal 520208 4 P1613
Open Circuit 5 P1611
Data Erratic or Intermittent 2 P0135
Voltage Above Normal or Shorted
to High Source 3 P0032
Oxygen Sensor Heater 1 Voltage Below Normal or Shorted 520209
4 P0031
to Low Source
Current below Normal or Open
5 P0030
Circuit
Steering Over Current Shut Current Above Normal or
520221 6 C1050
Down Grounded
Steering Excessive Current Current Above Normal or
520222 6 C1051
Error Grounded
Steering Torque Partial Failure Condition Exists 520223 31 C1052
Steering Torque Full Failure Condition Exists 520224 31 C1053
Greater than 120° C (248° F) 0 C1055
EPS Inverter Temperature 520225
Greater than 110° C (230° F) 16 C1054
EPS CAN Communications No RX Message for 2 Seconds 2 U0100
520226
Receive Error Condition Exists 31 C1067
EPS CAN Communications No TX Message for 2 Seconds 520227 2 U1100
Transmit Error
Root Cause Unknown 11 C1065
Position Encoder Error Bad Intelligent Device 520228 12
Condition Exists 31 C106B
Bad Intelligent Device 12 C1070
EPS Software Error 520229
Condition Exists 31 C106F
IC CAN Communication with EPS Off Line (EPS DM1 not seen) 520230 31 U0131
EPS
EPS: Key On, Engine Off, 5 Minute
EPS Power Save Condition 520231 31 C1071
Power Save/Timeout
Idle Air Control Valve (IAC)
M17; IAC Stepper Pin 3 Driver Circuit Short to B+ 520268 3 P1519

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


4.50 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
FUEL SYSTEM

COMPONENT CONDITION SPN FMI P-CODE


Driver Circuit Grounded 4 P1518
Driver Circuit Open / Grounded 5 P1515
Mechanical System Not
Responding 7 P1559
Out Of Calibration 13 P1302
Driver Circuit Short to B+ 3 P1529
Driver Circuit Grounded 4 P1528
Idle Air Control Valve (IAC) Driver Circuit Open / Grounded 5 P1525
M17; IAC Stepper Pin 4 520269
Mechanical System Not
Responding 7 P1579
Out Of Calibration 13 P1303
Driver Circuit Short to B+ 3 P1539
Driver Circuit Grounded 4 P1538 4
Idle Air Control Valve (IAC) Driver Circuit Open / Grounded 5 P1535
M17; IAC Stepper Pin 6 520270
Mechanical System Not
Responding 7 P1589
Out Of Calibration 13 P1304
Driver Circuit Short to B+ 3 P1509
Driver Circuit Grounded 4 P1508
Idle Air Control Valve (IAC) Driver Circuit Open / Grounded 5 P1505
M17; IAC Stepper Pin 1 520271
Mechanical System Not
Responding 7 P1549
Out Of Calibration 13 P1301
Accelerator Position / Brake
Condition Exists 520275 31 P150A
Position Interaction
Position Sensor Correlation Fault 2 P150C
Throttle Position Sensor
(1 or 2 Indeterminable) Neither Position Sensor Passed 520276
12 P150B
Test
Not Plausible 2 P151A
Voltage Above Normal 3 P150D
Throttle Body Control - Power Voltage Below Normal 4 P150E
Stage 520277
Signal Error 8 P151B
Deactivated power stages due to
5V sensor supply error 31 P153F
Throttle Body Control - Return
Spring Check Failed Condition Exists 520278 31 P151C
Throttle Body Control -
Adaptation Aborted Condition Exists 520279 31 P151D
Throttle Body Control - Limp
Condition Exists 520280 31 P151E
Home Position Check Failed
Throttle Body Control -
Mechanical Stop Adaptation Condition Exists 520281 31 P152A
Failure
Throttle Body Control -
Repeated Adaptation Failed Condition Exists 520282 31 P152B
Outside of Pedal Range (Level 1) 2 P152F
Throttle Body Control Voltage Above Normal 520283 3 P152C
Voltage Below Normal 4 P152D

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 4.51
FUEL SYSTEM

COMPONENT CONDITION SPN FMI P-CODE


Throttle Body Control -
Condition Exists 520284 31 P152E
Position Deviation Fault
Brake Switch (1 or 2
Indeterminable) Brake Switch Correlation Fault 520285 2 P153E
ECU Monitoring Error Condition Exists 520286 31 P1540
ECU Monitoring Error (Level
3) Condition Exists 520287 31 P1541
ECU Monitoring of Injection
Cut Off (Level 1) Condition Exists 520288 31 P1542
ECU Monitoring of Injection
Cut Off (Level 2) Condition Exists 520289 31 P1543
Controller Option Setting Not
Programmed Out of Calibration 520290 13 P1544
Throttle Body Control -
Requested Throttle Angle Not Condition Exists 520305 31 P1530
Plausible
ECU Analog to Digital
Condition Exists 520306 31 P1531
Converter Fault - No Load
ECU Analog to Digital
Converter Fault - Voltage Condition Exists 520307 31 P1532
Accelerator Sensor
Synchronicity Fault Sensor Condition Exists 520308 31 P1533
Difference Exceeds Limit
ECU Fault - ICO Condition Exists 520309 31 P1534
ECU Fault - Hardware
Disruption Condition Exists 520311 31 P1537

Adaptive Fuel Correction Bank Valid But Above Normal 15 P0170


520344
1 Valid But Below Normal 17 P1170

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


4.52 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
FUEL SYSTEM

CYLINDER MISFIRE DETECTION One the key is cycled, the trouble code (s) will show
current but there will be no fuel injector deactivation or
NOTE throttle limitation unless the misfiring continues to occur.
The check engine light will remain illuminated until there
This process only applies to some MY15 and later
models. are 4000 engine revolutions (i. e. 4000 RPM for one
minute) without a significant misfire being detected.
Refer to this procedure only if one of the codes shown Once this condition is met, the check engine light will turn
below is displayed in Digital Wrench.
off and the code(s) will show as historic.
The ECU monitors crankshaft speed via the crankshaft If a misfire code has been set and there is no observed
position sensor. A misfire will cause a fluctuation in misfire, cycle the key and allow 4000 engine revolutions
crankshaft speed. A code will set and turn on the check to see if the check engine light turns off. If it does not turn
engine light after an engine misfire threshold/rate is off, diagnose by verifying the following items:
detected that is above a pre-determined limit. This • Low battery voltage (loose connection, low charge,
threshold varies based on engine speed. bad battery)
One or more of the following codes will be set if a misfire • Faulty voltage regulator
occurs: • Ignition Coil and connections are good 4
• Spark plugs wires are secure
• P0301 (SPN 65591/FMI 7) Misfire Detected, Cylinder • The correct spark plugs are installed and the plugs are
1 (MAG) not fouled
• P0302 (SPN 65592/FMI 7) Misfire Detected, Cylinder • Crankshaft Position Sensor tests good
2 (PTO) • Wiring to the Crankshaft Position Sensor, ECU and
• P0314 (SPN 65590/FMI 7) Misfire Detected, Cylinder Ignition Coil are not damaged. Chassis ground is clean
Not Identified and tight
• Fuel pressure is within specification
Once a cylinder misfire code is set, the following events • Fresh/good quality fuel is in the fuel tank
will occur: • Engine mechanical is good (leak down, timing)
• Check Engine Light illuminates • Confirm the belt is in good condition, specifically
• If the cylinder can be detected by the ECU (code looking for signs of hour-glassing
P0301 or P0302), the ECU will deactivate the fuel • Confirm primary clutch operation (worn/incorrect
injector for that cylinder. This will remain in effect until weights, loose spider/jam nut)
the key is cycled off and back on. • Confirm secondary clutch operation (sliders, rollers,
• If the cylinder with the misfire cannot be detected helix)
(code P0314), the ECU will limit available power by
limiting how far the throttle plate opens.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 4.53
FUEL SYSTEM

EFI TROUBLESHOOTING Symptom: Idle Too High (if > 1400 RPM when warm).
Fuel Starvation / Lean Mixture • Throttle stop screw tampering
Symptoms: Hard start or no start, bog, backfire, popping • Throttle cable sticking, improperly adjusted, routed
through intake / exhaust, hesitation, detonation, low incorrectly
power, spark plug erosion, engine runs hot, surging, high • Faulty electrical connection
idle, idle speed erratic.
Symptom: Idle Too Low (if < 1100 RPM when warm).
• No fuel in tank
• Plugged air filter
• Restricted tank vent, or routed improperly
• Fuel lines or fuel injectors restricted • Leaking injector (rich condition)
• Belt dragging
• Fuel filter plugged
• Throttle stop screw tampering
• Fuel pump inoperative
• Air leak in system Symptom: Erratic Idle.
• Intake air leak (throttle shaft, intake ducts, air box
cover) • Throttle cable incorrectly adjusted
• Air Leaks, dirty injector
Rich Mixture • TMAP damaged (check with Digital Wrench®)
Symptoms: Fouls spark plugs, black, sooty exhaust • Tight valves (low compression or high leakdown)
smoke, rough idle, poor fuel economy, engine runs • Ignition timing incorrect
rough/ misses, poor performance, bog, engine loads up, • Belt dragging
backfire. • Dirty air filter
• High percentage of cylinder leakdown (worn engine)
• Air intake restricted (inspect intake duct) • Low compression (worn engine)
• Air filter dirty/plugged • Spark plug(s) fouled
• Poor fuel quality (old fuel) • Spark plug wires loose or worn
• Fouled spark plug • Faulty electrical connection
• Injector failure

Poor Idle

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


4.54 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
FUEL SYSTEM

POLARIS DIGITAL WRENCH


DIGITAL WRENCH® DIAGNOSTIC • View or clear trouble codes
SOFTWARE OVERVIEW • Analyze real-time engine data
• Reflash ECU calibration files
NOTE • Perform guided diagnostic procedures
• Create customer service account records
Refer to Section 2, 3 and 4 in the Instruction Manual • Perform output state control tests (some models)
provided in the Digital Wrench® Diagnostic Kit to install
the Polaris Digital Wrench® diagnostic software on your
computer.

The Digital Wrench® diagnostic software allows the


technician to perform the following tests and
observations:

SPECIAL TOOLS (DIGITAL WRENCH) 4


DIGITAL WRENCH® DIAGNOSTIC SOFTWARE PART NUMBER
Digital Wrench® Diagnostic Kit PU-47063-B
Digital Wrench® Software: PU-48731
Standard Interface Cable: PU-47151
PU-47063-B (listed above) INCLUDES:
SmartLink Module Kit: PU-47471
USB-Serial Adapter Cable: PU-50621
Fluke 73 Digital Multi-Meter or Fluke 77 DMM PV-43546 (Fluke 77: PV-43568)
Commercially Available (refer to diagnostic software
Laptop or Desktop Computer user manual or HELP section for minimum
requirements)

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 4.55
FUEL SYSTEM

DIGITAL WRENCH SOFTWARE VERSION DIGITAL WRENCH® UPDATES


AND UPDATE ID Updates are released for Digital Wrench® via the
Always use the most current version of the Digital Internet at: http://polaris. diagsys. com. The Digital
Wrench® software to ensure you have the latest updates Wrench® website can also be accessed through the
or enhancements. New reprogramming files and guided dealer website at: www.polarisdealers.com.
diagnostic procedures are added to these updates as
they become available. NOTE
Knowing what Digital Wrench® version and update is Only authorized Polaris dealers and distributors can
installed will help determine which updates are required. access the dealer website.

NOTE 1. Log on to www.polarisdealers.com.


Versions and updates are subject to change. 2. Locate the “Service and Warranty” drop-down
menu.
1. Open the Digital Wrench® software. Locate the 3. Click on “Digital Wrench Updates”.
version ID shown on the lower right side of the Digital
Wrench® start-up screen.

4. The Digital Wrench® portal website should appear in


a new web browser.
5. Click on “Digital Wrench Version Updates”.

2. Proceed to http://polaris. diagsys. com to see if a


newer update is available.

NOTE
You must already have the current version installed
before adding an update. Updates will not install if you
are using an older version loaded on your PC.
3. If a newer update is available, it should be
downloaded before using Digital Wrench® (see
6. If the update file date listed is newer than your
Chapter 4).
current version and update (see Chapter 4 to
download the file.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


4.56 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
FUEL SYSTEM

7. Click on the link shown above, save the file to your DIGITAL WRENCH® COMMUNICATION
hard disk and then double-click the icon to start the ERRORS
update process.
If you experience problems connecting to a vehicle or
NOTE any Digital Wrench® related problem, visit the Digital
Wrench® Knowledge Base for the most current
Do not "run" or "open" the file from where they are. troubleshooting information, FAQs, downloads and
Select "save" and download them to your PC before software updates at: http://polaris.diagsys.com/.
running the install.

8. When the update is complete, the version shown on


the right side of the Digital Wrench® start-up screen
should match the update you just downloaded.

NOTE
Versions and updates are subject to change.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 4.57
FUEL SYSTEM

DIGITAL WRENCH® - DIAGNOSTIC Follow these steps to connect the diagnostic interface
CONNECTOR cable to the vehicle to allow Digital Wrench® use:
Located under the hood connected to a sealed plug q. 1. Assemble the SmartLink Module and attach the PC
Interface Cable to your laptop.
2. Remove the protective cap from the Digital Wrench®
connector.
3. Connect the Vehicle Interface Cable to the Digital
Wrench® diagnostic connector.
4. Turn the ignition key to the ‘ON’ position, select the
appropriate vehicle and wait for the status to display
‘Connected’ in the lower left corner of the screen.
5. Once connected, proceed with using Digital
Wrench®.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


4.58 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
FUEL SYSTEM

GUIDED DIAGNOSTICS DIGITAL WRENCH® SERIAL NUMBER


Guided diagnostics are available within Digital Wrench® LOCATION
for all supported Trouble Codes (that is, any fault that will Open the configuration screen by clicking on the wrench
turn on the ‘Check Engine’ indicator). icon. The serial number is located on the right side of the
In addition, guided diagnostics are also available for screen.
many other electrical sub systems.
Diagnostic procedures are added to subsequent versions
of Digital Wrench® as they become available. Check
your release version often and upgrade when available
to be sure you are using the most current software
available.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 4.59
FUEL SYSTEM

DIGITAL WRENCH® FEATURE MAP

View, or clear trouble codes


in the Engine Controller Enter / Edit / Change
Memory. Vehicle Information

This is the most viewed


screen. View sensor and Enter customer and vehicle
ECU information in a grid, information and view ECU
meter, or chart format. Identification.

View information from the Load the Vehicle Home


main ECU sensors. Page.

Set up data capture and Open the Software


record functions. Configuration Screen.

Perform specialized testing


and adjustment functions Run the Help System.
service reports.

Open the ASSERT ASK Prints the current screen as


form. a formatted printout.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


4.60 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
FUEL SYSTEM

ECU REPLACEMENT • BATTERY VOLTAGE: The majority of problems with


Although the need for ECU replacement is unlikely, a reprogramming can be attributed to a low battery. Be
specific replacement procedure is required to ensure that sure the battery voltage (no load) is at least 13 volts
all essential data contained within the original ECU is and at least 12.5 volts with the key ‘ON’. Connect a
transferred to the replacement ECU. battery charger if necessary to bring voltage level
above minimum. Fully charge the battery before you
Refer to procedure and carefully follow all instructions attempt to reprogram.
provided in Digital Wrench®. • DEDICATED LAPTOP: Best results are obtained using
a laptop computer that is “dedicated to Digital
ETC LEARN PROCEDURE Wrench®”. A laptop that is used by a variety of people
and in several applications around the dealership is
IMPORTANT more likely to cause a reprogramming problem than
one dedicated to Digital Wrench® diagnostics only.
This procedure MUST be performed on the vehicle • OBTAINING THE LATEST UPDATE: Reprogramming
whenever the ECU is replaced or reflashed or the updates are provided periodically and contain the most
throttle body is replaced. recent calibrations (see Chapter 4 – Digital Wrench®
Updates, page 4.56. 4
1. After the reflash / ECU replacement / throttle body • CLOSE NON-ESSENTIAL PROGRAMS: Polaris
change, leave the key on (engine not running) for 60 recommends that you DO NOT install non-essential
seconds. Do NOT crank the engine during this time. programs on a Service Department laptop. Camera
2. Turn the key off and wait 3 minutes. During this time, detection software, Virus Scanners, Tool Bars, etc.
the ECU will write values into memory and then may clog up memory if running in the background and
completely shut down. make it harder for the diagnostic software to operate.
3. Turn key back on and start the vehicle. The vehicle • KNOW THE PROCESS: If you are not familiar with the
should operate normally. entire reprogramming process, review the HELP
4. If the procedure was interrupted at any time, start section of the diagnostic software before you attempt
back at step 1. reprogramming. Click on the ? on the tool bar or press
F11. The information in the on-line help is the most
current and complete information available. This
ECU REPROGRAMMING (REFLASH) should be your first step until you are familiar with the
Process Overview process.
The reprogramming feature is in the Special Tests menu • COMMUNICATION PROBLEMS: If you have had
on the Digital Wrench® screen. Start Digital Wrench® problems communicating with a vehicle while
and click on the Special Tests menu icon (red tool box). A performing diagnostic functions, do not attempt
technician should be familiar with the process and with reprogramming until the cause has been identified and
computer operation in general before attempting to fixed. Check all connections, and be sure battery
reprogram an ECU. voltage is as specified.
The Digital Wrench® Engine Controller Reprogramming • Proceed to http://polaris.diagsys.com for specific
(or “Reflash”) feature allows reprogramming of the ECU information and FAQs on how to troubleshoot
fuel and ignition map. To successfully reprogram the communication problems.
ECU, an Authorization Key must be obtained by entering
a Request Code in the box provided on the Reflash
Authorization site. The Request Code is automatically
generated by Digital Wrench® during the reprogramming
process. The Reflash Authorization site is located under
the “Service and Warranty” drop down menu on the
dealer website at: www.polarisdealers.com.

NOTE
Failure to follow the reprogramming instructions
completely and correctly can result in an engine that
does not run! Replacement ECUs are programmed as
“no-start” and require a reflash for them to work.
• DON’T DISTURB THE PC: While reprogramming is in
Reprogramming (Reflash) Tips: progress, don’t move the mouse and don’t touch the
keyboard. The process only takes a few minutes, and
is best left alone until complete.
Reprogramming (Reflash) Procedure:

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 4.61
FUEL SYSTEM

If you are not familiar with the reprogramming process, 7. Select the file you want to load into the ECU then
review the “Reprogramming (Reflash) Tips” before you click the “Continue” icon to proceed to the Integrity
begin. Follow the on-screen instructions as you progress Check and obtain a Request Code.
through the steps. If you encounter a problem, always
check the On-Line help for current tips and information.
1. Verify the most current update has been downloaded
and loaded into Digital Wrench®. Digital Wrench
Software Version and Update ID, page 4.56
2. Connect SmartLink Module cables to PC and
vehicle.
3. Open the Digital Wrench® program.
4. Select the model year, product line and vehicle
description by selecting the “Change Vehicle Type” 8. Copy (CTRL +C) the Request Code that will be
icon. required on the dealer website in the next step. DO
NOT CLOSE Digital Wrench® or the Request Code
will be invalid. NOTE: All characters are letters;
there are no numbers in a request code.

5. Select the “Special Tests” icon.

NOTE
6. Select “Engine Controller Reprogramming”. Request Codes and Authorization Keys must be
entered EXACTLY as they appear on the screen.

9. Go to www.polarisdealers.com and click on “ReFlash


Authorization” from the “Service and Warranty” drop-
down menu.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


4.62 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
FUEL SYSTEM

10. Enter or paste the Request Code into the box. 13. Enter or paste the Authorization Key in the box
located on the Digital Wrench® screen. Click the
‘Continue’ button and follow instructions provided on
the screen to complete reprogramming procedure.

11. Select the same file type from the list that you
14. At this point the reflash process will begin. Do not
selected previously while in Digital Wrench®. Enter
the VIN along with the customer’s name and touch the vehicle or PC during the process. 4
address. When completed, click the Authorize button
once to proceed.

15. Once the ECU reprogramming procedure is


complete, click the ‘Finish’ button on the screen.
Verify the reflash was a success by starting the
vehicle.

12. An “Authorization Key” will appear in the upper left


corner of the screen. Copy this key exactly as it
appears.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 4.63
FUEL SYSTEM

POLARIS MOBILE DIGITAL WRENCH (PMDW)


POLARIS MOBILE DIGITAL WRENCH To download the PMDW app, navigate your Android
(PMDW) device to www. polarisdealers. com. Locate the Service
and Warranty drop-down menu. Select: “Mobile Digital
Polaris Mobile Digital Wrench (PMDW) is a diagnostic Wrench App Download”. Tap on the link to download the
software application (app) designed specifically for app.
Android™ devices. When paired with the Wireless
Vehicle Link (WVL), part number PU-51435, PMDW Android Device Minimum Specifications:
provides Polaris service technicians with many of the • Minimum operating system: Android 3.1 “Honeycomb”
features and functions found in Digital Wrench. or higher (Android 4.0 or higher preferred)
PMDW Main Page: • Dual core processor / 2 GB internal memory / external
microSD (32 or 64 GB) slot / 500 MB RAM
• Rear facing camera with minimum 3.0 mega pixel
resolution with auto/continuous focus
• Video, Microphone and Voice-to-text capable
• Internet and Bluetooth wireless technology capable

PMDW App Notes:


• PMDW will not work on Microsoft Windows 8™ or
Apple IOS™ products
• Device must be set to allow the installation of non-
market applications
• An electronic user’s guide is provided within the app.
To access the user’s guide, launch the app, and then
click on the “Help” button in the Settings/Preferences
menu.
Wireless Vehicle Link (WVL) – Part Number PU- • Only CAN-based vehicles are compatible with PMDW
51435: and the WVL. A complete list of compatible vehicles
can be found in the user’s guide.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


4.64 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
PVT SYSTEM

CHAPTER 5
PVT SYSTEM
GENERAL INFORMATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.3
SPECIAL TOOLS AND SUPPLIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.3
RZR XP 1000 CLUTCH CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.3
RZR XP 4 1000 CLUTCH CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.3
RZR XP 1000 HIGH LIFTER CLUTCH CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.3
RZR XP 4 1000 HIGH LIFTER CLUTCH CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.3
RZR XP 1000 LE GOLD METALLIC CLUTCH CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.3
PVT SYSTEM OVERVIEW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.4
GENERAL OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.4
DRIVE CLUTCH OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.4
DRIVEN CLUTCH OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.5
5
PVT BREAK-IN (DRIVE BELT / CLUTCHES) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.5
MAINTENANCE / INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.5
PVT OVERHEATING / DIAGNOSIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.6
PVT SYSTEM SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.7
XP / XP4 PVT COVERS AND DUCTING COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.7
PVT COVERS AND DUCTING COMPONENTS (HIGH LIFTER) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.8
PVT DISASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.9
PVT ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.11
DRIVE BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.13
BELT REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.13
BELT INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.14
BELT INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.14
PVT BREAK-IN (DRIVE BELT / CLUTCHES) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.14
DRIVE CLUTCH SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.15
DRIVE CLUTCH ASSEMBLY VIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.15
DRIVE CLUTCH DISASSEMBLY / INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.16
NEEDLE BEARING INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.17
SHIFT WEIGHT INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.18
BUTTON TO TOWER CLEARANCE INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.18
SPIDER REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.19
ROLLER, PIN, AND THRUST WASHER INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.19
CLUTCH INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.20
MOVEABLE SHEAVE BUSHING INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.21
BUSHING SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.21
DRIVE CLUTCH ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.23
DRIVEN CLUTCH SERVICE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.26
DRIVEN CLUTCH SLIDER INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.26
DRIVEN CLUTCH DISASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.26
DRIVEN CLUTCH ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.28
DRIVEN CLUTCH ASSEMBLY VIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.30

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 5.1
PVT SYSTEM

TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.31
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.31

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


5.2 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
PVT SYSTEM

GENERAL INFORMATION
SPECIAL TOOLS AND SUPPLIES RZR XP 1000 CLUTCH CHART
PART NUMBER TOOL DESCRIPTION ALTITUDE SHIFT DRIVE DRIVEN
MODEL METERS (FEET) WEIGHT SPRING SPRING
2872085 Drive Clutch Puller 0-1800 29-75,PM
(0-6000) (5633720) Black / Red Black
2871056 Driven Clutch Puller XP 1000 (7044263) (7044708)
1800-3700 29-68,PM
9314177 Clutch Holding Wrench (6000-12000) (5139618 )

2871358-A Clutch Holding Fixture


PU- 50578 Spider Jam Nut Socket RZR XP 4 1000 CLUTCH CHART
Clutch Spider Removal and ALTITUDE SHIFT DRIVE DRIVEN
2870341 MODEL METERS (FEET) WEIGHT SPRING SPRING
Installation Tool
0-1800 29-75,PM
2870910 Roller Pin Tool (0-6000) (5633720) Black / White
Black
XP4 1000 lettering
(7044708)
Drive Clutch Bushing Replacement 1800-3700 29-68,PM (7044504)
2871226 (6000-12000) (5139618 )
Tool Kit
2870386 Piston Pin Puller
PU-50518 Driven Clutch Compression Tool RZR XP 1000 HIGH LIFTER CLUTCH CHART 5
2878925 Shock Spanner / Clutch Spreader MODEL
ALTITUDE SHIFT DRIVE DRIVEN
METERS (FEET) WEIGHT SPRING SPRING
Bosch Automotive Service Solutions: 1-800-345-2233 0-1800 29-70,PM
Black / White
XP 1000 (0-6000) (5633321) Black
or http://polaris.service-solutions.com/ lettering
High Lifter 1800-3700 29-66,PM (7044709)
(7044465)
(6000-12000) (5633496 )
SPECIAL SUPPLIES PART
NUMBER
Loctite® 620™ 648™ and 7088™ N/A RZR XP 4 1000 HIGH LIFTER CLUTCH
Primer CHART
RTV Silicone Sealer 8560054 ALTITUDE SHIFT DRIVE DRIVEN
MODEL METERS (FEET) WEIGHT SPRING SPRING
0-1800 29-70,PM
(0-6000) (5633321) Black / White
XP4 1000 Black
lettering
High Lifter 1800-3700 29-66,PM (7044709)
(7044465)
(6000-12000) (5633496 )

RZR XP 1000 LE GOLD METALLIC CLUTCH


CHART
ALTITUDE SHIFT DRIVE DRIVEN
MODEL METERS (FEET) WEIGHT SPRING SPRING

2017 LE 0-1800 29-75,PM


Matte (0-6000) (5633720) Black / Red Black
Gold 1800-3700 29-68,PM (7044263) (7044708)
Metallic (6000-12000) (5139618 )

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 5.3
PVT SYSTEM

PVT SYSTEM OVERVIEW


GENERAL OPERATION DRIVE CLUTCH OPERATION
Drive clutches primarily sense engine RPM. The two
WARNING major components which control its shifting function are
All PVT maintenance or repairs should be performed by the shift weights and the coil spring. Whenever engine
a certified Polaris Master Service Dealer (MSD) RPM is increased, centrifugal force is created, causing
technician who has received the proper training and the shift weights to push against rollers on the moveable
understands the procedures outlined in this manual. sheave, which is held open by coil spring preload. When
this force becomes higher than the preload in the spring,
Because of the critical nature and precision
the outer sheave moves inward and contacts the drive
balance incorporated into the PVT components, it is
belt. This motion pinches the drive belt between the
absolutely essential that no disassembly or repair
spinning sheaves and causes it to rotate, which in turn
be made without factory authorized special tools
rotates the driven clutch.
and service procedures.
At lower RPM, the drive belt rotates low in the drive
The Polaris Variable Transmission (PVT) consists of clutch sheaves. As engine RPM increases, centrifugal
three major assemblies: force causes the drive belt to be forced upward on drive
clutch sheaves.
1) The Drive Clutch
2) The Driven Clutch
3) The Drive Belt
The internal components of the drive clutch and driven
clutch control engagement (initial vehicle movement),
clutch upshift and backshift. During the development of
the Polaris vehicle, the PVT system is matched first to the
engine power curve; then to average riding conditions
and the vehicle’s intended usage. Therefore,
modifications or variations of components at random are
never recommended. Proper clutch setup and careful
inspection of existing components must be the primary
objective when troubleshooting and tuning.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


5.4 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
PVT SYSTEM

DRIVEN CLUTCH OPERATION PVT BREAK-IN (DRIVE BELT / CLUTCHES)


Driven clutches primarily sense torque, opening and A proper break-in of the clutches and drive belt will
closing according to the forces applied to it from the drive ensure a longer life and better performance. Break in the
belt and the transmission input shaft. If the torque clutches and drive belt by operating at slower speeds
resistance at the transmission input shaft is greater than during the 10 hours as recommended (see Chapter 3 –
the load from the drive belt, the drive belt is kept at the Engine Break-In Period, page 3.30 for break-in
outer diameter of the driven clutch sheaves. example). Avoid aggressive acceleration and high speed
operation during the break-in period. After installation of
As engine RPM and horsepower increase, the load from
a new drive belt, break-in new drive belts by operating at
the drive belt increases, resulting in the belt rotating up
slower speeds during the break-in period ~50 miles.
toward the outer diameter of the drive clutch sheaves
Carry only light loads. Avoid aggressive acceleration,
and downward into the sheaves of the driven clutch. This
high speed operation, and extended time at a specific
action, which increases the driven clutch speed, is called
RPM during the break-in period. In addition, when
upshifting.
operating in sand/dune environments, avoid extended
Should the throttle setting remain the same and the low speed operation at high throttle.
vehicle is subjected to a heavier load, the drive belt
rotates back up toward the outer diameter of the driven
clutch and downward into the sheaves of the drive clutch. MAINTENANCE / INSPECTION
This action, which decreases the driven clutch speed, is Under normal use the PVT system will provide years of
called backshifting. trouble free operation. Periodic inspection and
In situations where loads vary (such as uphill and
maintenance is required to keep the system operating at
peak performance. The following list of items should be
5
downhill) and throttle settings are constant, the drive and
inspected and maintained to ensure maximum
driven clutches are continually shifting to maintain
performance and service life of PVT components. Refer
optimum engine RPM. At full throttle a perfectly matched
to the troubleshooting checklist at the end of this chapter
PVT system should hold engine RPM at the peak of the
for more information.
power curve. This RPM should be maintained during
clutch upshift and backshift. In this respect, the PVT 1. Belt Inspection.
system is similar to a power governor. Rather than vary
throttle position, as a conventional governor does, the 2. Drive and Driven Clutch Buttons and Bushings,
PVT system changes engine load requirements by either Drive Clutch Shift Weights and Pins, Drive Clutch
upshifting or backshifting. Spider Rollers and Roller Pins, Drive and Driven
Clutch Springs.
3. Sheave Faces. Clean and inspect for wear.
4. PVT System Sealing. Refer to the appropriate
illustration (s) on the following pages. The PVT
system is air cooled by fins on the drive and driven
clutch stationary sheaves. The fins create a low
pressure area in the crankcase casting, drawing air
into the system through an intake duct. The opening
for this intake duct is located at a high point on the
vehicle (location varies by model). The intake duct
draws fresh air through a vented cover. All
connecting air ducts (as well as the inner and outer
covers) must be properly sealed to ensure clean air
is being used for cooling the PVT system and also to
prevent water and other contaminants from entering
the PVT area. This is especially critical on units
subjected to frequent water forging.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 5.5
PVT SYSTEM

PVT OVERHEATING / DIAGNOSIS


During routine maintenance, or whenever PVT system overheating is evident, it’s important to check the inlet and
outlet duct for obstructions. Obstructions to air flow through the ducts will significantly increase PVT system operating
temperatures. The vehicle should be operated in Low when extended low vehicle speed operation is anticipated.

CLUTCH DRIVE BELT & COVER RELATED ISSUES: DIAGNOSIS


POSSIBLE CAUSES SOLUTIONS / WHAT TO DO
Loading the vehicle into a tall trailer
Shift transmission to Low during loading of the vehicle to prevent belt burning.
when in high range.
Starting out going up a steep incline When starting out on an incline, use Low gear. Shift transmission to Low
from a stopped position. during loading of the vehicle to prevent belt burning.
Driving at low RPM or low ground Drive at higher speed or use Low. The use of Low is highly recommended for
speed (at approximately 3-7 MPH). cooler PVT operating temperatures and longer component life.
Insufficient engine warm-up when Warm engine at least 5 min., then with transmission in neutral, advance
exposed to low ambient throttle to approx. 1/8 throttle in short bursts, 5 to 7 times. The belt will become
temperatures. more flexible and prevent belt burning.
Slow and easy clutch engagement. Fast, effective use of the throttle for efficient engagement.
Shift the transmission to Low, carefully use fast, aggressive throttle application
Stuck in mud or snow. to engage clutch. WARNING: Excessive throttle may cause loss of control
and vehicle overturn.
Climbing over large objects from a Shift the transmission to Low, carefully use fast, aggressive, brief throttle
stopped position. application to engage clutch. WARNING: Excessive throttle may cause loss of
control and vehicle overturn.
Remove the PVT drain plug. Shift the transmission to neutral. Using the
throttle, vary the engine rpm from idle to full throttle. Repeat several times as
Belt slippage from water or snow
required. During this procedure, the throttle should not be held at the full
ingestion into the PVT system.
position for more than 10 seconds. Clutch seals should be inspected for
damage if repeated leaking occurs.
Clutch component inspection should be performed by a Polaris MSD certified
Clutch malfunction.
technician.
Fouled spark plugs, foreign material in fuel tank, restricted fuel lines, or faulty
Poor engine performance.
fuel pump may cause symptoms similar to clutching malfunction.
Low: Basic operational speeds less than 7 MPH, riding through rough terrain
GENERAL RANGE OPERATION (swamps, mountains, ect.), or low ground speeds and when continuously
GUIDELINES: operating at speeds less than 30 mph in sand/dune environments.
High: High ground speeds, or speeds above 7 MPH.

Operating in Low Gear


Low gear should be used when riding through rough terrain or when basic operational ground speeds are less than 7
MPH. Use High gear when basic operational ground speeds are more than 7 MPH.
General Sand / Dune Driving
The use of Low gear when continuously operating at speeds less than 30 mph will greatly increase belt life in sand/
dune environments. Note: Do not shift from Low to High without coming to a complete stop.

NOTE
Using High gear for heavy loads, hilly terrain, sand/dune environments, or in wet, muddy conditions will increase the
chance of drive belt damage.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


5.6 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
PVT SYSTEM

PVT SYSTEM SERVICE


XP / XP4 PVT COVERS AND DUCTING COMPONENTS

q Inlet Duct a Outer Cover Seal


w Band Clamp s Inner Cover Seal
e Intake Hose d Guard Plate
r Boot f Outlet Duct Screen
t Clutch Outlet Duct g Intake Hose Bracket
h Outer Cover Screws
y Inlet Duct 48 in-lb (5 Nm)
u Outlet Duct j Clutch Cover Drain Screw
k Inner Cover Screws
i Outer Clutch Cover 12 ft-lb (16 Nm)
o Inner Clutch Cover

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 5.7
PVT SYSTEM

PVT COVERS AND DUCTING COMPONENTS (HIGH LIFTER)

q Inlet/Outlet Duct s Screw, Inlet Duct


w Band Clamp d Retaining Bracket, Upper Exhaust Hose
e Upper Intake Hose f Inner Cover Seal
r Upper Exhaust Hose g Inner Clutch Cover
t Middle Intake Hose h Guard Plate
y Lower Intake Hose j Inner Clutch Cover Screw (7)
u Lower Exhaust Hose k Outer Cover Seal
i Outlet Duct l Outer Clutch Cover
o Inlet Duct 1( Outer Clutch Cover Screw (8)
a Boot 2) PVT Drain Screw

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


5.8 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
PVT SYSTEM

PVT DISASSEMBLY CAUTION


1. Place transmission in neutral. Do not strike the driven clutch to free it from the
2. Safely raise and support the vehicle. transmission input shaft. This will damage the clutch.

WARNING
NOTE
Serious injury may result if machine tips or falls. Be
sure machine is secure before beginning this service For MY16 models, if the driven clutch will not
procedure. disengage, a commercially found 2–Jaw puller may be
used. Only pull from inside the slider pockets. Pulling
3. Remove the left rear wheel. on the sheaves may cause damage to the clutch.
4. Remove the lower mounting bolt and nut q from the
left rear shock. Discard the nut.
5. Swing shock outward toward the front of the vehicle.
6. Loosen the hose clamp attaching PVT intake hose to
the outer clutch cover and disengage the hose from
the outer clutch cover.
7. Remove the eight clutch cover screws w and remove
the outer clutch cover from the vehicle.

11. Install the Drive Clutch Holding Tool on the drive


clutch.

8. Loosen the hose clamps e attaching PVT inlet and


outlet ducts to the clutch cover. Disengage the hoses
from the clutch cover and remove the outer cover
from the vehicle.

Drive Clutch Holding Tool:


9314177-A

9. Mark the drive belt direction of rotation and remove


drive belt (see Chapter 5 – Belt Removal, page 5.13).
10. Remove the driven clutch retaining bolt and driven
clutch.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 5.9
PVT SYSTEM

12. Remove the drive clutch retaining bolt and remove 14. Remove the seven bolts r that retain inner clutch
the drive clutch using Drive Clutch Puller. cover to engine and transmission. Remove inner
clutch cover.

Drive Clutch Puller:


2872085

CAUTION
Be sure to use the correct Drive Clutch Puller to prevent
damage to crankshaft.

13. Remove the four push rivets that secure the upper
guard plate to the top of the inner PVT cover. Make
note of the routing of the fuel lines, vent line, battery
cable and wire harness for proper assembly.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


5.10 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
PVT SYSTEM

PVT ASSEMBLY 6. Install the protective cover and the four push rivets
that secure the cover to the top of the inner PVT
1. Inspect inner clutch cover. Replace if cracked or cover.
damaged.
2. Inspect the seal on the transmission input shaft.
Replace if damaged.
3. Inspect inner clutch cover seal q (engine side).
Replace if cracked, torn or damaged.

7. Install the three inner clutch cover bolts and washers


that retain the cover to the engine and the four inner
clutch cover bolts and washers that retain the cover 5
to the transmission. Torque bolts to specification.

4. Apply silicone around all seven screw holes on the TORQUE


inner clutch cover.
Inner Clutch Cover Bolts:
IMPORTANT 12 ft-lb (16 Nm)
DO NOT apply silicone on drive and driven shaft
inner cover donuts. 8. Clean the end of the taper on the crankshaft and the
tapered bore inside the drive clutch.
5. Install and properly align the inner clutch cover. Be 9. Install the drive clutch onto the engine.
sure the fuel line, vent line and battery cables are 10. Install the Drive Clutch Holding Tool (9314177-A) and
properly routed through the guard plate as shown w. torque the retaining bolt to specification.

TORQUE
Drive Clutch Retaining Bolt:
96 ft-lb (130 Nm)

11. Clean the splines inside the driven clutch and on the
transmission input shaft.
12. Apply a light film of grease to the splines on the shaft.
13. Install the driven clutch, washer and retaining bolt.
Torque to specification.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 5.11
PVT SYSTEM

TORQUE
Driven Clutch Retaining Bolt:
55 ft-lb (75 Nm)

14. Install the drive belt noting direction of belt rotation


(see Chapter 5 – Belt Installation, page 5.14). If a new
belt is installed, install so numbers can be easily read.
15. Install a new outer clutch cover seal with the colored
stripe facing the inner clutch cover.
16. Reinstall outer clutch cover and secure with screws.
Torque screws to specification.

TORQUE
Outer Clutch Cover Retaining Screws:
48 in-lb (5 Nm)

17. Install inlet and outlet ducts and tighten hose clamps.
18. Install the left rear shock lower mounting bolt and the
left rear wheel. Torque fasteners to specification.

TORQUE
Rear Shock Mounting Bolt:
70 ft-lbs (95 Nm)

TORQUE
Wheel Nuts:
120 ft-lbs (163 Nm)

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


5.12 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
PVT SYSTEM

DRIVE BELT
BELT REMOVAL 4. Insert clutch spreader tool w (2877408 or 2878925)
into the driven clutch as shown (tool included with
NOTE vehicle’s tool kit).
Inspect the entire clutch outlet duct (including the outlet NOTE
duct screen) when replacing a drive belt. Remove any
debris found in the outlet duct or outlet duct screen q. Make sure the tool is square with the moveable sheave
surface of the driven clutch.

1. Remove the eight screws that retain the outer clutch


cover. 5. Rotate tool towards the clutch to open the sheaves.
2. Maneuver the outer clutch cover outward as shown 6. Walk the belt out of the driven clutch and drive
below to access the drive belt. clutch. Remove the belt from the vehicle.

NOTE
Removal of left rear wheel or left rear shock is NOT
necessary for belt replacement.

3. Mark the drive belt direction of rotation so that it can


be installed in the same direction.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 5.13
PVT SYSTEM

BELT INSPECTION PVT BREAK-IN (DRIVE BELT / CLUTCHES)


1. Inspect belt for hour glassing (extreme circular wear A proper break-in of the clutches and drive belt will
in at least one spot and on both sides of the belt). ensure a longer life and better performance. Break in the
Hour glassing occurs when the drive train does not clutches and drive belt by operating at slower speeds
move and the drive clutch engages the belt. during the 10 hour break-in period as recommended (see
Chapter 3 – Engine Break-In Period, page 3.30 for
2. Inspect belt for loose cords, missing cogs, cracks,
break-in example). Pull only light loads. Avoid aggressive
abrasions, thin spots, or excessive wear. Compare
acceleration and high speed operation during the break-
belt measurements with a new drive belt. Replace if
in period.
necessary.
3. Belts with thin spots, burn marks, etc., should be
replaced to eliminate noise, vibration, or erratic PVT
operation. See the Troubleshooting Chart at the end
of this chapter for possible causes.
BELT INSTALLATION
NOTE
Be sure to install belt in the same direction as it was
removed.

1. With the clutch spreader tool installed w (2877408


or 2878925), loop the belt over the drive clutch and
over the driven clutch.

2. Rotate the driven clutch and walk the belt into the
clutch.
3. Remove the clutch spreader tool from driven clutch
4. Rotate / spin the driven clutch and belt approximately
5-7 times to properly seat the belt in the driven
clutch.
5. Install the outer clutch cover and eight screws.
Torque screws to specification.

TORQUE
Outer Clutch Cover Retaining Screws:
48 in-lb (5 Nm)

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


5.14 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
PVT SYSTEM

DRIVE CLUTCH SERVICE


DRIVE CLUTCH ASSEMBLY VIEW

q Stationary Sheave u Spacer f Retaining Ring


w Washers i Bushing g Cover Bushing
e Non-braking Bearing o Spring h Drive Clutch Cover
a Spider
r Shift Weight Fastener 290 ft-lb (393 Nm) j Cover Fasteners
20 in-lb (2 Nm) (Apply 0.4 mL Loctite® 7088 9 ft-lb (12 Nm)
Primer and 0.4 mL Loctite® 620™)
s Spider Jam Nut
250 ft-lb (339 Nm)
t Shift Weight (Apply 0.1 mL Loctite® 7088
Primer and 0.1 mL Loctite® 620™)
y Moveable Sheave d Spacer

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 5.15
PVT SYSTEM

DRIVE CLUTCH DISASSEMBLY / 4. Inspect cover bushing q. The outer cover bushing is
INSPECTION manufactured with a Teflon™ coating. Wear is
determined by the amount of Teflon™ remaining on
the bushing.
WARNING
The clutch assembly is a precisely balanced unit. Never
replace parts with used parts from another clutch
assembly!

1. Using a permanent marker, mark the cover, spider,


moveable and stationary sheaves for reference, as
the cast in X's may not have been in alignment
before disassembly.

Cover Bushing Inspection:


Replace the cover bushing if more brass than Teflon™
is visible on the bushing. Refer to bushing replacement
in this chapter.

5. Inspect area on shaft where bushing rides for wear,


galling, nicks, or scratches. Replace clutch assembly
if worn or damaged.
2. Mark the stationary sheave and clutch shaft to verify 6. Remove and inspect the clutch spring w. Refer to
the shaft has not rotated in the sheave after “Drive Clutch Spring Inspection”.
tightening the spider during clutch assembly.

7. Remove and inspect limiter spacer(s) e. Replace if


necessary.
NOTE
Upon reassembly, if the reference marks created in CAUTION
step 2 are not in alignment, the clutch will not be in DO NOT reassemble the drive clutch without the limiter
balance and the assembly MUST be replaced. spacer. Belt life will be greatly reduced.

3. Remove cover bolts evenly in a cross pattern and


remove cover plate. Drive Clutch Spring Inspection

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


5.16 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
PVT SYSTEM

CAUTION NEEDLE BEARING INSPECTION


Never shim a drive clutch spring to increase its 1. Rotate the clutch bearing. The non-braking needle
compression rate. This may result in complete stacking bearing should rotate on the shaft with only a slight
of the coils and subsequent clutch cover failure. amount of drag.

NOTE
The drive clutch spring is one of the most critical
The clutch bearing is a one-way bearing.
components of the PVT system. It is also one of the
easiest to service. Due to the severe relaxation the
spring is subject to during operation, it should always 2. Verify there is no binding or rough spots. If problems
be inspected for tolerance limits during any clutch are noted continue with disassembly.
operation diagnosis or repair.
Check to see that spring coils are parallel to one
another using a straight-edge. Distortion of the
spring indicates stress fatigue, requiring
replacement.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 5.17
PVT SYSTEM

SHIFT WEIGHT INSPECTION BUTTON TO TOWER CLEARANCE


1. Remove shift weight fasteners e and weights . INSPECTION
Inspect the contact surface of the weight q. The 1. Inspect the button to tower clearance as shown.
surface should be smooth and free of dents or gall Replace the drive clutch if clearance is beyond
marks. Inspect the weight pivot bore w and bolts for specification.
wear or galling. If weights or bolts are worn or
broken, replace in sets of three with new bolts and
nuts.

MEASUREMENT
Button to Tower Clearance:
.000-.012″ (.000-.304 mm)
WARNING
The clutch assembly is a precisely balanced unit. Never 2. Inspect the tower sheave surfaces. Replace the drive
replace parts with used parts from another clutch clutch if worn, damaged or cracked.
assembly!

NOTE
A damaged shift weight is usually caused by a
damaged or stuck roller in the spider assembly. See
“Drive Clutch Roller Pin and Button Service”.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


5.18 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
PVT SYSTEM

SPIDER REMOVAL ROLLER, PIN, AND THRUST WASHER


1. Install clutch onto holding fixture and secure in bench INSPECTION
vice. Loosen and remove the spider jam nut q 1. Inspect all rollers, roller bushings and roller pins by
(counterclockwise) using the Clutch Spider Nut pulling a flat metal rod across the roller.
Socket w.
2. Turn roller with your finger. If you notice resistance,
galling, or flat spots, replace the drive clutch.

5
Clutch Spider Nut Socket: PU-50578
Clutch Holding Fixture: PN 2871358-B
NOTE
2. Loosen and remove the spider e (counterclockwise) Rollers, pins, thrust washers and buttons are not
using Clutch Spider Removal / Installation Tool r. serviceable at the time of this publication.

Spider Removal / Installation Tool:


2870341-A

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 5.19
PVT SYSTEM

CLUTCH INSPECTION 4. Inspect surface of shaft for pitting, grooves or


damage. Measure the outside diameter and
NOTE compare to specifications. Replace the drive clutch
Remove cover, spring, limiter spacer and spider assembly if shaft is worn or damaged.
following the instructions for drive clutch disassembly,
then proceed as follows:

1. Remove and inspect the moveable sheave spacer


q. Visually inspect the spacer for damage and
replace if necessary.

MEASUREMENT
Shaft Diameter:
Standard: 1.3725 - 1.3712″
(34.8615 - 34.8488 mm)
Service Limit: 1.3704″ (34.8088 mm)

5. Visually inspect the thrust washers for damage.


Measure the thickness and compare to specification.
Replace if worn or damaged.

MEASUREMENT
Thrust Washer Thickness:
Standard: .030″ (.76 mm)
Service Limit: .025″ (.64 mm)

2. Remove the moveable clutch sheave.


3. Lift bearing e and thrust washers w off the shaft.
Replace as an assembly if worn, damaged, or if
operational problems were noted prior to
disassembly.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


5.20 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
PVT SYSTEM

MOVEABLE SHEAVE BUSHING BUSHING SERVICE


INSPECTION
NOTE
Inspect the Teflon™ coating (arrow) on the moveable
sheave bushing. Inspect both sheaves for signs of wear, Special Tools Required
grooving or cracking. De-glaze sheave surfaces with a
3M™ Scotch-Brite Pad if needed.
EBS Clutch Bushing Tool Kit - 2201379
Moveable Sheave Bushing Inspection:
Replace the cover bushing if more brass than Teflon™ ITEM QTY. PART # TOOL DESCRIPTION
is visible on the bushing. Refer to bushing replacement
in this chapter. A, B 1 5132027 EBS Puller Tool
C 1 5132501 EBS Puller Nut
D 1 5132029 EBS Main Adapter
EBS Bushing Removal
E 1 5132028
Tool Instructions
– 1 9915111 Instructions

Additional Special Tools 5


QTY. PART # TOOL DESCRIPTION
Clutch Bushing Replacement Tool
1 2871226
Kit
1 2870386 Piston Pin Puller

*Clutch Bushing Replacement Tool Kit (PN 2871226)

ITEM QTY. PART # TOOL DESCRIPTION


P-90 Drive/Driven
#2 1 5020628 Clutch Bushing Install
Tool
Drive Clutch Cover
#3 1 5020629 Bushing Removal
/Installation Tool
P-90 Driven Clutch
#5 1 5020631 Cover Bushing
Removal Tool
#8 1 5020632 Main Puller Adapter

#9 1 5010279 Adapter Reducer


Number Two Puller
#10 1 5020633 Adapter

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 5.21
PVT SYSTEM

5. Install main adapter (Item D) onto puller.

NOTE
Bushings are installed at the factory using Loctite® 648. 6. With towers pointing toward the vise, slide sheave
In order to remove bushings it will be necessary to onto puller rod.
apply heat evenly to the area around each bushing. 7. Install removal tool (Item A, B) into center of sheave
Clean all residual Loctite® from bushing bore prior to with “A side” toward sheave.
installing new bushing.
NOTE
CAUTION Use Bushing Tool PA-47336.
Clutch components will be hot! In order to avoid serious 8. Install nut (C) onto end of puller rod and hand
burns, wear insulated gloves during the removal tighten. Turn puller barrel to increase tension on
process. sheave if needed. Using a hand held propane torch,
apply heat around outside of bushing until tiny
Moveable Sheave - Bushing Removal smoke tailings appear.
1. Remove clutch as outlined previously in this chapter. 9. Turn sheave counterclockwise on puller rod until it
2. Install handle end of the Piston Pin Puller securely comes free. Lift sheave off puller.
into bench vise and lightly grease puller threads. 10. Remove nut from puller rod and set aside.
Piston Pin Puller: 2870386 11. Pull bushing removal tool and adapter from puller
rod. Remove bushing from tool and discard.
3. Remove nut from puller rod and set aside. Moveable Sheave - Bushing Installation
4. Install puller adapter a from kit PN 2871226. 12. Place main adapter i on puller.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


5.22 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
PVT SYSTEM

13. Apply Loctite® 648 evenly to bushing bore inside 31. Working from inside of cover, insert new bushing and
moveable sheave. bushing installation tool into center of clutch cover.
14. Set bushing in place on sheave. 32. With main adapter on puller, insert cover onto puller
rod, placing outside of cover toward vise.
15. Insert installation puller tool (Item A/B) with “A” side
down, into center of bushing. 33. Install nut on rod and hand tighten. Turn puller barrel
to apply more tension if needed.
16. With towers pointing upward, slide sheave, bushing
and tool onto puller rod. 34. Turn clutch cover counterclockwise on puller rod until
bushing is seated.
17. Install nut on puller rod and hand tighten. Turn barrel
to apply additional tension if needed. 35. Remove nut from puller rod. Take installation tool
and clutch cover off rod.
18. Turn sheave counterclockwise, making sure bushing
is drawn straight into bore. Continue until bushing is
seated. DRIVE CLUTCH ASSEMBLY
19. Remove nut from puller rod and set aside. CAUTION
20. Remove sheave from puller. Do not apply oil or grease to the bushings.
21. Remove installation tool.
Reassemble the drive clutch in the following sequence.
Cover Bushing Removal
22. Install main adapter i on puller.
Be sure marks that were made during disassembly are
aligned during each phase of assembly.
5

1. Install the shift weights, bolts and nuts onto the


moveable sheave. Torque shift weight bolts to
23. Install adapter reducer o. specification.
24. From outside of clutch cover, insert removal tool e TORQUE
into cover bushing.
Shift Weight Fasteners:
25. With inside of cover toward vise, slide cover onto 20 in-lb (2 Nm)
puller.
26. Install nut onto puller rod and hand tighten. Turn
puller barrel to increase tension as needed.
27. Turn clutch cover counterclockwise on puller rod until
bushing is removed and cover comes free.
28. Remove nut from puller rod and set aside.
29. Remove bushing and bushing removal tool from
puller. Discard bushing.
Cover Bushing Installation
30. Apply Loctite® 648 evenly to bushing bore in the
cover.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 5.23
PVT SYSTEM

2. Install the non-braking needle bearing q, the two 6. Install clutch onto holding fixture and secure in a
washers w and the spacer r onto the stationary bench vice. Tighten the spider o using Clutch Spider
sheave e. Tool a. Torque spider to specification.

3. Install moveable sheave onto stationary sheave


shaft. Be sure the moveable sheave slides freely on Clutch Holding Fixture: 2871358–A
the spacer. Clutch Spider Tool: 2870341
4. Apply 0.4 mL of Loctite® 620™ and 0.4 mL of
Loctite® 7088™ Primer in 90° apart in vertical stripes TORQUE
to the shaft threads.
Spider Assembly:
5. Install the spider assembly onto the shaft threads. Be 290 ft-lb (393 Nm)(Apply 0.4 mL Loctite® 7088
sure all of the alignment marks i are in alignment. Primer and 0.4 mL Loctite® 620™) in 90° apart in
vertical stripes to the shaft threads.

7. Apply 0.1mL of Loctite® 620™ and 0.1mL of


Loctite® 7088™ Primer in 90° apart to the threads of
the spider jamb nut. Install spider jam nut s onto
stationary shaft threads.

t Moveable Sheave y Jam u Spider


Asm Nut

8. Tighten the spider jam nut using Clutch Spider Nut


Socket d. Torque jam nut to specification.
Clutch Spider Nut Socket: PU-50578

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


5.24 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
PVT SYSTEM

TORQUE 11. Install the drive clutch cover h. Be sure all marks are
in alignment.
Spider Jam Nut:
250 ft-lb (339 Nm)(Apply 0.1 mL Loctite® 7088
Primer and 0.1 mL Loctite® 620™) in 90° apart to the
threads of the spider jam nut.

9. After the spider and jamb nut have been torqued,


remove the clutch assembly from the holding fixture
and inspect the alignment marks made during
disassembly.

NOTE
If the marks illustrated below are not in alignment upon
assembly, the clutch will not be in balance and the drive
clutch assembly must be replaced.

12. Install cover bolts j and torque in a cross pattern


evenly to specification.

TORQUE 5
Drive Clutch Cover Bolts:
9 ft-lb (12 Nm)

10. Install the limiter spacer f and the clutch spring g.

CAUTION
DO NOT reassemble the drive clutch without the limiter
spacer. Belt life will be greatly reduced.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 5.25
PVT SYSTEM

DRIVEN CLUTCH SERVICE


DRIVEN CLUTCH SLIDER INSPECTION DRIVEN CLUTCH DISASSEMBLY
The square sliders can be inspected with the driven 1. Remove driven clutch from the transmission input
clutch installed on the vehicle. shaft.
Using a feeler gauge, measure the distance between the 2. It is important to mark the position of the helix cover,
slider and the stationary sheave at the widest point q. If sheaves and spider with a tape or grease marker (as
the measurement is over the service limit, the sliders or shown) before disassembly. Some components will
driven clutch will need to be replaced. Also measure the have X’s on the components for alignment reference.
width of the slider block w. Replace the sliders if they are This helps with clutch assembly and maintains clutch
smaller than the service limit. balance.

3. Place the driven clutch (helix side up) into the


MEASUREMENT Universal Clutch Compressor.
Slider to Sheave Clearance q:
Service Limit: 0.175″ (4.5 mm)

Slider Width w:
Service Limit: 0.975″ (24.8 mm)

Universal Clutch Compressor: PU-50518-A

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


5.26 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
PVT SYSTEM

4. Spin the compressor down until it just starts to 7. Remove the E-clips r, washers t, and the clutch
contact the helix cover. Remove the four screws q rollers y. Inspect the rollers for wear; replace if worn.
that secure the cam (helix) assembly using a T25
Torx driver.

8. Press out the spring pins u in the inner sheave.

CAUTION 5
The helix cover is loaded by the spring. Not using a
proper compressor may result in personal injury or
damage to the clutch.

5. Remove the universal clutch compressor.


6. Note the alignment of the X’s w on the spider and
moveable sheave. Remove the spider assembly e
and spring.

9. Pull out the clutch slider pins i and sliders o.

NOTE
Spring is compression only and has no torsional wind.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 5.27
PVT SYSTEM

10. Separate the stationary sheave from the moveable 3. Install the spring pins r to retain the slider pins.
sheave. Note the X’s a on the stationary and fixed
sheaves for reassembly.

4. If removed, install the rollers t, washers y and E-


clips u onto the spider.
11. Inspect the clutch bushings for wear. If there is heavy
wear on the bushings, replace the clutch assembly.
12. Inspect the sheaves for excessive wear or damage.

DRIVEN CLUTCH ASSEMBLY


1. Align the X’s q on the moveable and stationary
sheaves.

5. Install the spring so the arm i rests into the notch in


the moveable sheave.

2. Install the square sliders w and slider pins e.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


5.28 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
PVT SYSTEM

6. Align the X’s o on the spider and moveable sheave.

7. Install the universal clutch compressor on the clutch


and compress the helix cover.

CAUTION 5
The helix cover is loaded by the spring. Not using a
proper compressor may result in personal injury or
damage to the clutch.

8. Align the marks previously made on the helix cover


and moveable sheave. Install the helix/cover and the
four fasteners a. Torque fasteners to specification.

TORQUE
Helix Retaining Screws:
48 in-lb (5 Nm)

9. Once back together, verify the grease / tape marks


made during disassembly are properly aligned.
10. Install the drive clutch on the vehicle. See PVT
Assembly, page 5.11

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 5.29
PVT SYSTEM

DRIVEN CLUTCH ASSEMBLY VIEW

q Shoulder Sleeve i Spring


w Bearing o Spider
e Spring Pin a Roller
r Slider s Washer
t Slider Pin d E-clip
y Stationary Sheave f Helix (Cam)
g Helix Screws
u Moveable Sheave 48 in-lb (5 Nm)

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


5.30 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
PVT SYSTEM

TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING
SITUATION PROBABLE CAUSE REMEDY
Worn or broken drive clutch spring. Replace with recommended spring.
Engine RPM Install correct shift weight kit to match engine
Drive clutch shift weight too heavy.
below specified application.
operating range, Driven clutch spring worn out or broken. Replace spring; refer to proper installation
although engine location.
is properly tuned.
Worn driven clutch sliders Disassemble driven clutch; inspect sliders for
wear.
Disassemble drive clutch; inspect shift weights
for wear and free operation.
Drive clutch binding. Clean and polish stationary shaft hub;
reassemble clutch without spring to determine
Erratic engine problem area.
operating RPM
during Belt worn unevenly - thin / burnt spots. Replace belt.
acceleration or
load variations.
Replace sliders. 5
Inspect helix.
Driven clutch malfunction.
Inspect movable sheave for excessive bushing
clearance.
Sheave face grooved. Replace the clutch.
Incorrect drive clutch spring (too high of Install correct recommended spring.
rate).
Drive clutch shift weights incorrect for Install correct recommended shift weights.
application (too light).
Disassemble and clean clutch, inspecting shift
Engine RPM weights and rollers. Reassemble without the
above specified Drive clutch binding.
spring and move sheaves through entire range
operating range. to further determine probable cause.
Disassemble, clean, and inspect driven clutch,
Driven clutch binding. noting worn sheave bushing and helix/roller
wear
Converter sheaves greasy; belt slipping. Clean sheaves with denatured alcohol or brake
cleaner, install new belt.
Harsh drive clutch Drive belt worn too narrow. Replace belt.
engagement. Wrong drive clutch spring installed Replace spring with correct one
Drive belt turns Wrong belt for application. Replace with correct belt.
over
Abuse (continued throttle application when Caution operator to operate machine within
vehicle is stationary, excess load) guidelines.
Belt burnt, thin Dragging brake Inspect brake system.
spots
Slow, easy clutch engagement Fast, effective use of throttle for efficient
engagement.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 5.31
PVT SYSTEM

SITUATION PROBABLE CAUSE REMEDY


Plugged air intake or outlet. Clear obstruction
Belt slippage due to water, oil, grease, etc., Inspect system. Clean , repair or replace as
rubbing on cover. necessary. Seal PVT system ducts.
PVT cover Clutches or weight being applied to cover Remove weight. Inform operator.
overheating while in operation.
(melting)
Instruct operator on guidelines for operation in
High vs. low range. proper driving range for different terrain as
outlined in Owner’s Safety and Maintenance
Manual.
Cover seals or ducts leaking Find leak and repair as necessary.
Water ingestion Instruct operator on guidelines for operation in
Operator error wet terrain as outlined in Owner’s Safety and
Maintenance Manual.
Belt worn out Replace belt.
Belt slippage Water ingestion Inspect and seal PVT system.
Belt contaminated with oil or grease Inspect and clean.
Belt worn or separated, thin spots, loose belt Replace belt.
PVT noise Broken or worn clutch components, cover Inspect and repair as necessary.
hitting clutches
Replace belt. Refer to belt burnt troubleshooting
Engagement Thin spots on belt, worn belt
and instruct operator.
erratic or stabby
Drive clutch bushings stick Inspect and repair clutches.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


5.32 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
TRANSMISSION

CHAPTER 6
TRANSMISSION
GENERAL INFORMATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.2
SPECIAL TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.2
LUBRICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.2
SHIFT LEVER / CABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.3
SHIFT LEVER REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.3
SHIFT LEVER INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.3
SHIFT LEVER REMOVAL (GOLD METALLIC LE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.3
SPHERICAL BEARING REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.4
SHIFT LEVER INSTALLATION (GOLD METALLIC LE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.4
GATED SHIFTER ADJUSTMENT (GOLD METALLIC LE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.5
SHIFT CABLE INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.6
SHIFT CABLE ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.6
TRANSMISSION SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.8
TRANSMISSION REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.8 6
TRANSMISSION INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.11
TRANSMISSION VENT LINE ROUTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.14
TRANSMISSION DISASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.14
DIFFERENTIAL OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.19
PLANETARY DIFFERENTIAL DISASSEMBLY (TURF MODE MODELS ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.22
PLANETARY DIFFERENTIAL BUSHING REPLACEMENT (TURF MODE MODELS ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . .6.23
PLANETARY DIFFERENTIAL ASSEMBLY (TURF MODE MODELS ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.25
GEAR / SHAFT / BEARING INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.26
TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY / SNORKEL GEAR BACKLASH PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.27
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.33
SHIFTING DIFFICULTY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.33

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 6.1
TRANSMISSION

GENERAL INFORMATION
SPECIAL TOOLS
PART NUMBER TOOL DESCRIPTION
PA-50231 Snorkel Tool
2871698
Rear Output Seal Driver
(Part of 2871702 Kit)
2871699
(Part of 2871702 Kit) Rear Driveshaft Seal Guide

2871282 Bearing Seal Driver (50 mm)


PU-50566 Transmission Nut Socket
PU-50658-A Clutch Center Distance Tool

Bosch Automotive Service Solutions: 1-800-345-2233


or http://polaris.service-solutions.com/

LUBRICATION
FLUID CAPACITY
Recommended Transmission Lubricant:
AGL

Capacity (Standard):
44 oz (1300 mL)

Capacity (INT’L):
40.5 oz (1200 mL)

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


6.2 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
TRANSMISSION

SHIFT LEVER / CABLE


SHIFT LEVER REMOVAL SHIFT LEVER INSTALLATION
1. Remove the shift knob cover q, retaining screw w Perform the removal steps in reverse order to install the
and shift knob e from the shift lever r. gear shift lever (lever, cable, console, shift knob).

SHIFT LEVER REMOVAL (GOLD METALLIC


LE)
1. Remove the shift knob cover q, retaining screw w,
shift knob e and spacer r from the shifter shaft.

2. Remove the fasteners retaining the center console


(see Body / Frame chapter). Remove the console
from the vehicle.
3. Remove the clip and washer retaining the shift cable 6
to the shift lever and disconnect the cable end from
the lever. 2. Remove the shifter boot t from the center console.
3. Remove the four fasteners y from the gated shift
4. Remove the retaining ring t and slide the shift lever plate.
y off the mounting bracket and out from the frame.

5. Remove both bushings u from the shift lever and


service as needed.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 6.3
TRANSMISSION

4. Remove the retaining clip u from the shifter. SHIFT LEVER INSTALLATION (GOLD
METALLIC LE)
1. Add Loctite 603 on completely around the outer
surface of the spherical bearing. Install the spherical
bearing into the shift lever.

NOTE
The spherical bearing orientation inside the shift lever is
important for proper function. Note the alignment o of
the marks in the spherical bearing with the marking on
the shift lever

5. Disconnect the shift cable from the shifter.


6. Remove the shifter from the vehicle.
SPHERICAL BEARING REMOVAL
1. Remove the snap ring i retaining the spherical
bearing.

2. Once the spherical bearing marks are aligned with


the mark on the shift lever o, install the snap ring i.

IMPORTANT
After the snap ring is installed, you should be able to
move the spherical bearing with your finger tip. If the
bearing will not move, it should be replaced.

3. Install the shifter to the mounting bracket.


4. Install the retaining clip u securing the shift lever to
NOTE the bracket.
The spherical bearing orientation inside the shift lever is
important for proper function. Note the alignment o of
the marks in the spherical bearing with the marking on
the shift lever

2. Remove the spherical bearing from the shift lever.

5. Install the shift cable to the shift lever.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


6.4 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
TRANSMISSION

6. The gap between the shifter guide and the gated 8. Install the shifter boot t, spacer r, shift knob e,
plate should be the same on both sides. retaining screw w and shift knob cover q.
IMPORTANT
The shift lever must be in Reverse when performing this
inspection.

GATED SHIFTER ADJUSTMENT (GOLD


METALLIC LE)
1. Place the gear selector in REVERSE.
7. If the gaps are not equal, move the bracket until the 2. Remove the shift knob cover q, retaining screw w,
gaps are equal and tighten the fasteners to shift knob e and spacer r from the shifter shaft.
specification. 6

3. Remove the shifter boot t from the center console.


TORQUE
Gated Shifter Bracket Fasteners:
14 ft-lb (19 Nm)

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 6.5
TRANSMISSION

4. The gap between the shifter guide y and the gated TORQUE
plate u should be the same on both sides.
Gated Shifter Bracket Fasteners:
14 ft-lb (19 Nm)

6. Install the shifter boot, spacer, shift knob, retaining


screw and shift knob cover.

SHIFT CABLE INSPECTION


Shift cable adjustment may be necessary if symptoms
include:
• No gear position or AWD display on instrument cluster
• Ratcheting noise on deceleration
• Inability to engage into a gear
• Excessive gear lash (noise)
• Gear selector moving out of desired range
Inspect shift cable, clevis pins, and pivot bushings and
replace if worn or damaged.

SHIFT CABLE ADJUSTMENT


1. Locate the shift cable attached to the transmission
case in the right rear wheel well area.
2. Inspect shift cable q, clevis pin, pivot bushings, and
dust boot w. Replace if worn or damaged.

NOTE
The center console is not shown for visual purposes.
This work may be performed with the center console
installed.

5. If the gaps are not equal, loosen the four bracket bolts
i. Move the bracket until the gaps are equal and
tighten the fasteners to specification.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


6.6 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
TRANSMISSION

3. If adjustment is required, loosen the lower jam nut r


and pull the cable out of the mount e to move the
upper jam nut t.

4. Adjust the shift cable so there is the same amount of


cable travel when shifting slightly past HIGH gear
and PARK.
5. Thread the upper or lower jam nut as required to
obtain proper cable adjustment.
6
NOTE
This procedure may require a few attempts to obtain
the proper adjustment.

6. Once the proper adjustment is obtained, place the


shift cable and upper jam nut into the mount. Tighten
the lower jam nut against the mount.
7. Start engine and shift through all gears to ensure the
shift cable is properly adjusted. If transmission still
ratchets after cable adjustment, the transmission will
require service.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 6.7
TRANSMISSION

TRANSMISSION SERVICE
TRANSMISSION REMOVAL CAUTION
CAUTION Correct Drive Clutch Puller P/N 2872085
Serious injury may result if machine tips or falls. Be
sure machine is secure before beginning this
procedure. Always wear eye protection.

1. Remove the seats, console cover and engine service


panel (see Chapter 10 ).
2. Disconnect the (-) negative battery cable from the
battery.
3. Remove the rear bumper and cargo box as an
assembly (see Chapter 10 – Cargo Box Assembly
Removal, page 10.23).
4. Remove the air box assembly (see Chapter 4 – ETC
Replacement, page 4.41).
5. Raise and support the vehicle.
6. Remove the prop shaft from the transmission output
shaft (see Chapter 7 – Rear Prop Shaft Removal, 11. Loosely install the left rear shock bolt to hold left rear
page 7.21). trailing arm up in position.
12. Remove the stabilizer bar mounting bolt and nut q
from both sides. Discard nuts and replace with new
upon assembly.

7. Remove rear wheels from the vehicle.


8. If internal transmission repair is required, drain the
transmission lubricant (see Chapter 2 –
Transmission Lubrication, page 2.48).
9. Remove the lower mounting bolt from the left rear
shock. Swing shock outward.
10. Remove the outer clutch cover, drive belt, drive
clutch, driven clutch, inner clutch cover and clutch
outlet duct (see Chapter 5 – PVT Disassembly
(2014–2015), page ).

NOTE
Be sure to use the correct Drive Clutch Puller (PN
2872085) to prevent damage to crankshaft.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


6.8 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
TRANSMISSION

13. Remove the four bolts (w attaching the upper and 16. Place a spacer or support between the vehicle frame
lower radius rods to the bearing carriers (left and and engine to hold the engine up in position.
right side). Discard nuts and replace with new upon
assembly. Allow the radius rods swing downward.

17. Remove vent hose from transmission.


14. Remove both lower shock bolts (left and right side) 18. Remove the gear position switch connector y,
while supporting the trailing arms from underneath. speed sensor connector t, crankshaft position
Lift training arms up and swing trailing arms outward sensor connector r, shift bracket bolts and shift
to remove the drive shafts from the transmission. bracket u, shift cable clevis pin and washer i from
15. Maneuver the drive shafts out of the vehicle frame. the transmission.
Reinstall the lower shock bolts e to hold the trailing 6
arms up during the rest of the removal procedure.

19. Remove the wire ties retaining harness to


transmission and mounts.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 6.9
TRANSMISSION

20. Using a 15mm socket, remove the four bolts from the 23. Slide transmission towards the rear of the vehicle.
left side o and right side a, securing the Lift and rotate the top of the transmission towards the
transmission to the engine. left side of the vehicle. With the help of an assistant,
remove transmission from the left rear wheel well
area.

21. Remove the two rear exhaust springs securing the


muffler to the rear transmission mounting bracket.
22. Remove the two fasteners s attaching the rear
transmission mount bracket assembly to the frame.
Remove the fasteners d that attach the rear mount
to the transmission. Remove the mount assembly
from the vehicle.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


6.10 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
TRANSMISSION

TRANSMISSION INSTALLATION 6. Install the Clutch Center Distance Tool onto


transmission input shaft and install the drive clutch
1. With the help of an assistant, position the bolt e to properly position the clutch center distance.
transmission into the vehicle frame through the left The pictures below show the tool properly installed
rear wheel well area.
2. Slide transmission towards rear of the vehicle and r.
rotate the top of the transmission toward the right side Clutch Center Distance Tool:
of the vehicle. PU-50658-A

3. Install the rear transmission mount to the frame and


secure with M8 bolts and nuts. Torque nuts to
specification. PU-50658–A 6
HOLE YEAR VEHICLE DESCRIPTION
1 2012 RZR 570
2011-14 RZR 900
2 2014-15 RZR XP 1000
2013 RANGER 900
2014-16 ACE
2015-18 ACE 570
2015-16 RGR ETX
3
2013–18 RZR 570
2014–18 RANGER 500/570
2015-18 RANGER 570 Full-Size
2014-18 RANGER 900/1000
2015-18 RZR 900
4
TORQUE 2016-18 RZR 1000
2016–18 ACE 900
Rear Transmission Mount Bracket Fasteners q:
22 ft-lb (30 Nm)

4. Install M10 bolt and nut securing the transmission


bracket to the rear mount. Torque fasteners to
specification.

TORQUE
Rear Transmission Isolator Fasteners w:
40 ft-lb (54 Nm)

5. Install the two rear exhaust springs securing the


muffler to the rear transmission mounting bracket.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 6.11
TRANSMISSION

HOLE YEAR VEHICLE DESCRIPTION 10. Torque left side mounting bolts to specification in
5 2015-18 RANGER Diesel sequence.

i.e. 2015 RZR 900 uses the holes marked with a 4


11. Torque right side mounting bolts to specification using
7. Loosen the two bolts retaining the transmission the numbered sequence shown.
coupler bracket to the engine on the right side.

8. Align front transmission mounting holes with TORQUE


transmission joint bracket mounting holes on engine. Engine / Transmission Mounting Bolts:
9. Loosely install the two longer bolts into left side Step 1-2: 64 ft-lb (87 Nm) Step 3: 5 ft-lb (7 Nm) Step
mounting holes and two shorter bolts with washers 4-7: 44 ft-lb (60 Nm)
into right side mounting holes.

NOTE 12. Remove the clutch center distance tool.


13. Remove the spacer or support between the vehicle
DO NOT torque fasteners at this time. frame and engine.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


6.12 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
TRANSMISSION

14. Install and properly route the gear position switch 20. Install inner clutch cover, outlet duct, drive clutch,
connector t, speed sensor connector y, crankshaft driven clutch, belt and outer clutch cover (see
position sensor connector u, shift bracket and shift Chapter 5 – PVT Assembly, page 5.11).
bracket bolts i, shift cable clevis pin and washer o 21. Install new spring ring a on rear drive shafts. Apply
onto the transmission. an anti-seize compound to the splines s.

15. Torque the two shift cable bracket bolts to 22. Swing the rear trailing arm out and up. Align the
specification. splines of the drive shaft with the transmission
splines. Push inward on the trailing arm assembly
TORQUE until the rear drive shafts lock into the transmission
Shift Cable Bracket Bolts: splines.
23. Install the rear shocks onto the trailing arms and
6
17 ft-lb (23 Nm)
install the lower mounting bolts with new retaining
nuts. Torque to specification.
16. Install three wire ties to retain wire harness to
transmission and mounts. TORQUE
Rear Shock Lower Bolt:
70 ft-lbs (95 Nm)

24. Install the four rear radius rods to the bearing carriers
on each side. Use new retaining fasteners d. Torque
to specification.

17. Install and properly route the vent hose.


18. Lubricate the transmission splines and mid prop shaft
joint splines with Polaris All Purpose Grease. Install
the prop shaft onto the transmission output shaft (see
Chapter 7 – Rear Prop Shaft Installation, page 7.25).
19. Install fasteners retaining the intake manifold lower
mount to the transmission bracket. Torque fasteners
to specification.
TORQUE
TORQUE Radius Rod Bolts:
Intake Manifold: M10: 40 ft-lb (54 Nm)
22 ft-lb (30 Nm) M12 (outer): 50 ft-lb + 90° (68 Nm + 90°)

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 6.13
TRANSMISSION

25. Install the stabilizer bar link mounting bolts and new TRANSMISSION VENT LINE ROUTING
nuts f. Torque to specification. The transmission vent line connects to a nipple q on the
side of the transmission near the transmission switch.
The vent line routes up through the gap between the
MAG and PTO intake runners and is retained by a clip w
mounted to the cargo box rear bracket.

TORQUE
Stabilizer Bar Linkage:
40 ft-lbs (54 Nm)
The line runs parallel with the fuel supply line and is
26. Safely lower the vehicle. retained by a zip tie e attached to the cargo box front
27. If transmission lubricant was drained, fill the bracket. The line terminates to open air (does not
transmission with the specified amount of Polaris terminate to a fitting or hole in the frame).
AGL (see Chapter 2 – Transmission Lubrication,
page 2.48).

FLUID CAPACITY
Recommended Transmission Lubricant:
AGL

Capacity (Standard):
44 oz (1300 mL)

Capacity (INT’L):
40.5 oz (1200 mL)

TRANSMISSION DISASSEMBLY
NOTE
Refer to the exploded view at the end of this chapter as
a reference.

1. Place transmission in High gear before disassembly.


2. Drain and properly dispose of the transmission
lubricant (see Chapter 2).

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


6.14 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
TRANSMISSION

3. Remove the bell crank nut q and bell crank w. 11. Remove all the transmission case bolts. Using suit-
able pry bars, remove the cover using the designated
pry points (indicated by the black arrows in the illus-
tration below).

4. Remove E-clip e that retains spring and flat washers


r and gear switch t. Remove the switch.
5. Remove the sector cover bolts y and remove the
sector cover u.
NOTE
Removal can be aided by using your thumbs to press in
on the shafts while pulling out the cover with your
fingers. 6
6. Remove the compression spring i. CAUTION
Do not pry on case sealing surfaces.
Use only the designated pry points on the
transmission.

12. Lift up on the shift shaft rail j and move the rail
assembly rearward to allow the shift fork pins k to be
removed from the shift drum l. Remove the shift
drum from the transmission housing.

7. Remove the detent star o. Note how the detent star


fits onto the splined shaft with the raised edge facing
outward for reassembly.
8. Remove the spacer a.
9. Remove the shift shaft s, detent pawl d and the shift
sector gears f and g.

NOTE
Note the timing marks on the shift gears for reassembly
purposes.

10. Remove the O-rings h from each shaft and discard.


Use new O-rings upon assembly.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 6.15
TRANSMISSION

13. Remove the shift shaft rail j and shift forks from the 17. Using a 5 mm Allen wrench, remove the screws that
transmission housing as an assembly. secure the pinion shaft assembly 2#. Lift the pinion
shaft assembly straight up to remove it from the
housing. Note the longer screw 2 $ that locks the
snorkel tube.

14. Remove the rear output shaft assembly 1 ( by lifting


underneath the gear or by tapping the shaft from the
opposite side.
18. Remove all seals from the gearcase halves and clean
the cases in preparation for assembly.
Gear Cluster Disassembly

15. Remove the input shaft 2), gear cluster assembly 2!


and idler gear shaft assembly 2@ from the
transmission housing by pulling both assemblies
straight up.

16. Place the gear cluster assembly on a clean surface


for inspection. If disassembly is required, refer to
“Gear Cluster Disassembly”.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


6.16 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
TRANSMISSION

19. Remove the bearing from the reverse shaft using a 23. If necessary, disassemble the other end of the
bearing puller. Remove the retaining ring and slide reverse shaft. Remove the bearing , engagement
the washers, high gear and needle bearing off the dog, retaining ring, washer, low gear d and needle
reverse shaft. bearing f from the reverse shaft.

s Reverse Shaft h Washer


6
d Bearing j Low Gear
f Engagement Dog k Needle Bearing
g Snap Ring
q Bearing y Needle Bearing 24. To disassemble the shift shaft rail remove the snap
ring 2% from the end of the shift rail on either side.
w Reverse Shaft u Engagement Dog
e Retaining Ring i Sprocket
r Washers o Silent Chain
t High Gear a Input Shaft
20. Remove the retaining ring and engagement dog from
the reverse shaft.
21. Remove the retaining ring, washer, needle bearing,
and sprocket from the reverse shaft.
22. Tilt the two shafts towards each other and remove the
silent chain from the two shafts.

CAUTION
Use caution when disassembling the shift rail. The
compressed springs on the shift rail may pop off
causing eye or face injury.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 6.17
TRANSMISSION

Snorkel Shaft Removal / Disassembly 27. Remove the snorkel tube and shaft assembly from
the transmission case.
CAUTION
The pinion shaft must be removed prior to removing the
snorkel shaft assembly. Failure to remove pinion shaft,
will result in damage to the snorkel shaft.

25. Extract the seal 2^ from the snorkel shaft to access


the snorkel tube 2& for removal.

28. Remove the snap ring 2* and shim 2 ( from the


snorkel shaft.

26. Using the Snorkel Tool, fully loosen the snorkel tube.

29. Use an arbor press to remove the snorkel tube from


the snorkel shaft.
30. Remove the snap ring 3) and shim 3! retaining the
bearing in the snorkel tube.

Snorkel Tool:
PA-50231

31. Lightly tap on the bearing from the opposite side to


remove it from the snorkel tube.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


6.18 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
TRANSMISSION

32. Remove the retaining ring to remove the remaining


washer, bearing and gear from the snorkel shaft.

DIFFERENTIAL OPERATION
6
Transmissions equipped with Turf Mode have two
traction operational modes: Differential Lock and
Differential Unlock. Locking the rear differential is
beneficial in low traction and rough terrain conditions.
Unlocking the rear differential makes maneuvering easier
and minimizes damage to terrain.

When “Differential-Unlock” is selected, the rear


differential becomes unlocked for tighter turns. An
electrical solenoid mounted in the rear portion of the
gearcase actuates the shift fork. The solenoid plunger
extends out to move the fork and slides the engagement
dog away from the side gear that is part of the planetary
differential assembly. This unlocks the rear differential.
The rear drive shafts are now dependent on the
differential allowing for tighter turns.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 6.19
TRANSMISSION

When “Differential-Lock” is selected, power is removed


from the electrical solenoid allowing the solenoid plunger
to retract. Spring tension moves the shift fork back into
place and mates the engagement dog to the side gear
that is part of the planetary differential assembly. This
locks the rear differential as a solid rear axle, increasing
traction.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


6.20 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
TRANSMISSION

6
ITEM DESCRIPTION

q Ring Gear Assembly

w Male Side Gear Assembly

e Planet Gear Assembly

r Female Gear Assembly

t Differential Cover Assembly

y Planetary Differential Assembly Fasteners

u Engagement Dog

i Bearing

o Shift Fork Retainer Fastener

a Torsion Spring

s Retainer

d Shift Fork

f Solenoid Spring

g Solenoid

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 6.21
TRANSMISSION

PLANETARY DIFFERENTIAL DISASSEMBLY 3. Remove the six planet gears and each side gear
(TURF MODE MODELS ONLY) assembly from the ring gear.

NOTE
If the gearcase is completely assembled, perform the
Transmission Disassembly, page procedure.

1. Use a scribe to mark the differential cover and ring


gear prior to disassembly.

4. Inspect the female side gear (A), male side gear (B),
planet gears (C) and ring gear (D). Replace
components or bushings as needed. Bushing
replacement can be performed on all necessary
differential components. If bushing replacement is
required, proceed to Planetary Differential Bushing
Replacement (Turf Mode Models Only), page 6.23.

2. Remove the six screws retaining the differential


cover and remove the cover.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


6.22 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
TRANSMISSION

PLANETARY DIFFERENTIAL BUSHING 4. Install the bushing to the specified depth as shown.
REPLACEMENT (TURF MODE MODELS
ONLY)

NOTE
If the differential is completely assembled, perform the
“Planetary Differential Disassembly” procedure.

Ring Gear Bushing Replacement


1. Press the old bushing out of the ring gear.
2. Thoroughly clean the bore of the ring gear and check
for any unwanted burs.
3. Press the new bushing into the ring gear housing.

Planet Gear Bushing Replacement


5. Press the old bushing out of the planet gear.
6. Thoroughly clean the bore of the planet gear and
check for any unwanted burs.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 6.23
TRANSMISSION

7. Press the new bushing into the planet gear until it is 11. Install the bushing to the specified depth as shown.
flush on each end. Repeat this procedure for the
remaining planet gears.

Differential Cover Bushing Replacement


8. Press the old bushing out of the differential cover.
9. Thoroughly clean the bore of the differential cover
and check for any unwanted burs.
10. Press the new bushing into the differential cover.

Female Side Gear Bushing Replacement


12. Locate the bushing split. Using a small chisel or flat
blade screwdriver, peel back and remove the old
bushing from the side gear, being careful not to
damage the side gear.

13. Thoroughly clean the bore of the side gear and


check for any unwanted burs.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


6.24 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
TRANSMISSION

14. Press the new bushing into the side gear until it 5. Install screws hand tight. Place assembly in soft jaw
bottoms out. vise and torque to specification.

PLANETARY DIFFERENTIAL ASSEMBLY NOTE


(TURF MODE MODELS ONLY) The are two possible grades for the differential cover
1. Thoroughly clean the differential components. screws. The grade can be located on the head of the
fastener. The two possible fasteners are grade 8.8 and
2. Assemble the side gears and place them onto the
ring gear along with the six planet gears.
grade 10.9. Torque the screws according to their
corresponding grade.
6

3. Align and install the differential cover using the


previously made scribe marks. TORQUE
4. Apply Loctite® 2760™ to cover screws. Differential Cover Screws (8.8 Fastener):
22 ft-lb (30 Nm)

TORQUE
Differential Cover Screws (10.9 Fastener):28 ft-lbs (38
Nm)

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 6.25
TRANSMISSION

GEAR / SHAFT / BEARING INSPECTION

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


6.26 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
TRANSMISSION

TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY / SNORKEL 4. Apply a small amount of white lithium grease or Anti-
GEAR BACKLASH PROCEDURE Seize on the threads i of the snorkel tube.

1. Reassemble the snorkel tube and snorkel shaft


assembly by reversing the disassembly procedure
(see “Snorkel Shaft Removal / Disassembly”).

5. Install the snorkel shaft into the gearcase. Using the


Snorkel Tool, tighten the snorkel tube until it is lightly
seated in the transmission housing.

REF DESCRIPTION
q Seal

w Snap Ring

e Washer

r Bearing
Snorkel Tool
t Snorkel Tube PA-50231
y Snorkel Shaft

u 13T Gear

2. After the 13T gear and bearing are pressed onto the
snorkel shaft (flush to the shoulder), install the
washer and new retaining ring.
3. Press the gear back towards the retaining ring. Avoid
excessive force so the retaining ring is not damaged
or pre-stressed significantly.

NOTE
Failure to press the gear back against the washer and
retaining ring will lead to a gear backlash change after
vehicle is placed into service.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 6.27
TRANSMISSION

6. Inspect the pinion shaft assembly. Replace bearings 9. Using a 5 mm Allen wrench, install only the three
if needed. Inspect each gear for damage, chips or screws h that secure the pinion shaft assembly as
abnormally worn teeth. shown below. Leave the longer locking screw j out
at this point. Torque the bearing cover retaining
screws to specification.

TORQUE
REF DESCRIPTION Bearing Cover Retaining Screws:
10 ft-lb (14 Nm)
o Bearing

a Snap Ring IMPORTANT


s Washer DO NOT install the longer screw. Installing the longer
screw will lock the snorkel tube and not allow for
d Gear backlash setting adjustment.
f Bearing Cover
10. Rotate the snorkel tube counterclockwise using the
g Pinion Shaft snorkel tool until the snorkel gear and pinion gear
have ‘zero’ backlash.
NOTE Snorkel Tool
If pinion shaft was disassembled, the bearing cover PA-50231
must be installed on the shaft before installing the gear.
NOTE
7. Install the pinion shaft assembly. Be sure to properly DO NOT overtighten the snorkel tube. At the 'zero'
mesh the snorkel shaft bevel gear with the pinion
backlash position, you should still be able to turn the
shaft bevel gear.
snorkel shaft using your fingers, but it will feel rough
8. Apply Loctite® 242™ to the threads of the bearing
and may have some tight spots.
cover retaining screws.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


6.28 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
TRANSMISSION

11. Look down into the transmission housing to see the 16. Assemble the reverse shaft assembly and input shaft
snorkel locking screw hole opening k to reference assembly if previously disassembled (see
your starting point. illustrations).

NOTE
If you have a hard time seeing into the hole, insert a
small Allen wrench, punch or screwdriver into the hole
to feel when the notch is aligned with the hole.

12. Slowly rotate the snorkel tube clockwise while


counting the number of notches passing through the
6
hole opening as you rotate the tube. Rotate the
snorkel tube to the 3rd notch from the ‘zero’ backlash
position obtained in step 11.
13. Check the pinion shaft gear backlash again by feel. If
the pinion shaft gear lash appears to be too tight, REF DESCRIPTION
rotate the snorkel shaft clockwise to the next notch
(4th notch). l Reverse Shaft
14. Once the backlash is set, apply Loctite® 242™ to the
threads and install the locking screw to secure the 1( Low Gear
snorkel tube. Torque the locking screw to Engagement Dog
specification. 2)
TORQUE 2! Reverse Sprocket

Snorkel Locking Screw: 2@ Silent Chain


10 ft-lb (14 Nm)
2# Snap Ring

Transmission Assembly 2$ Bearing

NOTE 2% High Gear


The snorkel shaft and pinion shaft must be installed 2^ Input Shaft
prior to transmission assembly. The snorkel shaft
cannot be installed after assembling the transmission.

15. Clean both transmission case halves thoroughly.


Inspect case half mating surfaces for damage.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 6.29
TRANSMISSION

17. Install the idler gear shaft assembly 2&, gear cluster 20. Install the shift shaft rail 3! and shift forks into the
assembly 2*, and input shaft assembly 2 ( into the transmission housing as an assembly. Be sure the
transmission housing, all at the same time. shift forks are engaged into the engagement dogs.

18. Install the rear output shaft assembly 3).


NOTE
Shift fork pins should be offset towards the input shaft
as shown above 3@.

21. Inspect the shift drum for any damage or wear.


Inspect the splines of the shift drum.

19. Assemble the shift shaft rail if previously


disassembled.

22. Install the shift drum into the transmission housing.


Lift up on the shift shaft rail and move the rail
assembly towards the shift drum to allow the shift fork
ends to be installed into the shift drum.

NOTE
Both shift forks need to be orientated the same way, so
that the shift fork pins are both offset to the same side
of the rail.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


6.30 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
TRANSMISSION

23. Apply a continuous bead of Crankcase 3 Bond 25. Install new seals into the transmission case halves.
Sealant to left-hand transmission mating surface. • The snorkel shaft seal 3#, should be pressed in until it
Crankcase 3 Bond Sealant seats against the housing counter-bore.
PN 2871557

24. Install the transmission case cover and retaining


bolts. Torque bolts to specification.

• The input shaft seal 3$, should be pressed in until it


seats flush with the housing.
• The rear output shaft seals 3%, can be installed using a
standard bushing installation tool. Seals should be
installed just past the case lead-in chamfer (0.070" or 6
1.8 mm from outer face of bore).
26. Thoroughly clean the shift shaft housing.
27. Install the sector gear (16T) onto the shift drum shaft.
TORQUE Install the shift shaft assembly and sector gear (11T)
Transmission Case Bolts: into the bushing pocket on the left side. Align the
20 ft-lbs (27 Nm) timing marks on the gears as shown.

28. Install the spacer and then the detent star onto the
shift drum shaft. Be sure to install the detent star with
the raised edge facing outward and skip-tooth
aligned.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 6.31
TRANSMISSION

29. Install the detent pawl onto the shift shaft and 35. Install the bellcrank onto the shift shaft. Note the key
carefully install the compression spring. splined on the bellcrank and shift shaft. Install the nut
and torque to specification.
TORQUE
Bell Crank Nut:
18 ft-lb (24 Nm)

36. Refer to Transmission Installation, page to


complete the repair.

30. Install a new O-ring on each shift shaft 3^. Apply a


small amount of white lithium grease on the O-rings,
shift shafts and component contact surfaces prior to
installing the sector cover.

31. Clean the transmission and gear sector cover mating


surfaces thoroughly.
32. Apply Crankcase Sealant (3-Bond) onto the cover
and transmission case mating surface.
Crankcase 3 Bond Sealant
PN 2871557

33. Install the sector cover and align the transmission


case dowel with the alignment hole. Install and torque
the bolts to specification.
TORQUE
Sector Gear Cover Bolts:
12 ft-lb (16 Nm)

34. Install the transmission drain plug and torque to


specification.

TORQUE
Fill / Drain Plug:
14 ft-lbs (19 Nm)

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


6.32 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
TRANSMISSION

TROUBLESHOOTING
SHIFTING DIFFICULTY
Check the following items when shifting difficulty is
encountered.
• Shift cable adjustment/condition
• PVT alignment (clutch center distance)
• Idle speed (throttle cable routing)
• Transmission lubricant type/quality
• Loose fasteners on sector gear cover
• Worn rod ends, clevis pins, or pivot arm bushings
• Shift selector rail travel
• Worn, broken or damaged internal transmission
components

NOTE
To determine if shifting difficulty or problem is caused
by an internal transmission problem, isolate the
transmission by disconnecting the shift cable end from
the transmission bellcrank. Manually select each gear
range at the transmission bellcrank, and test ride
vehicle. If it functions properly, the problem is outside
the transmission.

If transmission problem remains, disassemble 6


transmission and inspect all gear dogs for wear
(rounding) or damage. Inspect all bearings, circlips,
thrust washers and shafts for wear.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 6.33
TRANSMISSION

NOTES

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


6.34 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
FINAL DRIVE

CHAPTER 7
FINAL DRIVE
GENERAL INFORMATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.2
SPECIAL TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.2
BEARING CARRIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.3
FRONT BEARING CARRIER INSPECTION / REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.3
FRONT BEARING REPLACEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.4
FRONT BEARING CARRIER INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.5
REAR BEARING CARRIER INSPECTION / REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.6
REAR BEARING REPLACEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.8
REAR BEARING CARRIER INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.9
DRIVE SHAFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.11
FRONT DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.11
FRONT DRIVE SHAFT INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.12
REAR DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.13
REAR DRIVE SHAFT INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.14
DRIVE SHAFT / CV JOINT HANDLING TIPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.16
CV JOINT SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.16
OUTER CV BOOT REPLACEMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.16
INNER PLUNGING JOINT / BOOT REPLACEMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.18 7
PROP SHAFT SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.20
FRONT PROPSHAFT REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.20
REAR PROP SHAFT REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.21
REAR PROP SHAFT REMOVAL XP 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.22
SUPPORT BEARING REPLACEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.23
U-JOINT DISASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.24
U-JOINT ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.24
FRONT PROP SHAFT INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.25
REAR PROP SHAFT INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.25
REAR PROP SHAFT INSTALLATION XP 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.26
FRONT GEARCASE / CENTRALIZED HILLIARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.27
FRONT GEARCASE ASSEMBLY VIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.27
ALL WHEEL DRIVE OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.28
AWD DIAGNOSIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.28
FRONT GEARCASE REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.30
FRONT GEARCASE DISASSEMBLY / INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.30
FRONT GEARCASE ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.33
FRONT GEARCASE INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.36
FRONT GEARCASE VENT LINE ROUTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.36
WHEEL HUBS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.37
FRONT HUB ASSEMBLY VIEW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.37
REAR HUB ASSEMBLY VIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.37
BEADLOCK RIMS (IF EQUIPPED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.38

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 7.1
FINAL DRIVE

GENERAL INFORMATION
SPECIAL TOOLS
PART NUMBER TOOL DESCRIPTION
2872608 Roll Pin Removal Tool
CV Boot Clamp Pliers
8700226 (earless type)

PU-48951 Axle Boot Clamp Tool

Bosch Automotive Service Solutions: 1-800-345-2233


or http://polaris.service-solutions.com/

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


7.2 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
FINAL DRIVE

BEARING CARRIER
FRONT BEARING CARRIER INSPECTION / 6. Remove and discard the two front brake caliper
REMOVAL mounting bolts and remove the caliper from the
brake disc.
1. Elevate front of vehicle and safely support machine
under the frame area. CAUTION
WARNING Do not hang the caliper by the brake line. Use wire to
hang caliper to prevent damage to the brake line.
Serious injury may result if machine tips or falls. Be
sure machine is secure before beginning this service 7. Remove the front wheel hub assembly.
procedure. Wear eye protection when removing
bearings and seals. 8. Remove and discard the upper and lower ball joint
pinch bolts r.
2. Check bearings for side play by grasping the top and
bottom of the tire firmly and checking for movement.
The tire should rotate smoothly without binding or
rough spots.

9. Using a soft faced hammer, lightly tap on the bearing


carrier while removing the upper and lower ball joint
7
ends.
10. Remove the bearing carrier from the front drive shaft.
3. Remove the four wheel nuts and remove the front
wheel. 11. Rotate bearing by hand and check for smooth
rotation. Visually inspect bearing for moisture, dirt, or
4. Remove the cotter pin q and loosen the front wheel corrosion.
hub castle nut w. Remove the nut, and two cone
washers e from the front wheel hub assembly. NOTE
Due to extremely close tolerances and minimal wear,
the bearings must be inspected visually, and by feel.
While rotating bearings by hand, inspect for rough
spots, discoloration, or corrosion. The bearings should
turn smoothly and quietly, with no detectable up and
down movement and minimal movement sideways
between inner and outer race.

12. Replace bearing if moisture, dirt, corrosion, or


roughness is evident.

5. Remove the fastener retaining the steering tie rod


end to the front bearing carrier.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 7.3
FINAL DRIVE

FRONT BEARING REPLACEMENT 7. Apply Loctite® 603™ retaining compound to the


Bearing Removal outer circumference of the new bearing w race and
carefully press the new bearing into the bearing
1. Remove the outer snap ring q. carrier housing.

2. From the back side of the bearing carrier, tap on the


outer bearing race with a drift punch in the reliefs as NOTE
shown. Use care to not allow any of the Loctite® compound to
get in the bearing.

8. Wipe the housing clean of any excess compound


and install the snap ring e.

3. Drive bearing out evenly by tapping on outer race


only. Once bearing is at bottom of casting, support
casting on outer edges so bearing can be removed.
4. Inspect the bearing carrier housing for scratches,
wear or damage. Replace front bearing carrier if
damaged.
Bearing Installation
5. Thoroughly clean the front bearing carrier housing
and the outer race on the new bearing. Be sure that
all oil residue has been removed from each surface.
6. Support the bottom of the bearing carrier housing.

CAUTION
Use an arbor and press only on the outer race,
otherwise bearing damage may occur.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


7.4 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
FINAL DRIVE

FRONT BEARING CARRIER INSTALLATION CAUTION


1. Install drive shaft axle through the backside of the New bolts have a pre-applied locking agent which is
bearing carrier. destroyed upon removal. Always use new brake caliper
2. Install the upper and lower ball joint ends into the mounting bolts upon assembly.
front bearing carrier.
7. Install the steering tie rod end r onto the front
3. Install new pinch bolts q and nuts. Torque to bearing carrier.
specification.
NOTE
Refer to the photo below to ensure proper placement of
the tie rod end.

TORQUE
Ball Joint Pinch Bolts:
42 ft-lbs (57 Nm)
8. Torque the tie rod end fastener t to specification
4. Apply Anti-Seize to drive shaft axle splines. and install a new cotter pin t. 7
5. Install front wheel hub assembly w, cone washer(s)
TORQUE
e, and hand tighten the castle nut. Install washers
with domed side out. Tie Rod End Fastener:
15 ft-lbs (20 Nm) + 90°

9. Torque wheel hub nut y to specification and install a


new cotter pin u. Tighten nut slightly if necessary to
align cotter pin holes. Bend both ends of cotter pin
around end of spindle in different directions.

6. Install new brake caliper mounting bolts and torque


to specification.

TORQUE
Front Caliper Mounting Bolts:
TORQUE
30 ft-lb (41 Nm)
Wheel Hub Castle Nut:
180 ft-lbs (244 Nm)

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 7.5
FINAL DRIVE

10. Install wheel and four wheel nuts. Torque wheel nuts REAR BEARING CARRIER INSPECTION /
to specification. REMOVAL
TORQUE 1. Elevate rear of vehicle and safely support machine
under the frame area.
Wheel Nuts:
120 ft-lbs (163 Nm) WARNING
Serious injury may result if machine tips or falls. Be
11. Rotate wheel and check for smooth operation. sure machine is secure before beginning this service
procedure. Wear eye protection when removing
bearings and seals.

2. Check bearings for side play by grasping the top and


bottom of the tire firmly and checking for movement.
The tire should rotate smoothly without binding or
rough spots.
3. Remove the four wheel nuts and rear wheel.
4. Remove the cotter pin q and loosen the rear wheel
hub castle nut w. Remove the nut, and two cone
washers e from the rear wheel hub assembly.

5. Remove the lower radius rod outer mounting bolt r,


nut and washer from the bearing carrier. Swing
radius rod down. Discard the nut.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


7.6 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
FINAL DRIVE

6. Remove the two brake caliper mounting bolts t. 9. Remove the bearing carrier from the rear drive shaft
Remove the rear brake caliper assembly. and trailing arm.

10. Rotate bearing by hand and check for smooth


CAUTION rotation. Visually inspect bearing for moisture, dirt, or
Do not hang the caliper by the brake line. Use wire to corrosion.
hang caliper to prevent damage to the brake line.
NOTE
7. Remove the rear wheel hub and brake disk Due to extremely close tolerances and minimal wear,
assembly. the bearings must be inspected visually, and by feel.
While rotating bearings by hand, inspect for rough
8. Remove the five remaining bolts y that attach the spots, discoloration, or corrosion. The bearings should
rear bearing carrier to the trailing arm. Discard the turn smoothly and quietly, with no detectable up and
nuts. down movement and minimal movement sideways
between inner and outer race.
7
11. Replace bearing if moisture, dirt, corrosion, or
roughness is evident.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 7.7
FINAL DRIVE

REAR BEARING REPLACEMENT 7. Apply Loctite® 603™ retaining compound to the


Bearing Removal outer circumference of the new bearing race w and
carefully press the new bearing into the bearing
1. Remove the outer snap ring q. carrier housing e.

2. From the back side of the bearing carrier, tap on the


outer bearing race with a drift punch in the reliefs as NOTE
shown. Use care to not allow any of the Loctite® compound to
get in the bearing.

8. Wipe the housing clean of any excess compound


and install the snap ring r.

3. Drive bearing out evenly by tapping on outer race


only. Once bearing is at bottom of casting, support
casting on outer edges so bearing can be removed.
4. Inspect the bearing carrier housing for scratches,
wear or damage. Replace rear bearing carrier if
damaged.
Bearing Installation
5. Thoroughly clean the rear bearing carrier housing
and the outer race on the new bearing. Be sure that
all oil residue has been removed from each surface.
6. Support the bottom of the bearing carrier housing.

CAUTION
Use an arbor and press only on the outer race,
otherwise bearing damage may occur.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


7.8 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
FINAL DRIVE

REAR BEARING CARRIER INSTALLATION 4. Install rear wheel hub assembly w, cone washers e,
1. Install drive shaft through the backside of the bearing and hand tighten the castle nut. Install washers with
carrier. domed side out.

2. Install the four fasteners q that attach the rear 5. Install the rear brake caliper assembly and new bolts
bearing carrier to the trailing arm. Install the one r. Torque to specification.
fastener w that attaches the upper radius rod to the
bearing carrier. Torque bolts to specification.

NOTE
Use new nuts upon installation of the rear bearing
carrier.

TORQUE
Rear Caliper Mounting Bolts:
40 ft-lbs (54 Nm)

TORQUE
Bearing Carrier to Trailing Arm Bolts:
42 ft-lb (54 Nm)

Radius Rod to Bearing Carrier Fasteners:


M10: 40 ft-lb (54 Nm)
M12 (outer): 50 ft-lb + 90° (68 Nm + 90°)

3. Apply anti-seize to drive shaft splines.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 7.9
FINAL DRIVE

6. Torque wheel hub nut to specification and install a


new cotter pin t. Tighten nut slightly if necessary to
align cotter pin holes.

TORQUE
Hub Castle Nut:
110 ft-lbs (149 Nm)

7. Install wheel and four wheel nuts. Torque wheel nuts


to specification.

TORQUE
Wheel Nuts:
120 ft-lbs (163 Nm)

8. Rotate wheel and check for smooth operation. Bend


both ends of cotter pin around end of spindle in
different directions.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


7.10 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
FINAL DRIVE

DRIVE SHAFT
FRONT DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAL 6. Remove and discard the upper and lower ball joint
1. Elevate front of vehicle and safely support machine pinch bolts r and nuts.
under the frame area.

CAUTION
Serious injury may result if machine tips or falls. Be
sure machine is secure before beginning this service
procedure. Wear eye protection when removing
bearings and seals.

2. Remove the four wheel nuts and remove the front


wheel.
3. Remove the cotter pin q and loosen the front wheel
hub castle nut w. Remove the nut, and cone
washers e from the front wheel hub assembly.

7. Using a soft faced hammer, lightly tap on the bearing


carrier while removing the upper ball joint end.
8. Remove the drive shaft from the front bearing carrier.

4. Remove and discard the two front brake caliper


mounting bolts and remove the caliper from the
brake disc (see Chapter 9 – Caliper Removal , page
9.17).

CAUTION 9. With a short, sharp jerk, remove drive shaft from the
Do not hang the caliper by the brake line. Use wire to front gearcase.
hang caliper to prevent damage to the brake line.

5. Remove the front wheel hub assembly.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 7.11
FINAL DRIVE

FRONT DRIVE SHAFT INSTALLATION 5. Install new pinch bolts and nuts e. Torque to
1. Install new spring ring q on drive shaft. Apply an specification.
anti-seize compound to the splines w.

TORQUE
2. Align splines of drive shaft with front gearcase and
reinstall the drive shaft. Use a rubber mallet to tap on Ball Joint Pinch Bolts:
the outboard end of the drive shaft if necessary 42 ft-lbs (57 Nm)

6. Apply Anti-Seize to drive shaft axle splines.


7. Install front wheel hub assembly r, cone washer(s)
t, and hand tighten the castle nut. Install washers
with domed side out.

3. Install drive shaft into the front bearing carrier.

4. Install the upper and lower ball joint ends into the
front bearing carrier.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


7.12 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
FINAL DRIVE

8. Torque wheel hub nut y to specification and install a 3. Remove the cotter pin q and loosen the rear wheel
new cotter pin u. Tighten nut slightly if necessary to hub castle nut w. Remove the nut, and cone washer
align cotter pin holes. Bend both ends of cotter pin (s) e from the rear wheel hub assembly.
around end of spindle in different directions.

4. Remove the two bolts r retaining the upper and


lower radius rods to the bearing carrier. Discard the
TORQUE nuts. Let the radius rods swing downward.
Wheel Hub Castle Nut:
5. Remove the brake caliper mounting bolts t.
180 ft-lbs (244 Nm) Remove the rear brake caliper assembly.

9. Install new brake caliper mounting bolts and torque CAUTION


to specification. Do not hang the caliper by the brake line. Use wire to
TORQUE hang caliper to prevent damage to the brake line.

Front Caliper Mounting Bolts:


30 ft-lb (41 Nm)
7

CAUTION
New bolts have a pre-applied locking agent which is
destroyed upon removal. Always use new brake caliper
mounting bolts upon assembly.

10. Install wheel and four wheel nuts. Torque wheel nuts
to specification.
TORQUE
Wheel Nuts:
120 ft-lbs (163 Nm)
6. Remove the rear hub assembly from the bearing
11. Rotate wheel and check for smooth operation. carrier.
7. Support the trailing arm from underneath.
REAR DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAL
8. Remove the lower shock mounting bolt and nut y.
1. Raise and support the vehicle. Swing the shock inward. Discard the nut.
CAUTION 9. Remove the stabilizer bar mounting bolt, washer and
nut u. Discard the nut.
Serious injury may result if machine tips or falls. Be
sure machine is secure before beginning this 10. Lift the trailing arm assembly upward so the rear
procedure. Always wear eye protection. drive shaft is parallel with the ground.
11. Leaving the drive shaft in the transmission, swing the
2. Remove the four wheel nuts and rear wheel. rear trailing arm assembly outward until it is free from
the rear drive shaft.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 7.13
FINAL DRIVE

12. Lower the trailing arm. 2. Align splines of drive shaft with transmission splines
and reinstall the drive shaft. Use a rubber mallet to
tap on the outboard end of the drive shaft if
necessary.

13. With a short, sharp jerk, remove drive shaft from the
transmission splines.

3. Swing the rear trailing arm assembly outward and


upward until the rear axle can be inserted into the
bearing carrier. Support the trailing arm from
underneath.

REAR DRIVE SHAFT INSTALLATION


1. Install new spring ring q on drive shaft. Apply an
anti-seize compound to the splines w.
4. Install the lower shock mounting bolt and new nut.
Torque fastener to specification.

TORQUE
Lower Shock Bolt to Trailing Arm:
70 ft-lbs (95 Nm)

5. Install the stabilizer bar mounting bolt, washer and


new nut. Torque fastener to specification.
TORQUE
Stabilizer Bar Linkage:
40 ft-lbs (54 Nm)

6. Apply Anti-Seize to drive shaft axle splines.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


7.14 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
FINAL DRIVE

7. Install rear wheel hub assembly e. Install the cone 9. Install the rear brake caliper assembly and new bolts
washer (s) r and castle nut. Torque castle nut to y. Torque to specification.
specification. Install new cotter pin t.

TORQUE
Rear Caliper Mounting Bolts:
40 ft-lbs (54 Nm)

10. Install wheel and four wheel nuts. Torque wheel nuts
to specification.
TORQUE
Wheel Nuts:
120 ft-lbs (163 Nm)
7

TORQUE
Rear Hub Castle Nut:
180 ft-lbs (244 Nm)

8. Install the radius rod bolts, washers and new nuts.


Torque fasteners to specification.
TORQUE
Radius Rods to Bearing Carrier:
M10: 40 ft-lb (54 Nm)
M12 (outer): 50 ft-lb + 90° (68 Nm + 90°)

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 7.15
FINAL DRIVE

DRIVE SHAFT / CV JOINT HANDLING TIPS CV JOINT SERVICE


Care should be exercised during drive shaft removal or
when servicing CV joints. Drive shaft components are OUTER CV BOOT REPLACEMENT
precision parts.
Cleanliness and following these instructions is very NOTE
important to ensure proper shaft function and a normal Outer CV Joint replacement is not recommended. If the
service life. outer joint is damaged, a new half shaft assembly
• The complete drive shaft and joint should be handled should be installed.
by getting hold of the interconnecting shaft to avoid
disassembly or potential damage to the drive shaft 1. Use a side cutters to cut and discard the boot clamps
joints. q.
• Over-angling of joints beyond their capacity could
result in boot or joint damage.
• Make sure surface-ground areas and splines of shaft
are protected during handling to avoid damage.
• Do not allow boots to come into contact with sharp
edges or hot engine and exhaust components.
• The drive shaft is not to be used as a lever arm to
position other suspension components.
• Never use a hammer or sharp tools to remove or to
install boot clamps.
• Be sure joints are thoroughly clean and that the proper
amount and type of grease is used to refill when joint
boots are replaced and when joints are cleaned. Refer
to text for grease capacity of CV joints and CV joint
boots.

2. Remove the large end of the boot from the CV joint


and slide the boot down the shaft.

3. Clean the grease from the face of the joint.

CAUTION
Complete disassembly of the CV joint is NOT
recommended. The internal components are precision
fit and develop their own characteristic wear patterns.
Intermixing the internal components could result in
looseness, binding, and/or premature failure of the joint.

IMPORTANT
If the grease in the joint is obviously contaminated with
water and/or dirt, the joint should be replaced.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


7.16 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
FINAL DRIVE

4. The CV joint is fitted with a circlip at the end of the 11. While pulling out on the CV shaft, fully extend the CV
shaft inside the housing. The shaft is likely to be joint and slide a straight O-ring pick or a small slotted
damaged from striking the cage / race to separate the screw driver between the small end of the boot and
CV joint from the shaft. It is recommended to replace the shaft. This will allow the air pressure to equalize in
the entire half shaft assembly if there is damage to the CV boot in the position that the joint will spend
the outer joint. most of its life. Before you remove your instrument,
5. Remove the plunging joint from the shaft to remove be sure the small end of the boot is in its correct
the CV boot. location on the shaft.
6. Slide the boot clamp and boot (large end first) onto 12. Install and tighten the small clamp r on the boot
the plunging joint end of the drive shaft and position using the appropriate clamp tool.
the boot in it’s groove machined in the shaft.
7. Grease the joint with the special CV joint grease
provided in the boot replacement kit. Fill the cavity
behind the balls and the splined hole in the joint’s
inner race. Pack the ball tracks and outer face flush
with grease. Place any remaining grease into the
boot.
CAUTION
The grease provided in the replacement kit is specially
formulated for wear resistance and durability. DO NOT
use substitutes or mix with other lubricants.

NOTE
The amount of grease provided in the boot kit is pre-
measured. Use entire contents of package.

8. Remove excess grease from the CV joint's external


surfaces and place the excess grease in the boot.
9. Pull the boot over the joint and position the boot lips
7
into the grooves on the joint housing and shaft. Make
sure the boot is not dimpled or collapsed.
10. Install and tighten the large clamp e using the
appropriate clamp tool.

Axle Boot Clamp Tool: PU-48951


or
CV Boot Clamp Pliers: 8700226

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 7.17
FINAL DRIVE

INNER PLUNGING JOINT / BOOT CAUTION


REPLACEMENT
Do NOT strike the joint with a hammer.
1. Use a side cutters to cut and discard the boot clamps
q. 6. Remove the snap ring w retaining the cage / ball
assembly and remove the assembly from the shaft.

2. Remove the large end of the boot from the plunging


joint and slide the boot down the shaft. 7. Remove the boot from the shaft.
CAUTION
Complete disassembly of the plunging joint is NOT
recommended. The internal components are precision
fit and develop their own characteristic wear patterns.
Intermixing the internal components could result in
looseness, binding, and/or premature failure of the joint.

IMPORTANT
If the grease in the joint is obviously contaminated with
water and/or dirt, the joint should be replaced.

8. Thoroughly clean the joint with an appropriate solvent


and dry the joint to prevent any residual solvent from
3. Remove the large circlip near the boot end of the being left in the joint upon reassembly.
plunging joint.
4. Clean the grease from the face of the joint.
5. Pull the shaft / joint straight out from the housing.

9. Visually inspect the joint for damage. Replace if


needed.
10. Clean the splines on the end of the shaft and apply a
light coat of grease prior to reassembly.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


7.18 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
FINAL DRIVE

11. Slide the small boot clamp and boot (small end first) 18. Install and tighten the large clamp e using the
onto the drive shaft and position the boot in its groove appropriate clamp tool.
machined in the shaft.
12. Install the cage / ball assembly on the shaft and install
a new snap ring on the end of the shaft.
13. Grease the joint with the special CV joint grease
provided in the boot replacement kit. Fill the cavity
behind the balls and the splined hole in the joint’s
inner race. Pack the ball tracks and outer face flush
with grease. Place any remaining grease into the
boot.
CAUTION
The grease provided in the replacement kit is specially
formulated for wear resistance and durability. DO NOT
use substitutes or mix with other lubricants.

NOTE
Axle Boot Clamp Tool: PU-48951
The amount of grease provided in the boot kit is pre- or
measured. Use entire contents of package.
CV Boot Clamp Pliers: 8700226
14. Slide the joint and shaft into the housing.
19. Pull out on the drive shaft to center the joint in the
housing. Slide a straight O-ring pick or a small slotted
screw driver between the large end of the boot and
the joint housing and lift up to equalize the air
pressure in the boot.
20. Position the boot lip in its groove. Install and tighten
the small clamp r using the appropriate clamp tool.
7

CAUTION
DO NOT hammer on the joint to install it in the housing.

15. Install the large circlip into the groove of the plunging
joint housing.
16. Remove excess grease from the CV joint's external
surfaces and place the excess grease in the boot.
17. Pull the boot over the joint and position the boot lips
into the grooves on the joint housing and shaft. Make
sure the boot is not dimpled or collapsed.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 7.19
FINAL DRIVE

PROP SHAFT SERVICE


FRONT PROPSHAFT REMOVAL 3. Slide the front propshaft t off the rear propshaft y
1. Remove the center console. and remove it from the vehicle.

4. Proceed to Front Prop Shaft Installation, page 7.25.


q Cap e Torx Screw
w Shifter r Push Rivet
2. Locate the prop shaft roll pin and use the Roll Pin
Removal Tool (PN 2872608) to remove the roll pin.
Discard roll pin. Push the front prop shaft rearward to
remove it from the front gearcase input shaft.

Roll Pin Removal Tool:


PN 2872608

NOTE
Right front wheel can be removed to gain better access
to the propshaft roll pin.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


7.20 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
FINAL DRIVE

REAR PROP SHAFT REMOVAL 4. Once the front and rear prop shafts have been
1. Remove the center console. separated, slide the rear prop shaft forward to
remove it from the transmission output shaft.

q Cap e Torx Screw 5. Remove the support bearing rubber bushing by


w Shifter r Push Rivet pulling it off the rear prop shaft.
6. Remove the rear prop shaft out of the left rear of the
2. Remove the two fasteners t retaining the support vehicle.
bearing cover y to the frame.

3. While moving the prop shaft support bearing


assembly, slide the rear prop shaft towards the rear
until the front prop shaft yoke disengages from the
splines.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 7.21
FINAL DRIVE

REAR PROP SHAFT REMOVAL XP 4


1. Remove all seats.
2. Remove the front and rear center consoles (see
Chapter 10 – Rocker Panels, Rear Console and Floor
XP 4, page 10.25).
3. Remove the fasteners q from center w and rear skid
plates e.

7. Slide the prop shaft to the rear of the vehicle until the
front of the shaft clears the frame support and slide
the prop shaft forward out of the vehicle.

4. Remove center and rear skid plates.


5. Remove the fasteners r securing the support
bearing cover t to the frame.

6. Move the prop shaft support bearing assembly to the


drivers side to slide the rear prop shaft yoke y off the
transmission output shaft.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


7.22 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
FINAL DRIVE

SUPPORT BEARING REPLACEMENT 6. Using an appropriate bearing/bushing installation


1. Remove the rear prop shaft from the vehicle (see sleeve, drive the support bearing assembly onto the
Chapter 7 – Rear Prop Shaft Removal, page 7.21). prop shaft until it seats against the shoulder on the
shaft.
2. Using a rubber mallet, remove the rubber isolated
bearing support from the shaft to expose the bearing.

NOTE
3. Using a commercially available 2-jaw puller, remove Only drive on the inner race of the bearing. Driving on
the bearing from the end of the prop shaft. the bearing in any other location will damage the
bearing.
4. Clean the bearing mounting surface on the shaft and
apply Loctite® 603™ retaining compound to the
clean surface. 7. Wipe the bearing and shaft clean of any excess
retaining compound.

NOTE
7
Do not allow any Loctite® to get in the bearing.

8. Install the rear prop shaft into the vehicle (see


Chapter 7 – Rear Prop Shaft Installation, page 7.25).

5. Install the new support bearing assembly onto the


end of the prop shaft.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 7.23
FINAL DRIVE

U-JOINT DISASSEMBLY 3. Support U-joint and press inner yoke down to


remove remaining bearing caps.
CAUTION
Always wear eye protection.

1. Remove internal snap ring q from all four bearing


caps.

4. Force U-joint cross to one side and lift out of inner


yoke.

U-JOINT ASSEMBLY
1. Install new bearing caps in yoke by hand. Carefully
install U-joint cross. Tighten vise or use a press to
NOTE force bearing caps in.
If yoke or bearing is removed, cross bearing must be 2. Using a suitable arbor, fully seat bearing cap in one
replaced. Note orientation of grease fitting (if equipped) side. Continually check for free movement of bearing
and mark inner and outer yoke for correct re-positioning cross as bearing caps are assembled.
during installation.
3. Install snap ring to contain bearing cap just installed.
Repeat procedure for other side.
2. Support inner yoke as shown and drive outer yoke
down (bearing cap out) with a suitable press. 4. Install outer yoke, aligning marks made before
disassembly.
5. Repeat Steps 1-3 to install bearing caps on outer
yoke.
6. Seat all bearing caps against snap rings.
7. When installation is complete, yokes must pivot
freely in all directions without binding. If the joint is
stiff or binding, tap the yoke lightly to center the joint
until it pivots freely in all directions.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


7.24 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
FINAL DRIVE

FRONT PROP SHAFT INSTALLATION REAR PROP SHAFT INSTALLATION


1. Reverse the appropriate Front Propshaft Removal, 1. Reverse the appropriate “Rear Prop Shaft Removal”
page 7.20 procedure to reinstall the front propshaft. procedure to reinstall the rear prop shaft.
2. Lubricate front gearcase shaft splines with Anti- 2. Lubricate the transmission output shaft splines with
Seize. Polaris All Purpose Grease.
3. Lubricate the front and rear prop shaft mid joint with 3. Lubricate the front and rear prop shaft mid joint with
Polaris All Purpose Grease. Polaris All Purpose Grease.
4. Align the front and rear prop shafts as shown below 4. Slide the rear prop shaft forward from the left rear of
and slide them together. the machine just below the PVT cover. Install the rear
prop shaft on the transmission snorkel shaft.
5. Lubricate the support bushing with light oil to ease
installation and install the bushing on the rear prop
shaft bearing.
6. Align the front and rear prop shafts as shown below
and slide them together.

NOTE
Paint marks are applied to the front and rear prop shafts
to aid shaft alignment. Reference these marks during
installation if still visible.

5. When installing the front prop shaft onto the front


gearcase, use a new roll pin.
NOTE
6. Reposition the front gearcase and install the four
Paint marks are applied to the front and rear prop shafts
bolts that secure the front gearcase to the frame.
to aid shaft alignment. Reference these marks during
Torque bolts to specification.
installation if still visible.
TORQUE
Front Gearcase Mounting Bolts:
35 ft-lbs (47 Nm)

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 7.25
FINAL DRIVE

7. Torque the support bearing fasteners to REAR PROP SHAFT INSTALLATION XP 4


specification.
1. Reverse the appropriate Rear Prop Shaft Removal
TORQUE XP 4, page 7.22 procedure to reinstall the rear prop
shaft.
Support Bearing Fasteners: 2. Lubricate the transmission output shaft splines with
35 ft-lb (47 Nm) Polaris All Purpose Grease.
3. Lubricate the front and rear prop shaft mid joint with
8. Align the front prop shaft paint mark with the front Polaris All Purpose Grease.
gearcase input shaft mark so the pin holes align. 4. Align the front and rear prop shafts and slide them
Install a new roll pin. together.

NOTE
Paint marks are applied to the front and rear prop shafts
to aid shaft alignment. Reference these marks during
installation if still visible.

5. Torque the support bearing fasteners to specification.

TORQUE
Support Bearing Fasteners:
35 ft-lb (47 Nm)

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


7.26 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
FINAL DRIVE

FRONT GEARCASE / CENTRALIZED HILLIARD


FRONT GEARCASE ASSEMBLY VIEW

7
q Seal s Ring Gear
w Cover Plate d Spring
e AWD Coil f Output Hub
r Backlash Spacer g Bearing
t Nylon Spacer h Gearcase Housing
j Drain Plug
y Armature Plate 10 ft-lbs (14 Nm)

u Roller Cage k Fill / Check Plug


10 ft-lbs (14 Nm)
i Roller l Pinion Gear
o Spring Retainer 1( Snap Ring

a O-ring 2) Cover Plate Screws


11 ft-lbs (15 Nm)

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 7.27
FINAL DRIVE

ALL WHEEL DRIVE OPERATION


The AWD switch may be turned on or off while the
vehicle is moving, however, AWD will not enable until the
engine RPM drops below 3100. Once the AWD is
enabled, it remains enabled until the switch is turned off.
Engage the AWD switch before getting into conditions
where the front wheel drive may be needed. If the rear
wheels are spinning, release the throttle before switching
to AWD.

CAUTION
Switching to AWD while the rear wheels are spinning
may cause severe drive shaft and gearcase damage.
Always switch to AWD while the rear wheels have
traction or are at rest.
AWD DIAGNOSIS
With the AWD switch off, the vehicle drives through the
rear wheels only (2 wheel drive). When the AWD is Symptom: AWD Will Not Engage
enabled, the front drive acts as an on-demand AWD 1. Check the gearcase coil resistance. To test the coil
system. This means, the front drive will engage once the resistance, measure between the power wire q (GY)
rear wheels have lost traction, and will remain engaged and ground wire w (BN/WH). Measurement should
until the torque requirement goes away (i.e. rear wheels be within specification.
regain traction).
AWD Engagement: When the AWD switch is activated,
the AWD coil is powered by a 12 Vdc input which creates
a magnetic field. This magnetic field attracts an armature
plate q that is keyed to the roll cage w. When the ring
gear e and roll cage are spinning (vehicle is moving),
the energized coil and armature plate will apply drag to
the roll cage that indexes the rollers inside the ring gear
to an engagement position. While in the engagement
position, the front drive will be in an “over-running”
condition (not engaged), until the rear wheels lose
traction. Once the rear wheels begin to lose traction, the
front drive will engage by coupling the output hubs r to
the ring gear via the rollers. The front drive will remain
engaged until the torque requirement goes away (i. e.
rear wheels regain traction).
AWD Disengagement: Once the rear wheels regain Front Gearcase Coil Resistance:
traction, the front wheels will return to the “over-running” 21 - 27 Ω
condition. The vehicle is now back to rear wheel drive
until the next loss of rear wheel traction occurs. 2. Turn on ignition and AWD switches and place gear
selector in High or Low. Check for minimum battery
Torsion Spring Operation: The torsion spring t acts
voltage at Gray and Brown/White chassis wires that
as a return mechanism to help disengage the coupling of
power the coil. Should have a minimum of 11 Vdc.
the output hubs and ring gear by creating an “over-
running” condition for the rollers upon disengagement. 3. If electrical tests are within specification, remove
gearcase (see Chapter 7 – Front Gearcase
Removal, page 7.30) and inspect components.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


7.28 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
FINAL DRIVE

4. Inspect armature plate e for a consistent wear 6. Inspect the roller surface on the inside of the ring
pattern. There should be two distinct wear bands r. gear for gouging/rough spots.
If only one band of wear is present (or if there is wear
between the two bands), inspect the coil area as
indicated in Step 5. A wear band with an interrupted
wear mark may indicate a warped plate, which may
cause intermittent operation.

7. Inspect the roll cage o assembly for cracks or


excessive wear. If damaged, replace the roll cage
assembly.
8. Inspect the rollersa for nicks and scratches. The
5. Check to make sure the coil t is seated in the U- rollers must slide up, down, in and out freely within
shaped y insert that is pressed into the gearcase the roll cage sliding surfaces and H-springs.
cover u. The top of the coil should be seated below
the U-shaped insert. The U-shaped insert controls
the pole gap. If the top of the coil is above the
surface of the U-shaped insert it raises the armature
plate, thereby increasing pole gap. If the pole gap
increases the coil will not be strong enough to 7
engage the AWD system. If this is found, replace the
cover plate assembly.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 7.29
FINAL DRIVE

FRONT GEARCASE REMOVAL FRONT GEARCASE DISASSEMBLY /


1. Raise and support vehicle INSPECTION
2. Place gear selector in neutral. 1. Drain and properly dispose of gearcase fluid.
Remove any metal particles from the drain plug
3. Refer to FRONT DRIVE SHAFT, page and magnet.
remove both front drive shafts from the front
gearcase. 2. Remove the seven cover screws q and remove the
cover plate w assembly.
4. Remove the front section of the prop shaft (see
Chapter 7 – FRONT PROPSHAFT SERVICE,
page ).
5. Disconnect the wire harness for the front gearcase
and remove the harness from the retaining dart.
6. Remove the vent line from the front gearcase and
plug vent line fitting.
7. Remove the four bolts r securing the front gearcase
to the frame.

8. Rotate front of gearcase up so the input shaft is


facing down. Lift and remove the gearcase from the
front LH wheel well area and slide it out of the vehicle
above the upper A-arm.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


7.30 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
FINAL DRIVE

3. Remove the LH output hub assembly e from the 5. Remove the torsion spring retainer t and torsion
clutch housing or outer cover plate assembly. spring y from the top of the ring gear.

NOTE
Nylon spacer is non-serviceable and should not be
removed.

4. Remove and inspect the armature plate r. Refer to


AWD Diagnosis, page 7.28 for detailed inspection
process.

6. Remove the clutch housing / ring gear and roll cage


assembly u from the gearcase housing.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 7.31
FINAL DRIVE

7. Remove the RH output hub assembly i from the 10. Inspect the AWD coil d located in the outer cover
gearcase housing. plate assembly. Refer to AWD Diagnosis, page 7.28
for detailed inspection process. Replace the cover
plate seal f and O-ring g.

8. Remove pinion seal o, internal retaining ring a, and


pinion gear assembly s from the gearcase housing.
Inspect and clean the gearcase housing and replace 11. Remove the roll cage assembly and rollers from the
all oil seals and O-rings. clutch housing. Use a shop towel to cover the
housing in order to retain all the rollers.

NOTE
Rollers are spring loaded. Take care not to allow them
to fall out or lose them upon removal of the roll cage.

12. Thoroughly clean all parts and inspect the rollers h


for nicks and scratches. The rollers must slide up
and down and in and out freely within the roll cage j
sliding surfaces and H-springs.

9. Inspect the pinion gear s for chipped, broken or


missing teeth. Inspect the pinion bearing for signs of
wear and the pinion shaft seal surface for pitting.

NOTE
Refer to the “Electronic Parts Catalog” for individual
part availability. Most parts are to be replaced as an
assembly or as a complete kit.

13. Inspect clutch housing / ring gear k for a consistent


wear pattern. Inspect the ring gear for chipped,
broken, or missing teeth.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


7.32 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
FINAL DRIVE

14. Inspect the roll cage assembly j sliding surfaces FRONT GEARCASE ASSEMBLY
and H-springs l. The sliding surfaces must be clean 1. As mentioned during gearcase disassembly section,
and free of nicks, burrs or scratches. If damaged, replace all O-rings, seals and worn components.
replace the roll cage assembly.
2. Install pinion shaft assembly and install internal snap
ring.

NOTE
If bearing replacement was required, press new bearing
onto the pinion shaft and install a new external snap
ring.

3. Install a new pinion shaft seal q into the pinion gear


housing. Using a universal seal installer, press the
new seal into the housing until the seal is just below
the housing chamfer.

15. Inspect both output hub assemblies. Inspect the


bearings and replace if needed.

7
4. Install the RH output hub w into the gearcase
housing.

1( Bearing 2! Roller Surface


2) Spacer 2@ Thrust Bearing
16. Clean and inspect all remaining front gearcase
components. Check each for excessive wear or
damage.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 7.33
FINAL DRIVE

5. Carefully install the rollers e into the roll cage 7. Align spring retainer dowel pin t with ring gear
assembly while installing the assembly into the dowel pin y and install the retainer on top of the
clutch housing. torsion spring.

8. Check the action of the torsion spring by rotating in


NOTE both directions to ensure the spring and retainer are
Install roll cage so that the ring gear grooves line up installed properly.
with the roll cage windows (see below). Be sure role
cage top groove is facing upward.

6. Install the torsion spring r by wrapping each leg of


the spring around the dowel pin on the ring gear.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


7.34 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
FINAL DRIVE

9. Install armature plate u. Be sure all of the armature 12. Carefully install the LH output hub assembly o into
plate tabs are fully engaged into the roll cage the cover plate. Take care not to damage the new
assembly and that it is resting properly on the torsion cover plate seal while installing the output hub.
spring retainer.

13. Install the output cover assembly a onto the


gearcase housing. Install the seven cover plate
NOTE screws s and torque to specification.
Verify armature plate tabs are in the roll cage slots and
that it rests properly on the spring retainer.

10. Carefully install the ring gear and roll cage assembly
i into the gearcase housing.

11. Install a new O-ring on the cover plate assembly.

NOTE
Be sure the square O-ring is placed flat on the cover
surface. If the O-ring is twisted fluid leakage may occur.

TORQUE
Cover Plate Screws:
9 ft-lbs (12 Nm)

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 7.35
FINAL DRIVE

FRONT GEARCASE INSTALLATION 6. Connect the AWD wire harness.


1. Install the gearcase back into the vehicle through the
LH wheel well area, above the upper A-arm.

7. Refer to FRONT DRIVE SHAFT - Drive Shaft


2. Lubricate the front gearcase splines with Anti-Seize. Installation, page 7.12 and install both front drive
shafts into the gearcase.
3. Install the prop shaft onto the front gearcase input
shaft. Use a NEW spring pin in the front propshaft. 8. Add the proper lubricant to the front gearcase. Refer
to Chapter 2 for fluid fill and change information.
4. Install the four bolts q that secure the front gearcase
to the frame and torque to specification. FLUID CAPACITY
TORQUE Recommended Front Gearcase Fluid:
Demand Drive Fluid 2877922 (quart)
Front Gearcase Mounting Bolts:
35 ft-lbs (47 Nm)
Capacity:8.5 oz (250 mL)
(fill on a level surface to bottom of threads on the fill
5. Install the vent line w. hole)

FRONT GEARCASE VENT LINE ROUTING


The front gearcase vent line starts at the front gearcase
q and routes up the right side. The vent line is secured
by one retaining clip w and is routed through a hole in
the frame support e behind the radiator.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


7.36 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
FINAL DRIVE

WHEEL HUBS
FRONT HUB ASSEMBLY VIEW

q Wheel Cap t Cotter Pin o Studs


w Wheel Lug Nuts a Snap Ring
120 ft-lbs (163 Nm) y Washers
e Valve Stem u Wheel Hub s Wheel Bearing 7
r Hub Castle Nut d Bearing Carrier
180 ft-lbs (244 Nm) i Brake Disc

REAR HUB ASSEMBLY VIEW

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 7.37
FINAL DRIVE

BEADLOCK RIMS (IF EQUIPPED)


Some RZR XP 1000 LE models comes with Walker
Evans™ beadlock rims. The beadlock does not come set
up from factory, but may be changed to use the beadlock
feature.

To make the beadlock rim functional:


1. Deflate the tire.
2. Remove the beadlock screws and beadlock ring.

3. Dismount the tire on the side with the beadlock holes.


4. Place the beadlock ring so the tire is sandwiched
between the rim and the ring making sure the valve
stem is aligned with the slot in the ring.
5. Install bolts and thread them to 24 in-lbs (3 Nm).
6. Tighten in a criss-cross pattern to 7 ft-lbs (10 Nm).

TORQUE
Beadlock Screws:
Step 1: 24 in-lbs (3 Nm)Step 2: 7 ft-lbs (10 Nm)

NOTE
Beadlock bolts should be checked and torqued every
300 miles (450 km).

7. Seat bead and inflate to 16 psi.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


7.38 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
STEERING / SUSPENSION

CHAPTER 8
STEERING / SUSPENSION
GENERAL INFORMATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.3
SPECIAL TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.3
MULTI-FUNCTION PLIERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.3
STEERING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.4
STEERING SYSTEM ASSEMBLY VIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.4
UPPER STEERING SHAFT REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.5
STEERING WHEEL REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.6
POWER STEERING UNIT REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.6
LOWER STEERING SHAFT REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.8
LOWER STEERING SHAFT INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.8
POWER STEERING UNIT INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.9
UPPER STEERING SHAFT INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.10
STEERING SHAFT BEARING REPLACEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.11
FRONT SUSPENSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.12
FRONT A-ARM REMOVAL / REPLACEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.12
FRONT STABILIZER BAR REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.13
FRONT STABILIZER BAR INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.14
BALL JOINT SERVICE PREPARATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.15
BALL JOINT REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.15
BALL JOINT INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.15
REAR SUSPENSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.16
RADIUS ROD REMOVAL / INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.16 8
TRAILING ARM REMOVAL / INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.16
TRAILING ARM SPHERICAL BEARING REPLACEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.19
REAR SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY VIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.20
REAR STABILIZER BAR REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.21
STABILIZER BAR INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.21
SHOCKS / SPRINGS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.22
SHOCK ASSEMBLY VIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.22
SHOCK REMOVAL / INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.22
SHOCK / SPRING REPLACEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.22
SHOCK SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.23
WALKER EVANS SHOCK SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.23
WALKER EVANS™ 2.0" FRONT SHOCK / 2.5" REAR SHOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.23
GENERAL SERVICE INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.24
FRONT SHOCK SERVICE INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.24
REAR SHOCK SERVICE INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.26
SPRING ADJUSTMENT (WALKER EVANS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.28
WALKER EVANS™ SHOCK REBUILD INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.29
SPECIAL TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.29
VALVE SHIM ARRANGEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.29

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 8.1
STEERING / SUSPENSION

SHOCK PISTON ORIENTATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.29


WALKER EVANS™ SHOCK DISASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.30
WALKER EVANS™ SHOCK ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.33

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


8.2 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
STEERING / SUSPENSION

GENERAL INFORMATION
SPECIAL TOOLS
PART
TOOL DESCRIPTION
NUMBER
2200421 Gas Shock Recharging Kit
Shock Spring Preload Spanner
2878925 Wrench (Walker Evans™)
2876389 Multi-Function Pliers
Spanner Wrench - 2.5″ / 3.0″ Inner
PU-51829 Internal Bypass (FOX)
Spanner Wrench - 2.5″ Outer Internal
PU-51830 Bypass (FOX)
Spanner Wrench - 3.0″ Outer Internal
PU-51832 Bypass (FOX)
PU-51837 Shock Body Holding Tool (2.5″) (FOX)
PU-51838 Shock Body Bolding Tool (3.0″) (FOX)

Walker Evans™: See Walker Evans™ Shock Service


later in this chapter, page 8.29
Bosch Automotive Service Solutions: 1-800-345-2233
or http://polaris.service-solutions.com

MULTI-FUNCTION PLIERS
Included in the tool kit, the multi-function pliers is
designed to remove the plastic push rivets used to fasten
body components.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 8.3
STEERING / SUSPENSION

STEERING SYSTEM
STEERING SYSTEM ASSEMBLY VIEW

q Steering Wheel Cap i Tilt Shock Fasteners h EPS to Bracket Fasteners


7 ft-lb (10 Nm) 30 ft-lb (41 Nm)
w Steering Wheel Nut o Upper Steering Shaft j Lower Steering Shaft
65 ft-lbs (88 Nm)

e Steering Wheel a Steering Shaft to EPS Fasteners k Steering Shaft to Rack Fasteners
15 ft-lbs (20 Nm) 42 ft-lb (57 Nm)
l Tie Rod End Fasteners (Do not
r Steering Shaft Bushings s EPS Unit reuse)
30 ft-lb (41 Nm) + 90°
1( Steering Rack Mounting Nuts
t Pivot Tube d EPS Cover 16 ft-lbs (22 Nm)
y Pivot Tube Fasteners f EPS Cover Fasteners 2) Steering Rack
8 ft-lb (11 Nm) 8 ft-lb (11 Nm)

u Tilt Steering Shock 2! Tie Rod End Jam Nut


g EPS Mount Bracket 14 ft-lbs (19 Nm)

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


8.4 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
STEERING / SUSPENSION

UPPER STEERING SHAFT REMOVAL 4. Remove the steering shaft, pivot tube and steering
1. Remove the two Torx fasteners q retaining the black wheel from the vehicle as an assembly.
plastic cover and remove the cover from the vehicle.

5. If replacing the upper steering shaft or steering


2. Remove the pinch bolt retaining the upper steering wheel, refer to Steering Wheel Removal, page 8.6.
shaft to the power steering unit.

8
3. Lift the steering wheel up and remove the four
fasteners t that retain the pivot tube.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 8.5
STEERING / SUSPENSION

STEERING WHEEL REMOVAL POWER STEERING UNIT REMOVAL


1. Remove the upper steering shaft, pivot tube and 1. Remove the upper steering shaft, pivot tube and
steering wheel as an assembly before attempting to steering wheel from the vehicle as an assembly.
remove the steering wheel. Refer to Upper Steering Refer to Upper Steering Shaft Removal, page 8.5.
Shaft Removal, page 8.5.
CAUTION
CAUTION Striking the steering wheel or steering shaft while
Striking the steering wheel or steering shaft while installed in the vehicle can permanently damage the
installed in the vehicle can permanently damage the EPS unit and cause a power steering fault.
EPS unit and cause a Power Steering Fault.
2. Disconnect the two electrical harnesses q from the
2. Remove the steering wheel cap. power steering unit .

3. Loosen the nut and back it half way off the steering 3. Remove the pinch bolt w retaining the lower steering
shaft. shaft to the power steering unit .
4. Place the assembly in a vise.
5. Using a large bronze drift and hammer, strike the
steering shaft nut to pop the steering wheel off the
shaft taper.

6. Once the steering wheel pops loose, completely


remove the nut and lift the steering wheel off the
shaft.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


8.6 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
STEERING / SUSPENSION

4. While supporting the power steering unit, remove the


four nuts e from the mount bracket.

5. Carefully remove the power steering unit and mount


bracket from the vehicle as an assembly.

6. If replacing the power steering unit, remove the three 8


bolts r that retain the power steering unit to the
mount bracket.

IMPORTANT
Electronic Power Steering (EPS) units are programmed
to be vehicle specific and are not interchangeable
between product lines.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 8.7
STEERING / SUSPENSION

LOWER STEERING SHAFT REMOVAL LOWER STEERING SHAFT INSTALLATION


1. Use the steering wheel to position the front wheels 1. Install the lower steering shaft onto the gear box and
so they point straight ahead. align the marks made during step 2 of the “Lower
Steering Shaft Removal (EPS Models)” procedure.
2. Locate the lower steering shaft through the left front
wheel well. Mark the lower steering shaft, gear box 2. Install the pinch bolt that retains the lower steering
stub shaft and gear box to aid installation. shaft to the steering rack assembly and torque to
specification.
TORQUE
Lower Steering Shaft Pinch Bolt:
42 ft-lb (57 Nm)

3. Install the power steering unit and reassemble the


vehicle (see Chapter 8 – Power Steering Unit
Installation, page 8.9).

3. Remove the power steering unit (see Chapter 8 –


Power Steering Unit Removal, page 8.6).
4. Remove the pinch bolt q retaining the lower steering
shaft w to the steering gear box assembly e.

5. Lift up on the shaft and remove it through the floor


panel.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


8.8 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
STEERING / SUSPENSION

POWER STEERING UNIT INSTALLATION 5. Torque the four mount bracket nuts y to
1. If the power steering unit q was removed from the specification.
mount bracket w, reinstall it prior to vehicle
installation. Torque the mounting bolts e to
specification.

TORQUE
Power Steering Unit Mount Bracket Nuts:
16 ft-lb (22 Nm)
NOTE
Power Steering Unit Fasteners: 6. Proceed to Upper Steering Shaft Installation, page
30 ft-lb (41 Nm) 8.10 to complete the installation procedure.

2. Install the power steering unit into the vehicle and


align the skip-tooth spline on the power steering stub
shaft with the opening in the lower steering shaft.

3. Place the power steering mount bracket over the top


of the brake pedal mount studs and finger tighten the
four nuts.
4. Position the lower steering shaft on the power
steering unit stub shaft and install the pinch bolt.
Torque to specification.

TORQUE
Lower Steering Shaft to EPS Unit Pinch Bolt:
15 ft-lbs (20 Nm)

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 8.9
STEERING / SUSPENSION

UPPER STEERING SHAFT INSTALLATION 5. Install a new upper steering shaft pinch bolt and nut.
Torque pinch bolt to specification.
NOTE
TORQUE
If steering wheel was removed, follow this procedure to
ensure the upper steering shaft is properly positioned Upper Steering Shaft Pinch Bolt:
on the power steering stub shaft. 15 ft-lbs (20 Nm)

6. Reconnect both electrical harnesses onto the power


CAUTION steering unit. Be sure the connectors snap into
Striking the steering wheel or steering shaft can place.
permanently damage the EPS unit and cause a Power 7. Reinstall the black plastic cover over the power
Steering Fault. steering unit and install the two Torx fasteners.

1. Install the upper steering shaft and align the skip- 8. Turn the key switch on and test EPS operation.
tooth spline q on the power steering stub shaft with
the opening w in the upper steering shaft.

2. Install the pivot tube and torque fasteners to


specification.

TORQUE
Pivot Tube Fasteners:
8 ft-lb (11 Nm)

3. Install the tilt shock and torque fastener to


specification.
TORQUE
Tilt Shock Fastener:
7 ft-lb (10 Nm)

4. Be sure the front wheels are pointing straight ahead


and install the steering wheel and retaining nut.
Torque the nut to specification and reinstall the
plastic wheel cover.
TORQUE
Steering Wheel Nut:
65 ft-lbs (88 Nm)

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


8.10 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
STEERING / SUSPENSION

STEERING SHAFT BEARING 8. Apply Loctite® 271™ (Red) to the outer


REPLACEMENT circumference of the new upper bearing race. Slide
the new upper bearing onto the steering shaft and
NOTE press it into the pivot tube by hand.
Replacement pivot tube assembly comes with new IMPORTANT
upper and lower bearings installed. Use this procedure
if replacing just the bearings only. Use care not to allow any of the Loctite® to get in the
bearing as this may cause the bearing to seize.
Bearings will be seated in the pivot housing upon
1. Perform the “Steering Shaft Removal” procedure.
tightening the steering wheel nut in step 14.
2. Remove the steering wheel cap and retaining nut.
3. Press steering shaft out of the steering wheel and 9. Reinstall the upper washers and spacers in the order
pivot tube. in which they were removed.

4. Note the order and location of the washers and 10. Install the steering wheel and hand tighten the nut.
spacers between the steering wheel and pivot tube. Apply Loctite® 271™.

5. Drive the bearings out of the pivot tube using a drift 11. Reinstall the steering shaft assembly in the vehicle.
punch. Install the lower portion of the steering shaft onto the
steering gear box assembly (see Figure 5-16).
6. Inspect the pivot tube bearing surfaces for signs of Torque the lower pinch bolt to specification.
excessive wear or damage.
TORQUE
7. Apply Loctite® 271™ (Red) to the outer
circumference of the new lower bearing race. Slide Lower Steering Pinch Bolt:
the new lower bearing onto the steering shaft and 42 ft-lb (57 Nm)
install the steering shaft through the pivot tube. Be
sure the lower washers and spacers are still on the 12. Install the two fasteners that retain the pivot tube
steering shaft. (see Figure 5-17). Torque fasteners to specification.

TORQUE
Pivot Tube Bolts:
8 ft-lb (11 Nm)

13. Install the fastener retaining the upper portion of the


steering wheel tilt shock to the pivot tube (see Figure 8
5-17). Torque fastener to specification.

TORQUE
Tilt Shock Bolt:
7 ft-lb (10 Nm)

14. Be sure the front wheels are facing straight forward.


Remove the steering wheel and align as needed.
q Cap r - y Bushing Torque the steering wheel nut to specification. Apply
Loctite® 271™
w Nut u - i Bearing TORQUE
e Steering Hub Insert o - s Bushing Steering Wheel Nut:
65 ft-lbs (88 Nm)

15. Wipe the pivot tube clean of any excess Loctite®.


16. Install steering wheel cap and field test steering
operation.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 8.11
STEERING / SUSPENSION

FRONT SUSPENSION
FRONT A-ARM REMOVAL / REPLACEMENT 7. Loosen and remove the upper A-arm front through-
The following procedure details upper and lower A-arm bolt fastener e and rear though-bolt fastener r.
removal and replacement on one side of the vehicle. Remove the upper A-arm from the vehicle.
Upper A-Arm
1. Elevate and safely support the front of the vehicle
and remove the front wheel.
2. Remove lower shock fastener q from upper A-arm.

8. Examine A-arm bushings and pivot tube. Replace if


worn. Discard hardware.

WARNING
The locking agent on the existing bolts was destroyed
3. Remove the nut retaining the front stabilizer bar link during removal. DO NOT reuse old hardware. Serious
to the upper control arm. injury or death could result if fasteners come loose
during operation.
4. Remove upper ball joint pinch bolt w from bearing
carrier.
9. If not replacing the A-arm, thoroughly clean the A-
arm and pivot tube.
10. Install new ball joint into A-arm. Refer to “Ball Joint
Replacement” section.
11. Insert new A-arm bushings and pivot tube into new
A-arm.
12. Install new upper A-arm assembly onto vehicle
frame. Torque new bolt to specification.
TORQUE
Front Upper A-arm Bolts:
42 ft-lb (57 Nm)

13. Insert upper A-arm ball joint end into the bearing
5. Using a soft face hammer, tap on bearing carrier to
carrier. Install upper ball joint pinch bolt into the
loosen the upper A-arm ball joint end while lifting
bearing carrier and torque bolt to specification.
upward on the upper A-arm. Completely remove the
ball joint end from the bearing carrier. TORQUE
6. Remove the front bumper to allow A-arm bolt Front Ball Joint Pinch Bolts:
removal. 42 ft-lbs (57 Nm)

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


8.12 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
STEERING / SUSPENSION

14. Install the nut retaining the front stabilizer bar link to 19. Examine A-arm bushings and pivot tube. Replace if
the upper control arm.. Torque fasteners to worn. Discard hardware.
specification.
20. If not replacing the A-arm, thoroughly clean the A-
TORQUE arm and pivot tube.
Stabilizer Bar Link Fasteners: 21. Install new ball joint into A-arm. Refer to “Ball Joint
40 ft-lb (54 Nm) Replacement” section.
22. Insert new A-arm bushings and pivot tube into new
15. Attach shock to A-arm with fastener. Torque lower A-arm. A light press force may be needed.
shock bolt to specification.
23. Install new lower A-arm assembly onto vehicle
TORQUE frame. Torque new bolt to specification.
Front Shock Mounting Bolts: 24. Insert lower A-arm ball joint end into the bearing
42 ft-lbs (57 Nm) carrier. Install lower ball joint pinch bolt into the
bearing carrier and torque bolt to specification.

WARNING
Lower A-Arm
16. Remove lower ball joint pinch bolt t from bearing Upon A-arm installation, test vehicle at low speeds
carrier. before putting into service.

TORQUE
Lower A-arm Bolts:
42 ft-lb (57 Nm)

Front Ball Joint Pinch Bolts:


42 ft-lbs (57 Nm)

FRONT STABILIZER BAR REMOVAL


1. Remove the nut q retaining the front stabilizer bar
link w to the upper control arm eon both sides.
8
17. Using a soft face hammer, tap on bearing carrier to
loosen the lower A-arm ball joint end while pushing
downward on the lower A-arm. Completely remove
the ball joint end from the bearing carrier.
18. Loosen and remove the lower A-arm front through-
bolt fastener y and rear through-bolt fastener u.
Remove the lower A-arm from the vehicle.

2. Remove the Fasteners retaining the stabilizer bar


mount to the frame.
3. Remove the stabilizer bar out the side of the vehicle.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 8.13
STEERING / SUSPENSION

4. Remove the fasteners r retaining the stabilizer bar TORQUE


link to the stabilizer bar.
Stabilizer Bar Link Fasteners:
40 ft-lb (54 Nm)

FRONT STABILIZER BAR INSTALLATION


1. Install the fasteners r retaining the stabilizer bar link
to the stabilizer bar. Torque fasteners to specification.
TORQUE
Stabilizer Bar Link Fasteners:
40 ft-lb (54 Nm)

2. Install the stabilizer bar from the side.


3. Install the fasteners retaining the stabilizer bar mount
to the frame. Torque fasteners to specification.
TORQUE
Stabilizer Bar Mount Bracket Fasteners:
17 ft-lb (23 Nm)

4. Install the nut q retaining the front stabilizer bar link


w to the upper control arm eon both sides. Torque
fasteners to specification.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


8.14 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
STEERING / SUSPENSION

BALL JOINT SERVICE PREPARATION BALL JOINT INSTALLATION


1. By hand, install the NEW ball joint into the A-arm.
NOTE
2. Using a press, carefully drive in the new ball joint into
Do not reuse a ball joint if it has been removed. If the A-arm.
removed, it must be replaced. Use this removal
procedure only when replacing the ball joint. 3. After the new ball joint q is fully installed into the A-
arm w, install a new retaining ring e.
1. Properly lift and support the vehicle by the frame.
2. Remove the appropriate front wheel.
3. To service the upper ball joint: Remove and
discard the two front brake caliper mounting bolts
and remove the caliper from the brake disc (see
Chapter 9 – Caliper Removal , page 9.17).

4. Remove and discard the upper ball joint pinch bolt.

5. If necessary, remove the lower front shock fastener


from the A-arm.
6. Remove the upper A-Arm to frame mounting bolts
and remove the A-arm from the chassis.
4. Repeat the ball joint service procedure for any
7. To service the lower ball joint: Remove and additional A-arm ball joint replacements.
discard the lower ball joint pinch bolt.
5. Insert upper / lower A-arm ball joint end into the
8. Remove both A-arm to frame mounting bolts and bearing carrier. Install new pinch bolts and nuts.
remove the A-arm from the chassis. Torque to specification.
6. If needed, install new brake caliper mounting bolts
BALL JOINT REMOVAL and torque to specification.
1. Remove the retaining ring q from the ball joint w.
CAUTION
New bolts have a pre-applied locking agent which is
destroyed upon removal. Always use new brake caliper
mounting bolts upon assembly.
8
7. Install wheel and four wheel nuts. Torque wheel nuts
to specification.

TORQUE
Front Ball Joint Fasteners:
42 ft-lbs (57 Nm)

Front Shock Mounting Bolts:


42 ft-lb (57 Nm)
2. Place a proper sized driver on the ball joint and place
Front Caliper Mounting Bolts:
the A-arm in a press.
30 ft-lbs (42 Nm)
3. Carefully press the ball joint out of the A-arm and
discard the ball joint. Wheel Nuts (Alum):
120 ft-lbs (163 Nm)

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 8.15
STEERING / SUSPENSION

REAR SUSPENSION
RADIUS ROD REMOVAL / INSTALLATION 8. Reverse this procedure to reinstall the radius rods.
The following procedure details upper and lower radius 9. Torque all fasteners to specification.
rod removal and replacement on one side of the vehicle.
Repeat the following steps to remove the A-arm from the NOTE
opposite side. Use new attaching nuts upon installation of the rear
1. Raise and support vehicle by main frame. radius rods.

WARNING TORQUE
Serious injury or death may result if machine tips or Inner Radius Rod Mounting Bolts:
falls. Be sure machine is secure before beginning this
50 ft-lb (68 Nm) + 45°
service procedure.
Outer Radius Rod Mounting Bolts:
50 ft-lbs (68 Nm) + 90°
2. Remove the rear wheel nuts and rear wheel.
3. Identify / mark radius rods “upper” and “lower”.
WARNING
4. Remove the nut, bolt and washer q & w attaching
the upper and lower radius rod to the bearing carrier. Upon radius rod installation, test vehicle at low speeds
Discard the nuts. before putting into service.

TRAILING ARM REMOVAL / INSTALLATION


IMPORTANT
Use new attaching nuts upon installation of the rear
trailing arm and bearing carrier.

1. Raise and support vehicle by main frame.

WARNING
Serious injury or death may result if machine tips or
falls. Be sure machine is secure before beginning this
service procedure.
5. Remove bolts e & r attaching radius rods to the
vehicle frame. Discard the nuts.
2. Remove the four wheel nuts and remove the rear
wheel.
3. Remove the cotter pin q and loosen the rear wheel
hub castle nut w. Remove the nut, and cone washer
e from the rear wheel hub assembly.

6. Remove radius rods from vehicle.


7. Examine radius rod shafts, boots and spherical
bearings. Replace entire radius rod if any excessive
wear is evident.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


8.16 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
STEERING / SUSPENSION

4. Remove the lower radius rod mounting bolt r, nut 8. Remove the bearing carrier from the rear drive shaft
and washer from the bearing carrier. Swing radius and trailing arm.
rod down. Discard the nut.

9. Rotate bearing by hand and check for smooth


5. Remove the two brake caliper mounting bolts t. rotation. Visually inspect bearing for moisture, dirt, or
corrosion. Replace bearing if moisture, dirt,
corrosion, or roughness is evident (see “Rear
Bearing Replacement” in the Final Drive chapter).
10. Remove the four fasteners u that secure the brake
line retainers to the trailing arm.
11. Remove the lower stabilizer bar linkage fastener.
Discard the nut.
12. Support trailing arm with suitable jack stand or
support.
13. Remove the lower shock bolt. Discard the nut.

8
CAUTION
Do not hang the caliper by the brake line. Use wire to
hang caliper to prevent damage to the brake line.

6. Remove the rear wheel hub and brake disk


assembly.
7. Remove the five remaining bolts y that attach the
rear bearing carrier to trailing arm. Discard the nuts.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 8.17
STEERING / SUSPENSION

14. Remove the front trailing arm bolt i. Discard the


WARNING
nut.
Upon rear trailing arm installation, test vehicle at low
speeds before putting into service.

15. Remove trailing arm from vehicle. Visually inspect


trailing arm, bushings, o-rings and spherical bearing
for wear. If bearing requires replacement, refer to
“Trailing Arm Spherical Bearing Replacement”.
16. Replace trailing arm if physically damaged.
17. Reverse this procedure to reinstall rear trailing arm.

NOTE
Use new fastener nuts upon installation of the rear
trailing arm and bearing carrier.

18. Torque all fasteners to specification.

TORQUE
Trailing Arm to Main Frame:
(Trailing arm spherical bearing bolt)
70 ft-lb (95 Nm)

Rear Shock Mounting Bolts:


70 ft-lbs (95 Nm)

Rear Stabilizer Bar Linkage:


40 ft-lbs (54 Nm)

Radius Rod Mounting Bolts:


M10: 40 ft-lb (54 Nm)
M12 (outer): 50 ft-lb + 90° (68 Nm + 90°)

Bearing Carrier to Trailing Arm Bolts:


42 ft-lb (54 Nm)

Rear Brake Caliper Mounting Bolts:


40 ft-lbs (54 Nm)

Rear Wheel Hub Castle Nut:


110 ft-lbs (149 Nm)

Wheel Nuts:
120 ft-lbs (163 Nm)

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


8.18 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
STEERING / SUSPENSION

TRAILING ARM SPHERICAL BEARING


REPLACEMENT
1. Remove trailing arm (see Chapter 8 – Trailing Arm
Removal / Installation, page 8.16).
2. Remove bushings and O-rings.
3. Remove snap ring q that retains the spherical
bearing.

4. Properly support the trailing arm and press the


spherical bearing out of trailing arm casting.
5. Be sure to only press on outer most surface of
bearing race, do not press on the center spherical
bearing.

6. Inspect trailing arm bearing housing for wear or


damage. Replace trailing arm if damaged.
7. Press in new bearing until fully seated into trailing
arm casting.
8. Install new snap ring, O-rings (not required) and
bushings.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 8.19
STEERING / SUSPENSION

REAR SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY VIEW

o Shock Guard Screws


q Shock Reservoir 14 ft-lbs (19 Nm)
w Shock Bolts a Rear Shock Assembly
70 ft-lbs (95 Nm)
e Radius Rod Fasteners
50 ft-lb (68 Nm) + 45° s Shock Guard
d Stabilizer Bar Link Fasteners
r Radius Rod 40 ft-lbs (54 Nm)
t Radius Rod Fasteners
50 ft-lb (68 Nm) + 45° f Rear Stabilizer Bar

y Rear Bearing Carrier g Stabilizer Bar Mounting Clamp Fasteners


20 ft-lb (27 Nm)
u Bearing Carrier Bolts h Trailing Arm Mounting Bolts
40 ft-lb (54 Nm) 70 ft-lb (95 Nm)
i Trailing Arm

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


8.20 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
STEERING / SUSPENSION

REAR STABILIZER BAR REMOVAL STABILIZER BAR INSTALLATION


1. Lift and support vehicle by main frame. 1. Carefully install stabilizer bar through the LH wheel
well area.
2. Remove rear wheels nut and wheels.
3. Identify / mark top side of the stabilizer bar to NOTE
reference during installation. Be sure fuel lines and shift cable are routed ABOVE the
stabilizer bar.
4. Remove the fasteners retaining the stabilizer bar to
the linkage q on each side of the vehicle.
2. Fully install stabilizer bar, bushings, bracket and
bracket fasteners and stabilizer links. Center
stabilizer bar in the frame. Torque fasteners to
specification (see below).
3. Torque all fasteners to specification (see below).
4. Lubricate stabilizer bar pivot bushings via grease
fitting (fittings are accessible through skid plate).
5. Install rear wheels and wheel nuts. Torque wheel
nuts to specification.

TORQUE
Rear Stabilizer Bar Linkage:
40 ft-lbs (54 Nm)

5. Remove the four fasteners w retaining the stabilizer Stabilizer Bar Mounting Bracket Bolts:
bar to the vehicle frame. 20 ft-lb (27 Nm)
Wheel Lug Nuts:
6. Remove the bushing brackets and bushings for ease
of removal. 120 ft-lbs (163 Nm)

7. Carefully remove the stabilizer from the LH wheel


well area of the vehicle.
8. Inspect the stabilizer bar for straightness. Inspect the
pivot bushings and replace if needed.
8

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 8.21
STEERING / SUSPENSION

SHOCKS / SPRINGS
SHOCK ASSEMBLY VIEW SHOCK REMOVAL / INSTALLATION
Front: 1. Elevate the vehicle off the ground to relieve the
suspension load.
2. Support under A-arm or trailing arm.
3. Remove the upper and lower fasteners retaining the
shock and remove the shock from the vehicle.
Discard nuts and replace with new upon installation.
4. Reverse the procedure to reinstall the shock. Torque
new fasteners to specification.

TORQUE
Shock Mounting Bolts:
Front:
40 ft-lb (54 Nm)

Rear:
70 ft-lbs (95 Nm)
q 40 ft-lb (54 Nm) e 14 ft-lbs (19 Nm)
w 70 ft-lbs (95 Nm)
SHOCK / SPRING REPLACEMENT
Retainer gap should be 180° from spring end
1. Remove the shock and note the spring preload
distance (see Chapter 2 – Spring Adjustment
Rear: (WALKER EVANS™), page ).
2. Loosen the jam nut (if applicable) and adjustment
ring until the spring is loose. If needed, use a spring
compressor to compress the spring far enough to
remove the spring retainer.
3. Remove the spring and spring retainer from the
existing shock and install components onto the new
shock.
4. Install the spring(s) and spring retainer.

NOTE
The spring retainer gap should be 180° from the end of
the spring upon installation.

5. Tighten the spring adjustment ring to set the preload


distance noted in Step 1 (see Chapter 2 – Spring
Adjustment (WALKER EVANS™), page ).
6. Reinstall the shock onto the vehicle and torque new
fasteners to specification.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


8.22 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
STEERING / SUSPENSION

SHOCK SERVICE
WALKER EVANS SHOCK SERVICE

WALKER EVANS™ 2.0" FRONT SHOCK / 2.5" REAR SHOCK

8
REF DESCRIPTION REF DESCRIPTION REF DESCRIPTION
1. Body Cap Asm. 14. Piston Asm, Floating (IFP) 27. Shaft Spacer (1.235" x 1.985")
2. Seal Head Asm. 15. Reservoir End Cap 28. O-Ring
3. Internal Bump Stop 16. Reservoir Body 29. Screw (8/32")
Washer (1.50" x 0.125" x
4. Shaft Bushing (0.625") 17. 30. O-Ring
0.348")
5. O-Ring 18. Crimp Nut (7/16") 31. O-Ring
6. Seal 19. Snap Ring 32. Detent Spring
7. Wiper 20. Spherical Bearing 33. Detent Ball
8. O-Ring 21. Schraeder Valve 34. Shock Body
9. Piston, Clicker 22. Snap Ring 35. Spring Adjustment Nut
10. Clicker Bolt 23. Piston Wear Band (1.750" OD) 36. Shaft, Chrome
11. Clicker Knob 24. Bump Stop 37. 2-Piece Piston Asm.
12. Clicker Stud 25. N/A
13. Screw (10/32") 26. Shaft Loop

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 8.23
STEERING / SUSPENSION

GENERAL SERVICE INFORMATION FRONT SHOCK SERVICE INFORMATION


Recommended Service Intervals
Walker Evans™ Racing Shocks will perform the best if
serviced at regular intervals:
• Every ride - Wash and dry the vehicle and suspension
• Every 100 hours - Visually inspect shock seals
• Every 1500 miles or Annually - Change shock oil and
replace seals

NOTE
If leakage from a remote shock reservoir hose fitting is
evident, check for a loose fitting and seal threads with
Three Bond 1215 (PN 2871557)

FRONT SHOCK DESIGN DETAILS


Travel 8.42″ (21.39 cm)
Extended Length 25.10″ (63.75 cm)
IFP 2.875″ (73.02 cm)
All models
Location
Nitrogen Pressure 125 psi (862 kPa) +/- 5%

Gas Shock Oil 2874124 (qt.)

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


8.24 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
STEERING / SUSPENSION

RZR XP 1000 / LE Front Shock Valving RZR XP / XP4 1000 High Lifter Front Shock
Valving
CLICKER
COMPRESSION REBOUND
ASSEMBLY CLICKER
COMPRESSION REBOUND
0.900 x 0.008 0.900 x 0.015 0.700 x 0.010 ASSEMBLY

CLICKER 1.550 x 0.008 1.300 x 0.015 0.700 x 0.010


0.900 x 0.010 0.900 x 0.012
PISTON CLICKER
1.000 x 0.015 1.300 x 0.015
1.450 x 0.010 1.450 x 0.015 1.100 x 0.025 PISTON

0.900 x 0.008 1.450 x 0.015 1.000 x 0.025 1.550 x 0.008 1.200 x 0.012 1.10 x 0.012

1.450 x 0.015 1.450 x 0.008 1.000 x 0.025 1.550 x 0.008 1.100 x 0.012 0.700 x 0.006

1.300 x 0.015 1.450 x 0.008 0.625 x 0.065 1.550 x 0.008 1.000 x 0.012 1.00 x 0.025

1.200 x 0.015 1.300 x 0.010 1.550 x 0.008 0.900 x 0.012 0.625 x 0.065

1.100 x 0.015 1.000 x 0.008 1.550 x 0.008 1.000 x 0.095

1.000 x 0.015 1.500 x 0.120 1.450 x 0.010

0.750 x 0.065 1.300 x 0.008

Piston Bleed Orifice: none Piston Bleed Orifice: 0.100”

RZR XP 4 1000 Front Shock Valving


CLICKER
COMPRESSION REBOUND
PISTON
1.550 x 0.008 1.500 x 0.010 1.100 x 0.025
1.000 x 0.015 1.100 x 0.010 1.000 x 0.025
1.550 x 0.008 1.450 x 0.010 1.000 x 0.025
1.550 x 0.008 1.300 x 0.010 0.625 x 0.065
1.550 x 0.008 1.200 x 0.010 8
1.550 x 0.008 1.100 x 0.010
1.550 x 0.008 1.000 x 0.010
1.450 x 0.010 0.900 x 0.010
1.300 x 0.008 0.750 x 0.065
1.200 x .012
1.100 x .012
0.750 x 0.065
Piston Bleed Orifice: none

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 8.25
STEERING / SUSPENSION

REAR SHOCK SERVICE INFORMATION Shock Valving RZR XP 1000 / LE


CLICKER
COMPRESSION REBOUND
ASSEMBLY
1.550 x 0.010 1.500 x 0.008 0.700 x 0.010
CLICKER
1.200 x 0.008 0.900 x 0.008
PISTON
1.550 x 0.010 1.450 x 0.008 1.000 x 0.015
1.200 x 0.008 1.300 x 0.008 1.000 x 0.015
1.550 x 0.008 1.200 x 0.008 0.900 x 0.015
1.500 x 0.010 1.100 x 0.010 0.600 x 0.015
1.450 x 0.010 1.000 x 0.010 0.600 x 0.015
1.300 x 0.010 0.900 x 0.010
1.200 x 0.010 0.750 x 0.065
1.100 x 0.012
0.900 x 0.012
0.800 x 0.012
1.500 x 0.125
REAR SHOCK DESIGN DETAILS No Piston Bleed Orifice
Travel 12.09″ (30.71 cm)
Shock Valving RZR XP4 1000
Extended Length 34.36″ (87.27 cm)
RZR XP 1000 / CLICKER
6.25″ (158.8 cm) COMPRESSION REBOUND
IFP High Lifter ASSEMBLY
Loca- 1.550 x 0.010 1.500 x 0.010 0.700 x 0.010
tion RZR XP 4 1000 /
7.25″ (184.15 cm)
High Lifter CLICKER
1.000 x 0.010 1.450 x 0.010
PISTON
Nitrogen Pressure 125 psi (862 kPa) +/- 5%
1.550 x 0.008 1.300 x 0.010 1.000 x 0.015
Gas Shock Oil P/N 2874124 (qt.)
1.550 x 0.008 1.200 x 0.010 1.000 x 0.015
1.550 x 0.008 1.100 x 0.010 0.900 x 0.015
1.550 x 0.008 1.000 x 0.010 0.600 x 0.015
1.550 x 0.008 0.900 x 0.010 0.600 x 0.015
1.450 x 0.010 0.800 x 0.010
1.100 x 0.012 0.750 x 0.065
1.000 x 0.012
1.500 x 0.125
No Piston Bleed Orifice

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


8.26 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
STEERING / SUSPENSION

Shock Valving RZR XP / XP4 1000 High


Lifter
CLICKER
COMPRESSION REBOUND
ASSEMBLY
1.850 x 0.010 1.500 x 0.010 0.700 x 0.010
CLICKER
1.750 x 0.010 1.450 x 0.010
PISTON
1.650 x 0.010 1.300 x 0.010 1.000 x 0.015
1.550 x 0.008 1.200 x 0.010 1.000 x 0.015
1.000 x 0.010 1.100 x 0.010 0.900 x 0.015
1.550 x 0.008 1.000 x 0.010 0.600 x 0.015
1.550 x 0.008 0.900 x 0.010 0.600 x 0.015
1.550 x 0.008 0.800 x 0.010
1.550 x 0.008 1.000 x 0.095
1.550 x 0.008
1.450 x 0.010
1.300 x 0.012
1.200 x 0.012
1.500 x 0.125
Piston Bleed Orifice: 0.100″

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 8.27
STEERING / SUSPENSION

SPRING ADJUSTMENT (WALKER EVANS) Shock Spanner / Clutch Spreader Tool:


The front and rear shocks have a ride height adjustment. 2878925
Suspension springs may be adjusted to suit different
riding conditions or vehicle payloads. NOTE
Polaris does not recommend increasing the spring
WARNING
adjustment by more than one inch (25.4 mm) over the
Uneven adjustment may cause poor handling of the factory setting r as it may negatively impact vehicle
vehicle, which could result in serious injury or death. stability. Always return the spring preload to the factory
Always adjust both the left and right spring equally. setting after the load is removed from the vehicle.

The factory setting is appropriate for nearly all riding


conditions. If desired, the spring setting may be adjusted
to maintain vehicle clearance height when carrying
loads.
1. Raise and safely support front or rear of the vehicle
off the ground to allow the suspension to fully extend.
2. Using the shock spanner/spreader tool included in
the vehicle’s tool kit, turn the adjustment collar q to
increase w or decrease e ride height.

Spring Adjustment - Factory Setting (approx.)


MODEL FRONT REAR
RZR XP 1000 0.80″ 7.97″
RZR XP 4 1000 2.04″ 5.13″
RZR XP 1000 LE Matte Gold Metallic 1.30″ 8.17″
RZR XP 1000 High Lifter 1.46″ 6.32″
RZR XP 4 1000 High Lifter 2.19″ 8.05″

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


8.28 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
STEERING / SUSPENSION

WALKER EVANS™ SHOCK REBUILD SHOCK PISTON ORIENTATION


INFORMATION The face of the piston with the greater number of relief
When performing maintenance on Walker Evans™ ports will always face the rebound valve stack.
shocks, use the Gas Shock Recharging Kit (PN
2200421), as it contains the necessary valves, pressure
gauge, and fittings to deflate and pressurize shocks.

WARNING
Walker Evans™ shocks contain high pressure nitrogen
gas. Extreme caution must be used while handling and
working with Walker Evans™ shocks and related high
pressure service equipment. The pressure must be
released from the shock before disassembly. It is
strongly recommended you wear safety glasses and
ear protection during these procedures.

SPECIAL TOOLS

PART
DESCRIPTION
NUMBER
2200421 Gas Shock Recharging Kit
PS-45908 IFP Tool
PU-50979 Shock Body Holding Tool - Front

PU-50938 Shock Body Holding Tool - Rear

2872429 Shock Rod Holding Tool - Front

PS-50931 Shock Rod Holding Tool - Rear


PU-50939 Shock Seal Protector Sleeve - Front 8
PU-50952 Shock Seal Protector Sleeve - Rear

VALVE SHIM ARRANGEMENT


Shown below is an example of how valving stacks are
arranged.

NOTE
The rebound and compression valve stacks will always
be positioned as shown in the illustration, regardless of
how the shock assembly is installed.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 8.29
STEERING / SUSPENSION

WALKER EVANS™ SHOCK DISASSEMBLY 5. Carefully depressurize the shock.

NOTE
To prevent damage or marks to the shock, the use of
special tools and a soft jaw vise is recommended.

WARNING
Walker Evans™ shocks contain high pressure nitrogen
gas. Extreme caution must be used while handling and
working with Walker Evans™ shocks and related high
pressure service equipment. The pressure must be
released from the shock before disassembly. It is
strongly recommended you wear safety glasses and
ear protection during these procedures.

1. Clean and carefully remove shock from the vehicle.


6. Using a snap ring pliers, remove the retaining ring
2. Back preload adjuster all the way down and carefully
from the reservoir.
remove spring retainer and spring(s).

7. Carefully remove the cap from the reservoir body.

3. Use the appropriate shock body holding tool to


properly secure the shock assembly into a vice for
service.
Front Shock Body Holding Tool: PU-50979
Rear Shock Body Holding Tool: PU-50938

4. Remove the valve cap from the valve fitting on the


top of the reservoir.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


8.30 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
STEERING / SUSPENSION

8. Using a 1" open-end wrench or adjustable wrench, 10. Remove and properly dispose of the oil from the
loosen and remove the bearing cap from the shock shock body.
body.

9. Slowly lift up and remove the shock rod assembly NOTE


from the shock body. Insert the IFP Tool (PS-45908) and cycle the Internal
Floating Piston (IFP) a few times to purge the shock oil
from the reservoir.

11. Remove the floating piston from the shock reservoir


using the IFP Tool (PS-45908).

12. Clean and inspect ALL parts and replace as needed.


NOTE
Seal kits are available and should be installed at this
time if seals or O-rings are damaged or worn.

13. Use the appropriate shock rod holding tool and a


vise to mount the shock rod vertically with the
threaded end upward.
Front Shock Rod Holding Tool: 2872429
Rear Shock Rod Holding Tool: PU-50931

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 8.31
STEERING / SUSPENSION

14. Using an 11/16" socket, remove the nut retaining the 19. Front Shocks Only: Using a 9/16" socket w/
valve stack and piston. extension, remove the fastener retaining the clicker
valve stack. Place the valve stack on a clean shop
towel in order of removal.

NOTE
Keep the rebound and compression valve stacks in the NOTE
order they were removed. If unsure of order, refer to
“Shock Valving” under the “Shock Service Information” Keep the valve stack in the order it was removed. If
provided earlier in this section. unsure of order, refer to “Shock Valving” under the
“Shock Service Information” provided earlier in this
section.

20. Inspect the valves for kinks, waves, pits or foreign


material
21. Thoroughly clean all shock components and shock
body prior to assembly.

15. Place the valve stack on a clean shop towel in order


of removal.
16. Inspect the valves for kinks, waves, pits or foreign
material.
17. Inspect the piston wear band and replace if damaged
or worn.
18. Use the appropriate shock body holding tool to
properly secure the shock assembly into a vice for
service.
Front Shock Body Holding Tool: PU-50979
Rear Shock Body Holding Tool: PU-50938

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


8.32 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
STEERING / SUSPENSION

WALKER EVANS™ SHOCK ASSEMBLY 8. Place a new lock nut onto the shock rod. Torque the
new lock nut to specification.
1. Install new seals and O-rings on the seal head
assembly. NOTE
2. Use the appropriate shock rod holding tool and a Do not over torque the nut or damage to the valve stack
vise to mount the shock rod vertically with the can occur.
threaded end upward.
Front Shock Rod Holding Tool: 2872429 TORQUE
Rear Shock Rod Holding Tool: PU-50931
Lock Nut:
14 ft-lbs (19 Nm)
NOTE
If the shock rod or the mounting eyelet end is being NOTE
replaced, apply red Loctite to the threads of the shock
shaft prior to installation. Not using Loctite may allow Make sure “Top-Out” washers are orientated as shown.
the shaft to loosen from the eyelet.

3. Install the appropriate Shock Seal Protector Sleeve


over the shaft threads.
Front Shock Seal Protector Sleeve: PU-50939
Rear Shock Seal Protector Sleeve: PU-50952

4. Install seal head assembly onto the shock shaft.


5. Remove the Shock Seal Protector Sleeve.
6. Place the compression valve stack on the rod in the
reverse order of disassembly.
7. Place valve piston on top of the compression stack.

9. Front Shocks Only: Assemble the clicker valve


stack on top of the fastener and install the assembly
8
into the reservoir body. Tighten the valve stack
fastener securely.

NOTE
If unsure of the valve stack order, refer to “Shock
Valving” under the “Shock Service Information”
provided earlier in this section.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 8.33
STEERING / SUSPENSION

10. Turn the compression adjuster knob counter- 13. Using a 3/32" Allen wrench, remove IFP bleed screw.
clockwise (soft) until it stops, so damping is in the full
open position.

14. Apply a thin film of oil to IFP O-ring and wear band.
Insert IFP into reservoir until completely submerged.
11. Use the appropriate shock body holding tool to Allow air to escape as you install the piston.
properly secure the shock assembly into a vice for
service.
Front Shock Body Holding Tool: PU-50979
Rear Shock Body Holding Tool: PU-50938

12. Fill the shock body and remote reservoir 1/2 full of
the recommended gas shock oil.

15. Screw IFP Tool (PS-45908) onto the floating piston.

FLUID CAPACITY
Recommended Shock Oil:
Racing Gas Shock Oil (PN 2874124) (Quart)
10 Weight for Walker Evans Shocks

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


8.34 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
STEERING / SUSPENSION

16. Slowly cycle the IFP up and down. 20. Add oil to the body tube until the surface of the oil is
• Be sure to bottom out piston in the reservoir body. at the top of the shock body threads.
• Allow time for the bubbles to dissipate.
• Repeat the process until all air has been removed.
17. Pull IFP up until its top is approximately 1" (2.54 cm)
from top of reservoir and remove the IFP Tool. Using
a 3/32" Allen wrench, install the IFP bleed screw.

NOTE
During installation, some shock oil will over flow. Wrap
a shop cloth around the shock body to catch any oil
overflow.

NOTE 21. Pull the damping piston up until it is just below the
surface of the oil.
When the IFP Tool is removed, the IFP must remain
submerged in shock oil to prevent air from getting under 22. Hold the rod eyelet with one hand. With other hand,
the floating piston. slide the bearing cap down the shaft until contact
with the body is made. Oil will overflow from around
the bearing cap.
18. Fill the shock body with oil approximately 1/4" below
the threads. 23. Screw the bearing cap assembly into the shock body
by hand, holding the rod up so that the bearing cap is
19. Apply a thin film of oil to the wear band on the
damping piston. Slowly insert the shock rod
in contact with the bottom of the damping piston 8
assembly. Be careful not to cross-thread the bearing
assembly into the body until the damping piston
assembly.
assembly is approximately 1" below the oil surface.
• Move rod up and down slowly over a range of about 1" 24. Using a 1" open-end wrench, tighten the bearing
until no air bubbles rise from damping piston. Be cap.
careful to keep damping piston at least 1/4" below the 25. Using a 3/32" Allen wrench, remove the IFP bleed
surface of the oil during this process. screw.
• While holding the shock rod, apply 2 - 3 sharp blows to
the rod eyelet with a rubber mallet driving the piston
down into the shock body. This opens the valves on
the damping piston. You will see the released air
bubbles come to the surface of the oil.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 8.35
STEERING / SUSPENSION

26. Set the IFP depth to the specified length from the top 33. Pressurize the shock reservoir through the
of the reservoir. Schrader® valve using the Gas Shock Recharging Kit
(PN 2200421).

34. Continue filling until the shaft has fully extended and
the reservoir pressure is at 125 psi.

MEASUREMENT
IFP Depth:
FRONT : 3.375″ (85.7 mm)
REAR RZR XP 1000: 6.25″ (158.8 mm)
REAR RZR XP 4 1000: 7.25″ (184.2 mm)

27. Using a long 3/32” Allen wrench, install the IFP bleed
screw.
NOTE
Apply grease to the end of the Allen wrench so the
bleed screw sticks to it during installation.

28. Pour the residual shock oil out of the reservoir into a
proper disposal container. Nitrogen Pressure (Front and Rear):
29. Install the reservoir cap. Push down on the reservoir 125 psi (862 kPa) +/- 5%
cap using even pressure until the retaining ring
groove is exposed.
WARNING
30. Install the retaining ring and check to make sure
retaining ring is seated properly. CHARGE THE SHOCK USING NITROGEN GAS
ONLY. DO NOT FILL WITH ANY OTHER GASES.
31. Push the shock rod assembly completely into the Doing so compromises the performance of the shock
shock body. It should go all the way down smoothly and may be EXTREMELY DANGEROUS!
without interference. If it does not, disassemble and
reassemble per this procedure.
35. Reinstall the valve cap.
32. Secure the shock body in a vise by its lower mount.
36. Clean all oil residue from the shock and reservoir
with solvent, and dry with low pressure compressed
air in a well ventilated area.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


8.36 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
STEERING / SUSPENSION

37. Check shock for any leaks.

NOTE
If leakage from a remote shock reservoir hose fitting is
evident, check for a loose fitting and seal threads with
Three Bond 1215 (PN 2871557)

38. Reinstall the compression spring and the spring


retainer.
39. Thread the spring preload adjuster down against the
spring and set the preload to the specified
measurement (see Chapter 2 – Spring Adjustment).
40. Set the compression adjuster knob to the
recommended setting or the original setting upon
removal (see Chapter 2 – Shock Compression
Adjustment).
41. Remove the shock from the vise.
42. Reinstall spherical bearing O-rings and polyurethane
bushings.

NOTE
After installation, be sure to RIDE SLOWLY initially to
ensure the shock and the vehicle’s suspension is
performing correctly.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 8.37
STEERING / SUSPENSION

NOTES

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


8.38 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
BRAKE SYSTEM

CHAPTER 9
BRAKE SYSTEM
GENERAL INFORMATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.3
SPECIAL TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.3
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.3
BRAKE SYSTEM SERVICE NOTES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.3
BRAKE NOISE TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.4
HYDRAULIC BRAKE SYSTEM OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.4
BRAKE SYSTEM OVERVIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.5
BRAKE SYSTEM ASSEMBLY VIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.5
BRAKE LINE ROUTING / RETENTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.6
FRONT BRAKE LINES TO MASTER CYLINDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.6
REAR BRAKE LINE - MASTER CYLINDER TO JUNCTION BLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.7
REAR BRAKE LINES - JUNCTION BLOCK TO CALIPERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.8
MASTER CYLINDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.9
MASTER CYLINDER REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.9
MASTER CYLINDER INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.9
BRAKE BLEEDING / FLUID CHANGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.11
BRAKE PEDAL LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.13
BRAKE PEDAL REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.13
BRAKE PEDAL INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.13
FRONT BRAKES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.14
PAD REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.14
PAD INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.14
PAD ASSEMBLY / INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.15
BRAKE BURNISHING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.15
FRONT CALIPER ASSEMBLY VIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.16
CALIPER REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.17
9
CALIPER DISASSEMBLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.18
CALIPER INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.19
CALIPER ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.19
CALIPER INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.20
DISC RUNOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.21
DISC INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.21
DISC REPLACEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.22
REAR BRAKES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.23
PAD REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.23
PAD INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.24
PAD ASSEMBLY / INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.25
BRAKE BURNISHING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.25
REAR CALIPER ASSEMBLY VIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.26
CALIPER REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.27
CALIPER DISASSEMBLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.28

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 9.1
BRAKE SYSTEM

CALIPER INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.28


CALIPER ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.29
CALIPER INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.29
DISC INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.30
DISC REPLACEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.31
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.32
POOR BRAKE PERFORMANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.32
PEDAL VIBRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.32
CALIPER OVERHEATS (BRAKES DRAG) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.32
BRAKES LOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.32

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


9.2 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
BRAKE SYSTEM

GENERAL INFORMATION
SPECIAL TOOLS
PART NUMBER TOOL DESCRIPTION
2870975 Mity Vac™ Pressure Test Tool

Bosch Automotive Service Solutions:


1-800-345-2233 or http://polaris.service-solutions.com/

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
FRONT BRAKE SYSTEM
Item Standard Service Limit
Front Brake Pad Thickness .297 ± .007" (7.54 ± .178 mm) .180" (4.6 mm)
Front Brake Disc Thickness .188" (4.78 mm) .170" (4.32 mm)
Front Brake Disc Runout - .010" (.254 mm)

REAR BRAKE SYSTEM


Item Standard Service Limit
Rear Brake Pad Thickness .298 ± .007" (7.57 ± .178 mm) .180" (4.6 mm)
Rear Brake Disc Thickness .188" (4.78 mm) .170" (4.32 mm)
Rear Brake Disc Runout - .010" (.254 mm)

PARK BRAKE SYSTEM (INT’L MODEL)


Item Standard Service Limit
Inboard - .300″ (7.62 mm) .240″ (6.10 mm)
Park Brake Pad Thickness
Outboard - .250″ (6.35 mm) .190" (4.83 mm)
Park Brake Disc Thickness .175 - .185″ (4.44 - 4.70 mm) .150" (3.81 mm)

BRAKE SYSTEM SERVICE NOTES


Disc brake systems are light weight, low maintenance, and perform well in the conditions this vehicle will routinely
encounter. There are a few things to remember when replacing disc brake pads or performing brake system service to
ensure proper system function and maximum pad service life. 9
• DO NOT over-fill the master cylinder fluid reservoir.
• Make sure the brake pedal returns freely and completely.
• Adjust stop pin on brake caliper(s) after pad service.
• Check and adjust master cylinder reservoir fluid level after pad service.
• Make sure atmospheric vent on reservoir is unobstructed.
• Test for brake drag after any brake system service and investigate cause if brake drag is evident.
• Make sure caliper moves freely on guide pins (where applicable).
• Inspect caliper piston seals for foreign material that could prevent caliper pistons from returning freely.
• Perform a brake burnishing procedure after installing new pads to maximize service life.
• DO NOT lubricate or clean the brake components with aerosol or petroleum products. Use only approved brake
cleaning products.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 9.3
BRAKE SYSTEM

BRAKE NOISE TROUBLESHOOTING


Dirt or dust buildup on the brake pads and disc is the most common cause of brake noise (squeal caused by vibration).
If cleaning does not reduce the occurrence of brake noise, Permatex™ Disc Brake Quiet can be applied to the back of
the pads. Follow directions on the package. This will keep pads in contact with caliper piston(s) to reduce the chance
of squeaks caused by dirt or dust.

Brake Noise Troubleshooting


POSSIBLE CAUSE REMEDY
Spray disc and pads with CRC Brakleen™ or an
equivalent non-flammable aerosol brake cleaner.
Dirt, dust, or imbedded material on pads or disc
Remove pads and/or disc hub to clean imbedded
material from disc or pads.
Pad(s) dragging on disc due to:
Improper adjustment Adjust pad stop (front calipers)
Master cylinder reservoir overfilled Set to proper level
Master cylinder compensating port restricted Clean compensating port
Master cylinder piston not returning completely Inspect. Repair as necessary
Caliper piston(s) not returning Clean piston(s) seal
Operator error (riding the brake) Educate operator

Loose wheel hub or bearings Check wheel and hub for abnormal movement.
Brake disc warped or excessively worn Replace disc
Brake disc misaligned or loose Inspect and repair as necessary
If noise does not change when brake is applied check
Noise is from other source (axle, hub, disc or wheel)
other sources. Inspect and repair as necessary

HYDRAULIC BRAKE SYSTEM OPERATION


The Polaris brake system consists of the following components or assemblies: brake pedal, master cylinder, hydraulic
brake lines, brake calipers, brake pads, and brake discs, which are secured to the drive line.
When the foot activated brake lever is applied it applies pressure on the piston within the master cylinder. As the
master cylinder piston moves inward it closes a small opening (compensating port) within the cylinder and starts to
build pressure within the brake system. As the pressure within the system is increased, the pistons located in the brake
calipers move outward and apply pressure to the moveable brake pads. These pads contact the brake discs and move
the calipers in their floating bracket, pulling the stationary side pads into the brake discs. The resulting friction reduces
brake disc and vehicle speed.
The friction applied to the brake pads will cause the pads to wear. As these pads wear, the piston within the caliper
moves further outward and becomes self adjusting. Fluid from the reservoir fills the additional area created when the
caliper piston moves outward.
Brake fluid level is critical to proper system operation. Too little fluid will allow air to enter the system and cause the
brakes to feel spongy. Too much fluid could cause brakes to drag due to fluid expansion.
Located within the master cylinder is the compensating port which is opened and closed by the master cylinder piston
assembly. As the temperature within the hydraulic system changes, this port compensates for fluid expansion or
contraction. Due to the high temperatures created within the system during heavy braking, it is very important that the
master cylinder reservoir have adequate space to allow for fluid expansion. Never overfill the reservoir! Do not fill
the reservoir beyond the MAX LEVEL line!
When servicing Polaris brake systems use only Polaris DOT 4 Brake Fluid (PN 2872189).

WARNING
Once a bottle is opened, use what is necessary and discard the rest in accordance with local laws. Do not store or
use a partial bottle of brake fluid. Brake fluid is hygroscopic, meaning it rapidly absorbs moisture. This causes the
boiling temperature of the brake fluid to drop, which can lead to early brake fade and the possibility of serious injury.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


9.4 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
BRAKE SYSTEM

BRAKE SYSTEM OVERVIEW


BRAKE SYSTEM ASSEMBLY VIEW

q Master Cylinder y Flare Fitting


15 ft-lbs (20 Nm)

w LH Front Brake Line u LH Rear Brake Line


e RH Front Brake Line i Brake Tee-Fitting
r MC Rear Brake Line o Bleed Screw
47 in-lbs (5 Nm)

t RH Rear Brake Line a Banjo Fitting


15 ft-lbs (20 Nm)

s Brake Switch

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 9.5
BRAKE SYSTEM

BRAKE LINE ROUTING / RETENTION


FRONT BRAKE LINES TO MASTER CYLINDER

q Brake Line Retaining Clip w Control Arm Brake Line Retainer

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


9.6 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
BRAKE SYSTEM

REAR BRAKE LINE - MASTER CYLINDER TO JUNCTION BLOCK

q Brake Line Retaining Clip e Zip Tie

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 9.7
BRAKE SYSTEM

REAR BRAKE LINES - JUNCTION BLOCK TO CALIPERS

NOTE
Brake lines route inside the stabilizer bar and shock mounts as shown.

q Brake Line Retaining Clip r Trailing Arm Brake Line Retainer

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


9.8 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
BRAKE SYSTEM

MASTER CYLINDER
MASTER CYLINDER REMOVAL 3. Place a container to catch brake fluid under the
1. Locate the master cylinder q above the left front tire master cylinder brake line banjo bolts r.
in the wheel well area.
CAUTION
Brake fluid will damage finished surfaces. Do not allow
brake fluid to come in contact with finished surfaces.

NOTE
Make note of front and rear brake line locations to
master cylinder.

4. Loosen the brake line banjo bolts and allow fluid to


drain.
NOTE
Dispose of fluid properly. Do not re-use.

2. Remove the clip w from the clevis pin e that 5. Remove the two mounting fasteners t that secure
attaches the master cylinder to the brake pedal lever. the master cylinder to the frame.

MASTER CYLINDER INSTALLATION


1. Install new stat-o-seal, rear brake line banjo fitting,
new stat-o-seal and banjo bolt to the rear port on the
master cylinder.

IMPORTANT
Lubricate seals with a thin film of DOT 4 brake fluid
prior to installation.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 9.9
BRAKE SYSTEM

2. Install new stat-o-seal, front left brake line banjo 4. Install the master cylinder shield and master cylinder
fitting e, new stat-o-seal, front right brake line banjo retaining bolts and nuts. Torque bolts to specification.
fitting w, new stat-o-seal, and brake pressure switch
to the front port on the master cylinder.

NOTE
Hardened washer goes under the head of the bolt not
IMPORTANT the nut. Tighten bolt from head side.
Lubricate seals with a thin film of DOT 4 brake fluid
prior to installation.
TORQUE
3. Rotate the brake lines until they are orientated as Master Cylinder Mounting Bolts:
shown. Torque banjo bolt and brake pressure switch 23 ft-lbs (31 Nm)
to specification.
5. Reconnect the main harness to the brake pressure
switch.
6. Align the operating rod clevis to the brake pedal.
Install the operating rod pin and clip to retain the
operating rod to the pedal.

ITEM DESCRIPTION ANGLE


q Rear Brake Line 20°

w Front Right Brake Line 60°

e Front Left Brake Line 30° 7. Perform the BRAKE BLEEDING / FLUID CHANGE,
page 9.11 procedure.
TORQUE
Banjo Bolt / Brake Pressure Switch:
15 ft-lbs (20 Nm)

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


9.10 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
BRAKE SYSTEM

BRAKE BLEEDING / FLUID CHANGE 3. Add brake fluid to the indicated MAX level of
reservoir.
IMPORTANT
Bleed the right rear caliper first, followed by the left rear,
front right, and finally the front left caliper.

CAUTION
Always wear safety glasses when handling chemicals
and fluids.

CAUTION
Brake fluid will damage finished surfaces. Do not allow
brake fluid to come in contact with finished surfaces.

1. Clean master cylinder reservoir cover thoroughly and


remove the cover w. Polaris DOT 4 Brake Fluid
2872189

4. Bleed the brakes in the following order: right rear, left


rear, right front and finally the left front. Install a box
end wrench on caliper bleeder screw. Attach a clean,
clear hose to fitting and place the other end in a
clean container. Be sure the hose fits tightly on
fitting.
5. Have an assistant slowly pump foot pedal until
pressure builds and holds.
6. Hold brake pedal down to maintain pedal pressure,
and open bleeder screw e one full turn. Close
bleeder screw and release pedal.

2. If changing fluid, remove old fluid from reservoir q


with a Mity Vac™ pump or similar tool.
Mity Vac™:
2870975
9

NOTE
Do not release foot pedal before bleeder screw is tight
or air may be drawn into master cylinder.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 9.11
BRAKE SYSTEM

7. Repeat procedure until clean fluid appears in bleeder


hose and all air has been purged. Add fluid as
necessary to maintain level in reservoir.

IMPORTANT
Do not allow the brake fluid level in the reservoir to drop
below the MIN line to prevent air from entering the
master cylinder.

8. Tighten bleeder screw securely and remove bleeder


hose. Torque bleeder screw to specification.

TORQUE
Bleeder Screw:
48 in-lb (5 Nm)

9. Repeat steps 5 - 8 for the remaining calipers.


10. Add brake fluid to MAX level on reservoir.
Master Cylinder Fluid Level
Between MIN and MAX lines on reservoir.

11. Install master cylinder reservoir cover.


12. Field test machine at low speed before putting into
service. Check for proper braking action and pedal
reserve. With pedal firmly applied, pedal reserve
should be no less than 1/2"(1.3 cm).
13. Check brake system for fluid leaks.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


9.12 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
BRAKE SYSTEM

BRAKE PEDAL LEVER


BRAKE PEDAL REMOVAL BRAKE PEDAL INSTALLATION
1. Locate the brake pedal lever w and remove the clip 1. Reverse the “Removal” steps to install brake pedal
q and master cylinder clevis pin r. lever. Compare brake pedal free-play to
specification.
2. Remove the E-clip e from the pedal mount and
remove the brake pedal lever w from the vehicle. Brake Pedal Free-play:
0.090″ (2.28 mm)

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 9.13
BRAKE SYSTEM

FRONT BRAKES
PAD REMOVAL 6. Push the mounting bracket inward and slip the outer
1. Elevate and support front of vehicle. brake pad out between the bracket and caliper body.

CAUTION
Use care when supporting vehicle so that it does not tip
or fall. Severe injury may occur if machine tips or falls.

2. Remove the wheel nuts and front wheel.


3. Loosen the pad adjuster screw 2-3 turns.

7. Remove the inner pad from the bracket and caliper.

PAD INSPECTION
1. Measure the thickness of the pad material. Replace
pads if worn beyond the service limit.

4. Remove the upper and lower caliper mounting bolts


and remove the caliper from the front hub.
NOTE
When removing caliper, use care not to damage brake
line. Support caliper to avoid kinking or bending brake
line.

5. Push caliper piston into caliper bore slowly using a


C-clamp or locking pliers with pads installed.

MEASUREMENT
Front Brake Pad Thickness:
.297 ± .007" (7.5 ± .178 mm)
Service Limit: 0.180" (4.6 mm)

NOTE
Brake fluid will be forced through compensating port
into master cylinder fluid reservoir when piston is
pushed back into caliper. Remove excess fluid from
reservoir as required.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


9.14 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
BRAKE SYSTEM

PAD ASSEMBLY / INSTALLATION 5. Install the adjustment set screw and turn clockwise
1. Lubricate mounting bracket pins q with a light film of until stationary pad contacts disc, then back off 1/2
silicone grease and install rubber dust boots. turn (counterclockwise).

2. Compress mounting bracket and make sure dust 6. Verify fluid level in reservoir is up to MAX line inside
boots are fully seated. Install pads with friction reservoir and install reservoir cap.
material facing each other. Master Cylinder Fluid
Up to MAX line inside reservoir
WARNING
If brake pads are contaminated with grease, oil, or 7. Install wheel and torque wheel nuts to specification.
liquid soaked do not use the pads. Use only new, clean
pads. TORQUE
Wheel Nuts:
3. Install caliper onto front hub and torque mounting 120 ft-lbs (163 Nm)
bolts w to specification.

BRAKE BURNISHING PROCEDURE


It is required that a burnishing procedure be performed
after installation of new brake pads to extend service life
and reduce noise.
Start machine and slowly increase speed to 30 mph.
Gradually apply brakes to stop machine. Allow pads and
disc to cool sufficiently during the procedure. Do not 9
allow pads or disc to become hot or warping may result.
Repeat this procedure 10 times. Do not make more
than 3 stops per 1 mile (1.6 km).

TORQUE
Front Caliper Mount Bolt:
30 ft-lb (41 Nm)

4. Slowly pump the brake pedal until pressure has been


built up. Maintain at least 1/2" (12.7 mm) of brake
fluid in the reservoir to prevent air from entering the
brake system.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 9.15
BRAKE SYSTEM

FRONT CALIPER ASSEMBLY VIEW

q Socket Set Screw y Pistons


w Bleeder Screw 48 in-lb (5 Nm) u Caliper Mount
e Caliper Assembly i Brake Pads
r Boots o Brake Scraper
t Square O-Rings a Bolts

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


9.16 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
BRAKE SYSTEM

CALIPER REMOVAL 6. Remove the two caliper mounting bolts w and


1. Elevate and safely support the front of the vehicle. remove the caliper assembly from the front hub.

2. Remove the four wheel nuts and the front wheel.

WARNING
Use care when supporting vehicle so that it does not tip
or fall. Severe injury may occur.

3. Clean caliper area before removal.


4. Place a container below the caliper to catch brake
fluid when removing the line q. Remove brake line
from caliper.

5. Loosen brake pad adjustment set screw 2-3 turns to


allow brake pad removal after the caliper is removed.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 9.17
BRAKE SYSTEM

CALIPER DISASSEMBLY 5. Once the pistons are removed, use a pick to carefully
1. Remove both brake pads from the caliper (see remove the square O-rings e from the caliper. O-
Chapter 9 – “FRONT BRAKE PADS - Pad Removal, rings should be replaced during caliper service.
page 9.14”).
2. Remove mount bracket assembly q and dust boots
w.

6. Clean the caliper body, pistons and retaining bracket


r with brake cleaner or alcohol.

3. Thoroughly clean the caliper before disassembly and


prepare a clean work area for disassembly.
4. Use a commercially available caliper piston pliers to
extract the pistons from the caliper.

NOTE
Be sure to clean seal grooves in caliper body.

NOTE
Do not remove the caliper pistons with a standard
pliers. The piston sealing surfaces will become
damaged if a standard pliers is used.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


9.18 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
BRAKE SYSTEM

CALIPER INSPECTION CALIPER ASSEMBLY


1. Inspect caliper body for nicks, scratches, pitting or 1. Install new O-rings w in the caliper body. Be sure the
wear. Measure bore size and compare to grooves q are clean and free of residue or brakes
specifications. Replace if damaged or worn beyond may drag upon assembly.
service limit.

2. Coat pistons with clean Polaris DOT 4 Brake Fluid.


Install pistons with a twisting motion while pushing
MEASUREMENT inward. Piston should slide in and out of bore
Front Caliper Piston Bore I.D.: smoothly, with light resistance.
Std: 1.373” (34.87 mm) 3. Lubricate the mounting bracket pins e with silicone
Service Limit: 1.375” (34.93 mm) grease and install the rubber dust seal boots.

2. Inspect piston for nicks, scratches, pitting or wear.


Measure piston diameter and replace if damaged or
worn beyond service limit.

9
4. Compress the mounting bracket and make sure the
dust seal boots are fully seated. Install the brake
pads. Clean the disc and pads with brake parts
cleaner or denatured alcohol to remove any dirt, oil
or grease.
MEASUREMENT
Front Caliper Piston O.D.:
Std: 1.370” (34.80 mm)
Service Limit: 1.368” (34.75 mm)

3. Inspect the brake disc and pads as outlined in this


chapter.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 9.19
BRAKE SYSTEM

CALIPER INSTALLATION 4. Install the adjustment set screw and turn clockwise
1. Install the brake line onto the caliper taking care not until stationary pad contacts disc, then back off 1/2
to allow any debris to enter the caliper. turn (counterclockwise).

2. Install the caliper and torque the mounting bolts to


specification.

NOTE
If disc scraper q was removed, reinstall it upon caliper
installation.

5. Perform brake bleeding procedure as outlined earlier


in this chapter.
6. Install wheel and torque wheel nuts to specification.

TORQUE
Wheel Nuts:
120 ft-lbs (163 Nm)

TORQUE 7. Field test unit for proper braking action before putting
Front Caliper Mount Bolt w: into service. Inspect for fluid leaks and firm brakes.
30 ft-lb (41 Nm) Make sure the brake is not dragging when pedal is
released. If the brake drags, re-check assembly and
installation.
3. Torque the banjo bolt e to specification.
NOTE
If new pads are installed, refer to Brake Burnishing
Procedure, page 9.15.

TORQUE
Banjo Bolt
15 ft-lbs (20 Nm)

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


9.20 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
BRAKE SYSTEM

DISC RUNOUT DISC INSPECTION


1. Mount dial indicator as shown to measure disc 1. Visually inspect disc for scoring, scratches, or
runout. Slowly rotate the disc and read total runout gouges. Replace disc if deep scratches are evident.
on the dial indicator. Replace the disc if runout
2. Use a 0-1″ micrometer and measure disc thickness
exceeds specification.
at eight different points around the pad contact
surface. Replace disc if worn beyond service limit.

MEASUREMENT
Brake Disc Thickness:
New: .0188″ (4.78 mm)
Service Limit: 0.170″ (4.32 mm)

Brake Disc Thickness Variance


Service Limit: 0.002″ (.051 mm)
Brake Disc Runout:
Service Limit: .010″ (0.254 mm)

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 9.21
BRAKE SYSTEM

DISC REPLACEMENT 6. Install wheel hub assembly, washers, and castle nut.
1. Remove the front brake caliper (see Chapter 9 – Torque castle nut to specification and install a new
Caliper Removal , page 9.17). cotter pin.

2. Remove wheel hub cotter pin r, castle nut e and TORQUE


washers w. Castle Nut:
3. Remove the wheel hub assembly from the vehicle 110 ft-lbs (149 Nm)
and remove the four bolts q retaining the disc to the
hub. 7. Install the front brake caliper (see Chapter 9 –
FRONT CALIPER SERVICE, page ).

TORQUE
Front Brake Caliper Mounting Bolts:
30 ft-lb (41 Nm)

8. Follow bleeding procedure outlined earlier in this


chapter.
9. Field test unit for proper braking action before putting
into service. Inspect for fluid leaks and firm brakes.
Make sure the brake is not dragging when pedal is
released. If the brake drags, re-check assembly and
installation.

4. Clean the wheel hub mating surface and install new


disc on wheel hub.
5. Install new bolts t and torque to specification.

TORQUE
Brake Disc Mounting Bolts t:
30 ft-lb (41 Nm)

CAUTION
Always use new brake disc mounting bolts. The bolts
have a pre-applied locking agent which is destroyed
upon removal.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


9.22 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
BRAKE SYSTEM

REAR BRAKES
PAD REMOVAL 5. Remove the two caliper mounting bolts w and lift
1. Elevate and support rear of vehicle. caliper off the brake disc.

WARNING
Use care when supporting vehicle so that it does not tip
or fall. Severe injury may occur if machine tips or falls.

2. Remove the rear wheel.


3. Loosen pad adjuster screw 2-3 turns.

NOTE
When removing caliper, be careful not to damage brake
line. Support caliper to avoid kinking or bending brake
line.

6. Push caliper piston into the caliper bore slowly using


a C-clamp or locking pliers with pads installed.
4. Remove the lower radius rod outer mounting bolt q,
nut and washer from the bearing carrier. Swing
radius rod down. Discard the nut.

NOTE
Brake fluid will be forced through compensating port
into master cylinder fluid reservoir when piston is
pushed back into caliper. Remove excess fluid from
reservoir as required.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 9.23
BRAKE SYSTEM

7. Push caliper mounting bracket inward and slip outer PAD INSPECTION
brake pad past the edge to remove. 1. Clean the caliper with brake cleaner or alcohol.
2. Measure the thickness of the pad material. Replace
pads if worn beyond the service limit.

8. Remove the inner brake pad.

MEASUREMENT
Rear Brake Pad Thickness:
.298 ± .007″ (7.57 mm ± .178 mm)
Service Limit: .180″ (4.6 mm)

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


9.24 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
BRAKE SYSTEM

PAD ASSEMBLY / INSTALLATION 4. Install lower radius rod bolt r, washer and new nut.
1. Lubricate mounting bracket pins q with a light film of Torque to specification.
silicone grease and install rubber dust boots w.

TORQUE
2. Compress mounting bracket and make sure dust
boots are fully seated. Install pads with friction Radius Rod to Bearing Carrier Bolt:
material facing each other. M10: 40 ft-lb (54 Nm)
M12 (outer): 50 ft-lb + 90° (68 Nm + 90°)
WARNING
5. Slowly pump the brake pedal until pressure has been
If brake pads are contaminated with grease, oil, or
built up. Maintain brake fluid in the reservoir between
liquid soaked do not use the pads. Use only new clean
MIN and MAX to prevent air from entering the brake
pads.
system.
3. Install the caliper and torque the new mounting bolts 6. Install the adjustment set screw and turn clockwise
until the stationary pad contacts the disc, then back
e to specification. off 1/2 turn.
7. Verify fluid level in reservoir is up to the MAX line
inside reservoir and install reservoir cap.
Master Cylinder Fluid
Up to MAX line inside reservoir

8. Install wheel and torque wheel nuts to specification.


TORQUE
9
Wheel Nuts:
120 ft-lbs (163 Nm)

BRAKE BURNISHING PROCEDURE


TORQUE It is required that a burnishing procedure be performed
after installation of new brake pads to extend service life
Rear Caliper Mount Bolt q:
and reduce noise.
40 ft-lbs (54 Nm)
Start machine and slowly increase speed to 30 mph.
Gradually apply brakes to stop machine. Allow pads and
disc to cool sufficiently during the procedure. Do not
allow pads or disc to become hot or warping may result.
Repeat this procedure 10 times. Do not make more
than 3 stops per 1 mile (1.6 km).

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 9.25
BRAKE SYSTEM

REAR CALIPER ASSEMBLY VIEW

q Socket Set Screw t Pistons


w Bleeder Screw 48 in-lb (5 Nm) y Boots
e Caliper Assembly u Caliper Mount
r Square O-Rings i Brake Pad

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


9.26 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
BRAKE SYSTEM

CALIPER REMOVAL 6. Remove the two caliper mounting bolts e and


1. Elevate and safely support the rear of the vehicle. remove the caliper.

CAUTION
Use care when supporting vehicle so that it does not tip
or fall. Severe injury may occur.

2. Remove the four wheel nuts and rear wheel. Clean


caliper area before removal.
3. Place a container below the caliper to catch the
brake fluid when removing the line q. Remove brake
line from caliper.

4. Remove the lower radius rod outer mounting bolt w,


nut and washer from the bearing carrier. Swing
radius rod down. Discard nut.

5. Loosen the brake pad adjustment set screw to allow


brake pad removal after the caliper is removed.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 9.27
BRAKE SYSTEM

CALIPER DISASSEMBLY CALIPER INSPECTION


1. Remove brake pad adjustment set screw o. 1. Inspect caliper body for nicks, scratches or wear.
Measure bore size and compare to specifications.
2. Push upper pad retainer pin inward and slip brake
Replace if damage is evident or if worn beyond
pads q past the edge and remove from the caliper.
service limit.
3. Remove mount bracket w and dust boots y & u.

4. Using a hammer and a small punch, remove the MEASUREMENT


piston t from the caliper body i. Remove the
Rear Caliper Piston Bore I.D.:
square O-rings r and e from the caliper body i.
Standard: 1.505″ (38.23 mm)
5. Clean the caliper body, piston, and retaining bracket Service Limit: 1.507″ (38.28 mm)
a with brake cleaner or alcohol.
2. Inspect piston for nicks, scratches, wear or damage.
NOTE Measure diameter and replace if damaged or worn
Be sure to clean caliper body seal grooves. beyond service limit.

MEASUREMENT
Rear Caliper Piston O.D.:
Standard: 1.500″ (38.10 mm)
Service Limit: 1.498″ (38.05 mm)

3. Inspect the brake disc and pads as outlined in this


chapter.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


9.28 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
BRAKE SYSTEM

CALIPER ASSEMBLY CALIPER INSTALLATION


1. Install new caliper seals q in the caliper body w. Be 1. Install the rear caliper with new mounting bolts.
sure groove is clean and free of residue or brakes Torque mounting bolts q to specification.
may drag upon assembly.

2. Coat piston with clean Polaris DOT 4 Brake Fluid TORQUE


(PN 2872189). Install piston e with a twisting motion Rear Caliper Mount Bolt q:
while pushing inward. Piston should slide in and out 40 ft-lbs (54 Nm)
of bore smoothly with light resistance.
3. Lubricate the mounting bracket pins r with silicone 2. Install brake line banjo bolt w and torque to
grease and install the rubber dust seal boots t. specification.

TORQUE
Banjo Bolts:
15 ft-lbs (20 Nm)

9
4. Compress the mounting bracket and make sure the
dust seals are fully seated. Install the brake pads.
Clean the disc and pads with brake parts cleaner or
denatured alcohol to remove any dirt, oil or grease.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 9.29
BRAKE SYSTEM

3. Install lower radius rod bolt, washer and new nut. DISC INSPECTION
Torque to specification. 1. Visually inspect disc for scoring, scratches, or
gouges. Replace disc if deep scratches are evident.
2. Use a 0-1″ micrometer and measure disc thickness
at eight different points around the pad contact
surface. Replace disc if worn beyond service limit.

TORQUE
Radius Rod to Bearing Carrier Bolt:
M10: 40 ft-lb (54 Nm)
M12 (outer): 50 ft-lb + 90° (68 Nm + 90°)

4. Install the pad adjustment screw and turn until MEASUREMENT


stationary pad contacts disc, then back off 1/2 turn. Brake Disc Thickness
5. Follow bleeding procedure outlined earlier in this New: 0.188″ (4.78 mm)
chapter. Service Limit: 0.170″ (4.32 mm)

6. Install wheel and torque wheel nuts to specification. Brake Disc Thickness Variance:
Service Limit: 0.002″ (0.051 mm)
TORQUE
Wheel Nuts: 3. Mount a dial indicator and measure disc runout.
120 ft-lbs (163 Nm) Slowly rotate the disc and read total runout on the
dial indicator. Replace the disc if runout exceeds
specifications.
NOTE
If new pads are installed, refer to Brake Burnishing MEASUREMENT
Procedure, page 9.25. Brake Disc Runout:
Service Limit: .010″ (0.254 mm)

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


9.30 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
BRAKE SYSTEM

DISC REPLACEMENT 6. Install wheel hub assembly, washers, and castle nut.
1. Remove rear brake caliper (see Chapter 9 – Caliper Torque castle nut to specification and install a new
Removal, page 9.27). cotter pin.

2. Remove wheel hub cotter pin r, castle nut e and TORQUE


washers w. Rear Wheel Hub Castle Nut:
3. Remove the hub assembly from the vehicle and 110 ft-lbs (149 Nm)
remove the four bolts q retaining the disc to the hub.
7. Install rear caliper (see Chapter 9 – REAR CALIPER
SERVICE, page ). Bleed the brake system. (See
Chapter 9 – BRAKE BLEEDING / FLUID CHANGE,
page 9.11.
8. Field test unit for proper braking action before putting
into service. Inspect for fluid leaks and firm brakes.
Make sure brakes do not drag when pedal is
released. If the brakes drag, re-check assembly and
installation.

4. Clean the wheel hub mating surface and install new


disc on wheel hub.
5. Install new bolts t and torque to specification.

CAUTION
Always use new brake disc mounting bolts. The bolts
have a pre-applied locking agent which is destroyed
upon removal.

TORQUE
Brake Disc Mounting Bolts:
30 ft-lb (41 Nm)

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 9.31
BRAKE SYSTEM

TROUBLESHOOTING
POOR BRAKE PERFORMANCE
• Air in system
• Water in system (brake fluid contaminated)
• Caliper or disc misaligned
• Caliper dirty or damaged
• Brake line damaged or lining ruptured
• Worn disc and/or friction pads
• Incorrectly adjusted stationary pad
• Worn or damaged master cylinder or components
• Damaged break pad noise insulator
• Brake pads dragging
• Brake caliper dragging

PEDAL VIBRATION
• Disc damaged
• Disc worn (runout or thickness variance exceeds
service limit)

CALIPER OVERHEATS (BRAKES DRAG)


• Compensating port plugged
• Pad clearance set incorrectly
• Parking brake lever incorrectly adjusted (INT’L Model)
• Brake pedal binding or unable to return fully
• Parking brake left on (INT’L Model)
• Residue build up under caliper seals
• Operator riding brakes

BRAKES LOCK
• Alignment of caliper to disc
• Caliper pistons sticking
• Improper assembly of brake system components

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


9.32 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
BODY / FRAME

CHAPTER 10
BODY / FRAME
GENERAL INFORMATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.2
SPECIAL TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.2
DECAL REPLACEMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.2
BODY ASSEMBLY VIEWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.3
CAB FRAME ASSEMBLY XP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.3
CAB FRAME ASSEMBLY XP 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.4
DOORS XP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.6
DOORS (XP4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.7
DOORS HIGH LIFTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.8
DASH INSTRUMENTS / CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.9
DASH INSTRUMENTS / CONTROLS HIGH LIFTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.10
HOOD / FRONT BODY WORK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.11
CHASSIS / MAIN FRAME XP / HIGH LIFTER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.12
CHASSIS / MAIN FRAME XP 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.13
SEAT ASSEMBLY FRONT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.14
SEAT ASSEMBLY REAR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.15
FLOOR / ROCKER PANELS XP / HIGH LIFTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.16
FLOOR / ROCKER PANELS XP 4 / XP 4 HIGH LIFTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.17
REAR CARGO BOX / FENDERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.18
REAR BUMPER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.19
BODY COMPONENT REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.20
SEATS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.20
ENGINE SERVICE PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.20
FRONT BUMPER XP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.20
REAR BUMPER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.21
HOOD AND FRONT BODY WORK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.21
REAR FENDER / FENDER FLAIR REMOVAL XP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.22
REAR FENDER FLARE / REAR FENDER REMOVAL XP 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.23
CARGO BOX ASSEMBLY REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.23 10
ROCKER PANELS, CONSOLE AND FLOOR XP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.24
ROCKER PANELS, REAR CONSOLE AND FLOOR XP 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.25
DOORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.28
DOOR PANEL / LATCH REPLACEMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.28
DOOR ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.28

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 10.1
BODY / FRAME

GENERAL INFORMATION
SPECIAL TOOLS DECAL REPLACEMENT
PART
TOOL DESCRIPTION WARNING
NUMBER
2200421 Gas Shock Recharging Kit The following procedure involves the use of an open
flame. Perform this procedure in a well ventilated area,
Shock Spring Preload Spanner away from gasoline or other flammable materials. Be
2878925 Wrench (Walker Evans™) sure the area to be flame treated is clean and free of
2876389 Multi-Function Pliers gasoline or flammable residue.
Spanner Wrench - 2.5″ / 3.0″ Inner
PU-51829 Internal Bypass (FOX)
CAUTION
Spanner Wrench - 2.5″ Outer Internal
PU-51830 Bypass (FOX) Do not flame treat components that are installed on the
vehicle. Remove the component from the vehicle
Spanner Wrench - 3.0″ Outer Internal before flame treating.
PU-51832 Bypass (FOX)
PU-51837 Shock Body Holding Tool (2.5″) (FOX) The body cab components are plastic polyethylene
PU-51838 Shock Body Bolding Tool (3.0″) (FOX) material. Therefore, they must be “flame treated” prior to
installing a decal to ensure good adhesion. The flame
Walker Evans™: See Walker Evans™ Shock Service treating procedure can also be used to reduce or
later in this chapter, page 8.29 eliminate the whitish stress marks that are sometimes left
after a fender or cab is bent, flexed, or damaged.
Bosch Automotive Service Solutions: 1-800-345-2233
or http://polaris.service-solutions.com CAUTION
Do not flame treat painted plastic components. Painted
plastic surfaces should only be wiped clean prior to
decal adhesion.

To flame treat the decal area:


1. Pass the flame of a propane torch back and forth
quickly over the area where the decal is to be applied
until the surface appears slightly glossy. This should
occur after just a few seconds of flame treating. Do
not hold the torch too close to the surface (2-3 inches
from the flame tip is recommended). Keep the torch
moving to prevent damage.
2. Apply the decal on one edge first. Slowly lay down
remainder of the decal while rubbing lightly over the
decal surface to eliminate any air bubbles during the
application.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


10.2 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
BODY / FRAME

BODY ASSEMBLY VIEWS


CAB FRAME ASSEMBLY XP
NOTE
Finger tighten all components until cab frame is completely assembled on vehicle then tighten to specification.

1. Install hip bolster and secure the bottom mount with M8 x 1.24 x 20 bolts. Torque bolts to 14 ft-lb (19 Nm).
2. Install ROPS to hip bolster and frame with M10 x 1.25 x 55 bolts and nuts. Tighten fasteners to 40 ft-lb (54 Nm)
3. Install the front ROPS to the frame with M10 x 1.5 x 45 screws and nuts. Install front ROPS to ROPS hoop with
M10 x 1.5 x 20 screws. Torque fasteners to 40 ft-lb (54 Nm).
4. Install rear ROPS to the ROPS hoop with M10 x 1.5 x 25 screws. Install rear ROPS to frame with M10 x 1.5 x 45
screws and nuts. Torque fasteners to 40 ft-lb (54 Nm).
5. Install visor on front ROPS with M10 x 1.25 x 20 bolts. Torque bolts to 8 ft-lb (11 Nm)

10

q Cab Frame Fasteners 40 ft-lb (54 Nm) r Visor Screws 8 ft-lb (11 Nm)
w Cab Frame Extenders t Front ROPS Bracket 40 ft-lb (54 Nm)
e Hip Bolster Lower Fasteners 14 ft-lb (19 Nm) y Hip Bolster

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 10.3
BODY / FRAME

CAB FRAME ASSEMBLY XP 4


NOTE
Finger tighten all components until cab frame is completely assembled on vehicle then tighten to specification.

q ROPS Rear u ROPS Front


w ROPS Rear Hoop i Cab Frame Fasteners
40 ft-lb (54 Nm)
o Cab Frame Mid Hoop Mounting Fasteners
e ROPS Brace 17 ft-lb (23 Nm)

r ROPS Mid Hoop a Hip Bolster Bottom Fasteners


14 ft-lb (19 Nm)

t Hip Bolster s Visor Fasteners


8 ft-lb (11 Nm)
y ROPS Main

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


10.4 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
BODY / FRAME

1. Install the ROPS mid-hoop to the frame with M10 x 1.5 x 65 screws and nuts o. Torque to 17 ft-lb (23 Nm).
2. Install hip bolsters onto the main frame with M8 x 1.25 x 20 bolts a. Torque bolts to 14 ft-lb (19 Nm)
3. Install ROPS rear hoop to frame with M10 x 1.25 x 55 bolts and nuts i. Torque to 40 ft-lb (54 Nm)
4. Attach ROPS main to the mid ROPS hoop and front main frame with M10 x 1.5 x 45 screws i. Torque to 40 ft-lb
(54 Nm).
5. Install rear ROPS to rear ROPS hoop and rear frame with M10 x 1.5 x 45 screws i. Torque to 40 ft-lb (54 Nm)
6. Install ROPS brace to ROPS mid hoop and ROPS rear hoop with M10 x 1.5 x 45 screws i. Torque to 40 ft-lb (54
Nm)
7. Install ROPS front to ROPS mains with M10 x 1.5 x 20 screws i. Torque to 40 ft-lb (54 Nm)
8. Install visor panel on front ROPS with M10 x 1.25 x 20 bolts s. Torque to 8 ft-lb (11 Nm)

10

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 10.5
BODY / FRAME

DOORS XP

q Door Panel y Latch


u Hinge Screws
w Door Frame 8 ft-lb (11 Nm)
i Door Panel Screws
e Latch Striker 8 ft-lb (11 Nm)

r Hinge Pin o Door Latch Screws


8 ft-lb (11 Nm)
a Striker Screws
t Latch Release 8 ft-lb (11 Nm)

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


10.6 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
BODY / FRAME

DOORS (XP4)

q Door Panel t Latch Release


w Door Frame y Latch 10
e Latch Striker u Door panel (Rear)
r Hinge Pin i Door Frame (Rear)

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 10.7
BODY / FRAME

DOORS HIGH LIFTER

q Upper Door Panel u Latch Release


w Lower Door Panel i Latch
e Hip Bolster Panel o Latch Striker
r Upper Door Frame a Latch Striker Screws (8 ft-lbs, 11 Nm)
t Lower Door Frame s Hinge Screws (8 ft-lbs, 11 Nm)
y Hinge Pin

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


10.8 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
BODY / FRAME

DASH INSTRUMENTS / CONTROLS

q Instrument Cluster r Headlight Switch


w Key Switch t AWD Switch
e 12V Accessory Port y Bezel

10

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 10.9
BODY / FRAME

DASH INSTRUMENTS / CONTROLS HIGH LIFTER

q Instrument Cluster t AWD Switch


w Key Switch y Winch Switch
e 12V Accessory Port u Bezel
r Headlight Switch

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


10.10 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
BODY / FRAME

HOOD / FRONT BODY WORK

q Front Fascia u Grill


w Driver’s Front Fender i Front Bumper Cover
e Driver’s Front Fender Flair o Radiator Shroud

r Passenger Front Fender a Front Fascia Screws


8 ft-lb (11 Nm)

t Passenger Front Fender Flair s Lower Radiator Mount Screws


8 ft-lb (11 Nm)

d Fan Shroud Screws


y Hood 8 ft-lb (11 Nm)

10

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 10.11
BODY / FRAME

CHASSIS / MAIN FRAME XP / HIGH LIFTER

q Frame Bolts 40 ft-lb (54 Nm) y Rear Support s Front Frame


w Seat Frame Fasteners (rear) 30 ft- d Suspension Mount Bracket
lb (41 Nm) u Seat Frame
e M8 Fasteners14 ft-lb (19 Nm) i Dash Frame f Front Skid Plate
r T-40 Torx Fasteners8 ft-lbs (11
Nm) o Rear Frame
t Cargo Box Brackets a Rear Skid Plate

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


10.12 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
BODY / FRAME

CHASSIS / MAIN FRAME XP 4

10

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 10.13
BODY / FRAME

SEAT ASSEMBLY FRONT

t Seat Slider Screws


q Seat Frame 4 ft-lb (5 Nm)

w Screw
4 ft-lb (5 Nm) y Seat Back

e Seat Base u Seat Base Pad


r Seat Latch Lever i Seat Base Slider Assembly

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


10.14 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
BODY / FRAME

SEAT ASSEMBLY REAR

10

q Seat Back Screws r Seat Latch Fasteners


4 ft-lb (5 Nm) 4 ft-lb (5 Nm)

w Seat Base Assembly t Seat Bottom Screws


4 ft-lb (5 Nm)

y Seat Base Fasteners


e Seat Latch 4 ft-lb (5 Nm)

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 10.15
BODY / FRAME

FLOOR / ROCKER PANELS XP / HIGH LIFTER

q Upper Floor u RH Rocker


w T27 Screws i Push Rivots
e LH Rocker o Console Cover
r U-Type Nuts a Seat Belt Boot
t Block Off Flap s Shifter Boot
y Lower Floor

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


10.16 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
BODY / FRAME

FLOOR / ROCKER PANELS XP 4 / XP 4 HIGH LIFTER

q Main Floor Upper o B-Pillar Cover LH


w Rocker LH a Console Front
e Rivet s Shifter Boot
r U-Type Nuts d Seat Belt Boot Front
t Block Off Flap f Console Rear
y Main Floor Lower g Lower Rear Close-off Panel 10
u Rocker RH h Upper Rear Close-off Panel
i B-Pillar Cover RH j Floor Rear

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 10.17
BODY / FRAME

REAR CARGO BOX / FENDERS

o Body Screws
q Rear Fascia 8 ft-lb (11 Nm)
w Rear Fascia Screws
8 ft-lb (11 Nm) a Rear Fender
s Cargo Box Screws
e Intake Cover 8 ft-lb (11 Nm)
r Intake Pre-filter d Cargo Box Panel
t Shock Panel Screw
14 in-lbs (2 Nm) f Intake Cover Retainer
y Shock Panel g Rear Fascia Support Brackets
u Passenger Side Cargo Box Half h Bracket Fasteners
8 ft-lb (11 Nm)
i Fender Flair j Driver Side Cargo Box Half

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


10.18 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
BODY / FRAME

REAR BUMPER

q Rear Fascia Fasteners r Exhaust Cover/Bumper


8 ft-lb (11 Nm)

w Rear Fascia t Exhaust Cover Bracket (lower)


e Fascia Support Brackets y Exhaust Cover Bracket (upper)

10

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 10.19
BODY / FRAME

BODY COMPONENT REMOVAL FRONT BUMPER XP


1. Remove the ten T-40 Torx screws retaining the front
SEATS bumper.
1. To remove any of the seats, lift upward on the latch
lever q located behind the seat bottom.

2. Disconnect the front headlight connectors.


3. Remove the ten Torx screws retaining the upper,
2. Lift upward and forward on the seat while lifting up middle and lower portion of the bumper.
on the latch lever and remove the seat from the
vehicle. 4. Pull out on the front bumper to remove the bumper,
headlights and radiator deflector as an assembly.
ENGINE SERVICE PANEL 5. If replacing the front bumper, remove both headlights
1. Remove the seats: and the radiator deflector.
• Remove the driver and passenger seats
2. Lift the panel upward and towards the front of the
vehicle to remove the panel q.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


10.20 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
BODY / FRAME

REAR BUMPER HOOD AND FRONT BODY WORK


1. Disconnect the harness connectors at the tail lights. Hood Removal
2. Remove the zip ties retaining the harness to the rear 1. To remove the hood, turn both 1/4 turn latches q to
bumper. disengage the rear portion of the hood.
3. Remove the seven (two lower and five upper) T-27
Torx screws retaining rear bumper to the cargo box.

2. Lift rear of hood and slide forward to disengage the


4. Remove rear bumper from vehicle. front tabs and remove the hood from the vehicle.
Dash Removal
3. Remove the hood as previously described.
4. Remove the two T-40 Torx screws retaining the
Upper Dash cover between the front fenders w.

5. Disconnect the instrument cluster, AWD switch, 10


headlight switch, and ignition switch. Note their
location and wire routing. Remove the upper dash.
Lower Dash Removal
6. Back out the blue LED light from the lower dash.
7. Remove the two T-40 Torx screws retaining the dash
and the one T-40 retaining the back of the dash to
the bracket..

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 10.21
BODY / FRAME

8. Remove the dash assembly from the vehicle. REAR FENDER / FENDER FLAIR REMOVAL
XP
NOTE
The lower dash is also held by clips. Pull the dash Fender Flair Removal:
straight out to disengage the clips.. 1. Remove the three Torx screws q.

Front Fender Flair Removal


9. Remove the six T40 Torx screws and remove fender
flairs q from the dash assembly.

NOTE
Two of the screws will be longer than the others. Note
this for reassembly.

2. Remove the four plastic rivets on the lower side of


the rear fender flare.
3. Remove the fender flair w from the vehicle.
Fender Removal:
4. Remove the PVT and/or Air Intake cover.
5. Remove the four plastic rivets (one of them hidden
on the inside) retaining the rear fender.
6. Remove the one T-40 Torx screw on the top rear of
Front Body the fender.
10. Remove the hood, upper dash and fender flairs as 7. Remove the fender from the vehicle.
previously stated.
11. Remove the two T-40 Torx screw that were hidden
beneath the fender flair (one on the outside of the
fender and one on the inside).
12. Remove the front portion of the cab frame assembly.
Refer to appropriate Cab Frame Assembly XP, page
10.3 procedure for assembly torque specifications.

13. Remove the front fender.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


10.22 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
BODY / FRAME

REAR FENDER FLARE / REAR FENDER 5. Remove fender from the vehicle.
REMOVAL XP 4
CARGO BOX ASSEMBLY REMOVAL
1. Remove the three plastic rivets on the lower fender
flare q. Remove the four T40 Torx screws w. 1. Remove both seats.
2. Remove the PVT pre-filter (driver side) and air intake
pre-filter (passenger side) assembly.
3. Remove the T-25 Torx screw retaining each shock
reservoir hose cover and remove the cover..
4. Loosen the shock reservoir clamps and maneuver
the reservoir through the hole in the box.

NOTE
Do NOT let the reservoir hang by the hose. Use a wire
or string to restrain the reservoir.

5. Remove the four bolts retaining each rear cab frame


and remove it from the vehicle. Remove the bolts
retaining the hip bolsters to the cab frame hoop.
2. Remove the fender flare from the vehicle.
3. Remove air intake cover e if removing left side
fender.

6. Remove the eight fasteners retaining the rear cab


frame to the frame and to the front cab frame.
Remove the rear cab frame from the vehicle.
7. Remove the engine access panel and the panel
4. Remove the plastic rivets r and one T40 Torx locking pin q.
fastener t retaining the rear fender.

10

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 10.23
BODY / FRAME

8. Remove the 17 Torx screws in the bed of the cargo 4. Remove shift handle knob and remove the console.
box.

5. Remove the Torx screws retaining the upper floor i


9. Remove the seven T-40 Torx screws w on the cab to the lower floor o.
side of cargo box.

6. Remove the Torx screws u retaining the rear portion


of the floor and remove the lower floor from the
10. Remove the cargo box half from the vehicle.
vehicle.

ROCKER PANELS, CONSOLE AND FLOOR


XP
Rocker Panel Removal
1. Remove the push rivets and Torx screws retaining
the rocker panel and remove panel from the vehicle.
Console and Lower Floor Removal
2. Remove both seats and rocker panels (see Chapter
10 – Floor / Rocker Panels XP / High Lifter, page
10.16).
3. Remove the T27 screws q retaining the console t
to the floor.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


10.24 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
BODY / FRAME

ROCKER PANELS, REAR CONSOLE AND 5. Remove three Torx T40 fasteners t from top of
FLOOR XP 4 fender flare. Remove two torx T40 fasteners y & u.
Note length and location of fasteners. Remove fender
Rocker Panel Removal flare.
1. Remove rear fender flare. (See Chapter 10 – Rear
Fender Flare / Rear Fender Removal XP 4, page
10.23).
2. Remove rear fender. (See Chapter 10 – Rear Fender
Flare / Rear Fender Removal XP 4, page 10.23).
3. Remove the four Torx T40 rear door mounting
fasteners q and remove door.

6. Remove three push rivets i and five Torx T40


fasteners o retaining the rocker panel. Remove
rocker panel from the vehicle.

4. Remove two push rivets w. Remove two Torx T40


door striker fasteners e and remove striker. Remove
one Torx T27 fastener r retaining the b-pillar cover
and remove cover.

Console and Lower Floor Removal


1. Remove seats and rocker panels (see Chapter 10 –
Floor / Rocker Panels XP 4 / XP 4 High Lifter, page
10.17). 10

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 10.25
BODY / FRAME

2. Remove four Torx T40 screws q and five push rivets 7. Remove the seat frame.
w retaining the front console to the floor. 8. Disconnect negative and positive battery cables.
Remove the battery.
9. Remove two fasteners retaining the fuse panel to the
lower rear close off panel.
10. Remove two fasteners retaining the voltage regulator
to the back of the lower rear close off panel.
11. Remove two Torx T40 screws u and four push rivets
i retaining the lower rear close off panel.

3. Remove shift handle knob and remove the front


console.
4. Remove the Torx T40 screws e and push rivets r
retaining the rear console to the rear floor.

12. Remove four Torx T40 screws o and four push rivets
a retaining the upper rear close off panel. Remove
the upper close off panel.

5. Remove the rear console.


6. Remove two M10x1.25x20 bolts from the rear seat
frame t and two M10x1.50x55 y bolts from the rear
seat frame assembly.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


10.26 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
BODY / FRAME

13. Disconnect the shift cable s from the front seat base.
Remove two M8x1.25x20 bolts d and two
M10x1.25x55 bolts f from the front seat base.
Remove front seat base assembly.

14. Remove four Torx T40 screws g retaining the rear


floor and remove the rear floor.

15. Remove the Torx screws h retaining the main floor


and remove the main floor from the vehicle.

10

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 10.27
BODY / FRAME

DOORS DOOR ADJUSTMENT


1. Remove the T-25 fasteners retaining the door panel
DOOR PANEL / LATCH REPLACEMENT to the door frame. Remove the door panel.
1. Remove the T-25 fasteners retaining the door panel
to the door frame. Remove the door panel.

2. Close the door and keep it closed during entire


adjustment for proper functional fit.
2. Remove the two fasteners q retaining the door latch 3. Loosen the M8 bolts q holding the door assembly to
to the door frame. the hinge brackets using a T-40 Torx driver.

3. Install new latch onto the door frame. Torque


mounting fasteners to specification.

TORQUE
Door Latch Fasteners:
8 ft-lb (11 Nm)

4. Install the door panel onto the door frame. Torque


fasteners to specification.
TORQUE
Door Panel Fasteners:
22 in-lb (2 Nm)

5. Adjust the door so it properly opens and latches.


Refer to Door Adjustment, page 10.28.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


10.28 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
BODY / FRAME

4. Adjust the door until the front latch is centered both TORQUE
vertically and horizontally in the striker bracket, as
shown. Door Panel Fasteners:
22 in-lb (2 Nm)

NOTE
If it is difficult to center vertically and horizontally, loosen
striker assembly fasteners w for extra adjustment.
Torque striker fasteners once aligned.

TORQUE
Striker Fasteners:
8 ft-lb (11 Nm)

5. Holding the door in position, tighten the top hinge


bracket M8 fasteners e and then bottom fasteners
r. Torque to specification.

10

TORQUE
Door Hinge Fasteners:
8 ft-lb (11 Nm)

6. Install the door panel onto the door frame. Torque


fasteners to specification.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 10.29
BODY / FRAME

NOTES

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


10.30 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ELECTRICAL

CHAPTER 11
ELECTRICAL
GENERAL INFORMATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.4
SPECIAL TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.4
UNDER-DASH COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.4
ELECTRICAL SERVICE NOTES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.5
ELECTRICAL DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.6
ELECTRICAL SERVICE NOTES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.6
DIGITAL MULTI-METER (DMM) NOTES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.6
STATIC AND DYNAMIC TESTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.6
STATIC TESTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.6
DYNAMIC TESTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.6
CONNECTOR PROBING GUIDELINES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.7
FRONT PROBING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.7
BACK PROBING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.7
BREAK OUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.7
TESTING CONTINUITY/RESISTANCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.8
TESTING FOR A SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.8
TESTING FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.9
TESTING FOR INTERMITTENT CONDITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.9
TESTING CURRENT FLOW (AMPERAGE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.10
TESTING PARASITIC DRAW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.11
TESTING VOLTAGE DROP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.11
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.12
OVERVIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.12
INFORMATION DISPLAY AREA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.14
DIAGNOSTIC MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.17
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER PINOUTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.18
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.18
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.18
RIDE COMMAND SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.19
RIDE COMMAND DISPLAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.19
TOUCHSCREEN BUTTONS / ICONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.20
GAUGE SCREEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.20
AUDIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.21 11
MAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.21
DEVICE MANAGER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.24
APPS SCREEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.27
GENERAL SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.28
TIME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.28
AUDIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.28
VEHICLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.28
DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.29

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 11.1
ELECTRICAL

LOCK TOUCHSCREEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.29


SATELLITE STATUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.29
RIDE STATUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.29
GOPRO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.29
ENGINE OVERHEAT INDICATORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.30
USB HARDWARE RECOMMENDATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.30
UPDATE SOFTWARE / MAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.31
UPDATE SOFTWARE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.31
UPDATE MAPS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.31
RIDE COMMAND TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.32
SWITCHES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.34
BRAKE LIGHT SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.34
HEADLAMP SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.34
IGNITION / KEY SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.35
AWD / 2WD SWITCH (NO TURF MODE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.35
TRANSMISSION / GEAR POSITION SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.36
SEAT BELT SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.36
HAZARD SWITCH (INT'L / TRACTOR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.37
TURN/LIGHTS/HORN SWITCH (INT'L/TRACTOR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.37
HORN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.38
TURN LIGHTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.38
FLASHER MODULE (INT'L/TRACTOR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.38
BRAKE ALARM (INT'L/TRACTOR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.39
DIFFERENTIAL SOLENOID OVERVIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.39
DIFFERENTIAL SOLENOID CIRCUIT OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.39
ALL WHEEL DRIVE COIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.40
OPERATION OVERVIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.40
DIAGNOSING SYSTEM FAILURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.40
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.41
SPEED SENSOR LOCATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.41
SPEED SENSOR TESTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.41
IGNITION COIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.42
OPERATION OVERVIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.42
IGNITION COIL / HT LEAD REPLACEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.42
IGNITION COIL TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.42
CHARGING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.43
CURRENT DRAW - KEY OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.43
CHARGING SYSTEM “BREAK EVEN” TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.43
CHARGING SYSTEM STATOR (ALTERNATOR) TESTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.43
STATOR (ALTERNATOR) REPLACEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.44
VOLTAGE REGULATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.45
REGULATOR REPLACEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.45
BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.46
BATTERY SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.46
GENERAL BATTERY INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.46
BATTERY REMOVAL / INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.47
BATTERY OFF SEASON STORAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.47

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


11.2 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ELECTRICAL

BATTERY TESTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.47


OCV - OPEN CIRCUIT VOLTAGE TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.47
LOAD TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.47
BATTERY CONDUCTANCE ANALYZER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.47
CHARGING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.48
LIGHTING SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.49
HEADLIGHT ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.49
HEADLAMP REPLACEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.49
HEADLAMP INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.50
TAILLIGHT REPLACEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.50
DASH LIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.50
COOLING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.51
FAN CONTROL CIRCUIT OPERATION / TESTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.51
FAN CONTROL CIRCUIT BYPASS TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.51
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR (ECT) OVERVIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.51
ECT SENSOR TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.51
ECT SENSOR REPLACEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.52
STARTING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.53
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.53
VOLTAGE DROP TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.53
STARTER MOTOR REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.53
STARTER MOTOR INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.54
STARTER SOLENOID BENCH TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.54
STARTER SOLENOID OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.54
ELECTRONIC POWER STEERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.55
EPS OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.55
PROPER EPS SYSTEM DIAGNOSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.55
EPS TROUBLESHOOTING (POWER STEERING NON-FUNCTIONAL WITH MIL ON) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.56
EPS TROUBLESHOOTING (POWER STEERING NON-FUNCTIONAL WITH MIL OFF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.57
EPS TROUBLESHOOTING (USING DIGITAL WRENCH®) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.58
FUSES / RELAYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.59
FUSE BOX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.59
RZR XP 1000 (NON-HIGH LIFTER) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.59
RZR XP 4 1000 (NON-HIGH LIFTER) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.60
RZR XP 1000 (HIGH LIFTER) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.61
RZR XP 4 1000 (HIGH LIFTER) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.62
RELAY / FUSE / CIRCUIT BREAKER DETAILS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.63
WIRING HARNESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.65
MAIN HARNESS RETENTION LOCATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.65 11
MAIN HARNESS ROUTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.66
BREAK-OUT DIAGRAM VIEWING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.67
CAN SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.68
CAN SYSTEM OVERVIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.68
CAN SYSTEM TESTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.68

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 11.3
ELECTRICAL

GENERAL INFORMATION
SPECIAL TOOLS UNDER-DASH COMPONENTS
The following switches and components can be
PART NUMBER TOOL DESCRIPTION accessed underneath the instrument / dash panel:
PV-43568 Fluke™ 77 Digital Multimeter • Speedometer
• AWD Switch
PV-43526 Connector Test Kit
• Headlamp Switch
2870630 Timing Light • 12 Vdc Accessory Power Point
• Ignition Switch
PU-50338 Battery Hydrometer • LED Ambiance Light
2460761 Hall Effect Sensor Probe Harness
2871745 Static Timing Light Harness
Battery Conductance Analyzer
PU-50296 (MDX-610P)

PU-49466 Relay Bypass


Digital Wrench® (see Chapter 4 –
- DIGITAL WRENCH® OPERATION,
page )

Bosch Automotive Service Solutions: 1-800-345-2233


or http://polaris.service-solutions.com/

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


11.4 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ELECTRICAL

ELECTRICAL SERVICE NOTES


Keep the following notes in mind when diagnosing an electrical problem:
• All EFI component information and diagnostic testing procedures are located in the Fuel System chapter.
• Always refer to Digital Wrench when diagnosing and diagnostic trouble code.
• Refer to wiring diagram for stator and electrical component resistance specifications.
• When measuring resistance of a component that has a resistance value under 10 Ohms, remember to subtract
meter lead resistance from the reading. Connect the leads together and record the resistance. The resistance of the
component is equal to tested value minus the lead resistance.
• Become familiar with the operation of your meter. Be sure leads are in the proper jack for the test being performed (i.
e. 10A jack for current readings). Refer to the Owner’s Manual included with your meter for more information.
• Voltage, amperage, and resistance values included in this manual are obtained with a Fluke™ 77 Digital Multimeter
(PV-43568). This meter is used when diagnosing electrical problems. Readings obtained with other meters may
differ.
• Pay attention to the prefix on the multimeter reading (K, M, etc.) and the position of the decimal point.
• For resistance readings, isolate the component to be tested. Disconnect it from the wiring harness or power supply.
• Most electrical issues are related to damaged wiring. Fully test wiring before replacing any components.

11

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 11.5
ELECTRICAL

ELECTRICAL DIAGNOSTICS
ELECTRICAL SERVICE NOTES STATIC AND DYNAMIC TESTING
Keep the following notes in mind when diagnosing an There are many methods for testing a DC circuit. These
electrical problem. methods fall into one of two categories, either static or
dynamic.
• Refer to wiring diagram for stator and electrical
component resistance specifications. STATIC TESTING
• When measuring resistance of a component that has a The two most common forms of static testing are:
low resistance value (under 10 Ohms), remember to
subtract meter lead resistance from the reading. • Resistance testing (the Ohms setting on your DMM)
Connect leads together and record the resistance. The • Measuring voltage with the circuit open, such as when
resistance of the component is equal to tested value the harness connector is off a sensor you are testing.
minus the lead resistance. This is commonly referred to as measuring “Available
• Become familiar with the operation of your meter. Be Voltage”.
sure leads are in the proper jack for the test being
performed (i.e. 10A jack for current readings). Refer to These two tests will help you find the majority of electrical
the Owner’s Manual included with your meter. issues. If they do not, we must remember that static
• Voltage, amperage, and resistance values included in circuit testing does not take into account how current
this manual are obtained with a Fluke™ 77 Digital actually flows in that circuit. That is only accomplished
Multimeter (PV-43568). This meter is acceptable for with dynamic testing.
use when diagnosing electrical problems. Readings Before attempting dynamic testing (as it is intrusive on
obtained with other meters may differ. sealed connectors and damage could be done if not
• Pay attention to the prefix on the meter reading (K, M, careful), verify the following:
etc.) and the position of the decimal point. • Static voltage testing advised for that circuit has been
• For resistance readings, isolate component to be completed, and is in spec.
tested. Disconnect wire harness or power supply. • All associated circuits have under 1 ohm of resistance
from end to end. Testing Continuity/Resistance, page
11.8
DIGITAL MULTI-METER (DMM) NOTES • All associated circuits have no shorts to ground.
Polaris advises to only use a high quality DMM that Testing For A Short To Ground, page 11.8
meets the same standards as the Fluke™ 77 (PV-43568) • All associated circuits have no shorts to voltage.
for electrical testing. Testing For A Short To Voltage, page 11.9
Unless you are very familiar with Ohm’s Law, and have
complete information about the circuit you are trying to DYNAMIC TESTING
diagnose, test lights are likely to provide results that There are two types of dynamic testing we will advise to
would be misleading. This is especially true if any solid use when diagnosing electrical concerns:
state component is involved, where you will almost • Current flow testing (Amperage) Testing Current Flow
certainly not have complete circuit information. (Amperage), page 11.10. Measuring Amperage is not
Polaris also specifically advises against the use of other a common practice, as you will not typically have a
circuit testing devices, including but not limited to: spec to compare your reading to. Also, many
components on this machine flow over 10 Amps, which
• Short finders
will blow the majority of DMM fuses. The exception to
• Simplified circuit testers
this is a parasitic draw test. Testing Parasitic Draw,
• Fuse piggy-back devices
page 11.11
Testers beside a DMM will only work in one scenario, • Measuring voltage drop. Performing this test correctly
and slight variables can provide you with misleading will give you understanding of how electrical pressure
results. The testing practices described in this chapter (voltage) varies in a circuit as current is flowing.
are more certain and rely only on the DMM and your Testing Voltage Drop, page 11.11
knowledge.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


11.6 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ELECTRICAL

CONNECTOR PROBING GUIDELINES


FRONT PROBING
Front probing is accomplished by pulling the harness
connector from the component, and then taking a
measurement from the terminal face. This is the
measurement taken in most situations.
The terminals in electrical connectors are small and
fragile. Do not probe directly with your meter leads, as
the meter leads are larger than almost all terminals.
Probing with a meter lead will likely damage the terminal
by spreading it beyond it’s design limits, causing no BACK PROBING
tension. If there is no tension, you will have either no Back probing is typically not advisable on sealed
connection or a poor connection. connectors, as it can easily cause damage to the wire,
To avoid causing damage, use of the appropriate terminal, connector body, or body to wire seal.
adapters is required. Most terminals used on Polaris
machines can be tested using terminal test kit PV– NOTE
43526. It includes male and female adapters that can be There are commercially available back probe kits. Fine,
plugged into banana connectors to adapt to your meter. narrow needles with no coating to block current flow
also work well for back probing.

If back probing must be done to see voltage drop while


current is flowing in the circuit (dynamic testing), ensure
it is done only on connectors that are large enough to
accommodate the probe. Ensure back probing is done
gently and carefully. Ensure no damage has been done
after probing.
For a video demonstration, scan the QR code below, or
right click it and select “open in new tab”.

PV– 43526 adapters are also used as known good


terminal drag testers. Insert the male tester terminal into
the female connector on the harness. There should be a
noticeable amount of force to install and remove the
tester, and you should be able to tip the harness
connector with the tester hanging from the connector,
and not have the tester fall out. BREAK OUT
If very little or no resistance is felt, or if the tester falls out This is a method of front probing to achieve the goal of
when the connector is held upside down, this is an back probing, which is to measure the circuit while it is
indication that the female connector in the harness has functioning.
insufficient tension and will cause connection issues. You
can either replace that harness, or service it by replacing You can use test probe kit PV– 43526, test leads, and
electrical tape to create a bridge with exposed testing
the terminal or attempting to adjust/tighten the tang in the
female terminal. areas to have everything exposed but still working. 11
For a video demonstration, scan the QR code below, or CAUTION
right click it and select “open in new tab”. Use electrical tape to cover the exposed conductive
parts of the circuit, mainly the clamps of your test leads.
If they contact each other, circuit or component damage
could occur from a short.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 11.7
ELECTRICAL

TESTING CONTINUITY/RESISTANCE TESTING FOR A SHORT TO GROUND


Testing using the Ohmmeter function of your DMM is one Shorts to ground happen when the current flowing in a
of the first things you will do when troubleshooting an given circuit bypasses the load. The current flowing from
electrical issue. It is especially convenient when the B+ finds an easier way to return to ground (B-), so much
wiring diagram provides a resistance spec for the more of it can flow than the circuit is designed for. This
component in the circuit you are diagnosing. It can causes the circuit’s protection device (either a fuse or
quickly give you a good idea if you simply need to circuit breaker) to open, protecting the circuit from
replace a part, or if there might be another circuit issue. damage.
Using the following points in conjunction with your DMM There are many possible causes of a short to ground,
owner’s manual will ensure your resistance testing is here are some:
always accurate: • The harness rubbing against a component that is
• Only measure resistance on an isolated part of the grounded, such as the frame, chassis component, or
circuit. This means if you are testing internal resistance engine.
of a component, it cannot be connected to the • A component’s internal circuitry contacting it’s case.
harness. If you are measuring a wire (typically from the • Wire to wire chaffing causing contact with the
ECU to a sensor) both the sensor and ECU would conductor of a ground side circuit.
need to be unplugged. Most Ohmmeters provides a • Corrosion/moisture in a component providing a ground
precise amount of current to determine resistance. Any path.
other sources will make your reading inaccurate. • Moisture in a connector body providing a ground path.
• Ensure you are making good contact by using the
proper terminal adapters. Connector Probing
Guidelines, page 11.7 NOTE
• If you are not using a self ranging meter, double check This test is typically done right after checking continuity
your range setting. from sensor to ECU when diagnosing an EFI DTC. It
• If your continuity is under 1 ohm, leave the harness can also be used to help diagnose concerns about
disconnected, and move on to testing for shorts to blowing fuses. Ensure you are able to duplicate the
ground Testing For A Short To Ground, page 11.8 and concern before testing so that your results point you in
shorts to voltage Testing For A Short To Voltage, page the right direction.Testing for Intermittent Conditions,
11.9 page 11.9
For a video demonstration, scan the QR code below, or
right click it and select “open in new tab”. TESTING PROCEDURE
1. Consult the wiring diagram. Determine which circuit
you will be testing.
2. Ensure that any static voltage checks advised in
relation to the DTC or concern you are diagnosing
have been performed and are in spec.
3. Ensure you have checked continuity of the circuit.
Testing Continuity/Resistance, page 11.8
4. Ensure that neither end of the circuit is connected.
5. Set your DMM to Ohms.
6. Connect one meter lead securely to the battery
negative post.
7. Connect the other lead to either end of the
disconnected circuit. Ensure you are using the correct
adapter.Connector Probing Guidelines, page 11.7
8. If there is continuity, the harness is damaged and
should be repaired or replaced.
9. If the DMM reads OL, there is no short to ground.
Leave the harness disconnected on both sides, and
proceed to check for a short to voltage. Testing For A
Short To Voltage, page 11.9
For a video demonstration, scan the QR code below, or
right click it and select “open in new tab”.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


11.8 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ELECTRICAL

TESTING FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE


There are three possible short to voltage causes:
1. Internal electronic component short.
2. Harness chaffing leading to contact of the circuit
being diagnosed to one with B + or a different
reference voltage.
3. Moisture in a connector or component.
TESTING PROCEDURE
1. Consult the wiring diagram. Determine which circuit
you will be testing.
2. Ensure that any static voltage checks advised in
relation to the DTC or concern you are diagnosing
have been performed and are in spec.
3. Ensure you have checked continuity of the circuit.
Testing Continuity/Resistance, page 11.8
4. Ensure you have checked for a short to ground.
Testing For A Short To Ground, page 11.8
5. Ensure that neither end of the circuit is connected.
6. Set your DMM to DC volts.
7. Connect one meter lead securely to the battery
negative post.
8. Connect the other lead to either end of the
disconnected circuit. Ensure you are using the correct
adapter.Connector Probing Guidelines, page 11.7
9. If there is voltage present, the harness is damaged
and should be repaired or replaced. You may need to
remove the protective tape and tubing to inspect.
10. If the DMM reads 0 volts, the concern may be in a
component related to the circuit. If so, checking
internal continuity of non-electronic components may
reveal the concern, but diagnosis at this point may
require using known good parts.
For a video demonstration, scan the QR code below, or
right click it and select “open in new tab”.

TESTING FOR INTERMITTENT CONDITIONS 11


Intermittent conditions are very difficult to diagnose, as
when you are testing the circuit, you may not have the
circuit failing to indicate where the issue is. Intermittent
electrical failures are almost always related to a poor
connection that only goes open in specific situations,
such as going over a certain kind of bump, at a certain
temperature, or when the machine is torque loaded in
one way.
Here is a list of possible failures that can be associated
with an intermittent electrical failure:

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 11.9
ELECTRICAL

• Loose female terminal in an electrical connector. TESTING CURRENT FLOW (AMPERAGE)


NOTE Performing a current flow test requires the meter leads
be inserted into the correct cavities in the meter, and be
If the terminals in question are the correct size/series, placed in series in the circuit to be tested. Refer to your
always use PV–43526 to test the drag when inserting Digital Multi Meter’s owner’s manual for potential model
and removing the test terminal adapters. Compare the specific instructions. Ensure you are using acceptable
effort to the drag against the known good tester adapters to avoid damaging the connector terminals.
terminal for reference. Connector Probing Guidelines, page 11.7
• Poor terminal to wire crimp. NOTE
• Terminal crimp that occurred at least partially on
As there are very infrequently amperage specs
insulation instead of the conductor wire strands.
provided for circuits/components, please only perform
• Terminal fretting corrosion
this test when advised in the manual.
• Contamination/moisture corrosion
• A full or partial break of the conductor wires in the
insulation, with or without visible insulation damage. CAUTION
• Improper routing, especially when it leads to chaffing
or heat damage, especially near exhaust. Many circuits on this machine will exceed the 10 Amp
fuse in most Digital Multi Meters in normal operation.
You may need to use different techniques to duplicate
these concerns. These include but are not limited to:
• Moving the harness by wiggling it or flexing certain
areas.
• Pulling at or near the suspected connector.
• Pushing in different directions to flex the connector
body and try to isolate poor connections.
• Changing the temperature. This can be accomplished
with either heat guns or cold air guns.

WARNING
Always exercise caution when using these tools, and
use them for short periods of time when changing the
temp of an area. Failure to do so can lead to Serious
injury and/or damage to the machine.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


11.10 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ELECTRICAL

TESTING PARASITIC DRAW TESTING VOLTAGE DROP


Parasitic draw is when there is excessive current flow
with the key off. NOTE
While the most common causes of draws are improperly If you disconnect the connector at the load, and
installed accessories (tapping into un-switched B + measure voltage with one lead on the power supply
instead of switched) there can be electronic component wire, and one to ground, you will be measuring
failures that can cause this as well. available voltage. This is a static test and not dynamic
voltage drop testing. Refer to page Static and Dynamic
TESTING PROCEDURE Testing, page 11.6
1. Remove the negative cable from the battery.
2. Connect a jumper from the negative battery cable The measurement of voltage is the DIFFERENCE in
terminal to the negative battery post. electrical pressure between the two points your DMM
3. Ensure your meter leads and selector dial are set to leads are touching.
measure amperage.
4. Connect your red lead to the battery negative cable Most circuits will have one load. The load is the
terminal. component in the circuit that uses the current flow to do
5. Connect your black lead to the battery negative post. work, such as move a solenoid or light a bulb.
6. Voltage coming into the load should be near battery
voltage with current flowing. There will be some loss from
CAUTION moving through electrical contacts in connectors and
Ensure all electrical components are switched off, or relays, but it will be minimal.
damage to your jumper and/or meter will occur.
NOTE
Momentarily key the ignition switch on, then off. You will need to backprobe to perform this test. For
7. Wait 30 minutes before checking the value. Vehicles information about doing this safely, refer to Connector
will vary, but electronic components will take time to Probing Guidelines, page 11.7
fully go to sleep after switched power is removed.
8. Maximum allowable is 10 milliamps. If your meter is
ranged to the 10 Amp scale, this will appear as 0.010 Voltage should be near fully depleted by the load. This
Amps. means that when measuring on the ground side of the
9. If over 10 milliamps, go to the fuse block and start circuit, immediately after the load, back to battery
systematically removing one fuse at a time until the negative, you should have near zero pressure difference
value drops, indicating the circuit that requires (voltage).
attention. If you do have a difference in pressure, this means there
is something adding resistance to the circuit such as
corrosion.
For a video demonstration, scan the QR code below, or
right click it and select “open in new tab”.

11

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 11.11
ELECTRICAL

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
OVERVIEW
The instrument cluster displays critical vehicle information to the user. Reference the following page for display
functions and descriptions.

NOTE
Some features are not applicable to all models.
The use of a high pressure washer may damage the instrument cluster. Wash the vehicle by hand or with a garden
hose using mild soap. Certain products, including insect repellents and chemicals, will damage the instrument cluster
lens. Do not use alcohol to clean the instrument cluster. Do not allow insect sprays to contact the lens. Immediately
clean off any gasoline that splashes on the instrument cluster.

The rider information display is located in the instrument cluster. All segments will light up for 1 second at start-up.

NOTE
If the instrument cluster fails to illuminate, a battery over-voltage may have occurred and the instrument cluster may
have shut off to protect the electronic speedometer.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


11.12 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ELECTRICAL

q Vehicle Speed Display - Analog display of vehicle speed in MPH or km/h.


Information Display Area - Odometer / Trip Meter / Tachometer / Engine Temperature / Engine Hours
w / Service Info / Clock - LCD display of the service hour interval, total vehicle miles or km., total engine
hours, a trip meter, engine RPM and engine temperature.
MPH / KM/H Display - MPH is displayed when the instrument cluster is in the Standard mode. KM/H is
e displayed when the instrument cluster is in the Metric mode.

r High Beam Indicator - LED icon illuminates whenever the Headlamp switch is in the high beam position.
Fuel Level Indicator - LCD bar graph indicating current fuel level. All segments will flash when the fuel
t level is very low.

y Clock - Displays current time in either 12-hour or 24-hour formats.


Engine Temperature Indicator - LED icon illuminates when the ECM determines the engine is
u overheating. The indicators will initially flash to indicate the engine is overheating. The indicators will stay lit
and not flash if a severe overheating condition exists.
Service Interval Indicator - Preset at the factory and adjustable by the user, a flashing wrench symbol
i alerts the operator that the preset service interval has been reached and maintenance should be
performed. The wrench icon will flash for 10 seconds upon start-up once it reaches 0.
Check Engine MIL - Illuminated when the ECM has detected a Diagnostic Trouble Code in the engine
o management system.

a AWD Indicator - Illuminated when the AWD / 2WD switch is in the AWD position.
Differential Unlocked Indicator - If equipped with Turf Mode, will illuminate when the AWD switch is in
s Turf mode..

d Neutral Gear Indicator - LED icon illuminates when gear selector is in the neutral (N) position.
Gear Position Indicator - Displays gear selector position.

P = Park
R = Reverse
f N = Neutral
H = High Forward Gear
L = Low Forward Gear
– = Gear Signal Error (shifter stuck between gears)

Power Steering System MIL - LED icon illuminates when a fault has occurred in the EPS system. This
g indicator also turns on momentarily when the key is turned on.
Turn Signal / Hazard Lamp Indicator - If equipped with turn signals, the LED icon illuminates whenever
h the left, right or hazard blinker is activated.
Helmet / Seat Belt Indicator - LED icon illuminates for several seconds when the key is turned to the ON
j position as a reminder for the riders to properly use safety equipment. The lamp stays illuminated until the
driver’s seat belt is properly latched.
11
k Hours Indicator - Illuminates when Hours are being displayed on the Information Display

l Mode Button - Used to move through the menu features.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 11.13
ELECTRICAL

INFORMATION DISPLAY AREA Battery Voltage


The LCD portion of the instrument cluster is the Cycle through the instrument cluster menu using the
information display area. Information displayed in this mode button until “dc” appears in the middle of the
area includes: odometer, trip meter, engine RPM, engine display. The reading to the right will give the current
hours, service interval, clock, engine Diagnostic Trouble battery voltage.
Codes (DTCs) and power steering DTCs.
Odometer

Tachometer (RPM)

The odometer records and displays the total distance


traveled by the vehicle. The odometer can not be reset.
Trip Meter

Engine RPM can be displayed digitally.


Engine Temperature

The trip meter records the miles traveled by the vehicle


on each trip. To reset the trip meter:
1. Toggle the MODE button to TRIP 1.
2. To reset to 0, push and hold the MODE button until
the distance display changes to 0.
3. Toggle the MODE button until the wrench icon is
displayed in the information area.

Engine temperature can be displayed in ° F or ° C. Refer


to “Units of Measurement” to change the format.
Engine Hours

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


11.14 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ELECTRICAL

Clock

Engine hours are logged anytime the engine is running.


Total hours can not be reset.
The clock displays the time in a 12-hour or 24-hour
Programmed Service Interval format. Refer to “Units of Measurement” to change the
format (Standard 12-hour / Metric-24 hour). To set the
clock, follow these steps:
1. Toggle the MODE button until the odometer is
displayed.
2. Press and hold the MODE button until the hour
segment flashes. Release the button.
3. With the segment flashing, tap the MODE button to
advance to the desired setting. With the segment
flashing, tap the MODE button to advance to the
desired setting.
4. Press and hold the MODE button until the next
segment flashes. Release the button.
5. Repeat steps 3-4 twice to set the 10 minute and 1
minute segments. After completing the 1-minute
segment, step 4 will save the new settings and exit
The initial factory service interval setting is 50 hours. the clock mode.
Each time the engine is started, the engine hours are
subtracted from the service interval hours. When the Units of Measurement
service interval reaches 0, the LCD wrench icon will flash
for approximately 10 seconds each time the engine is STANDARD
METRIC DISPLAY
started. DISPLAY
To change the hour setting or reset the function, follow Distance Miles (MPH) Kilometers (KM/H)
these steps:
Time 12-Hour Clock 24-Hour Clock
1. Toggle the MODE button until the wrench icon is
displayed in the information area. Temperature Fahrenheit Celsius
2. Press and hold the MODE button until the information
display area begins to flash. To change between Standard and Metric units of
3. Toggle the MODE button to increase the service measurement, follow these steps:
interval hours in 5 hour increments to a maximum of 1. Turn the key to the OFF position.
100 hours. 2. Press and hold the MODE button while turning the
4. To turn off the service interval function, toggle the
MODE button until “OFF” is displayed.
key to the ON position. 11

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 11.15
ELECTRICAL

3. When the display flashes the distance setting, tap the Under / Over Voltage
MODE button to advance to the desired setting.
This warning usually indicates that the vehicle is
operating at an RPM too low to keep the battery charged.
It may also occur when the engine is at idle and a high
electrical load is applied (lights, cooling fan or other
accessories).
If battery voltage drops below 11 volts, a warning screen
will display “Lo” and provide the present battery voltage.
If voltage drops below 8.5 volts, LCD backlighting and
icons will turn off.

If battery voltage rises above 15 volts, a warning screen


will display “OV” and provide the present battery voltage.
If voltage rises above 16.5 volts, LCD backlighting and
icons will turn off.

4. Press and hold the MODE button to save the setting


and advance to the next display option.
5. Repeat the procedure to change remaining display
settings.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


11.16 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ELECTRICAL

Park Brake Indicator 3. A set of three numbers will appear in the information
area.
This warning is used to notify the operator that the park
brake lever is engaged (if equipped). • The first number (located far left) can range from 0 to
9. This number represents the total number of trouble
When the park brake is fully engaged, “BRAKE” appears
codes present (example: 2 means there are 3 codes
in the rider information display. Engine speed is limited to
present).
1500 RPM in all gears, except neutral. If throttle is
• The second number (located top right) can be 2 to 6
applied, this limiting feature prevents operation, which
digits in length. This number equates to the suspected
protects the park brake pads from excessive wear.
area of fault (SPN).
• The third number (located bottom right) can be 1 to 2
digits in length. This number equates to the fault mode
(FMI).

DIAGNOSTIC MODE
IMPORTANT
Most trouble codes are set as a result of damaged
wiring or a component that was not hooked up correctly.
4. Use the trouble code reference table in the EFI
The diagnostic mode is accessible only when the check Chapter for a description of each code (see Chapter
engine MIL has been activated. 4 – Diagnostic Trouble Code List, page ).
Use the following procedure to display diagnostic trouble 5. If more than one code exists, press the MODE button
codes that were activated during current ignition cycle to advance to the next trouble code.
causing the MIL to illuminate. Diagnostic trouble codes
will remain stored in the gauge (even if MIL turns off) until 6. To exit the diagnostic mode, press and hold the
the key is turned off. MODE button or turn the ignition key OFF once the
1. If the trouble code (s) are not displayed, use the codes are recorded.
MODE button to toggle until “CK ENG” displays on NOTE
the information display area.
If there is a diagnostic problem with the power steering
system, the power steering MIL will illuminate and blink
in place of the check engine MIL.

11

2. Press and hold the MODE button to enter the


diagnostics code menu.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 11.17
ELECTRICAL

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER PINOUTS 2. Push the instrument cluster e out from the back side
of the dash while securely holding the dash q and
rubber mount w.

FUNCTION PIN
CAN High 1
CAN Low 2
NOTE
Switched Power (Vdc) 3
Do not remove the rubber mount from the dash panel.
Constant Power (Vdc) 4 Only remove the rubber mount if necessary. The bezel
Ground 5 r is a snap-on assembly and is a serviceable part.
High Beam Input 8
International Models Only INSTRUMENT CLUSTER INSTALLATION
1. Spray a soap and water mixture onto the outer
Turn Signal Input, LH 6 surface area of the instrument cluster. This will help
Turn Signal Input, RH the instrument cluster slide into the rubber mount
7
more easily.
2. Be sure the rubber mount inside the dash is fully
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL installed and that the indexing key on the rubber
mount is lined up with the keyway in the dash.
NOTE 3. Hold the dash securely and insert the instrument
Do not allow alcohol or petroleum products to come in cluster into the dash. Twist the instrument cluster
contact with the instrument cluster lens. gently in a clockwise motion to properly seat the
instrument cluster into the rubber mount. Apply
1. Disconnect the wire harness connector from the pressure on the bezel while pressing down on the
back side of the instrument cluster. instrument cluster.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


11.18 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ELECTRICAL

RIDE COMMAND SYSTEM


RIDE COMMAND DISPLAY

1 Gauge Screen Button


2 Audio Button
3 Map Button
4 Device Manager Button
5 App Screen Button 11

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 11.19
ELECTRICAL

TOUCHSCREEN BUTTONS / ICONS 6. Swipe down from the top of the screen or press the
upper navigation bar to adjust brightness and
GAUGE SCREEN Bluetooth connection.

1. Press the Gauge button shown above to display the


main gauge screen.

Front and Rear Camera


Within the Gauge Menu is a front and rear view camera
as shown below. To toggle between camera views, press
the FRONT/REAR icon in the top left corner of the
screen.

2. Use the Gauge button again to move between gauge


and camera screens. These can also be selected with
the touch screen buttons in the lower left corner.
3. The grey buttons on the gauge screen are touch
selectable. Press on the “ODO” icon to toggle
between trip 1, trip 2, time traveled, total hours, and
total miles. To reset trip 1, 2 or time traveled, press
and hold this icon on whichever output you wish to
reset.
4. Pressing the MPH/RPM button will change whether
miles per hour or RPM is shown on top.
5. Press on the coolant icon to cycle to battery voltage,
and turbo boost pressure (if applicable), then back to
engine temperature.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


11.20 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ELECTRICAL

AUDIO MAP

1. Press the audio screen button shown above to 1. Press the Map Screen button shown above to display
display the audio screen. the map screen.
2. Use the source button in the top left corner to change 2. The map should center you based on the location of
between FM, AM, Weather, Bluetooth, and USB the GPS.
Audio. 3. Use the plus and minus signs on the left side of the
3. Press the tune up or down icons to change the radio screen, or pinch the screen with your fingers to zoom
station by small increments or press the scan up or in and out on the map.
down icon to search for the next quality signal station.
4. To set favorites, scroll to a radio station and hold an
“Empty” favorite icon. Press the arrows on either side
of the favorites to view all 18 favorite slots.

4. The compass icon on the right side of the screen


toggles north up and trail up. It will also re-center your
vehicle if not already centered.
5. There are 2 ways to drop a waypoint:
• Option 1) press and hold (for 1 second) the location of
the map that you would like to drop a way point.
• Option 2) press the Navigation Menu icon shown
below to open the rides and way point management
menu.

11

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 11.21
ELECTRICAL

6. Select the add waypoint icon shown below to drop 9. You can also save a ride on your Display by clicking
and name a waypoint where the crosshairs are on the Record icon shown below to start recording
pointing. your ride.

When you are finished recording your ride, press the


Stop icon to stop recording.

10. You can manage rides on your Display by clicking on


the Ride icon as shown below.

7. You can manage waypoints by selecting the


Waypoint icon shown below.

8. When selected, the screen below will pop up with


your previously saved waypoints.

Managing Rides or Waypoints


1. To navigate to a waypoint go to the waypoint menu on
your display, select the waypoint you would like to
navigate to and press the Navigate to waypoint icon.

Or simply press the view waypoint icon to view it on


your navigation screen.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


11.22 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ELECTRICAL

2. To view a ride on your display go to the rides menu 2. Press the down arrow icon to the left of the ride or
and press the View Ride icon to toggle whether the waypoint that you would like to download. The ride/
ride is shown on your display or not. waypoint should then appear in your ride or waypoint
list on the navigation screen.

NOTE
In order for .gpx files to be imported they must be saved
in the root of a flash drive rather than in a folder
3. To edit a ride/waypoint select the ride/waypoint you
wish to edit then press the edit icon. From here you
can rename the ride or waypoint and change its color Export Rides and Waypoints
by pressing the color icon to the left of its name. 1. To export rides/waypoints from your USB drive, plug
the USB drive in to the USB pigtail/port and press the
USB export icon.

4. To export a single ride/waypoint to a USB, select the


2. Press the down arrow icon to the left of the ride or
ride/waypoint you wish to export and press the export
waypoint that you would like to download. The ride/
icon.
waypoint should then be saved on the USB.

NOTE
You must be on the waypoint manager screen to import
or export waypoints. You must be on the ride manager
screen to import or export rides.
5. To delete a ride or waypoint select the ride/waypoint
you would like to delete and press the delete icon.
Polaris RIDE COMMAND™ App
Rides and waypoints can also be created and edited with
the Polaris RIDE COMMAND™ app. These rides and
waypoints can then be transferred to and from the
display via Bluetooth connection with your smartphone.

Importing Rides and Waypoints Group Ride


The Polaris RIDE COMMAND™ app also has the ability
1. To import previously saved rides/waypoints from your to track the location of friends you are riding with. Simply
USB drive, plug the USB drive in to the USB pigtail/ create or join a group with your friends from the Polaris
port (to find this location refer to page 31) and press RIDE COMMAND™ app on your smartphone, and
the USB import icon. ensure your smartphone is connected to the display via
Bluetooth. After this, other riders in your group should
automatically appear on the map screen of the display
with their location and profile name. Rider icons that are
circular are moving and rider icons that are square are
stationary. When rider icons are displayed in color it
means they are active, when they are greyed out it
means they or you have lost signal. 11

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 11.23
ELECTRICAL

DEVICE MANAGER 4. For optimal experience turn on show notifications


from “Polaris RZR” within your smartphone’s
Bluetooth settings.

Android
1. From your smartphone settings, open the Bluetooth
1. Press the Device Manager button shown above to options on your device and ensure that Bluetooth is
display the device manager screen. turned on.
2. This will open up the display below.
NOTE
On some phones you have to make the phone visible to
other devices. If your phone has this feature, it should
show up on the Bluetooth connection screen of your
phone. If no option exists to make your phone visible to
the display, it is already visible to the display.

2. Press the add device button on the bottom right


corner of the Display and press “OK” on the display.
3. When your phone appears on the display press the
“+” button next to it to pair with your phone.
4. Ensure the conformation code on the screen and your
phone are the same then press “OK” on your phone.

Connect Your Phone With The Display


The RIDE COMMAND™ Display is compatible with
Android and iOS. Check polaris. com/ridecommand for
latest operating system compatibility. Click on the
Bluetooth icon below the cellphone image to open up the
Bluetooth connection window.

The display will ask for you to turn on your Bluetooth if


this is your first time connecting. If available, make your
phone discoverable to other devices in your
smartphone’s Bluetooth settings. Click Ok to poll
Bluetooth devices.

iPhone
1. In your iPhone settings turn on Bluetooth. If
available, make your phone discoverable to other
devices in your iPhone’s Bluetooth settings. When
your phone appears on the display press the “+”
button next to it.
2. A prompt will appear on your iPhone requesting
“Polaris RZR” to pair with your phone.
3. Ensure the conformation code on the screen and your
phone are the same then press “Pair” on your phone.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


11.24 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ELECTRICAL

5. For optimal experience press “Accept” on your phone 6. The display will now show a list of previously
when requested to access contacts and messages. connected phones on the display. If it is unpaired,
click on your phone from the list.

7. Once the display says connected/paired, your phone


is now connected to the display via Bluetooth.
8. After a phone is connected, the Device Manager
Screen will appear as shown below.

11

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 11.25
ELECTRICAL

9. When a Smartphone is connected to the display via


Bluetooth, users are able to make phone calls from
the display through the keypad, recent calls, or their
contacts by pressing the phone icon in the device
manager screen or through the pull down menu.

1. From the Device Manager menu press the Bluetooth


icon below the headset to open the Bluetooth
connection window.

NOTE
There is no built in microphone in the display. Phone
call audio will play through the phone speakers or
Polaris approved headset if connected. Some dial
options may be unavailable at speeds greater than 3
MPH. 2. Turn your Bluetooth headset on and put it in phone
pairing mode.
3. When your Bluetooth headset appears on the display
press the “+” icon on the display.
Hardwire Mobile Phone 4. The display will say “Pairing Headset” and give you a
Users can also hardwire their smart phones to connect to code. Press OK to pair.
the display and play music. To do this just plug a USB 5. Users can then return to the Device Management
charge cable for your smartphone into the USB pigtail/ menu and toggle whether music plays through the
port. headset or speakers with the icon below the headset
name.
NOTE
USB music playback is not available on all devices.

Connecting Your Bluetooth Headset With The


Display
The Display can connect with Polaris approved Bluetooth
headsets to listen to music, take phone calls, and talk
with other riders. Use the following steps to connect your
Bluetooth headset to the Display.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


11.26 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ELECTRICAL

APPS SCREEN

Press the Apps Menu button shown above to display the


Apps Menu.

From this menu Settings, Diagnostics, Lock Screen,


GPS Satellite Status, Ride Stats, and GoPro features
can all be accessed.

11

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 11.27
ELECTRICAL

GENERAL SETTINGS
Pressing the Settings icon will take you to a general
settings screen as shown below:

From here you can change:


• Language
• Speed units
• Temperature units
• Enable/Disable auto brightness

It also provides access to general system information


and the ability to update the Display Software and Maps.
TIME
By pressing the time tab on the left side of the settings Use the equalizer to adjust Bass, Mid, and Treble. To do
screen users are able to adjust: this drag the dot above the desired adjustment up to
• Time zone increase band frequency and down to decrease band
• Daylight savings frequency.
• Time format

Use the Fade/Balance screen to adjust sound output


AUDIO location. Drag the dot for Balance to the left to move
The audio tab on the left side of the display allows sound output left or to the right to move sound out right.
access to automatic volume control as well as stereo Similarly, drag the dot for Fade left to move sound output
adjustments. This menu is also available from the to the rear of the vehicle, or the right to move sound
settings button on the audio screen. output to the front of the vehicle.
VEHICLE
By pressing the vehicle tab on the left side users can see
oil life.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


11.28 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ELECTRICAL

DIAGNOSTICS SATELLITE STATUS


The Diagnostics menu is meant to show any faults that In the Apps Menu, select GPs Satellite Status. The
may have been detected by the vehicle. The Diagnostics screen displays all available satellites in the area.
menu will provide users with a brief description of the
fault and an action for correcting the fault, if one exists.
For a system diagnostics inspection and/or service,
please see your authorized Polaris dealer.

RIDE STATUS
The Ride Stats icon shows a summary of previous rides.
The Ride Stats menu can be reset using the reset icon in
the bottom right corner.
NOTE
Faults display if they were active at least once during
the current ignition cycle. If the Malfunction Indicator
Light (MIL) is ON, one or more of the faults in this list is
an active fault.

LOCK TOUCHSCREEN
By pressing the Lock Touchscreen icon, you will see the
display below. This screen is useful for clearing your
screen of debris. To get out of this screen, press any of
the hard buttons below the screen. 11

GOPRO
The GoPro menu lets users sync their GoPro to the
Display. From this, it allows control of camera record
functions, switching camera options, and still previews of
recorded videos and playback of previous images.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 11.29
ELECTRICAL

NOTE 12. Press "Preview" on the display to pull an image


preview and confirm that the camera is operating
Polaris recommends the use of a MicroSD card properly.
comparable to a SanDisk Extreme Plus for optimal
experience. • To record an image or video press the Capture button
in the top right quarter of the screen.
• To view previously taken images and still images of
videos press the Media icon.
• To add and delete GoPros press the Camera icon.
• The icons in the bottom right corner allow the camera
mode to be changed between video, picture, burst,
and time lapse.

NOTE
Preview image will be disabled when traveling at
speeds over 15 MPH.

ENGINE OVERHEAT INDICATORS


The engine temperature scale at the right side of the
Display screen changes to RED and the check engine
1. Turn on the GoPro camera by pressing the power temperature indicator at the top left of the screen
button. illuminates when the engine is overheating. Take action
2. Turn on the GoPro’s Wi-Fi by holding the side button to cool the engine.
until a blue light flashes (you should see a Wi-Fi
signal on the GoPro display).
3. In order to connect a GoPro to the display navigate to
Apps Screen.
4. Select the GoPro icon.
5. Select the "Camera" icon.
6. Select the "+(camera)" icon in the lower right corner
of the display.
7. Select "Continue" if the on screen criteria has been
met.

The indicator will flash when engine temperature reaches


critical levels. Stop the engine immediately.
A flashing indicator indicates continued operation could
result in serious engine damage. The engine
management system will automatically reduce engine
power and create a misfire condition. Stop the engine
immediately. Allow the engine to cool down.
USB HARDWARE RECOMMENDATIONS
8. Select the "+" icon next to the name of your camera.
9. Select the type of GoPro device that you are trying to For software updates, Polaris recommends using a
connect to the display. SanDisk® or similar USB flash drive with a minimum of 4
10. Enter the password of the GoPro to connect it to the GB in available memory, formatted using the FAT32 file
display. system. For assistance, search the web for “How to
11. After entering the password correctly you should see format FAT32”. For best results, remove all files from the
a message displaying "GoPro Successfully flash drive before starting the update process.
Connected". Select “OK”. USB Connection Location
The USB connector is located inside the glove box on the
dash.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


11.30 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ELECTRICAL

UPDATE SOFTWARE / MAPS


UPDATE SOFTWARE
1. Before updating the Display, always export your
existing rides and waypoints to a USB drive to avoid
losing them.
2. After downloading an update from your Polaris RIDE
COMMAND™ App account and saving the extracted
files to the USB flash drive, connect the flash drive to
the USB connector on your vehicle.
3. To update the display’s software, press the Apps
Screen button and press the Update Software arrow
in the general settings.
4. Select the down arrow icon to the left of the update
you would like to install.
5. The display will then ask you if you would like to
update and restart the device. Press Yes to install.
6. If an error message occurs, perform one or all of the
following actions to resolve the issue.
• Remove and reconnect the USB flash drive securely.
• Make sure the Display files are not inside a folder on
the flash drive.
• Make sure only Display files are on the flash drive.
Remove any other files if necessary.
• Try using a different USB flash drive.
7. The display will then initiate the update and restart
with the new software. Do not remove the USB until
the display has fully restarted.
UPDATE MAPS
1. To update maps on the display go to my.polaris.com
and download the map update to a USB flash drive.
2. Insert the USB flash drive into the USB pigtail/port on
your vehicle.
3. Press the Update maps arrow in the general settings.
4. Select the file you want to install by pressing the
corresponding down arrow icon.
5. This will update the display’s maps which will
automatically restart the display once the update is
complete. Do not remove the USB until the display
has fully restarted.

11

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 11.31
ELECTRICAL

RIDE COMMAND TROUBLESHOOTING


Problem: Black Screen / Will Not Power On

STEP ACTION YES NO


Power cycle by switching ignition on and off with main power switch.
1 Did you find and repair the condition? Go to Step 8 Go to Step 2

Check the 5amp fuse labeled INST in the main fuse box.
2 Refer to Fuse Box, page 11.59. Go to Step 9 Go to Step 3
Is the fuse blown?
Reinstall INST fuse and test screen for proper operation.
3 Did you find and repair the condition? Go to Step 8 Go to Step 4

1. Turn ignition on
2. Check for battery voltage on pin 16 (Ground), 31 (Switched Power)
4 and 32 (Battery Power) of display connector. Go to Step 8 Go to Step 5
Is there Battery Voltage at all pins?

Refer to the wiring schematic and check circuits without voltage for Go to Step 1
5 continuity and proper operation. Go to Step 7 and repeat
Did you find any problems in the circuit? diagnosis

Replace display with known good display. Go to Step 1


6 Did you find and repair the condition? Go to Step 8 and repeat
diagnosis
Repair, replace and check all affected power/ground circuits. Go to Step 1
7 Check for battery voltage at pin 16, 31 and 32. Go to Step 8 and repeat
Is there battery voltage at pin 16, 31 and 32? diagnosis

Update display with newest software available. Confirm


Refer to Update Software / Maps, page 11.31 for instructions on how to display
8 update/reflash software. operation and
Go to Step 6
Is display working properly? continue use.
1. Test circuit for continuity and/or shorts in wiring.
9 2. Fix any shorts in the wiring and reinstall new fuse. Go to Step 8 Go to Step 4
Did you find and repair the condition?

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


11.32 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ELECTRICAL

Problem: Screen missing pixels, LCD screen flaw, software glitch or problem

STEP ACTION YES NO


Power cycle bike by switching ignition on and off with main power
1 switch in fairing. Go to Step 2 Go to Step 2
Did you find and repair the condition?

Update display with newest software available. Confirm


Refer to Update Software / Maps, page 11.31 for instructions on how to display
2 update/reflash software. operation and
Go to Step 3
Is display working properly? continue use.
1. Remove and reinstall the 5amp fuse labeled INST in the main fuse
box under the left side upper panel.
3 Refer to Fuse Box, page 11.59 Go to Step 2 Go to Step 4
Did you find and repair the condition?

Replace display with known good display. Repeat


4 Did you find and repair the condition? Go to Step 2
Diagnosis

GPS Antenna Troubleshooting


1. Unplug connector from GPS antenna and verify all contacts are securely seated in the connector.
2. Turn ignition on and make the following measurements on the antenna connector:

WIRING CONNECTION TO MEASURE VOLTAGE SPECIFICATION


Power Between Pins 4 and 3 12Vdc (Battery Voltage)

3. If antenna connector has 0Vdc supplied, check harness for loose connection or breaks in wiring. Check for power
at SW PWR fuse in fuse box.
4. If antenna connector shows proper voltage, check operation of GPS. If GPS still is not functioning, proceed to step
5.
5. Turn the ignition off and make the following measurements on the antenna connector:
6.
WIRING CONNECTION TO MEASURE RESISTANCE SPECIFICATION
CAN Between Pins 1 and 2 60 Ohms

7. If resistance value is out of spec, check for breaks in yellow/green CAN wiring.
8. If all values are within specification, replace GPS antenna with new unit.

11

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 11.33
ELECTRICAL

SWITCHES
BRAKE LIGHT SWITCH HEADLAMP SWITCH
1. The brake light switch q is located on the front brake 1. Disconnect the headlamp switch harness by
line banjo bolt of the master cylinder. The brake depressing the connector locks and pulling on the
switch can be accessed through the left front wheel connector. Do not pull on the wiring.
well opening.
2. Test between the 3 sets of outputs (OFF / LOW /
HIGH). If any of the tests fail, replace headlamp
switch assembly.
• Move the switch to HIGH. There should be continuity
between switch pins 2 and 3; 5 and 6; 7 and 8.
• Move the switch to LOW. There should be continuity
between switch pins 2 and 3; 4 and 5; 7 and 8..
• Move the switch to OFF. There should be continuity
between switch pins 1 and 2; 4 and 5; 7 and 8.

2. Disconnect wire harness from switch and connect an


ohmmeter across switch contacts. The reading
should be infinite (OL).
3. Apply the brake and check for continuity. If there is
no continuity or if resistance is greater than 0.5
ohms, clean the switch terminals. Re-test and
replace switch if necessary.
4. For switch replacement, refer to Chapter 9 “Brakes”.

NOTE
Pins 7 and 8 provide power and ground to light the
switch lamp.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


11.34 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ELECTRICAL

IGNITION / KEY SWITCH AWD / 2WD SWITCH (NO TURF MODE)


1. Disconnect the key switch harness by depressing the 1. Disconnect the AWD / 2WD switch harness by
connector lock and pulling on the connector. Do not depressing the connector locks and pulling on the
pull on the wiring. connector. Do not pull on the wiring.
2. Test between the 4 sets of outputs (OFF / ACCY / ON 2. Test between the 2 sets of outputs (AWD / 2WD). If
/ START). If any of the tests fail, replace ignition any of the tests fail, replace the switch assembly.
switch assembly.
• Move the switch to AWD (ON). There should be
• In the OFF position, there should be no continuity continuity between switch pins 2 and 3 as well as 3
between any of the pins. and 7.
• Turn the key to ACCY position. There should be • Move the switch to 2WD (NONE / OFF). There should
contunity between switch pins A and B. ONLY be continuity between pins 3 and 7.
• Turn the key to ON position. There should be
continuity between switch pins A, B and D.
• Turn the key to START position. There should be
continuity between all the pins on the switch.

11

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 11.35
ELECTRICAL

TRANSMISSION / GEAR POSITION SWITCH SEAT BELT SWITCH


TESTING Location
Found on the driver’s seat belt latch
1. The transmission (gear position) switch q is located
on the RH side of the transmission and can be
Functionality
accessed through the rear RH wheel well area.
If the circuit is open (buckle undone) vehicle speed will
be limited to 15mph. If the circuit is closed (buckle
inserted), the vehicle will function normally.

Testing:
1. Disconnect the harness q running to the seat belt.

2. Disconnect the transmission switch harness by lifting


the connector lock and pulling on the connector. Do
not pull on the wiring.
3. Test the transmission switch continuity readings for
each gear position and compare to the specification
table below.
RESISTANCE VALUE 2. Using a multi-meter, measure between both pins on
GEAR switch.
WHEN MEASURED AT SWITCH
POSITION
TERMINALS A AND B SEAT BELT SEAT BELT
HIGH 620 Ω DISENGAGED ENGAGED

LOW 300 Ω Between both


∞ (OL) <1Ω
pins on switch
NEU 160 Ω
REV 75 Ω
PARK 24 Ω

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


11.36 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ELECTRICAL

HAZARD SWITCH (INT'L / TRACTOR) TURN/LIGHTS/HORN SWITCH (INT'L/


TRACTOR)

Testing
1. Disconnect the harness from the hazard switch. Testing
2. Test outputs in both the ON and OFF positions. If any 1. Disconnect the Turn/Lights/Horn switch by
of the tests fail, replace the switch. depressing the connector locks and pulling on the
• Move switch to ON. There should be continuity connector. Do NOT pull on the wiring.
between switch pins 2 and 3. 2. Test between the sets of outputs. If any of the tests
• Move the switch to OFF. There should be no continuity fail, replace the switch assembly.
between any switch pins. • Turn on the High Beam. There should be continuity
between switch pins 2 and 5.
• Turn on the Low Beam. There should be continuity
between switch pins 2 and 6.
• Turn on the Left Turn Signal. There should be
continuity between switch pins 1 and 8.
• Turn on the Right Turn Signal. There should be
continuity between switch pins 1 and 7.
• Depress the Horn. There should be continuity between
switch pins 3 and 4.

11

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 11.37
ELECTRICAL

HORN FLASHER MODULE (INT'L/TRACTOR)


The horn q is located in the front of the unit behind the The flasher module q is located on the front floor
radiator, accessible through the front left side of the assembly near the master cylinder. The module and
vehicle. fasteners are accessible through the front left side of the
vehicle.

TURN LIGHTS
Front
The front turn lights are retained to the front bumper by a
single faster q, accessible through the front grill.

Rear
The rear turn lights are integrated into the rear taillight. If
the taillights are functioning properly but there is no
blinker, check the wiring connections and the flasher
module.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


11.38 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ELECTRICAL

BRAKE ALARM (INT'L/TRACTOR) DIFFERENTIAL SOLENOID OVERVIEW


The brake alarm q is located near the steering column The differential solenoid is located on the rear portion of
behind the upper dash panel. The brake alarm will sound the transmission case. The solenoid actuates a shift fork
if the vehicle’s parking brake is applied and the throttle is with an engagement dog, which locks and unlocks the
pushed in a forward or reverse gear. rear differential. Refer to the transmission chapter for
more information on the differential.

DIFFERENTIAL SOLENOID CIRCUIT


OPERATION
The Rear Diff Solenoid Relay is attached to the lower
airbox bracket and can be accessed through the right
rear wheel well.
When the switch is pushed to activate “TURF”, a ground
signal is provided to the ECU from the AWD / 2WD /
TURF Switch.
Depending on engine speed and gear position criteria,
the ECU energizes the Rear Diff Solenoid Relay allowing
it to enable the differential solenoid.
If the rear diff fails to switch from operational modes:
• Check the solenoid and relay connectors. Look for
loose wires or bad connections.
• Check for power from the relay connector, to ensure
the solenoid has power to be activated.
• Check the AWD / 2WD / TURF Switch wires for loose 11
connections.
• Remove solenoid from rear differential and ensure the
solenoid plunger is actuating.

CAUTION
Do not power the solenoid with 12 Volts for more than 1
second, or damage may occur to solenoid.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 11.39
ELECTRICAL

ALL WHEEL DRIVE COIL


OPERATION OVERVIEW
• When the key switch is “ON”, 12 VDC power is present
at the hub coil.
• When the AWD switch is “ON”, and if the criteria is
met, the Engine Controller provides a ground path
(brown/white wire). When this occurs the AWD icon
should display in the instrument cluster.
• The AWD system must be grounded to operate.

DIAGNOSING SYSTEM FAILURES


• Verify the AWD switch is functional and that a
minimum of 11 volts is present at the hub coil.
• Verify the AWD hub coil is functional. Test the AWD
hub coil using an ohm meter. See specifications below:

AWD Hub Coil Resistance:


24 Ω ± 5%

• Verify the wiring harness, wiring, connectors,


connector pins and grounds are undamaged, clean
and connect properly.
• Verify continuity of wire connections with a known
good volt/ohm meter.

NOTE
Verify all wires and wiring connections have been
tested properly with a known good volt/ohm meter
before suspecting a component failure. 80% of all
electrical issues are caused by bad/failed connections
and grounds.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


11.40 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ELECTRICAL

VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR


SPEED SENSOR LOCATION
The speed sensor q is located on the RH side of the
transmission, accessed through the rear RH wheel well.

SPEED SENSOR TESTING


1. Disconnect the 3 wire harness from the speed
sensor and remove the sensor from the
transmission.
2. Connect the wires from the Static Timing Light
Harness (2871745) to the sensor 3 pin connector
using the Hall Sensor Probe Harness ( 2460761).
3. Pass a screwdriver back and forth in front of the
sensor tip.
4. Be sure connections are good and 9V battery is in
good condition. If the light flashes, the sensor is
good.

11

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 11.41
ELECTRICAL

IGNITION COIL
OPERATION OVERVIEW IGNITION COIL TESTS
The ignition coil q is used to provide high voltage to fire The ignition coil can be tested by using an ohm meter.
the spark plugs. When the ignition key is on, DC voltage Use the following illustration and specification table to
is present in the primary side of the ignition coil windings. test the ignition coil resistance.
During engine rotation, an AC pulse is created within the
crankshaft position sensor for each passing tooth on the TEST PIN CONNECTION Ω
flywheel’s encoder ring. The encoder ring missing tooth Between 1 & 2
Primary 0.4 Ω
creates an “interrupt” input signal, corresponding to Between 2 & 3
specific crankshaft position. This signal serves as a Secondary Between High Tension
reference for the control of ignition timing. The ECU then (PTO) Lead Caps 7.0 k Ω ± 5%
calculates the time interval between the consecutive
pulses, and determines when to trigger the voltage spike Secondary Between High Tension
(MAG) Lead Caps 7.4 k Ω ± 5%
that induces the voltage from the primary to the
secondary coil windings to fire the spark plugs.
Primary Test

IGNITION COIL / HT LEAD REPLACEMENT


NOTE
Secondary Test
The engine will misfire if the spark plug wires are
installed incorrectly. The spark plug wires are marked
with PTO and MAG from the factory and should be
installed to the corresponding cylinder and ignition coil
post.

1. Remove the seats and engine service panel to


access the ignition coil.
2. Disconnect the ignition coil harness and remove the
high tension leads from the coil.
3. Remove the fastener retaining the ignition coil and
remove it from the vehicle. If replacing the high
tension lead(s), remove the other end of the lead(s)
from the spark plug.
4. Install the new ignition coil and/or high tension lead
(s).

TORQUE
Ignition Coil Mounting Bolt:
8 ft-lb (11 Nm)

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


11.42 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ELECTRICAL

CHARGING SYSTEM
CURRENT DRAW - KEY OFF WARNING
CAUTION Never start the engine with an ammeter connected in
series. Damage to the meter or meter fuse will result.
Do not connect or disconnect the battery cable or
ammeter with the engine running. Damage will occur to Do not run test for extended period of time.
electrical components. Do not run test with high amperage accessories.

Connect an ammeter in series with the negative battery 1. Using an inductive amperage metering device, (set
cable. Check for current draw with the key off. If the draw to DC amps) connect to the negative battery cable.
is excessive, loads should be disconnected from the 2. With engine off, key switch and lights in the on
system one by one until the draw is eliminated. Check position, the ammeter should read negative amps
component wiring as well as the component for partial (battery discharge).
shorts to ground to eliminate the draw.
3. Shift transmission into park and start the engine.
With the engine running at idle, observe meter
readings.
4. Increase engine RPM while observing ammeter and
tachometer. Note the RPM at which the battery starts
to charge (ammeter indication is positive).
5. With lights and other electrical loads off, the “break
even” point should occur at approximately 1500 RPM
or lower.

CHARGING SYSTEM STATOR


(ALTERNATOR) TESTS
Three tests can be performed using a multi-meter to
determine the condition of the stator (alternator).

Current Draw - Key Off:


Maximum of .01 DCA (10 mA)

CHARGING SYSTEM “BREAK EVEN” TEST


CAUTION
Do not allow the battery cables to become
disconnected with the engine running. Follow the steps
below as outlined to reduce the chance of damage to
electrical components.

The “break even” point of the charging system is the


point at which the alternator overcomes all system loads
(lights, etc.) and begins to charge the battery. Depending
on battery condition and system load, the break even
11
point may vary slightly. The battery should be fully
charged before performing this test.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 11.43
ELECTRICAL

TEST 1: Resistance Value of Each Stator Leg 8. Example: The alternator current output reading
1. Measure the resistance value of each of the three should be approximately 21 VAC at 1300 RPM
stator legs: Y1 to Y2, Y1 to Y3, and Y2 to Y3. Each between each ‘leg’.
test should measure: 0.07 - 0.13 Ω
NOTE
CONNECT If one or more of the stator leg output AC voltage varies
OHMS
TEST METER significantly from the specified value, the stator may
READING
LEADS TO: need to be replaced.
Battery Charge
Y1 to Y2 0.07 - 0.13 Ω
Coil
AC VOLTAGE (VAC)
Battery Charge RPM READING
Y1 to Y3 0.07 - 0.13 Ω READING
Coil
1300 21 VAC ± 25%
Battery Charge
Y2 to Y3 0.07 - 0.13 Ω 3000 47 VAC ± 25%
Coil
5000 79 VAC ± 25%
NOTE
If there are any significant variations in ohm readings
between the three legs it is an indication that one of the STATOR (ALTERNATOR) REPLACEMENT
stator legs may be weak or failed. Refer to Chapter 3 – Stator Cover Removal / Inspection,
page 3.43 procedure to service the stator.
TEST 2: Resistance Value of Each Stator Leg to NOTE
Ground
2. Measure the resistance value of each of the stator The stator cover can be removed with the engine
legs to ground: Y1 to Ground, Y2 to Ground, Y3 to installed in the chassis.
Ground. Be sure to thoroughly clean the area around the stator
cover prior to removal.
3. Each test should measure: Open Line (OL)

CONNECT
OHMS
TEST METER
READING
LEADS TO:
Battery Charge Y1, Y2, or Y3 Open Line
Coil to Ground (Infinity)

NOTE
Any measurement other than Infinity (open) will indicate
a failed or shorted stator leg.

TEST 3: Measure AC Voltage Output of Each


Stator Leg at Charging RPM
4. Set the selector dial to measure AC Voltage.
5. Start the engine and let it idle.
6. While holding the engine at a specified RPM,
separately measure the voltage across each ‘leg’ of
the stator by connecting the meter leads to the wires
leading from the alternator (Y1 to Y2, Y1 to Y3, Y2 to
Y3).
7. Refer to the following table for approximate AC
Voltage readings according to RPM. Test each leg at
the specified RPM in the table.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


11.44 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ELECTRICAL

VOLTAGE REGULATOR 4. Remove the two regulator mounting fasteners w and


The regulator / rectifier is located between the front remove the regulator through the grill opening.
fascia and the radiator.

NOTE
If the regulator / rectifier case temperature exceeds
230° F or 110° C, the unit will turn itself off to cool down.
The unit will turn on again after it has cooled down to at
least 212° F or 100° C. If it turns off, verify the cooling
fins are clean, free from mud/debris and that adequate
airflow is present.

REGULATOR REPLACEMENT
1. Disconnect the negative battery terminal.
2. Push the locking tabs down on the front fascia grill
and remove the grill.
5. Install regulator onto the mounting plate. Torque
mounting fasteners to specification.

TORQUE
Regulator Mounting Fasteners:
5 ft-lb (7 Nm)

6. Connect the regulator harness connectors. The


connectors are keyed so each connector will only fit
on one of the regulator connectors.
7. Install the grill. Ensure the bottom tabs and the clips
are locked into the front fascia.
8. Install the battery negative terminal. Torque fastener
to specification.

3. Disconnect both regulator connectors q. TORQUE


Battery Terminal Fastener:
60 in-lbs (7 Nm)

11

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 11.45
ELECTRICAL

BATTERY
BATTERY SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL BATTERY INFORMATION

Type Polaris / Johnson Controls 575 WARNING


Sealed - Maintenance Free
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING:Batteries,
Voltage 12 Vdc battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain
lead and lead compounds, and other chemicals known
Nominal Capacity to the State of California to cause cancer and birth
@ 10 HR Rate 30 AH
defects or other reproductive harm. WASH HANDS
CCA 575 AFTER HANDLING.

Nominal Open
Circuit Voltage 12.8 Vdc or more.
WARNING
Recommended 1.8A @ 5-10 HR or 6.0A @ 1 Battery electrolyte is poisonous. It contains acid!
Charging Rate HR Serious burns can result from contact with the skin,
eyes, or clothing.
NOTE ANTIDOTE:
Never attempt to open the battery. If the seal is broken, External: Flush with water.
the battery will be ruined and will fail within a few Internal: Drink large quantities of water or milk. Follow
weeks. with milk of magnesia, beaten egg, or vegetable oil. Call
a physician immediately.
Eyes: Flush with water for 15 minutes and get prompt
medical attention.

Batteries produce explosive gases. Keep sparks, flame,


cigarettes, etc. away. Ventilate when charging or using
in closed space. Always shield eyes when working near
batteries.

Keep out of reach of children.

1. Check battery voltage with a volt/ohm meter. A fully


charged battery should be 12.8 V or higher.
2. If the voltage is below 12.6 V, the battery will need to
be recharged (see Chapter 11 – Charging Procedure
, page 11.48).
To service a Maintenance Free battery:
3. Remove battery from the vehicle (see Battery
Removal, page 2.58).
4. Test battery with a voltage meter or load tester to
determine battery condition. This will determine the
length of time required to charge the battery to full
capacity. Refer to OCV table (see OCV - Open
Circuit Voltage Test, page 11.47).
5. Charge the battery as recommended (see –
Charging Procedure , page 11.48).

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


11.46 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ELECTRICAL

BATTERY REMOVAL / INSTALLATION LOAD TEST


See Chapter 2 – Battery Removal, page 2.58 and Battery
Installation, page 2.59 procedures. CAUTION
To prevent shock or component damage, remove spark
BATTERY OFF SEASON STORAGE plug high tension leads and connect securely to engine
ground before proceeding.
Whenever vehicle is not used for a period of three
months or more, remove the battery from the vehicle,
A battery may indicate a full charge condition in the OCV
ensure that it's fully charged, and store it out of the sun in
test, but still may not have the storage capacity
a cool, dry place. Check battery voltage each month
necessary to properly function in the electrical system.
during storage and recharge as needed to maintain a full
For this reason, a battery capacity or load test should be
charge.
conducted whenever poor battery performance is
encountered.
NOTE
To perform this test, use a load testing device that has an
Battery charge can be maintained by using a Polaris
adjustable load. Apply a load of three times the ampere-
battery tender or by charging once a month to make up
hour rating. At 14 seconds into the test, check battery
for self-discharge. Battery tenders can be left
voltage. A good 12V battery will have at least 10.5 volts.
connected to automatically charge the battery if voltage
If the reading is low, charge the battery and retest.
drops below a pre-determined level.

BATTERY CONDUCTANCE ANALYZER


BATTERY TESTING Conductance describes the ability of a battery to conduct
current. A conductance tester functions by sending a low
Whenever a service complaint is related to either the frequency AC signal through the battery and a portion of
starting or charging systems, the battery should be
the current response is captured, from this output a
checked first. conductance measurement is calculated. Conductance
The following are two tests which can easily be made on testing is more accurate than voltage, specific gravity, or
a sealed Maintenance Free battery to determine its load testing.
condition: OCV Test and a Load Test. Authorized Polaris dealers/distributors are required to
use the conductance analyzer when testing 12V Polaris
OCV - OPEN CIRCUIT VOLTAGE TEST batteries.
Battery voltage should be checked with a digital
multitester. Readings of 12.6 volts or less require further
battery testing and charging. See the following chart and
“Load Test”.

NOTE
Maintenance Free batteries should be kept at a high
state of charge during storage. If the battery is stored or
used at a low state of charge, hard crystal sulfation will
form on the plates, reducing the efficiency and service
life of the battery.
Use a volt/ohm meter to test battery voltage.

OPEN CIRCUIT VOLTAGE


STATE OF CHARGE VOLTAGE 11
100% 12.8 V and up
75% Charged 12.6 V
50% Charged 12.3 V Polaris MDX-610P
PU-50296
25% Charged 12.0 V
0% Charged 11.8 V or less

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 11.47
ELECTRICAL

CHARGING PROCEDURE
If battery voltage is 12.6 Vdc or less, the battery may
need recharging. When using an automatic charger, refer
to the charger manufacturer’s instructions for recharging.
Do not exceed 6 amps when charging the battery.

NOTE
Charge the battery using an automatic charger that will
not exceed 14.6 Vdc. An automatic charger will signal
when charging is complete.
Allow the battery to stand disconnected for at least 1-2
hours after being properly charged. If the voltage drops
below 12.6 volts, charging was ineffective or the battery
needs to be replaced.

WARNING
An overheated battery could explode, causing severe
injury or death. Always watch charging times carefully.
Stop charging if the battery becomes very warm to the
touch. Allow it to cool before resuming charging.

STATE OF VOLTAGE CHARG-


(DC) ACTION
CHARGE E TIME
None, check None
12.8 or
100% again in 3 Required
more
months
75% - May need
12.6 - 12.8 slight charge 3 - 6 hrs
100%
Needs
50% - 75% 12.3 - 12.6 Charge 5 - 11 hrs

Needs At least
25% - 50% 12.0 - 12.3 Charge 13 hrs
Needs At least
0% - 25% 12.0 or less Charge 20 hrs

NOTE
Follow the charger instructions supplied by the
manufacture regarding the order or connections, switch
positions and when to connect the charger to an outlet.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


11.48 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ELECTRICAL

LIGHTING SYSTEM
HEADLIGHT ADJUSTMENT 6. Adjust the beam to desired position. Repeat the
The headlight beams are adjustable. procedure to adjust the other headlight.

1. Place the vehicle on a level surface with the WARNING


headlight approximately 25 ft. (7.6 m) from a wall.
Due to the nature of light utility vehicles and where they
are operated, headlight lenses become dirty. Frequent
washing is necessary to maintain lighting quality. Riding
with poor lighting can result in severe injury or death.

HEADLAMP REPLACEMENT
1. Disconnect wire harness from headlamp assembly
q. Be sure to pull on the connector, not on the
wiring.

2. Measure the distance from the floor to the center of


the headlight and make a mark on the wall at the
same height.
3. With the machine in Park, start the engine and turn
the headlight switch to the LOW position.
4. The most intense part of the LOW beam headlight
beam should be aimed 2 in. (5 cm) below the mark
placed on the wall in Step 2.
NOTE
Rider weight must be included in the seat while
performing this procedure. 2. Remove the three T-25 headlamp mounting screws
w and three adjustment preload springs e.
5. Adjust the beam to the desired position by loosening
or tightening the three T-25 adjustment screws q
and moving the lamp to the appropriate height.

11
NOTE
The front bumper can be removed and placed face
down on a suitable workbench to ease headlamp
replacement (see Chapter 10 – Front Bumper XP, page
10.20).

3. Carefully lift and remove headlamp assembly from


the bumper.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 11.49
ELECTRICAL

HEADLAMP INSTALLATION 2. While holding the taillight assembly, remove the


1. Install the headlamp adjustment springs onto the three nuts w retaining the taillight assembly and
front bumper mounting bosses. remove it from the rear fascia.

2. Insert the three T-25 headlamp mounting screws into DASH LIGHT
the headlamp assembly mounting holes.
The LED light will remain ON for approximately 30
3. Maneuver the headlamp assembly into position. Be seconds after key has been switched to the OFF
sure all three headlamp springs w and mounting position.
screws q are properly aligned with mounting bosses
e on the front bumper.

4. Fully tighten all three headlamp screws until the


headlamp assembly is fully seated. Back headlamp
mounting screws off 1/8” to 1/4” (2-3 turns).
5. Install the front bumper as shown in Chapter 5 if
previously removed.
6. Connect headlamp electrical connector to the
headlamp assembly.
7. Perform the “Headlight Adjustment” procedure as
shown in this chapter.

TAILLIGHT REPLACEMENT
Before replacing the taillight(s), use a digital multi-meter
to test the harness to ensure the lamp is receiving 12
volts and that a ground path is present.
1. Disconnect the wire harness q.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


11.50 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ELECTRICAL

COOLING SYSTEM
FAN CONTROL CIRCUIT OPERATION / ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
TESTING SENSOR (ECT) OVERVIEW
Power is supplied to the fan via the Orange/Black wire Mounted in the thermostat housing, the engine
when the relay is ON. The ground path for the fan motor temperature sensor q measures coolant temperature.
is through the Brown harness wire. Refer to Relay The engine temperature sensor is a Negative
Operation, page later in this chapter for more Temperature Coefficient (NTC) type sensor, as the
information on fan functions. temperature increases the resistance decreases.

CAUTION
Keep hands away from fan blades during operation.
Serious personal injury could result.

NOTE
The fan may not function or operation may be delayed if
coolant level is low or if air is trapped in the cooling
system. Be sure cooling system is full and purged of air.

FAN CONTROL CIRCUIT BYPASS TEST


1. Disconnect harness from coolant temperature
sensor on the engine cylinder head (see Engine
Coolant Temperature Sensor (ECT) Overview Coolant passes through the thermostat housing and by
outlined in this chapter). the sensor probe, varying a resistance reading which is
relayed to the ECU. This signal is processed by the ECU
2. With the transmission in Park, start the engine. After and compared to its programming for determining the
a few seconds, the fan should start running and the fuel and ignition requirements during operation. The ECU
“Check Engine” indicator should display on the also uses this signal to determine when to activate the
instrument cluster. This indicates all other cooling fan during operation.
components are working properly.
3. If the fan does not run or runs slowly, check the fan ECT SENSOR TEST
motor wiring, ground, motor condition, circuit breaker To quickly rule out other components and wiring related
and mechanical relay for proper operation. Repair or to the ECT, disconnect the harness from the ECT sensor
replace as necessary. If the fan runs with the sensor and start the engine. After a few seconds, the fan should
harness disconnected, but will not turn on when the turn on and the “Check Engine” indicator should display
engine is hot, check the coolant temperature sensor on the instrument cluster. This indicates all other
and connector terminals. components are working properly.

11

Polaris dealers can test the sensor by using Digital


Wrench® Diagnostic Software (dealer only).

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 11.51
ELECTRICAL

TEMPERATURE °F (°C) RESISTANCE


68 °F (20 °C) 2.5 k Ω ± 6%
86 °F (30 °C) 1.7 k Ω ± 6%
104 °F (40 °C) 1.2 k Ω ± 6%
122 °F (50 °C) 834 Ω ± 6%
140 °F (60 °C) 596 Ω ± 6%
158 °F (70 °C) 435 Ω ± 6%
176 °F (80 °C) 323 Ω ± 6%
194 °F (90 °C) 243 Ω ± 6%
212 °F (100 °C) 186 Ω ± 6%

ECT SENSOR REPLACEMENT


1. Remove the throttle body. (see Chapter 4 – Throttle
Body Removal, page 4.40).
2. Be sure the engine has cooled enough to work on.
3. Disconnect the vehicle harness from ECT sensor.
4. Drain the coolant so the level is below the sensor
(see Chapter 2 – Coolant Drain / Fill, page 2.39).
5. Using a wrench, remove and replace the sensor,
applying a light coating of thread sealant to the
sensor threads q to aid installation.

6. Torque the new ECT sensor to specification and


connect the vehicle harness to the sensor.
TORQUE
ECT Sensor:
17 ft-lb (23 Nm)

7. Reinstall the throttle body.


8. Add the required amount of coolant and bleed the
system (see Chapter 3 – Cooling System Bleeding
Procedure, page 3.15).

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


11.52 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ELECTRICAL

STARTING SYSTEM
TROUBLESHOOTING STARTER MOTOR REMOVAL
Starter Motor Does Not Run 1. Remove driver side seat and disconnect the battery.
• Battery discharged 2. Raise and support rear of vehicle.
• Loose or faulty battery cables or corroded connections
3. Remove the RH rear wheel.
(see Chapter 11 – Voltage Drop Test, page 11.53)
• Related wiring loose, disconnected, or corroded 4. Remove nut q retaining the (+) positive wire to
• Poor ground connections at battery cable, starter starter motor terminal and remove the positive wire.
motor or starter solenoid (see Chapter 11 – Voltage
Drop Test, page 11.53) 5. From the RH side wheel well using an 8mm flex
• Faulty key switch socket, remove the negative battery cable nut w and
• Faulty starter solenoid or starter motor the two fasteners e securing the starter motor to the
• Engine problem - seized or binding (can engine be engine.
rotated easily)
Starter Motor Turns Over Slowly
• Battery discharged
• Excessive circuit resistance - poor connections (see
Chapter 11 – Voltage Drop Test, page 11.53)
• Engine problem - seized or binding (can engine be
rotated easily)
• Faulty or worn brushes in starter motor

Starter Motor Turns - Engine Does Not Rotate


• Faulty starter drive
• Faulty starter drive gears or starter motor gear
• Faulty flywheel gear or loose flywheel

NOTE
VOLTAGE DROP TEST
The (-) negative battery cable is mounted to the engine
The Voltage Drop Test is used to test for bad using the upper starter mounting bolt / stud.
connections. When performing the test, you are testing
the amount of voltage drop through the connection. A
poor or corroded connection will appear as a high 6. Remove the starter from the engine.
voltage reading. Voltage shown on the meter when
testing connections should not exceed 0.1 VDC per
connection or component.
To perform the test, place the meter on DC volts and
place the meter leads across the connection to be tested.
Refer to the voltage drop tests on the starter system in
this chapter.

Voltage should not exceed


0.1 DC volts per connection

11

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 11.53
ELECTRICAL

STARTER MOTOR INSTALLATION STARTER SOLENOID BENCH TEST


1. Inspect and replace starter motor O-ring if needed. Test the start solenoid by powering the solenoid using
battery voltage for a maximum of 5 seconds. With the
2. Lubricate starter motor O-ring with fresh engine oil.
solenoid energized, resistance should read about 0 - 0.5
3. Install the starter motor onto the engine case. Ω between terminals (A) and (B). If resistance
measurement is out of specification, replace the starter
4. Hand tighten the upper starter mounting bolt / stud. solenoid.
5. Install and torque the lower mounting bolt to
specification.

NOTE
Tighten the lower starter bolt first, as the bottom hole
acts as a pilot hole to properly align the starter drive
(bendix) with the flywheel. This helps prevent binding
and starter damage.

6. Torque upper starter mounting screw to specification.


7. Install (-) negative battery cable to the upper starter
mounting bolt / stud. Torque nut to specification.

TORQUE
Starter Mounting Bolts and Nut: STARTER SOLENOID OPERATION
7 ft-lb (10 Nm)
To energize the Starter Solenoid the following must
occur:
• The brake must be applied to provide a ground path
via the Orange wire.
• The key switch must be turned to the “start” position to
provide 12V power via the Green / White wire.
• Once the pull-in coil is energized, the solenoid
provides a current path for 12V power to reach the
starter motor.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


11.54 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ELECTRICAL

ELECTRONIC POWER STEERING


EPS OPERATION WIRE COLOR FUNCTION
The EPS module is an intelligent electronic power ORANGE (2-Pin) Main Power (30A Protected)
steering system that operates off of the vehicle’s 12V
electrical system. It calculates steering assist by sensing BROWN (2-Pin) Ground
the difference between the input torque of the steering
post and the output torque required to turn the wheels, ORANGE (8-Pin) Key-On Battery Voltage
and then provides assist by energizing an electric motor.
The process provides a smooth, seamless assist. YELLOW (8-Pin) CAN High Signal
The system is continuously running diagnostic checks GREEN (8-Pin) CAN Low Signal
and monitoring factors such as battery voltage, ground
speed and engine speed. In the event an internal or
external issue that affects the EPS system is detected, PROPER EPS SYSTEM DIAGNOSING
the system will illuminate a fault indicator and transition
to a normal mechanically coupled steering system. The READ BEFORE YOU REPLACE THE EPS UNIT!
system is Polaris Digital Wrench® compatible for
simplified diagnostics and system troubleshooting
NOTE
through the vehicle’s diagnostic port. Verify the EPS unit has the latest software version and
calibration loaded before replacing the EPS unit. If not,
With the engine off and the key on, the power steering
update to the latest version for each and follow the
unit will operate for up to five minutes. After the five
guided diagnostic procedure(s) available in Digital
minutes, you will need to cycle the key switch and restart
Wrench®.
the engine to regain power steering operation.

NOTE
To conserve battery power, the EPS unit will shut down
5 minutes after the engine has stopped if the key
remains in the ON position. At this point, the EPS
Malfunction Indicator Light will illuminate to indicate the
EPS has shut down and will set a fault code in Digital
Wrench®.

The Power Steering 30A Fuse.


• If the fuse fails, the Power Steering Malfunction
Indicator Light (MIL) on the instrument cluster will
illuminate. During this time, the vehicle will have no
power steering operation. You will be able to connect
and communicate with the vehicle’s Engine Controller,
but not the Power Steering Controller, while using
Digital Wrench®.

NOTE
DO NOT SPLICE OR CUT INTO THE CAN CIRCUITS.

WARNING
Electronic Power Steering (EPS) units are not 11
interchangeable between ATV and RANGER product
lines.

NOTE
See Chapter 5 ELECTRONIC POWER STEERING
ASSEMBLY, page for power steering unit removal
and installation procedures.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 11.55
ELECTRICAL

EPS TROUBLESHOOTING (POWER STEERING NON-FUNCTIONAL WITH MIL ON)

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


11.56 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ELECTRICAL

EPS TROUBLESHOOTING (POWER STEERING NON-FUNCTIONAL WITH MIL OFF)

11

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 11.57
ELECTRICAL

EPS TROUBLESHOOTING (USING DIGITAL WRENCH®)

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


11.58 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ELECTRICAL

FUSES / RELAYS
FUSE BOX
RZR XP 1000 (NON-HIGH LIFTER)

CIRCUIT PIN FUNCTION CIRCUIT PIN FUNCTION


1 Coil High 28 Power In
Drive 10A Fuse
2 Power In 32 Power Out
Start Relay
5 Power Out 33 Coil High
6 Coil Low Chassis Relay 34 Power In
3 Coil High 37 Power Out
4 Power In 38 Coil Low
EPS Relay
7 Power Out 35 Coil High
8 Coil Low Term Relay 36 Power In
9 Coil High 39 Power Out
10 Power In 40 Coil Low
Fan Relay
13 Power Out 41 Power In
Term 10A Fuse
14 Coil Low 45 Power Out
Fan 25A Circuit 11 Power In 42 Power In
Accy 10A Fuse
Breaker 15 Power Out 46 Power Out
12 Power In 43 Power In
EPS 25A Fuse Key 10A Fuse
16 Power Out 47 Power Out
17 Power In 44 Power In
EFI 10A Fuse Insr 10A Fuse
21 Power Out 48 Power Out
18 Power In
Lights 15A Fuse
22 Power Out
19 Coil High
20 Power In
EFI Relay
23 Power Out 11
24 Coil Low
25 Coil High
Fuel Pump 26 Power In
Relay 29 Power Out
30 Coil Low
27 Power In
Unsw 10A Fuse
31 Power Out

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 11.59
ELECTRICAL

RZR XP 4 1000 (NON-HIGH LIFTER)

CIRCUIT PIN FUNCTION CIRCUIT PIN FUNCTION


1 Coil High 34 Power In
2 Power In 37 Power Out
Start Relay
5 Power Out 38 Coil Low
6 Coil Low 35 Coil High
3 Coil High Term Relay 36 Power In
4 Power In 39 Power Out
EPS Relay
7 Power Out 40 Coil Low
8 Coil Low 41 Power In
Term 15A Fuse
9 Coil High 45 Power Out
10 Power In 42 Power In
Fan Relay Accy 10A Fuse
13 Power Out 46 Power Out
14 Coil Low 43 Power In
Key 10A Fuse
11 Power In 47 Power Out
Fan 25A Circuit
Breaker 15 Power Out 44 Power In
Insr 10A Fuse
12 Power In 48 Power Out
EPS 25A Fuse
16 Power Out
17 Power In
EFI 10A Fuse
21 Power Out
18 Power In
Lights 15A Fuse
22 Power Out
19 Coil High
EFI Relay 20 Power In
23 Power Out
24 Coil Low
25 Coil High
Fuel Pump 26 Power In
Relay 29 Power Out
30 Coil Low
27 Power In
Unsw 10A Fuse
31 Power Out
28 Power In
Drive 10A Fuse
32 Power Out
Chassis Relay 33 Coil High

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


11.60 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ELECTRICAL

RZR XP 1000 (HIGH LIFTER)

CIRCUIT PIN FUNCTION CIRCUIT PIN FUNCTION


1 - 34 Power In
2 - 37 Power Out
(NOT USED)
5 - 38 Coil Low
6 - 35 Power In
Term 10A Fuse
3 Coil High 39 Power Out
4 Power In Accessory 10A 36 Power In
EPS Relay
7 Power Out Fuse 40 Power Out
8 Coil Low 41 -
Spare 10A Fuse
9 Coil High 45 -
10 Power In 42 -
Fan Relay Spare 25A Fuse
13 Power Out 46 -
14 Coil Low 43 -
(NOT USED)
Power In 47 -
Fan 25A Circuit 11
Breaker 44 -
15 Power Out (NOT USED)
48 -
12 Power In
EPS 25A Fuse
16 Power Out
17 Coil High

EFI Relay 18 Power In


21 Power Out
22 Coil Low
19 Power In
EFI 10A Fuse
23 Power Out
20 Power In
Lights 10A Fuse
24 Power Out
25 Coil High
Fuel Pump 26 Power In
11
Relay 29 Power Out
30 Coil Low
27 Power In
Key 10A Fuse
31 Power Out
28 Power In
Drive 10A Fuse
32 Power Out
Chassis Relay 33 Coil High

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 11.61
ELECTRICAL

RZR XP 4 1000 (HIGH LIFTER)

CIRCUIT PIN FUNCTION CIRCUIT PIN FUNCTION


1 - 34 Power In
2 - 37 Power Out
(NOT USED)
5 - 38 Coil Low
6 - 35 Power In
Term 10A Fuse
3 Coil High 39 Power Out
4 Power In Accessory 15A 36 Power In
EPS Relay
7 Power Out Fuse 40 Power Out
8 Coil Low 41 -
Spare 10A Fuse
9 Coil High 45 -
10 Power In 42 -
Fan Relay Spare 15A Fuse
13 Power Out 46 -
14 Coil Low 43 -
Spare 25A Fuse
47 -
Fan 25A Circuit 11 Power In
Breaker 44 -
15 Power Out (NOT USED)
48 -
12 Power In
EPS 25A Fuse
16 Power Out
17 Coil High
EFI Relay 18 Power In
21 Power Out
22 Coil Low
19 Power In
EFI 10A Fuse
23 Power Out
20 Power In
Lights 10A Fuse
24 Power Out
25 Coil High
Fuel Pump 26 Power In
Relay 29 Power Out
30 Coil Low
27 Power In
Key 10A Fuse
31 Power Out
28 Power In
Drive 10A Fuse
32 Power Out
Chassis Relay 33 Coil High

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


11.62 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ELECTRICAL

RELAY / FUSE / CIRCUIT BREAKER DETAILS


RZR XP / XP 4 1000 (non-High Lifter)
CIRCUIT SENDS POWER / GROUND TO:
Start Relay Start Solenoid
EPS Relay EPS Unit
Fan Relay Radiator Fan
Fan 25A Circuit Breaker Fan Relay power in
EPS 25A Fuse EPS Relay
EFI 10A Fuse EFI Relay power in
Taillight Harness
Lights 10A Fuse Lights B+ Splice
Headlight Switch
Oxygen Sensor
Fuel Injectors
ECU
Seatbelt Switch
EFI Relay EFI B+ Splice Brake Pressure Switch
Ignition Power Splice Ignition Coil
Fan Relay coil high
EFI B+ Splice 2 Fuel Pump Relay coil high
Chassis Relay coil high
Fuel Pump Relay Fuel Pump / Sender
EFI Relay coil high
B+ Unswitched Fused
Unsw 10A Fuse Splice #1 B+ Unswitched Instrument Cluster
Fused Splice #2 Diagnostic Plug
Drive 10A Fuse AWD Coil
Lights 10A Fuse
Chassis Relay Chassis Splice
Drive 10A Fuse
Term 10A Fuse
Term / Accy Relay Term Splice
Insr 10A Fuse
Term 10A Fuse (15A for XP 4) Terminal Block ACC
Accy 10A Fuse 12V Receptacle(s)
Key 10A Fuse Key Switch
11
Instrument Cluster
Insr 10A Fuse Instr Fuse Out Splice Diagnostic Plug
LED Light(s)

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 11.63
ELECTRICAL

RZR XP / XP 4 1000 (High Lifter)


CIRCUIT SENDS POWER TO:
EPS Relay EPS Unit
Fan Relay Radiator Fan
Fan 25A Circuit Breaker Fan Relay power in
EPS 25A Fuse EPS Relay power in
Oxygen Sensor
Fuel Injectors
ECU
Seatbelt Switch
EFI Relay EFI B+ Splice Brake Pressure Switch
Ignition Power Splice Ignition Coil
Fan Relay coil high
EFI B+ Splice 2 Fuel Pump Relay coil high
Chassis Relay coil high
EFI 10A Fuse EFI Relay power in
Taillight Harness
Lights 10A Fuse Lights B+ Splice Headlight Switch
LED Dash Light(s)
Fuel Pump Relay Fuel Pump / Sender
EFI Relay coil high
B+ Unswitched Fused Key Switch
Key 10A Fuse B+ Unswitched
Splice #1 Instrument Cluster
Fused Splice #2
Diagnostic Plug
Drive 10A Fuse AWD Coil
Term 10A Fuse
Chassis Relay Chassis Splice Lights 10A Fuse
Drive 10A Fuse
Terminal Block Acc
Term 10A Fuse B+ ACC Fuse Out Splice
Winch Remote
Accy 10A Fuse (15A for XP 4) 12V Acc Splice 12V Receptacle(s)

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


11.64 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ELECTRICAL

WIRING HARNESS
MAIN HARNESS RETENTION LOCATIONS
Front

q Zip Tie Retention Locations The white tape on a harness signifies a retention point.
Rear

11

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 11.65
ELECTRICAL

MAIN HARNESS ROUTING

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


11.66 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
ELECTRICAL

BREAK-OUT DIAGRAM VIEWING 4. Click on the box next to the breakout diagram you
Break-Out Diagrams want to see. Deselect any other diagram that may be
The main wiring diagram(s) maybe found in the back of selected.
the paper manual.

Break-Out diagrams for this model may be found in the


online service manual in with the main wiring diagrams.
To access the interactive break-out diagrams:
1. Open the wiring diagram PDF and open the left side
menu.

5. Click on the Wiring Diagram (black & white) box to get


a shadow of the full diagram behind the break-out
diagram.

2. If the wiring diagram does not open the Adobe


navigation bars, click on the Adobe Icon.

3. Click on the Layers Icon.

11

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. 11.67
ELECTRICAL

CAN SYSTEM
CAN SYSTEM OVERVIEW
The CAN system allows a large amount of information to
flow between components. The CAN system on this
vehicle will link the ECU, Diagnostic Connector,
Instrument Cluster/PIDD and EPS unit through a green
and a yellow wire.

CAN SYSTEM TESTING


A component not displaying information correctly could
be the cause of damaged CAN wiring or a faulty
component.
The easiest location to test the CAN system is at the
Diagnostic Connector.
Turn the key to the OFF position. Using a multimeter,
ohm across the Green and Yellow wires at the diagnostic
connector.
• A RZR equipped with a PIDD should have a reading of
120 Ω. Anything other than 120 Ω is bad.
• A RZR not equipped with a PIDD should see a reading
of 60 Ω. A reading of 120 Ω is bad.

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


11.68 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
INDEX

A Brake Pads
Removal (Front) .....................................................9.14
A-Arm
Replacement (front) ................................................8.12
Brake Pedal IX
Installation ............................................................9.13
Air Box Removal...............................................................9.13
Assembly View ....................................................... 3.8 Brake System
Air Filter Assembly View ....................................................... 9.5
Assembly View ....................................................... 3.8 Brake Hose and Fitting Inspection..............................2.57
Intake Duct Drain ...................................................2.43 Troubleshooting .....................................................9.32
Pre-Filter Service ...................................................2.42 Brakes
Service ................................................................2.42 Bleeding / Fluid Change........................................... 9.11
Alignment Brake Burnishing Procedure .....................................9.25
Wheel ..................................................................2.53 Brakes Lock ..........................................................9.32
Authorization Hydraulic Brake System Operation.............................. 9.4
Reflash ................................................................4.61 Master Cylinder Installation ....................................... 9.9
AWD Master Cylinder Removal .......................................... 9.9
Diagnosis .............................................................7.28 Overheating ..........................................................9.32
Operation .............................................................7.28 Pedal Vibration ......................................................9.32
AWD/2WD Switch ................................................... 11.35 Performance Issues ................................................9.32
Special Tools .......................................................... 9.3
Troubleshooting Brake Noise ..................................... 9.4
B Break Even Test...................................................... 11.43
Break-In Period.......................................................... 2.4
Balance Shaft Break-Out
Installation ............................................................3.67 Wiring Diagrams ............................................. 11.67, 69
Removal / Inspection...............................................3.49
Ball Joint
Installation ............................................................8.15
Removal...............................................................8.15 C
Service ................................................................8.15 Cab Frame
Battery Assembly (XP 4) ....................................................10.4
Charging Procedure.............................................. 11.48 Assembly / Removal ...............................................10.3
Installation ............................................................2.59 Cam Chain Tensioner
Load Test ........................................................... 11.47 Inspection.............................................................2.34
Maintenance .........................................................2.58 Camshaft
Removal...............................................................2.58 Inspection (1000) ...................................................3.35
Specifications ...................................................... 11.46 Installation / Timing .................................................3.76
Storage .............................................................. 11.47 Removal...............................................................3.32
Tester ................................................................ 11.47 Sprocket Inspection ................................................3.34
Testing ............................................................... 11.47 Camshaft Timing - Quick Reference ..............................3.80
Beadlock Rims.................................................. 2.46, 7.38 CAN ..................................................................... 11.68
Bearing Carrier Cargo Box
Inspection / Removal (front) ....................................... 7.3 Removal............................................................. 10.23
Inspection / Removal (rear) ....................................... 7.6 Cargo Box) ............................................................ 10.18
Belt Inspection .................................................. 2.44, 5.14 Charging System
Belt Installation .........................................................5.14 Stator Tests......................................................... 11.43
Belt Removal............................................................5.13 Chassis........................................................ 10.12–10.13
Bleeding Chassis Harness
Cooling System......................................................3.15 Break-Out Diagrams ........................................ 11.67, 69
Block Switch........................................................... 11.37 Clutch
Brake Alarm ........................................................... 11.39 Starter One Way ....................................................3.72
Brake Burnishing.......................................................9.15 Troubleshooting .....................................................5.31
Brake Caliper Clutch Chart
Assembly (Front)....................................................9.19 RZR XP 1000 LE Gold Metallic................................... 5.3
Inspection (Front) ...................................................9.19 XP 1000 .................... 1.12, 1.20, 1.22, 1.24, 1.32, 1.34, 5.3
Installation (Front) ..................................................9.20 XP 1000 High Lifter.....................1.16, 1.18, 1.28, 1.30, 5.3
Removal (Front) .....................................................9.17 XP 4 1000........................................ 1.14, 1.26, 1.36, 5.3
Brake Fluid XP 4 1000 High Lifter ............................................... 5.3
Inspection.............................................................2.57 Combustion Chamber ................................................3.39
Brake Light Switch................................................... 11.34 Connecting Rod Assembly ..........................................3.63
Brake Line Connecting Rod Inspection..........................................3.57
Retention............................................................... 9.6 Connector................................................................ 11.7
Routing ................................................................. 9.6 Console
Brake Pad Removal.................................................... 10.24–10.25
Inspection.............................................................2.57 Continuity ................................................................ 11.8
Installation (Front) ..................................................9.15 Control Arm
Thickness .............................................................9.14 Replacement (front) ................................................8.12

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. IX.1
INDEX

Conversion Table ......................................................1.37 Assembly .............................................................6.25


Coolant Bushing Replacement .............................................6.23
Drain / Fill .............................................................2.39 Disassembly .........................................................6.22
Level Inspection .....................................................2.36 Operation .............................................................6.19
Coolant Flow Diagram ................................................3.14 Differential Solenoid................................................. 11.39
Coolant Temperature Sensor Digital Wrench
Test ................................................................... 11.51 Communication Errors.............................................4.57
Cooling Fan Diagnostic Connector ..............................................4.58
Bypass Test ........................................................ 11.51 ECU Reprogramming ..............................................4.61
Cooling System Guided Diagnostics ................................................4.59
Assembly View ......................................................3.14 Overview ..............................................................4.55
Bleeding Procedure ................................................3.15 Serial Number .......................................................4.59
Coolant Strength and Type .......................................2.36 Updates ...............................................................4.56
Hoses ..................................................................2.37 DMM ...................................................................... 11.6
Overview ..............................................................2.36 Door Adjustment ..................................................... 10.28
Pressure Cap Test .................................................. 3.11 Door Latch
Pressure Test ................................................ 2.37, 3.10 Replacement....................................................... 10.28
Radiator Inspection / Cleaning ..................................2.38 Door Panel
Specifications ........................................................3.10 Replacement....................................................... 10.28
CPS .......................................................................4.37 Doors .....................................................................10.6
Replacement.........................................................4.38 Doors (XP4) .............................................................10.7
Testing .................................................................4.37 Draw .................................................................... 11.11
Crankcase Drive Belt
Assembly .............................................................3.68 Inspection..................................................... 2.44, 5.14
Disassembly / Inspection .........................................3.47 Installation ............................................................5.14
Crankshaft Removal...............................................................5.13
Connecting Rod Bearing Selection .............................3.60 Drive Clutch
Connecting Rod Inspection.......................................3.57 Assembly .............................................................5.23
Installation ............................................................3.65 Assembly View ......................................................5.15
Main Bearing Selection............................................3.60 Bushing Service .....................................................5.21
Removal / Inspection...............................................3.50 Button to Tower Clearance .......................................5.18
Crankshaft Position Sensor (CPS) ................................4.37 Cover Bushing .......................................................5.21
Crankshaft PTO Seal Disassembly .........................................................5.16
Installation ............................................................3.22 Moveable Sheave Inspection ....................................5.21
Removal...............................................................3.22 Needle Bearing ......................................................5.17
Replacement.........................................................3.22 Operation .............................................................. 5.4
Crankshaft Sensor Roller and Pin Inspection .........................................5.19
Replacement.........................................................4.38 Shift Weights .........................................................5.18
Testing .................................................................4.37 Spider Removal .....................................................5.19
Current ................................................................. 11.10 Spring..................................................................5.16
Current Draw Test ................................................... 11.43 Drive Shaft
CV Joint / Boot Boot Inspection ......................................................2.45
Replacement (Outer) ..............................................7.16 CV Joint Handling...................................................7.16
Cylinder Installation (Front) ..................................................7.12
Inspection.............................................................3.53 Installation (Rear) ...................................................7.14
Installation ............................................................3.64 Removal (Front) ..................................................... 7.11
Misfire..................................................................4.53 Removal (Rear) .....................................................7.13
Removal...............................................................3.54 Driven Clutch
Cylinder Head Assembly .............................................................5.28
Assembly .............................................................3.74 Assembly View ......................................................5.30
Disassembly .........................................................3.37 Disassembly .........................................................5.26
Installation ............................................................3.75 Operation .............................................................. 5.5
Removal...............................................................3.36 Slider Inspection ....................................................5.26
Warp ...................................................................3.37 DTC .......................................................................4.46
Cylinder Leakdown Test..............................................2.32 Dynamic.................................................................. 11.6

D E
Dash ECT
Removal............................................................. 10.21 Test ................................................................... 11.51
Dash Instruments / Controls ........................................10.9 ECU ....................................................................... 4.11
Dash Light ............................................................. 11.50 ETC Learn Procedure .............................. 4.12, 4.41, 4.61
Decal Replacement ...................................................10.2 Replacement................................................. 4.11, 4.61
Decimal Equivalent Chart............................................1.39 EFI
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (ETC) ..................................4.46 Operation Overview ................................................. 4.7
Differential Service Notes ......................................................... 4.4

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


IX.2 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
INDEX

EFI System EVAP System


Assembly View ....................................................... 4.5 Component Overview............................................... 4.9
Component Locations .............................................. 4.6 Troubleshooting/Conditions ......................................4.10 IX
Electrical ..........................................11.6, 11.8–11.9, 11.11 Exhaust
Notes................................................................... 11.5 Assembly View ....................................................... 3.9
Wiring Harness ............................................... 11.67, 69
Electronic Control Unit (ECU)....................................... 4.11
Electronic Throttle Body F
Learn Procedure ..................................... 4.12, 4.41, 4.61
Engine Fan
Balance Shaft Removal / Inspection ...........................3.49 Control Circuit Bypass Test..................................... 11.51
Bearing Selection Identification .................................3.59 Fan Control Circuit Operation..................................... 11.51
Break-In Period......................................................3.30 Fender Flair
Breather Hose Inspection.........................................2.31 Removal – Rear ................................................... 10.22
Camshaft Installation / Timing ...................................3.76 Flasher Module ....................................................... 11.38
Camshaft Removal .................................................3.32 Floor..................................................................... 10.16
Camshaft Sprocket Inspection...................................3.34 Removal.................................................... 10.24–10.25
Connecting Rod Bearing Selection .............................3.60 Floor / Rocker Panels XP 4........................................ 10.17
Cooling System Troubleshooting ...............................3.86 Flywheel
Crankcase Assembly ..............................................3.68 Installation ............................................................3.72
Crankcase Disassembly / Inspection ..........................3.47 Removal...............................................................3.45
Crankshaft Installation .............................................3.65 Front A-arm
Crankshaft Main Bearing Selection ............................3.60 Replacement.........................................................8.12
Crankshaft Removal / Inspection ...............................3.50 Front Bearing Carrier
Cylinder / Piston Installation......................................3.64 Inspection / Removal................................................ 7.3
Cylinder / Piston Removal ........................................3.54 Front Body
Cylinder Head Assembly..........................................3.74 Removal............................................................. 10.21
Cylinder Head Disassmebly......................................3.37 Front Bumper
Cylinder Head Installation ........................................3.75 Removal............................................................. 10.20
Cylinder Head Removal ...........................................3.36 Front Caliper, Piston Bore I.D. ......................................9.19
Cylinder Head Warp................................................3.37 Front Gearcase
Cylinder Inspection .................................................3.53 Assembly .............................................................7.33
Flywheel Installation ...............................................3.72 Assembly View ......................................................7.27
Flywheel Removal ..................................................3.45 Disassembly / Inspection .........................................7.30
Installation ............................................................3.27 Installation ............................................................7.36
Limiting / Misfire .....................................................4.53 Lubrication............................................................2.49
Mounting ..............................................................3.30 Removal...............................................................7.30
Oil and Filter Change ..............................................2.30 Vent Line ...................................................... 2.51, 7.36
Oil Flow Chart......................................................... 3.5 Front Propshaft
Oil Level ...............................................................2.29 Installation ............................................................7.25
Piston / Connecting Rod Assembly.............................3.63 Removal...............................................................7.20
Piston Disassembly / Inspection (1000) .......................3.55 Fuel Injector .............................................................4.13
Piston Ring Installation ............................................3.61 O-rings.................................................................4.13
Piston Ring Installed Gap (1000) ...............................3.57 Troubleshooting .....................................................4.14
Piston Ring Removal / Inspection...............................3.56 Fuel Lines
Removal...............................................................3.24 Removal / Installation ..............................................4.24
Special Tools .......................................................... 3.3 Fuel Lines / Tank
Specifications (RZR 1000)......................................... 3.6 Fuel vent line routing ...............................................4.21
Starter Drive Installation...........................................3.72 Fuel Vent Line Routing ............................................4.19
Stator Cover Installation...........................................3.73 Fuel Pump ...............................................................4.31
Troubleshooting .....................................................3.85 Fuel Sender Test ....................................................4.31
Valve Cover Removal ..............................................3.32 Replacement.........................................................4.32
Valve Inspection.....................................................3.38 Fuel Sender Test .......................................................4.31
Valve Lash - Tappet Selection ...................................3.83 Fuel System
Valve Sealing Test ..................................................3.40 Fuel Lines.............................................................2.41
Valve Seat Reconditioning (1000) ..............................3.40 Fuel Tank Vent Line ................................................2.40
Engine Coolant Temp. Sensor (ECT) ........................... 11.51 Priming / Starting Procedure ...................................... 4.8
Engine Serial Number Location ..................................... 1.2 Principal Components .............................................. 4.7
Engine Service Panel ............................................... 10.20 Pump / Filters Maintenance ......................................2.40
Engine, Camshaft Timing - Quick Reference ...................3.80 Troubleshooting .....................................................4.54
Engine, Valve Cover Installation ...................................3.84 Warning ...............................................................2.40
EPS Fuel Tank
Operation ........................................................... 11.55 Assembly View ......................................................4.18
Troubleshooting ................................................... 11.56 Installation .................................................... 4.27, 4.29
ETC Removal....................................................... 4.25, 4.28
Testing .................................................................4.41 Fuel Vent Line Routing ...............................................4.19
ETC Learn Procedure ................................. 4.12, 4.41, 4.61 Fuse

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. IX.3
INDEX

Power Circuits ..................................................... 11.63 Installation ............................................................. 8.8


Fuse Box ............................................................... 11.59 Removal................................................................ 8.8
Lubrication
Specifications ........................................................2.28
G Lubrication Grease Points ...........................................2.27
Lubrication Specifications ..................................... 3.3, 3.31
Gated Shifter
Adjustment (Gold Metallic LE)) ................................... 6.5
Gear Position Switch................................................ 11.36 M
Ground
Engine / Chassis ....................................................2.59 Main Frame................................................... 10.12–10.13
Main Harness
Routing .............................................................. 11.66
H Maintenance
Battery .................................................................2.58
Harness Quick Reference Chart ............................................2.25
Retention Locations .............................................. 11.65 Steering System.....................................................2.52
Routing .............................................................. 11.66 Maintenance Intervals ................................................. 2.5
Hazard Switch ........................................................ 11.37 Master Cylinder
Headlight Installation ............................................................. 9.9
Adjustment ......................................................... 11.49 Removal................................................................ 9.9
Replacement....................................................... 11.49 Master Torque Table ................................................... 1.8
Headlight Switch ..................................................... 11.34 Meter...................................................................... 11.6
Heat Shield Misfire Detection .......................................................4.53
Inspection.............................................................2.35 Model Number Designation .......................................... 1.2
Hood Module
Removal............................................................. 10.21 Flasher .............................................................. 11.38
Hood / Front Body ................................................... 10.11
Horn ..................................................................... 11.38
Hub N
Assembly View - Front.............................................7.37
Assembly View - Rear .............................................7.37 ne
Hydraulic Brake System Operation................................. 9.4 Valve Clearance Adjustment .....................................3.81

I O
Ignition Coil ............................................................ 11.42 O-rings
Replacement....................................................... 11.42 Fuel Injector ..........................................................4.13
Test ................................................................... 11.42 Oil Change
Injector Engine .................................................................2.30
O-rings.................................................................4.13 Oil Pressure Test........................................................ 3.4
Inspection Open Circuit Voltage Test .......................................... 11.47
Pre-Ride................................................................ 2.3 Oxygen Sensor .........................................................4.44
Instrument Cluster ................................................... 11.12 Replacement.........................................................4.44
Diagnostic Mode .................................................. 11.17
Information Display Area........................................ 11.14
Installation .......................................................... 11.18 P
Pinouts .............................................................. 11.18
Removal............................................................. 11.18 Parasitic ................................................................ 11.11
Intake Duct Pedal Position Sensor ................................................4.42
Draining ...............................................................2.43 Replacement.........................................................4.42
Intermittent .............................................................. 11.9 Testing .................................................................4.42
Periodic Maintenance
Overview ............................................................... 2.4
K Piston
Disassembly / Inspection (1000) ................................3.55
Key Switch............................................................. 11.35 Installation ............................................................3.64
Key-off Current Draw Test ......................................... 11.43 Removal...............................................................3.54
Keys Ring Groove Clearance ...........................................3.56
Replacement.......................................................... 1.3 Ring Installation .....................................................3.61
Ring Installed Gap (1000) ........................................3.57
Ring Removal / Inspection........................................3.56
L Piston to Cylinder Clearance........................................3.57
Plunging Joint / Boot
Leakdown Test .........................................................2.32 Replacement (Inner) ...............................................7.18
Lower Steering Shaft Polaris Mobile Digital Wrench (PMDW) ..........................4.64

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


IX.4 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
INDEX

Power Steering Unit S


Installation ............................................................. 8.9
Removal................................................................ 8.6 Seat
Rear .................................................................. 10.15
IX
PPS .......................................................................4.42
Replacement.........................................................4.42 Removal............................................................. 10.20
Testing .................................................................4.42 Seat Assembly........................................................ 10.14
Pre-Ride Inspection .................................................... 2.3 Seat Belt
Probe ..................................................................... 11.7 Switch................................................................ 11.36
Probing ................................................................... 11.7 Sensor
Propshaft Crankshaft Position ................................................4.37
Support Bearing Replacement ..................................7.23 Oxygen ................................................................4.44
Publication Numbers ................................................... 1.3 Service ................................................................... 11.6
PVT Service Intervals
Assembly ............................................................. 5.11 Maintenance .......................................................... 2.5
Disassembly .......................................................... 5.9 Service Panel ......................................................... 10.20
Drying..................................................................2.44 Shift Cable
Filter Service .........................................................2.44 Adjustment ............................................................ 6.6
Troubleshooting .....................................................5.31 Inspection.............................................................. 6.6
PVT Covers and Ducting Components Inspection and Adjustment .......................................2.50
High Lifter .............................................................. 5.8 Shift Lever
PVT System Installation ............................................................. 6.3
Belt Break-In .......................................................... 5.5 Installation - Gated (Gold Metallic LE) .......................... 6.4
Drive Clutch Operation ............................................. 5.4 Removal................................................................ 6.3
Driven Clutch Operation............................................ 5.5 Removal - Gated (Gold Metallic LE) ............................ 6.3
Maintenance .......................................................... 5.5 Shock
Overheating Diagnostics ........................................... 5.6 Assembly View ......................................................8.22
Disassembly .........................................................8.30
Replacement.........................................................8.22
Service Information (rear).........................................8.26
R Special Tools .........................................................8.29
Radiator Valve Shim Arrangement .........................................8.29
Removal / Installation .............................................. 3.11 Walker Evans Assembly View ...................................8.23
Radius Rod Walker Evans Rebuild Information .............................8.29
Service ................................................................8.16 Shock Piston Orientation, Walker Evans.........................8.29
Rear Bearing Carrier Shock, Walker Evans, Assembly...................................8.33
Inspection / Removal................................................ 7.6 Short ...............................................................11.8–11.9
Rear Bumper Solenoid
Assembly View .................................................... 10.19 Rear Differential (INT’L) ......................................... 11.39
Removal............................................................. 10.21 Spark Plug
Rear Fender Flare Removal ...................................... 10.23 Service ................................................................2.60
Rear Fenders ......................................................... 10.18 Special Tools
Rear Prop Shaft Body/Steering/Suspension ................................. 8.3, 10.2
Installation .................................................... 7.25–7.26 Brakes .................................................................. 9.3
Removal...............................................................7.22 Clutching ............................................................... 5.3
Rear Propshaft EFI....................................................................... 4.3
Removal...............................................................7.21 Electrical .............................................................. 11.4
Rear Suspension Engine .................................................................. 3.3
Assembly View ......................................................8.20 Final Drive ............................................................. 7.2
Reflash Authorization .................................................4.61 Master .................................................................. 1.4
Regulator / Rectifier ................................................. 11.45 Shock ..................................................................8.29
Relay Transmission.......................................................... 6.2
Power Circuits ..................................................... 11.63 Specification
Relay Box .............................................................. 11.59 Wheel Toe-Out ......................................................2.53
Ride Command Specifications
Buttons / Icons..................................................... 11.20 Brakes .................................................................. 9.3
General Settings .................................................. 11.28 Cooling System......................................................3.10
Troubleshooting ................................................... 11.32 Engine Lubrication............................................ 3.3, 3.31
Update Maps / Software ........................................ 11.31 Engine Oil Pressure ................................................. 3.4
RideCommand ....................................................... 11.19 RZR XP 1000 High Lifter..........................................1.15
Rocker Panel RZR XP 1000 LE (RIDE COMMAND) .........................1.21
Removal.................................................... 10.24–10.25 RZR XP 1000 LE Gold Metallic..................................1.19
Rocker Panels ........................................................ 10.16 RZR XP 4 1000......................................................1.13
Rocker Panels XP 4 ................................................. 10.17 RZR XP 4 1000 High Lifter .......................................1.17
Transmission and Front Gearcase .............................2.48
Walker Evans 2.0 Shocks.........................................8.24
Speedometer ......................................................... 11.12
Spring

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. IX.5
INDEX

Adjustment (WALKER EVANS™) ...................... 2.55, 8.28 Wheel and Hub ......................................................2.45
Stabilizer Bar Trailing Arm
Installation (front) ...................................................8.14 Spherical Bearing Replacement ................................8.19
Installation (rear) ....................................................8.21 Transmission
Removal (front) ......................................................8.13 Assembly .............................................................6.27
Removal (rear).......................................................8.21 Disassembly .........................................................6.14
Starter Gear / Shaft / Bearing Inspection ...............................6.26
Drive Installation ....................................................3.72 Installation ............................................................ 6.11
One-Way Clutch Assembly .......................................3.72 Lubrication............................................................2.48
One-Way Clutch Disassembly ...................................3.46 Lubrication Specifications ......................................... 6.2
One-Way Clutch Inspection ......................................3.45 Output Shaft Backlash Procedure ..............................6.27
Starter Motor Removal................................................................ 6.8
Installation .......................................................... 11.54 Snorkel Shaft Removal ............................................6.14
Removal............................................................. 11.53 Troubleshooting .....................................................6.33
Starter Solenoid Vent Line ...................................................... 2.51, 6.14
Operation ........................................................... 11.54 Transmission Lubrication ............................................. 6.2
Test ................................................................... 11.54 Transmission Switch ................................................ 11.36
Starter System Trouble Codes
Troubleshooting ................................................... 11.53 Instrument Cluster (DTC) .........................................4.46
Static ...................................................................... 11.6 Troubleshooting
Stator Brake Noise ........................................................... 9.4
Cover Installation ...................................................3.73 Brake System ........................................................9.32
Stator Cover.............................................................3.43 Clutch ..................................................................5.31
Stator Tests............................................................ 11.43 Cooling System......................................................3.86
Steering / Suspension Engine .................................................................3.85
Special Tools ................................................... 8.3, 10.2 EVAP System ........................................................4.10
Steering Shaft Fuel Injector ..........................................................4.14
Bearing Replacement.............................................. 8.11 Fuel System ..........................................................4.54
Steering System Misfire Detection ....................................................4.53
Inspection.............................................................2.52 Transmission Shifting Difficulty ..................................6.33
Steering Wheel Turn Lights............................................................. 11.38
Free-play..............................................................2.52 Turn/Lights/Horn Switch............................................ 11.37
Removal................................................................ 8.6
Suspension
Compression Adjustment (WALKER EVANS™) ............2.55 U
Rear – Assembly View.............................................8.20
Spring Adjustment (WALKER EVANS™) ............. 2.55, 8.28 Upper Steering Shaft
Switch Installation ............................................................8.10
AWD/2WD .......................................................... 11.35 Removal................................................................ 8.5
Brake Light ......................................................... 11.34
Hazard............................................................... 11.37
Headlamp........................................................... 11.34
Key ................................................................... 11.35
V
Seat Belt ............................................................ 11.36 Valve
Transmission....................................................... 11.36 Clearance Adjustment .............................................3.81
Turn/Lights/Horn .................................................. 11.37 Inspection.............................................................3.38
Sealing Test ..........................................................3.40
Seat Reconditioning (1000) ......................................3.40
T Valve Clearance
Valve Lash - Tappet Selection ...................................3.83
Taillight Valve Clearance - Tappet Selection ...............................3.83
Replacement....................................................... 11.50 Valve Clearance Inspection .........................................2.32
Tap / Drill Sizes {Metric} ..............................................1.38 Valve Cover
Tap / Drill Sizes {SAE} ................................................1.38 Removal...............................................................3.32
Testing .................................................... 11.6, 11.8–11.11 Valve Cover Installation ..............................................3.84
Thermostat Replacement ............................................3.12 Valve Spring
Throttle Body............................................................4.39 Removal...............................................................3.37
Throttle Pedal Vehicle Identification
Inspection.............................................................2.42 Model Number Designation ....................................... 1.2
Tie Rod End Inspection...............................................2.53 Vehicle Identification Number........................................ 1.2
Tire Vent Line
Inspection.............................................................2.46 Termination Fitting .......................................... 2.40, 4.22
Pressure ..............................................................2.46 VIN ......................................................................... 1.2
TMAP .....................................................................4.36 VIN Location ............................................................. 1.2
Toe Adjustment .........................................................2.54 Voltage Drop .......................................................... 11.11
Torque Specifications Voltage Drop Test .................................................... 11.53
Master .................................................................. 1.8 Voltage Regulator.................................................... 11.45

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


IX.6 © Copyright Polaris Industries Inc.
INDEX

W
Water Pump
Housing Removal ...................................................3.44
IX
Installation ............................................................3.16
Removal...............................................................3.16
Service ................................................................3.18
Wheel
Installation ............................................................2.45
Removal...............................................................2.45
Wheel Alignment .......................................................2.53
Wheel Bearing
Replacement (front) ................................................. 7.4
Replacement (rear).................................................. 7.8
Wheel Hub
Assembly View (front) .............................................7.37
Assembly View (rear) ..............................................7.37
Wheel Toe Adjustment................................................2.54

9928492 R04 - 2017-2018 RZR XP 1000 / XP4 1000 Service Manual


© Copyright Polaris Industries Inc. IX.7

You might also like